Home

Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit

1. WIREWAY 1 X 4 cB OL WIREWAY 1 X 4 WIREWAY 1 X 4 o D WIREWAY 2 X 4 ENERGY MANAGEMENT XXXXXX_XXXX ACCELERATOR TOOLKIT CMLX P me XXXXXX ENCLOSURE PANEL_ LAYOUT EXAMPLE ES e Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 361 Chapter 12 Demand Control Power and Control Wiring Drawings The AutoCAD electrical project also includes power and control wiring drawings for the CompactLogix L23E controller Several digital output examples are shown below Access Other RA CAD Drawings Follow these steps to download other Allen Bradley product CAD drawings 1 Open your browser and go to http www rockwellautomation com en e tools 2 The Configuration and Selection Tools webpage opens 3 If you don t know the complete catalog number click product directory to browse the configured Rockwell Automation products 4 Click Rockwell A
2. 4 Select the Alarm History gfx file and click Open D My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents hy Computer 5 My Network File name lalam History Ba Places Files of type Graphic Displays gfs ggf ka Cancel 5 Verify Alarm History appears under Displays 5 4 Graphics Displays ALARAM DIAGNOSTICS INFORMATION j larm History Equipment Status Faceplate A ha sin 348 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Import Alarm Configuration File Follow these steps to import the alarm configuration file with energy alarm trigger tags and alarm messages into your FactoryTalk View application 1 Right click Alarm Setup in the Alarms folder and choose Import and Export Explorer Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 Local USMEEJWNOVAKS fa Efficient_lndustries_Plant_1 Ea Efficient_lndusties_Plant_1 System HMI Tags Graphics Alarms Alarm Setup Information Open 9 Logic and Con Import and Export Data Log RecipePlus 4 RSLins Enterprise 2 Select Imp ort alarm configur ation Into Alarm Import Export Wizard Select Operation application then click Next Select the operation to pertorm f Export alarm configuration from application IMPORTANT When importing the alarm configuration your existing alarm configuration is lost When p
3. a Maintask Configure Tag References m a name Facey pg pmestNane e gf naire E aa Tipe Cg References WUD DriveNamet Undefined ene OON wil Y P Teas w I DrivetameO Undefined f Divename0 N A E Add On Instructior _ O _DriveName_AlarmName Create STRING A E Data Types G Driveame BEO Create UDT_BEO E Errea T Bivetame_BEO_Alambistory cl Aamhistory_AOI eee 0 DriveName BEOmsaGetAir Create MESSAGE F DiiveName BEOmsaGetAir2 Create i ar ae eal tee rp Er _DriveName_BEOmsaGet tr s MESSAGE DiveName_BEOmsgGetAir3 DiveName BEOmsglaetAtr 9 _DriveName BEOmsoGetAir3 Create MESSAGE B DiiveName BEOmsaGetAr7 Create A MESSAGE _DiveName BEOmsgGetAirs Create MESSAGE I _DiveName_BEOmsaGetAtrd Create MESSAGE _DriveName_DriveAlarHistory Create Alambistony_AOI DriveName fe Create IN DriveName FPF Pe 755 Aol Marila dann Handehalbe Les Feietinin Wach de Slain Aandeh abs ene FUT For the Motor_1 example the Final Names are renamed to the following Import Content A MairiTask Configure Tag References Bot or o CO monem foeon ranee St Data Type a E e Use Bxsting WfMoto ti SSC AB Powerex _OBSOFES Qa P Tags O DriveNameO use Existing f Motor 10 evf AB PowerFiex755_E _B34DFD E Add On Instructior __ 0 _DriveName AlammName Create Motor_1_AamName a STRING E D
4. T Symbol Add Component Into Application rif Librarie Import and Export Images 4 E Parameters 3 Navigate to the ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplate Files folder select the PowerMonitor500_Faceplate and click Open CE ETETETL__ Grange Meni folder a jj mee Hare gt Date rodiad Tree BB Ceip ip Errekak 2 Recent Places E cess hip prre geala 1 pasai Lee bei iei Eolia Dek De PA PRES FE a ahasi ME e file name Pirantine 0 Faceplant glx x Graphic Hppisyr gh Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 233 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Add a Parameter File 1 Right click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into Application a FactoryTalk View Studin View Marhine Edition Fis Yem Appia Took Wiio Help io Oo we oe y Se Local PASSO fy DAT i pma Sy Syam E Fop Seinge E Parime Security E Chagrothes Lal Setup Ginhal Drrrechaena Flaut Eg HH Tage a Tap Sey Gipi H Cipla Ginhal Objscts Symbol Factory Liberis 2 Navigate to the ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplate Files folder select the ME_PowerMonitor500_Parameter par file and click Open amp add Component Into Project e ye di POS501 RA FILES Fs Sample Code PMS00 Faceplate ME_PowerMonitor500_Faceplate_Files Organize New folder Ww Favorites Damea Desktop ia ME_PowerMonitorS0
5. Demand_Source Internal Timer v Demand_Period_Length_Minutes 15 Number_Demand_Periods 1 Forced_Demand_Sync_Delay 10 Apply Changes Native Ethernet Communication Setup Click the Configuration folder and select the CommunicationsNative page The PowerMonitor 5000 unit is set up by default to obtain an IP address automatically from a DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server If your power monitor is on a network served by a DHOP server and the power monitor is connected to the network it has probably already been assigned an IP address We recommend that each power monitor be assigned a static or fixed IP address since DHCP addresses can change from time to time resulting in loss of communication with client applications Obtain a fixed IP address subnet mask default gateway and other network setup parameters from your network administrator Another option can be to set up the power monitor as a reserved client in the DHCP server 74 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 EXAMPLE IMPORTANT Energy Data Collector Configuration This example explains how to change from a DHCP assigned to a static IP address Chapter 3 The initial network configuration is shown below The IP address assigned is 192 168 200 8 The network administrator has pro vided a range of static IP addresses in the same subnet beginning with 192 168 200 100 In this case the default gateway and DNS ser
6. B Erow aming mitt Sum Faceplate and Alarm History 401 with Energy Monitoring O1 Descriptiorr Type Ladder Diagram In Prograrn Ca MainPragram Number of Rungs 14 4 In the Import Content organizer select tags The Configure Tag References dialog box opens Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 271 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 5 Replace _DeviceName in the Final Name with the name of your device EN Import Configuration KIES Find ag Find Replace Find Within Final Mame Import Content MainT ask Configure Tag References ImportName Operation i FinalName Tins For Data Type Y I DeviceNamel Undetined DeviceNamel if References Y P T XI _DevicsName 0 Undefined _DeviceNameO Aa E Add On Instruction _ _DevicsName Create A _DeviceName_AlarmName J e STRING A pli Data Tipes mial Other Components DeviceName Create _DeviceName_BEO_Alamhistoy EOE D E _DeviceName Create _DeviceName_BEOMSG_Read_Data J pevesene este L Bevieetiane BEDS Peat fewest 5 TR _DeviceName Create 1 _DeviceName_BEOmsaGetSts DeviceName Create _DeviceName DevicedlarmHistory 5 E _DeviceName Create _DeviceName FP J _DeviceName Create N _DeviceName MSG For the Motor_1 example the F
7. 379 Chapter 12 Demand Control System Application Guide This section guides you through the pre configured FactoryIalk View Machine Edition faceplate providing you with an understanding of the status control and diagnostic operation of the faceplate display Faceplate Operation Overview The Demand Control Faceplate opens with the Demand Control Status displayed Title Bar Demand Control Status x Close Button Ta Load Load om Faceplate Toolbar iy JE AES EDU ird Load State Load State Predicted Demand 1 9 KW Demand Control 2 10 3 11 Present Billing Load Status 4 12 E aaa Indicators 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 O Button Icons Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Configuration A The Configuration button displays the main demand control configuration screen upon entering the correct password Load 1 8 T The Load 1 8 button lets you view the load status and descriptive name for loads 1 8 18 Load 9 16 ree The Load 9 16 button lets you view the load status and descriptive name for loads 9 16 9 16 Help O The Help button provides information for the existing view Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate x Status Indicators Grey Off Normal Control Green On Normal Control D Grey Off Demand Control OVR Grey Of
8. ENERGY kh Met KAR Met Shows real reactive and apparent power and kh Met power factor data Status 1 Count Phase Angle status 2 Count Voltage Current DEMAND PROJECTED cis ooo 2637 KY Demand Lz KVAR Demand L3 kt Demand Shows real reactive and apparent energy status count ony ee ee es eee iddemand dia diagram shows the vector angles for each phase Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 217 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Add PowerMonitor 1000 Faceplate to ME Application Follow these steps to add the PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate to a Factorylalk View ME application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition 2 Create a new or open an existing application to which you want to add the faceplate 3 Right click Displays and choose Add Component Into Application z Lloba Lonnections no Piip Startup a a HMI Tag ae a Tags 5 E Graphics Add eee Inta Application Global Objects Libraries i Images ie E Parameters H Local Messages EJ Alan SS ETERS 2A 4 Browse to the ME PowerMonitor 1000 z z m Faceplate Files folder on the Energy Look in E S ME Eaemnanie 1000 Faceplate Files CF Ea Management Toolkit CD image and choose PM1K_FP gfx My Recent es anaes 5 Select the file and click Open ff Desktop The faceplate display is added to application My Documents My Computer S l
9. Enable Enable Waiting Start O Done Done Length 9 Eror Code Extended Eror Code Tl Timed Out Eror Path Eror Text on cee J ae S Configure Password A password is required for configuring the demand control from the faceplate To set the password locate the controller tag FP Cfg_Password in the controller Configure the string value to your desired password Save the Project File Click save to save your RSLogix 5000 application file Controller Organizer E E Controller DemandController bani Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler Bese Power Up Handler Fg Tasks abe Jie Ss 368 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 HMI Integration These next sections show you how to integrate the HMI into your system Add Demand Faceplate to FactoryTalk View ME Application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition 2 Create a new or open an existing application to which you want to add the Demand Control faceplate 3 Expand the graphics folder in the explorer window right click on the displays g Giit folder and choose Add Component into Application 3 one 4 Browse to and open the ME Demand Control Faceplate Files folder on the a a Sen fall Disi Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image C Program Files RA_Simplification EMAT Files Faceplate Files ME Demand Control Faceplate Files mF 5 Choose the ME_Demand
10. Import the PowerFlex Unit Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you would like to add the PowerFlex unit faceplate routine and choose Import Routine Scope i Ag SMC Controller Organizer Controller SMcso a Controller Tags Hame E Controller Fault Handler L F Moto t l oE Power Up Handler Motor 1 0 B E Tasks Hel 2 a a MainTask Ba New Routine fl bar MainPragram i E MainRout y Se E3 Unscheduled Prog vai ca ane B E Motion Groups Copy Ctrl C AS Ungrouped Axes Paste Ctrl EI Add On Instructions a Eee Data Types Lt User Defined verif E E Strings Ep Add On Defined Cross Reference ctrl E PEETI Predefined Ot Module Defined Browse Logic Ctr L 2 Navigate to the ME PowerFlex Faceplate Files folder select the routine for the drive you are using and click Import fo Import Routine Look irr ME PowerFlex Faceplate Files E i gt E Mame Date modified Type Size ka Powerflex Control _Rungs L5 11 19 2013 8 51 L5 File 68 KB E Rss _FowerFlexs70EC_Faceplate_Energy o 11715 2013 2 53 L5 File 108 KB E Rss PowerFlex 005_2P Faceplate ener 11 15 2013 2 53 L5 File 98 KB E Raa PowerFlex O0VC Faceplate Energ 11 15 2013 2 53 L5 File 107 KB E Raa PowerFlex 53_ Faceplate Energy Lo4 11 15 2013 2 52 L5 File 114 KB I RXX_PowerFlex 55_Facepla
11. Job start date optional system configuration Refer to page 171 for details i q Job end date optional Enter optional start and end dates to run the Exportiype POF report job Report Job Schedule Select a schedule to run the report job Daily O weeny O monthly Oon Alarm For this example select daily to run the report every day at 12 00 am Select a predefined or custom report date range i Predefined Yesterday For this example select Predefined and Yesterday to Qeuystom Every 1 day s at 12 00 AM ol Hours run report for previous day vl one i l ol Months Click Save a You should see the report job at the bottom of the Reports page under Auto run report jobs You can view the output of automatically run reports by clicking the Generated Reports link in the Reports tab Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 179 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Demand Analysis Report A demand analysis report analyzes the electrical demand of plant areas so that you can make energy saving production scheduling and or demand control decisions For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a report to list real power demand values for the plant s electrical submeters including all PowerMonitor 1000 meters Boiler House Power House Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving DC Create and View Report Follow the
12. Follow These Steps Follow this path to layout your energy panel and wiring and select monitoring software List Energy Data Points page 31 Identify Existing Energy Distribution Layouts and Metering page 33 Create Metering Layout and Name Data Collection Hardware page 36 Create Energy Panel Layout and Wiring Drawings page 48 select Monitoring Software page 52 30 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 List Energy Data Points You will now review your business goals and energy monitoring plan then enter your data points in the Energy Data Worksheet Review Business Goals and Energy Monitoring Plan 1 Review the business goals that you created in Chapter 1 The Efficient Industries Plant 1 example referenced throughout this quick start is a midsized plant with two production areas These are the business goals of the example plant e Reduce electrical energy demand charges e Improve electrical energy efficiency through power quality monitoring e Reduce fuels and steam energy usage by running boilers in accordance with production demand schedules e Reduce air compressor energy use e Provide energy cost allocation to production areas shipping and receiving and the data center 2 Review your monitoring plan based on the initial energy assessment findings These are the monitoring goals of the Efficient Industries Plan
13. Help View Press the Help button on any view to access the online help information Faceplate Toolbar gt f Y E GA PrI p Help Screen Title gt Help Main Demand Configuration To Configure Demand Control Glick on the Start Stop times and use the keypad to enter values in military time Glick on the days ofthe week to toggle demand control ON OFF for the day Glick on Demand KY Setpoint and use the Keypad to enter a new demand setpoint Glick on Billing End Date to enter a new monthly billing date 1 31 Button Icons Description Alarm 9 The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Configuration a The Configuration button displays the main demand control configuration screen upon entering the correct password n5 Home The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads Next Page The next button will appear if there is more than one help screen for the help topic Click the next button to scroll through the screens 386 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Program Overview The Demand Control program is organized into eight routines as shown below Routine Name MainRoutine SROO_IO_Mapping SRO1_ ProcessPM1000 SRO1_ProcessPM5000 SRO2_Proce
14. MET oles and Users eae Global Roles E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting rrr rrr E ES Follow these steps to create a user and assign a role to that user 116 1 Select a role om In this example click the ut Save Restore Collapse Accounting Manager role J System Status just created Click the Add User link on the right Groups Devices Roles and Users C Global Roles Efficient Industries Plant 1 H E Accounting gt amp E Data Center Proadiictinn 1 Accounting Manage IES Enter a user name and password for the new user Custom Role Setup Gas Accounting Manager Data Center Production 1 CEE Production 1 Manage Production 2 Shipping F eceiving Ltilities Engineering Es Engineering Manage Parent group Role name Role notes Accounting Add User In this example the user name is Ac count User Infarm t er name First name Assign a role to the user by Lastname checking the appropriate role under User Roles In this example the Accounting Password Manager role is assigned to the phew wocd sentirimation Account 1 user aiee arene a 7 Home phone Enter other user information as Fax necessary Click Save Pager Language Account 1 m Email address e s None MV Enable alarm notifications
15. Qy Bact a P P Search SP Favorites ga 67 S E lazi a Address 1 BS BO AW ODA lal e be OB o Aso wr F ac t OF yTalk EnergyMetrix Efficient Industries Plant 1 Electrical Demand Analysis 711 2009 12 00 AM to 8 1 2009 12 00 AM Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada kW Peak Demand Summary f Boiler House _Meter 565 5 KW J27 Tf22 2009 1 30 00 PM Power House Meter 3520 KW 4 9 F 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Production _ Meter 1767 9 KW 24 7 7 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Production 2 Meter 1 224 6 kW 16 9 f 22 2009 1 30 00 PM shipping Receving Meter 3 2224 kW 44 4 Pf22 2009 1 30 00 PM Total 1 252 3 kW 100 0 Worst Case Peak Demand Analysis i Attachments Boiler House Meter T2220 KW 3 8 F 29 2009 10 15 00 AM i Power House Meter 388 2 kW 5 2 F TS 2009 10 30 00 AM E Production _ Meter 1 851 8 kW 24 8 F L 2009 3 45 00 PM Production 2 Meter 1 250 4 kW 16 8 8 2009 1145 00 AM 7 Shipping Receving _Meter 3 236 0 KW 43 4 TiTi 20093 4 00 00 PM Total 7 458 9 kW 100 0 TIP If the new browser window does not open make sure the browser pop up blocker is not active 14 To print or save the report to the output file use the menu commands in the browser 15 Refer to Create a Job to Run Report Automatically on page 179 for details on how to configure a report job to automatically run the report Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 181 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMet
16. Ref_Total_Real_Power Site id e3 n ae E EE e val_Total_Real_Power New Electric_Main_MsgTotalRealPower Ctrl W For this example Electric_Main_MsgTotalRealPower is entere d HR Cut Instruction Ctrl x Copy Instruction Ctrl C Ret_Avg nt 7 Right click the message tag name just entered and choose New val Avg en xxx_MsgTotalRealPower pai Power tee Delete Instruction Del Val_True_Power_Factor Add Ladder Element Alt Ins For this example New Electric_Main_MsgTotalRealPower is Edit Main Operand Description Ctrl D selected Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 321 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 1 322 8 Click OK to accept the default setup for the new message tag Name Electric Main MeqT otalpealPower Description Usage Type Base Y Alias For I Data Type MESSAGE ae Scope Ad Lex Style Open MESSAGE Configuration 9 Click the Browse icon next to the xxx_MsgTotalRealPower tag to open the Message Val_Total_Real_Povyer 0 Choose PLCS Typed Read for Message Type peace va 1 Enter the associated PM1000 or PM3000 PLCS address iil linia allele A as the Source Element Configuration Communication Tag Message Type PLC5 Typed Read v For this example F17 3 is entered for the PM 3000 Real S El t FA 3 Power PLCS address eae Number Of Elements 1 Refer to PowerMonitor Add On Instruct
17. Search folder and delete files based on an extension Folder C Program Files Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL 3 M5 iad File extension BAK File age Delete files based on the age of the File at task run time Delete files older than the Following 1 Week s B EMMA Schedule Recurring Daily 1 day s 00 00 4M Starting at Ending at 10 26 2009 End date No end date Occurs every day at 2 00 00 AM Schedule will be used starting on 10 26 2009 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 203 Chapter 10 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Emergency Transaction Log Backup and Shrink Procedure If routine database maintenance is not performed or fails the transaction log can become very large and in the extreme can fill the hard drive Executing this query will back up and shrink the transaction log to correct the situation Use EMMA DBCC SHRINKFILE EMMA_Log 0 BACKUP LOG EMMA WITH TRUNCATE ONLY DBCC SHRINKFILE EMMA_Log 0 GO Run this query from Microsoft SQL Management Studio Automatic Data Repopulation ADR a standard Manager function gathers selected data from device data logs to repopulate database gaps caused by network or server outages ADR will not repopulate gaps in the database that are caused by loss of power to or failure of the metering devices ADR periodically reads data logs from the device and inserts records in the
18. Tags Efficent_Industries_Plant_1 Tag triggers Name EnergyAlarmT rigger Cose e EnergyAlarmIrigger Analog tag ane Anaog E set to a maximum of 200 See R Discard 6 EnergyAlarmName String tag Minimum 0 Scale 1 3 Assign the data source of each tag to S Boamin 200 Me eee Detault the EnergyAlarmIrigger and Data So Help EnergyAlarmName controller tags that Device Memory you configured in RSLogix 5000 software Close Type Accept Description Length faz Discard Hew Help i kell Device Memory L2x EnergyAlarmTrigger Alarm History Faceplate A0 If you choose to display the kW High Limit alarm and Communication alarm you need to create two FactoryTalk View device tags and customize two alarm messages e ModuleAlarmTrigger Analog tag Set max to 200 for each e ModuleAlarmName String tag 1 Assign each tag to the associated controller tag that was created when you imported the CIP Motion Energy faceplate routine Tags DMAT ModuleAlarmTrigger Type analog Description Minimum fo Scale i Maximum 200 offset fo DataType Defauk gt r Data Source H Type Device Memory Address CLX ModuleAlarmTrigger ree Search For 1 JE300AlarmName 2 E300AlarmTrigger Analog 3 ModuleAlarmName String oa eini BE o T 2 Customize two alarm messages Rockwell Automat
19. J MainRoutine f pii Choose the source tag Val_Total_xxx from your energy Add On Instruction For this example Boiler_House_Gas Val_Total_Gas is selected EI MainProgram MainRoutine Enter a name for the new controller scoped destination cry Move Source Boiler House _Gas V al_Total_Gas tag in the format ControllerName_Energy Totals For this example enter L2x_EnergyTotals New Lex EnergyTotals Chri Cut Instruction Ctr T T D w D mo m Right click the destination tag just entered and choose New TagName to create the controller tag Configure the new tag a Choose Real for the Data Type with an array size at least equal to the Name L2e_EnergyT otals _ oo Description number of controller total energy tags to be mapped b Choose Float for the Style c Click OK to save the configuration Usage Type Alias Eor Data Type Scope Data Types Cancel Help Style m PULSE_MULTIPLIER RAMP_SDAK RATE_LIMITER DCMAMIIMDAMT IMDIIT Array Dimensions Show Data Types by Groups Dim 1 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 87 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration 7 Double click the Dest tag assignment in the MOV instruction and reassign the Dest tag to a unique ControllerName_Energy Totals array element in the
20. Phi 3000 Ret_Total_Real_Pow er Val_Total_Real Powe Flectric_Main aigal P oer Electric Main TotalRealPo CD B ETHERMET AB ETHERMET REAL STRING Controller Program Show Show All Phi S000 Pri_000 Ret_Total_ Real Power Val Total Real Power Flectric_Main Electric_Main_MeqTotalRealPover Electric_Main_TotalRealPov er 0 0 e Flectric_Main_Msg4vgLL ott Flectric_Main_AvgLLots 0 0 e Electric_Main MegAvqCurrent Flectric_Main_AvgCurrent 00e Electric _Main_MagTruePowerF actor Electric _Main_TruePowerF actor 00e comms_ faut Ref_Avg LL volts Val Avg LL Volts Reft_Avg Current Val Avg Current Ret_True_ Power Factor Val_True_Poyer_ Factor 323 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the completed PowerMonitor faceplate logic would look similar to this PM_3000 PM_3000 Electric_Main Ref_Total_Real_Power Electric_Main_MsgTotalRealPower Val_Total_ Real_Power Electric_Main_TotalRealPower 0 0 Ref_Avg_ L_L Volts Electric Main MsgAvaLLVolts Val_Avg_L L Volts Electric_Main_AvgLLVolts 0 0 Ref_Avg_Current Electric_Main_MsgAvgCurrent Val_Avg_Current Electric_Main_AvgCurrent 0 0 Ref_True_Power_Factor Electric_Main_MsgTruePowerFactor Val_True_Power_Factor Electric_Main_TruePowerFactor PM_1000 Boiler_House Ccomms_fault gt Ref_Total_Real_Power Boiler_Hous
21. fe RSLogix 5000 L2x 1769 L23E QBFC1 MainP rogram MainRoutine Ef File Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools window Help aisial 8 slale feyee aa e Ener Ener Ener Ener Ener Ener Ener Ener Ener Pr al H kal A 77 peau E j au Fj av Gj a Gj av Gj a FY ou ou 1000 q Favorite h Add on Seas Bit A Timeriounter 3 6 Controller Lex Controller Tags E3 Controller Fault Handler 3000 DELCE Energy _Gas_ Digital w1 0 nergy Gas Digital Energy Gas Digital Inp_ Pulse EI Power Up Handler i Tasks Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor Sa MainTask C3 MainProgram Set Calc Interval Program Tags ERI MainF outine E3 Unscheduled Programs Phase 3 Motion Groups EJ Ungrouped Axes 1 6 Add On Instructions Set_High_Flow Set_Critical_ Flow Val_Total_Gas ValiGas Per _Calc_Interval Energy _4ir_PM_Skatus Eneray Gas Dicitoh siiliig titel ter is New Boiler House Gas Ctrl Crit ctrl E ab Cut Instruction Copy Instruction Delete Instruction Del dd Ladder Element Alt Ins To D DD oD w D w Do w ot om w om M Save Instruction Defaults Name toiler House Gad Description Cancel Help Usage noma o l Base Y ia E nergy Gas Digital E Ad L2x D E Type Alias For Data Type Scope Style Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 81 Chapter 3 Energy Data Collector Configurat
22. 0 Alarm History Faceplate Logic The following logic is included all digital and analog energy Add On Instructions to initiate an alarm trigger and send the corresponding device state to the alarm trigger value The following two rungs monitor the Fault High Flow and Critical Flow bits and send predefined integer values to the Sts_EnergyAlarmIrigger tags configured in the Alarm History setup file The Alarm History Faceplate uses these values to trigger the appropriate messages to show on the Alarm Display Alarm History Faceplate Rungs Sts_Fautt Cmd_AlarmReset Alarm J mg sts_CriticalFlow ats_HighFlow The Integer values moved to the Sts_Energy_AirAlarmTrigger tag in the MOW instruction are mapped to specific messages used in Alarm History Faceplate MoV Move SOuUrce sts DeviceState 0 Dest Ste_EnergyAlarmtTrigger 0 SR One Shot Rising Storage Bit Storages Sh Output Bit Sts_Controller_Trigger OB 444 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions Appendix D Additional rungs must be added to the main routine to reset the alarm trigger tags and the alarm messages Refer to page 332 and page 333 for more details on the alarm history MeterName Sts_Controller_Trigger horny Move Source MeterName Sts_EnergyAlarmTrigger 0 Dest EnergyAlarmT rigger 0 COP Copy File Source MeterName_AlarmName Dest Energ
23. 2 01 1 02 2 07 8 01 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 p3 20120A 2012020 20120820 2012 0820 20120826 2012 08 20 20120820 201 20a 05 2012 0o 12 2012 10 25 2002 1 0 25 20121 025 2012 1025 Hea e eee ea eee ee TA re Oi 5 MB B2 11 WIB ra 42 MB Po MB TEGi MG Po ie i 7 00 00 Hinimum RSLegm 5000 Sofhvar Revision 17 00 00 Minimum RSLogo 600 Software Revision 15 00 00 Minimum Ss Logo 000 Software Revision 15 00 00 Minimum RSLloge 5000 Software Revision 12 00 00 Minimum RSLogm 5000 Sofware Aevisien 19 00 00 Minimum RSLogio 000 Sofware Revision IA QU 0O Minimum ASL gge 000 Software Revision 17 0000 Mintrurm ASLegie S000 Sofware Revienn 17 00 00 Minimum Re amp Lege 5000 Sofware Revia barn 16 00 00 Minimum RASLogbt 56000 Sofware Revision 13 04 00 Minimum RSLogm 600 Software Revision 15 00 06 Minin BS Logi S000 Sothvare Revan 15 00 00 Minimum RSLegit S000 Software Revision 16 00 00 Minimum RSLoge 000 Sefivar Revision aT i i da 16 00 00 Minimum RSLoegoe Update Add on Profiles Appendix E Update the PowerFlex Add On Profiles The PowerFlex Add On Profiles are independent of RSLogix 5000 software releases Update your PowerFlex Add On Profiles to make sure your application runs correctly Add On Profiles are available for download at the RSLogix 5000 Add On Profiles website
24. A maximum of four energy status inputs are provided on the PowerMonitor 5000 device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 37 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring 38 4 For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the electricity energy data point listing would look like this Energy Data Point Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on Electric Main Meter EtherNet IP ae O te EtherNet IP ae ll a O ae EtherNet IP hi _l EtherNet IP ee O EtherNet IP a OO EtherNet IP Identify other digital energy data points in close proximity that you can connect to the status inputs of the Energy Type Electricity Electricity Electricity Electricity Electricity Electricity PowerMonitors For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the air flow digital pulse meter is near the Production 2 electrical substation so it can connect to the PowerMonitor 1000 named Production 2 Select a Device Class and Meter Type on the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab of the Energy Data Worksheet for the PowerMonitor status inputs identified in step 4 a Select the appropriate PowerMonitor Device Class b Select PM Status Input for the Meter Type For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the entries for the air flow data point would look like this Energy En
25. Allen Bradley i 1756 EN3TR 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge 2 Port Twisted Pair Allen Bradley i 1756 EMBT 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley w Em B Ey Category By Vendor l O Favorites 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your DNENCAT module For example we use Motor_1 for the module name throughout this document E New Module General Connection Module Info Intenet Protocol Port Configuration Network Type 193 DNENCATR Ethernet to DeviceNet Communications Auxiliary 2 Port Vendor Allen Bradley Parent EN2T Ethernet Address Name Motor_1 j Private Network 192168 1 234 5 Description O IPAddress Host Name i Module Definition Revision 24 Electronic Keying Compatible Module Connection Data Data Mapping Generic Status Creating The default setting for Data Mapping is Generic Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 269 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 If Data Mapping is not set to Generic click Change under the Module Definition and set Data Mapping to Generic General Connection Module Info Internet Protocol Port Configuration Network Type 193 DNENCATR Ethernet to DeviceNet Communications Auxiliary 2 Port Vendor Allen Bradley Parent EN2T Ethernet Address Name Motor_1 Private Network 192 168
26. Click on a Day of the week to modify the TOD settings for that day If a value of 99 99 is entered that setting will be ignored Click Save Day Changes to save all changes for the day If the entries are not saved prior to moving Next Page Button ito a new day they will be lost ee 7327290 5f4 7011 Button Icons Description Alarm TE The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition iS Configuration The Configuration button lets you edit the Time of Day control settings such as load schedules overrides time and date configuration and calendar configuration Home Next Page The next button will appear if there is more than one help screen for the help topic Click the next button to scroll through the screens The Help Screen Title will indicate the total number of help screens and the current screen The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads being displayed Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 421 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Notes 422 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Custom Meter Types Appendix A This appendix shows how to create custom meter types The Efficient Industries Plant 1 example has two custom meter types under the Fuels group Fuel Oil and Propane Follow these ste
27. Date modified Type sM _50_Control_Rungs L5 418 2013 11 08 L5 File 2 sMc50_Faceplate_Energy L5 11 7 2013 1 32 PM L5 File The Import Configuration dialog box opens Ha import Configuration LT r Eg mel AB me Find Within Final Name Import Content a MairiTask Configure Routine Pr ia San i A Program Import Name RXX_DeviceName_Faceplate Fees RX evan aie Referenc Operation 2 i References will be imported as configured in the References folders Final Name RXM DeviceName Faceplate at Errors Warnings Description SMC 50 Faceplate Routine with a Energy Monitoring vO1 Type Ladder Diagram In Program Ca MainProgram Number of Rungs 15 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 295 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field Import Content AE MainTast Configure Routine Properties 3 eoi Import Name RXX_DeviceMame_Faceplate B RO1 Motor 1 Facepla i ees will be imported as ences folders Roi Motor 1 Faceplate Collision a Errors Warnings Description SMc 50 Faceplate Routine with a Energy Monitoring vO1 Type Ladder Diagram In Program Cg MainProgram Number of Rungs 15 4 In the Import Content organizer select tags The Configure Tag References dialog box opens 5 Replace _DeviceName in the Final Name with the name of your de
28. Image blink lt a Local Disk D Image scaled RA_FILES F Gi Network x 4 gt File name ilo st bmp X OK Cancel e Click OK to close the Goto button properties window This is an example of a final goto button on your display hi Motor 12 gt a To support additional SMC 50 controllers create a new Goto display navigation button assign the SMC 50 faceplate display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 305 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure ME CIP Motion Drive Faceplates The ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate files let you quickly load configure and use a preconfigured status display or faceplate for the CIP Motion Servo Drives by using FactoryTalk View Machine Edition software IMPORTANT This faceplate covers Kinetix K6500 K5500 and K350 drives The instructions show the Kinetix K5500 drive as an example These instructions are similar for the other drives MyP M5500 x F Resource Type Consumed kWh 000000023371 Generated kihk OOOH DOC Total kWh System Compatibility The faceplate and routine import files are compatible with the following software e Studio 5000 Logix Designer application version 21 00 or later e FactorylIalk View Machine Edition software version 7 0 or later The faceplate files are also compati
29. Load State Rated KW Load Description 46 0 1 Load1 Load Status 2 LO 5 Sane 3 GR 5 1 Load3 4 OR 5 13 Load4 5 Dp 5 12 Load 5 o 5 11 Load6 7 5 10 Load 8 BA 5 9 Loads Button Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Home Configuration Help Close Status Indicators Interlocks Bypassed Load Number Load Priority The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads The Configuration button displays the main demand control configuration screen upon entering the correct password The Help button provides information for the existing view Click the Close button to close the faceplate Grey Off Normal Control Green On Normal Control D Grey Off Demand Control OVR Grey Override Set OVR Green On Override Set OVR Red On Override Set Operator Action Required Red Flashing Load is not in OVR controller telling to turn off but load is still on INT Green Interlocked On INT Grey Interlocked Off Indicates that the interlocks have been bypassed for the load The load number To change the configuration for a load click on the load number to launch the load configuration screen The priority currently assigned to the load Load Rated KW Rated KW The rated kW currently assigned to the load E Load Descrip
30. Report file Report parent group i Export type PDF i 5 3 Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v E Predefined Previous Month ii 2 O Custom Start date 9 1 2009 Pick Q Start time 12 00 AM ao End date 10 1 2009 Pick a End time 12 00 AM Ea The report opens in a new browser window F ac t or yTalk EnergyMetrix Efficient Industries Plant 1 To print or save the r eport to the output Electric Main Power Quality Report 9 1 2009 12 00AM to 10 1 2009 12 00 AM file use the menu commands in the Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada browser ITI Voltage Tolerance Envelope Refer to Create a Job to Run Report Automatically on page 179 for details M on how to configure a report job to automatically run the report 10 TIP If the new window does ae 140 not appear make sure the browser pop up blocker is i not active 4 100 No Interrupgion in Function Regior j z K a th 80 oi No Damage Regoor 01 1 gt 100 100 0 1 000 0 10 000 0 100 000 0 Cycles Tecate Mar Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 193 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Standard Charts Two standard charting tools are available to view and analyze energy usage and demand Chart Type Description Trend Displays a trend of one or more logged parameters from one or more meters over a specified time interval You can select up to five paramet
31. Set_Option2Name Local a px iks eile ne Set_SMC_Direction_Oper Input E fa 0 1756 L73 SMCS0 Set_SMC_Direction_Prog Input Show Data Types by Groups i l T111756 FN2T Fthernet Set_TrendNextPen0per Input m e Repeat the previous steps for the Out_SMC_50 AOI tag using the Module Output Data Type IMPORTANT Anytime you modify your SMC_50 Module definitions after you have created your SMC_50 AOI you have to reassign your SMC_50 AOI Input and Output Tag Data Types If multiple changes to your SMC_50 Module definitions were made and saved there are multiple Data Types listed for a particular DataLink configuration Be careful to match the Data Type you select within the AOI to the Data Type of the intended SMC_50 Module definition 5 Select the Drive tab of the SMC_50 Module Properties Ml Module Properties Ethernet SMC 50 E 2 1 Seles ree General Connection Module Info Port Configuration Drive me 2 a Drive Not Connected Motor_1 _ F OSMC 50 Motor_1 E Parameter List san ie S 4 20 COMM E SMC 50 Standard Port 0 Revision 2 001 Status Offline 6 Open the Parameter List and modify as your application requires 298 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 7 This faceplate requires bit 4 of parameter 148 to be set to 1 to enable start and maneuver commands via the internal comm module W Parame
32. Start Done Done Length 0 Name Descriptor Cancel Help name xl Usage Base Alias For gt Data Type REAL Bi Aid L2x Float Type Scope Style Use the Message Destination Tag defined in the PowerMonitor Status Input Add on Instruction Tag References table on page 326 For this example MCC_2_Status1 Count is entered b Choose REAL as the Data Type for PowerMonitor 1000 messages choose INT for PowerMonitor 3000 messages c Choose a controller from the Scope list For this example L2x is chosen d Choose Float as the style for PowerMonitor 1000 and PowerMonitor 5000 messages Choose Decimal for PowerMonitor 3000 messages e Click OK Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 327 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 14 15 16 328 Click the Communication tab on Message Configuration MCC MspStatusInput1 fx the Message Configuration dialog N b Configuratio Communication Tag Ox a Click the Browse icon E Message Path Browser b Select the path to the Communication Method PowerMonitor device pe jh ada i CIP with gt Spel MCC2_PM1000 Ethernet E E f ETHERNET MODULE Electric_Main_PM30I f ETHERNET MODULE Boiler_House_PM101 ETHERNET MODULE Power House_PM1C f ETHERNET MODULE Production_PM1000 D Enable Enable Waiting D Start D Done f ETHERNET MODULE Production2_PM1001 J E
33. TCU Max Operator Lets you configure the min and max EU values to be displayed on the trend display and rename the device for display at the top of the faceplate Trend Display E300 REG E Wednesday June 11 2014 j nes ts Une p 1 Hext Pen 0 L 2 55 46 PM 3 10 46Pm Pause Avg FLA Bi ThermUtilized Y Shows a trend of the current or TCU Fault Display E300 X r Last Fault Overload Trip Trip Trip Reset Shows the last fault Energy Display E300 Current ooo0000000 410 The energy data displayed is dependent on the module definition configured in the controller If you do not have a voltage sensing module configured only the current is displayed on the energy tab 280 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure RSLogix5000 for the E300 Module Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the E300 Module to Your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing RSLogix 5000 file 2 Under I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended E300 module IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your 1 0 tree 3 Select New Module 4 Select the E300 Electronic Overload Relay Communication module 193 ECM ETR and click OK IMPORTANT __ Ifthis module is
34. Verify the Meter tag type is Device 5 Change the Meter tag name 10 11 12 13 148 For this example enter Boiler House Natural Gas Usage Choose a Value type For this example choose Natural Gas Usage Verify the log rate The log rate is set to the default log rate of meter s assigned group It is typically the utility demand interval rate Refer to the Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software help for details Enter an L2x controller address Refer to the Energy Data Worksheet for the L2x PLC 5 type address Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software communicates with PLC 5 or SLC 500 mapped tags in ControlLogix controllers so the address format is Fx x In this example the Boiler House Gas meter tag Boiler House Natural Gas Usage is assigned to the PLC 5 tag F10 0 This F10 0 tag is then mapped to the L2x_EnergyTotals 0 tag in the ControlLogix controller as configured on page 86 Choose a tag format For this example choose 32 bit Floating Point for this analog tag Fill in the appropriate scale and offset values Add a Meter Tag CEDE Wleter tag type Device Meter tag name Boiler House Natural Gas Usage Value wpe Matural Gas Usage r Log rate 15 Number of demand periods 1 Address FIOco Tag format 32 bit Floating Point vw Unit thm yw Number of decimals to display Scale 1 Offset Log delta reading Rollover value Trend log parameter hax consumption per ho
35. When the total pulses equal 10 million the rollover rung resets the total energy value VAL_Total_xxx This AOI calculates the Total Air usage and Avg Flow based upon a digital input pulse These values are then mapped to Sts soo tags which are used to display the data in the Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates Totalizer Rung This rung monitors for an input pulse and then adds the value of the Set_Meter_Pulse Factor to the Val_Total_ xx tag to keep a running total cf The Set_Meter_Pulee Factor is an input by the user and is meant to act a Scale value For example 1 pulse 1 cf Inp_Puls storage ADD 0 a A NS Add Source A Set_Meter_Pulee_Factor 1 0 Val_Total_Air 0 0 Val_Total_Air 0 0 Rollover Rung The input pues are counted to 10 000 000 before the rollover occurs GRT SUB 1 Greater Than 4 gt B Subtract Source amp Wal Total_Air Source A Val _Total_Air 0 0 0 0 Source B 10000000 Source B 10000000 Dest Val_Total_Air 0 0 PowerMonitor Digital Status Input Logic The following logic is included in all Energy_xxx_PM_Status Add On Instructions to read the energy values from a PowerMonitor status input An explicit message reads the status inputs from the PowerMonitor 1000 3000 or 5000 device A PLC 5 Typed Read message is configured to read one of the status inputs when adding the Add On Instruction to your logic Refer to page 326 for details on configuring the message instruction The destination tag o
36. interface Refer to the PowerMonitor 5000 USB Driver Installation and Configuration instructions publication 1426 IN001 for more information on installing the USB communication drivers Open Internet Explorer and browse to http 192 168 169 3 PC cy AAS The PowerMonitor 5000 home page will display in your paare a ESC 3 browser as shown below The home page displays general information about the PowerMonitor 5000 unit You can navigate by clicking folders and pages from the tree on the left T Ois ae ae ae Com y owe Sew 5 UA Initial setup by using the USB Web interface should include at least the following configuration steps e Basic Metering this aligns the power monitor metering functionality with the properties of the circuit to which it connects e Native Ethernet Network Communication this permits access to the unit for data monitoring and setup through an Ethernet network e Date and Time this sets the unit s internal clock so that time stamps in logged data are correct e Security if desired enabling and configuring security will guard against unauthorized changes to the power monitor configuration Once initial setup has been completed including configuration of the Ethernet IP address you can also access the Web interface from a computer connected through a network to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit s native Ethernet port Open Internet Explorer and browse to
37. 2 Steam ae LJ Water 129 Chapter6 _FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Configure a CompactLogix Device Follow these steps to configure a CompactLogix device Device Status 1 Select the Devices folder on the System tab Layout Save Restore Collapse E Refresh Show all child devices ee ane Onli t full Online t Not nline not fully nline tag o r 2 Navigate to and select the poms nee Le Ph ovine ow fens nee v 3 4 Devices appropriate group or domain Efficient Industries Plant 1 PP P 8 P E E Accounting A E E Engineering In this example select the Fuels Ga Air Electrici group under the Engineering Er so wo By Electric Main Power House Production 1 3 Click the Add a device link E Production 2 Shipping Receiving ame EA aoe 3 Domain Fuels MCC 2 subdomain 4 Choose a subdomain or group from the Parent group list Add Device For this example choose Fuels 5 Check the boxes as shown M Enable device The checkboxes vary by device type M Enable real time logging If the device will not be connected during Perens cua sivensealaian configuration clear the Enable device f Parent group Fuels checkbox to avoid timeout errors l Device class ControlLogix on Ethernet 6 Choose a device from the Device class list Name L2x For this example choose ControlLogix Note
38. Admin admin Admin bd ARARA 76 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Rockwell Automation Rockwell Automation Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Only one admin type account is permitted to be active at a time Now that the network administrator user has been created you can continue setting up the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by connecting through the native EtherNet IP port and using the network Web interface This includes the ability to configure additional users administrators and application security accounts Test Security To test the network administrator login follow these steps 1 Browse to the network address of G the PowerMonitor 5000 unit OO Ereren deka 2 Click Log a from the P O we Favorites 28 Home Power amp Energy M PowerMonitor 5000 fp Pager Safety Toos i header and enter the user name i a amp Allen Bradley PowerMonito rim 101010 Logged in as Log in E eeaim and password just created and Minimize Security click Log In gan MeteringResults Login PowerQuality UserName admin Note that only the USB Web interface ido Message from webpage EJ Statistics Password coocoo can be used to enable disable or reset pe A EAE IA A Cal Configuration Log In Log Out security If security accounts are lost or corn TE AA i LoggingResults usbadmin Admin forgot
39. Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Notes 104 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Introduction In this chapter you will set up domains and groups for an FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix project and also assign user roles and privileges for accessing domains Examples are based on the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example on page 108 Before You Begin e Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 e Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Chapter 4 What You Need e Factorylalk EnergyMetrix CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE e Factorylalk EnergyMetrix online help and user manual publication FTEM UM002 e Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 105 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Follow These Steps Follow these steps to create domains and groups configure security and configure devices and meters Creating Domains and Groups page 107 Add a Parent Domain page 109 Add a Subdomain page 110 Add Subd
40. Collision Details Description PowerMonitor 500 Faceplate 1 Type Ladder Diagram In Program o MainProgram Number of Rungs 5 Ready A 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field pe 5 Find alal Find Replace Find Within Final Name Import Content MainTask Configure Routine Properties i cB MainProaram Import Name Rx _DeviceName_Faceplate RXX_DeviceName_Fai z z E i References Operation Create J ty A Tags i References will be imported as Data Types z macen folders Other Components 8 Enors Wamings Final Name Description Type Ladder Diagram In Program 3 MainProgram Number of Rungs 5 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 231 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 In the Import Content organizer select tags The Configure Tag References dialog box opens 5 Replace _DeviceName in the Final Name with the name of your device import configuration z S Find EJEN Find Replace Find Within Final Name Import Content Configure Tag References EEEE importName Operation a Final Name lias F Data Type DeviceName Create _DeviceName FP EEOLFP _ DeviceName Create _DeviceName FP_AlamMSG MESSAGE _ DeviceName Create _DeviceName FPMSG1 MESSAGE _DeviceName Create _DevicsNa
41. Configure Factory Talk View ME for the E3 Plus Module Pace plate teen enviendomeron r EIT parannedaace eae Conna MEE 300 Faceplate orsica anr jeledonlaesedaueetiacs Configure RSLogix5000 for the E300 Module Faceplate Configure Factory Talk View ME for the E3 Plus Module Pacem teu sotiic pat rier ERES Configure ME SMC 50 Controller Faceplates 004 Configure RSLogix5000 for the SMC 50 Controller Faceplate Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the SMC 50 Controller BAcep lcs st chanvesshwasiaeuie een secne satiate lanes Configure ME CIP Motion Drive Faceplates 005 SystemC ompatibiity cy cirevarccewvenacuse Peteayenset ee cece General Set piiegcekeccucuaiainadaueeaanee RETR E Configure Studio 5000 Logix Designer Application for the Kinetix Drive Faceplate cscedetucnshaseeed pane vanccin mets Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Time of Day Control Table of Contents CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Overview 00 eee ee 315 Configure Device Logic for Equipment Status and Alarm Histor Faceplates s a ty adaaen a werent nha E aes 317 Configure Equipment Status Faceplate 0 cece eee eee eee 338 Configure Alarm History Faceplates suicic meow wwe susatane ewes 347 Create a Runtime Application File 0 cece eee eee eee eee 354 Transfer Runtime File to Panel View Plus Terminal 356 Run Application on PanelView Pl
42. DAL Ds 1 PANEL GROUND LUG aAWG 05 1 2 POLE FUSE BLOCK CLASS cc Boh FB2C30 L oe 1 i POLE FUSE BLOCK CLASS CC 1492 F BIC3O0 L OF A R KAIL DIN Mlb 54 1M 199 TDR DE END ANCHUR AE 1432 LASIS SCREW CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK 1492 J END BARRIER 1492 GROUP MARKER CARRIER JAMP CIRCUIT BREAKER F 1492 SP10010 3 1 PS COMPACT 30 W 24 26W 1606 XLP30E INDUSTRIAL LUFFER TU FIBER MEDIA CUNVERTER 10 100 MBPS a SEE LIC ZZ i 1 POWER MONITOR 3000 le0v 240VAC S0 60HZ OR 125 250VDC 1404 MB0S4 EN1 IF 1 POWERMONITOR 3000 DISPLAY MODULE WITH 3 METER CABLE ABR fi404 DNM F E l4 GH43 5 Ets nana F ia 1 SHORTING BLOCK 8 POSITION 19 GROUNDING SAR SYSTEM F PUS SUJARE D FESGT ai a POLE FUSE BLOCK CLASS CE AF i432 FE3C30 L Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 49 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring Wiring Drawings The AutoCAD electrical project includes a variety of electrical power wiring configurations for PowerMonitor 1000 and PowerMonitor 3000 devices plus power and control wiring drawings for the CompactLogix L23E controller This drawing shows PowerMonitor 3000 device wiring for a 480V 4 wire WYE direct system PowerMonitor 3000 Device Wiring 480V 3PH 4 WIRE WYE DIRECT CONNECT 600VAC LINE TO LINE 347VAC LINE TO NEUTRAL MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MODE WYE SS N Li L L3 NOTE DIRECT CONNECT MAY
43. Data Type is ER Referee CON Diveneme FP Create DriveName FP Pee 7A dos 2 O initiate Conveyor Create _ initiate Conveyor a Boor Mo A Add On Instructor _ Sow Speed Create J Sow Speed BOL E Data Types LJ System feut Create NI System Fat lla l Errors Warnings 6 Select Add On Instructions in the Import Content organizer 7 Discard the import of the PFlex_70_AOI this AOI was used to create the rung import file but is needed because the existing AOI for your PowerFlex drive is used Import Content fam alin iT ask a Sa verr hiie e e a Revision Note D fn EEren o pecas r A Preno ea BAFE da o e E Add On Instructor ji E Data Types E Errors Warnings 258 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Important Program and Operator Control Transfer Considerations The first three rungs of each AOI handle the transfer of control from the Logix program Program Control to the faceplate Operator Control The two Operator Control rungs are shown below It is important to understand how these rungs operate so your desired program to operator and operator to program control transfers are achieved OPERATOR CONTROL ENABLE RUNG This rung enables RSViewMESSE Operator Control of the PowerFlex Drive Command requests Cmd can be initiated from ether the Logix Programs ProgOperReg or RSViewMESSE OperOperReg
44. Enterprise software to communicate with My Network File name Pm K_FP F Open Configure Communication to PowerMonitor 1000 Follow these steps to configure RSLinx Plages the PowerMonitor 1000 meter Files of type Graphic Displays gfs gar 1 Launch RSLinx Enterprise software 2 Double click Communication Setup en ena By Os under RSLinx Enterprise in the Dg 3 a Logic and Cortral Explorer window a ae eee la Macros I a Data Log fee Data Log Models EE RecipePlus bees RecipePlu Setup RecipePlus Editor oe a RSLins Enterprise all Communication Setup E aa System 218 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 You will see this dialog box if a RSLinx Enterprise Configuration Wizard ia x communication setup does not exist 3 Select Create a new configuration and click Finish 4 configuration file contains information about devices drivers and networks Select the source for this offline configuration file 4 Click Add under Device Shortcuts to create a new shortcut then rename the shortcut PM1K_172_ 144 f Create a new configuration i Communication Setup RyAi Soca Project RSLinx Enterprise B Device Shortcuts Remove Bop E PMIK_172_144 Design Local Runtime Target Copy from Desgn to Runtime RSLinx Enterprise USMEERVANG H E 1789 417 Backplan
45. Global Roles C amp Admin C amp User C amp Guest E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Accounti M Sp E Data Cen E Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving Utilities Engineering C amp Engineering Manager mT rrr rrr ore Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Chapter 5 TIP You can assign more than one role to a user For example a user may have viewing read only access to meters and published reports but admin read and write access to a personal scratch pad domain You should see the Account 1 user under the Roles and Users Accounting Manager role aE Global Roles a EE Efficient Industries Plant 1 EE See gi SE Tune be EF Account 1 6 Repeat steps 1 5 to add additional users S ai For this example add two more users l E a Global Roles e Production 1 G E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting e Engineering 1 U EG Accounting Manager When done Roles and Users should look like this me E Data Center r E Production 1 BP Production 1 Wanager 7 Bs E D 7 an ES Shipping Receiving E Utilities on Es Engineering Engineering Manager C2 Engineering 1 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 117 Chapter 5
46. Motor_1 tag A Motor_1 Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive must also be included in the Logix Program to control whether Program to Operator Control transfer requests are allowed or acted upon A tag value of 1 permits the associated control transfer requests A value of 0 prevents the associated control transfer requests Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 259 Chapter 11 A 260 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates ATTENTION If an Xxxx Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive tag is set to 1 the associated AOI is programmed to allow a transfer from Program Control to Operator Control regardless of the current direction speed or active status of the PowerFlex drive In addition the AOI is programmed to transfer the current Program Speed value Xxxx Set_SpeedProg to the associated Operator Speed tag Xxxx Set_SpeedOper creating a bumpless transfer when a transfer from Program Control to Operator Control is executed Therefore if the PowerFlex drive is running at the time of a Program to Operator Control transition the PowerFlex drive continues to run at the most recent commanded Program Speed If a different Program to Operator Control transition is desired then the status of the PowerFlex drive and the Operator command requests must be monitored and the appropriate Program commands must be issued before the Xxxx Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive is allowed Therefore it is very important that the status of the PowerFl
47. Name Engineering oo zi Default log rate 1 5 Reports title line 1 Efficient Industries Plant 1 Reports title line Engineering SSS 2 Meters Not Assigned to Group Layout Save Restore Contribution factor igned to Group Collapse PE System Status EM Gro H Devices H E Roles and Users H E Fate Schedules 7 a Al Alarm Setup Unit Setup Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Chapter 5 Add Subdomain Groups Follow these steps to set up groups under a subdomain 1 Select the subdomain under the parent domain In this example the subdomain is Engineering 2 Click Add to add a group to the subdomain 3 Create the subdomain group System Group Setup Layout Save Restore Collapse edt aa N Delete System Status 3 Groups E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E SrA C Devices I Roles and Users LJ Rate Schedules All Alarm Setup ae Unit Setup Configuration E System Configuration Report F My User Settings About v Efficient Industries Plant 1 Parent group 7 This group is a domain Name Engineering t Notes Default log fis rate Reports title Engineering line 1 1 Reports title line 2 a Select the subdomain from the Paren
48. Oo S00K E Parameter List PowerFlex 7005 26 SpdTrim2 Fi BW 200 000 0 0000 101 27 SpeedRef ASe ESE mn 16 _ Zero Speed DPI 25 Sneed Ref R Sued Sneed Ref 1l Fern Sneed DPI d For the PowerFlex 753 drives verify that parameter 545 Spd Ref A Sel is set to Port 0 Port 6 Reference and the value is set to 876 Parameter List Powerflex 753 PowerFlex753 Parameter Groupe EBAI Parameters bl 0 000 TD ET ir a 159999 0 000000 40000 0000 40000 8 Close the Parameter List window 9 Download your parameters to the PowerFlex drive by choosing the download icon from the toolbar Follow prompts to complete the download process 256 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Correlate the Online Drive 1 On the Drive tab click Connect to Drive General Connection Module Info Port Configuration Drive A mD HS 7 Bes Drive Hot Connected Connect to Drive ja Foe le ae E i eens Oar ise E Param Lisl Es oe kiih H A Cantal Ae 6 20 COMMA fi 140 j Corealation vath online dive has not been completed Mo drive date can be displayed until conelation has completed successfully Dick the Connect to Drive button to begin correlations Help Status Runrig oK Cancel 2 Select which drive to connect to and click OK Connect To Driv
49. SME oO ADI 5 Replace SMCName in the Final Name field with the name of your SMC50 device and click OK Import Content Ga MainTask AS MainProgram Ey i E HM ainRoutine Runga E References JA gp Add On Instruction x Errors aming BConigure Tag Aelerences Import Hame Cmd_SMCName_OperCnitrl Create GS Crd_ Motor 1 _OperCnitrl Cmc_SMUCName_Reset Create le Erd_ Motor 1 Reset Cmd SMCName_Start Create fd Emd_Motor_1_Start Crd_SMCN ame Stop Create P Crd Motor_1_Stop SMCNarme_FP Use Existing Motor 1 FFI Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 E BODL SME 50 ADI 299 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Important Program and Operator Control Transfer Considerations The first rung of the SMC_50_AOT handles the transfer of control from the Logix program Program Control to the faceplate Operator Control The Operator Control rung is shown below It is important to understand how this rung operates so your desired program to operator and operator to program control transfers are achieved OPERATOR CONTROL ENABLE RUNG This rung enables RSViewME SE Operator Control ofthe SMC_Flex Soft Start Command requests Cmd can be initiated from either the Logix Programs ProgoperReq or RSViewME SSE OperOperReg For example to enable Operator control for a drive associated with Motor_1 ADI instance a rung could be added
50. Water Usage Propane Usage Gal Check Uncheck e Natural Gas Usage Water Usage Gal Check Uncheck Steam Usage Natural Gas Usage Check Uncheck Air Usage Steam Usage Check Uncheck Enter the settings from the table for each value type When done the new value types should appear in the list 430 Air Usage Value Tynes Value Type Setup Edit Add Delete Value types Air Usage Alf Usage AE yE Apparent Power Demand Nam uel Oil Usage Matural Gas Usage Ur Propane Usage Reactive Energy Exported Reactive Energy Imported Deman Reactive Energy Met Reactive Power Demand Real Energy Exported Real Energy Imported Consumptia Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Appendix C Energy Electric Add On Instructions This appendix describes the behavior of the Energy_Electric_Digital Energy_Electric_Analog and Energy_Electric_PM_Status Add On Instructions It is provided to help you understand the output values and calculations methods It also provides information you need to adjust consumption rollover values and interval timer presets Tag names for end of demand intervals from a utility meter or central controller are also included The Add On Instructions perform four functions e Calculate the total electric consumption kWh for the metered input This value is stored is the in Add On Instruction output Val_Total_kWh e Calculate the demand for the mete
51. fla OMAT Energy Updyes 032313 HA OMAT Erang Updates 002719 3 Srn a Proact Settings Arira Seouty Dorotce La Soo g Gioball Conmectons Startup J HM Tap Taye aw Osola 8 ALAAN JOIAGNOS TICS PNFORMATION 8 SMC_5 Faceplate Eray Glebe Obrect Loder images 2 Navigate to the ME E3PLUS Faceplate Files folder select the E3Plus_Parameter par file and click Open 276 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure a Parameter File 1 From the explorer window in Factorylalk View Studio in the Parameters folder right click the E3Plus_ Parameter file and choose Rename 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your RSLogix5000 application For example Motor_1 3 Double click the parameter file to open it The parameter file contains configuration for two parameters Parameter 1 represents the tag name for the specific Faceplate AOI in your RSLogix 5000 project Parameter 2 represents the tag name for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEO in your RSLogix5000 project This second parameter only applies when the energy monitoring option is being used Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This must match the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup l Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 gt Parameter files a
52. https download rockwellautomation com esd download aspx downloadid addonprofiles e Select the AOP for Drives PowerFlex SCANport profile e Click the Download Now button and follow instructions SOP far 280E 2E1E 268E ArmerStart i7 00 00 Minimum RSLoegm C enet HONDI aa alee t9 72 6868 S000 Software Revision mM omie E 2 01 02 2012 08 20 W e241 Me SiO Sohwers Bevan E er for 4665 bMunitight ENet Vision 1 04 19 n12 0820 6 45 MB vere ont EER ira go C eaten oe a 1 02 05 2012 08 20 6 48 MB r AEE T E AP fer 642 EthermetiP Encoders 2 01 26 2012 08 20 TH 28 723 MB bon cpap en SaN n C kae EEE A 8 01 00 2012 08 20 T5 62 92 MB anid eolersteabe TT SOF for RA E1 Pius 1 01 00 201 208 20 pa 27 65 MB 5000 Sofware Ravian E AOP tor RA ES Plus vie 2100 ENET 1 01 02 2012 08 20 et 70 77 M lease der andere coon cra 0 AOP fer ES Pus 193 DNETCATIR 101 04 201 2roe20 27 85 MB Dee eg eee AOP for Drives PowerFlewSCANport 4 04 04 2012 09 05 TE 247 MB SERE MTERA TEE O AOP for RA1789Analog 6 04 00 2012 05 12 TE 73 42 MB EE AOP tor 1788 CNZFFR 1 01 16 20121025 p 76 66 MB erie bows TT E AOP for 1783 ENZ2FFR 1 01 18 2012 10 25 Ira 78 61 MB nTa E E E E AOP for 1788 CNIPAR 2 01 01 2012 10 25 rs 78 6 MB a EEEN iia m S B MB 16 00 00 Minimum RSLogo HOF for 17T85 ENZPAR 2 01 01 2012 10 25 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 449 AppendixE Update Add on Profiles Update the E300 Add
53. o o Other V Audio Cancel Apply Help 278 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Folow these steps to use a bitmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse button next to the Image field b Click Add from File and select the E3 Plus Bitmap Image located in the ME E3 Plus Files folder IMPORTANT You only need to add the image from File the first time you use the image Once added the image can be selected from the image list c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired x CENBVOOACVeR VSS S m ie m eee xz va 2 BRESCHBAENEAZOESRG a a na oe A Select image Preview Font Arial i xj areor N Caption color Ey rm v Energy Management v ME E3 Plus Faceplate Files gt Search ME E3 Plus Faceplate F 2 BB Caption back color I Caption blink Page Down Organize New folder Hs il IV Word wra Page Up a i Recent Places Al Name Date modified Type m Image settings a 2 E3Plus bmp 5 2 2013 12 51 PM Bitmap image Image Ea Documents Music Image attribt mek ictures LI Image color Type z nanan BB image back color Width x Heic I Image blink Format 7 Image scaled jE passol amp Local Disk C ue ca Local Disk D em RA_FILES F OK Canc
54. 1789 417 Backplane EtherNet Ethernet m 10 90 92 186 Panel iew Plus 1250 Paneliew Plus 1250 S 10 90 172 144 1408 ENT PM1000 EnergyMonitor 1 Mode Online Not Browsing Offline Tag File Browse Cancel Verify Help 220 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 11 Click Yes when prompted to continue with the copy operation 12 Click OK at the bottom of the RSLinx Enterprise dialog box to save the communication setup changes Import and Configure HMI Tags FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 RSLinx Enterprise y i x The Runtime Target configuration and shortcut definitions will be replaced with a copy of the Design Local configuration and shortcut definitions Do You want to continue se Because a controller is not used with the faceplate HMI tags are required to control visibility animation and edit custom properties You will now import the tags needed to interface with the PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate in FactoryIalk View Studio for Machine Edition 1 From the Tools menu choose Tag Import and Export wizard 2 Choose Import FactoryTalk View tag CSV files from the pull down menu then click Next 3 Click the ellipse icon to browse for the Factorylalk View ME project med you want to import tags into Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 E B s FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition File
55. 192 168 1 126 1769 123E QBFC1 Ethernet Port 1769 123E QBFC1E E zii CompactLogix System CompactLogix System 0 1769 235E OBFC1 CompactLogix L23E QBFC1 Processor 8 Click Copy from Design to Runtime to copy Peery peers changes to the runtime communication setup 9 Click Yes when prompted to continue with the copy operation Gace I 372 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 10 Click OK at the bottom of the RSLinx Enterprise dialog box to save the communication setup changes Deve Ports Deug focal Parton Taget 2 Remove bods Copy tare Dong w Aurime geo l EJ kara frerproe AX nadpise IAI Jy Cbertiet Dhenet System Commissioning To commission the system you need to install the system hardware and download the projects Install System Hardware Refer to the documentation listed below for information on installing the CompactLogix and PanelView Plus Hardware Document Name Publication Number Document Contents CompactLogix Packaged Controller Installation 1769 IN082 Installation Checklist Instructions Controller Dimensions How to Install the Battery How to Connect Expansion Modules Minimum Spacing Requirements How to Panel Mount How to DIN Rail Mount Grounding Considerations Wiring Power to the System Wire the I O Removable Terminal Blocks Expansion Module Wiring
56. 2 To add an expansion module to the I O configuration tree right click the Expansion I O folder and select New Module For detailed information about configuring your embedded I O see Chapter 3 of the 1769 CompactLogix Packaged Controllers Quick Start and User Manual publication ASIMP QS010 Embedded I O page 191 Save the Project File Click to save your RSLogix 5000 application file Import and Configure Demand Control Program Follow these steps to import and configure your Demand Control program 1 If not already opened open your RSLogix 5000 software project aR omng Y Ci AddOn Defred Cih Predefined 4 Oh Modde Defined G Trends 43 1 0 Configuration E Compacting 32 GRFC System fo 17694 23E Q8FC1 Tire ODay BP DEC Ethernet Port Locale Hs Ethernet S a Compuctbus Loc Uo 3 Embedded 1 0 Print b Cross Reference Cyli E 1 Embedded IX IF Dorete Ing 2 Embedded 06 16 Discrete _Outouts 3 Ernbedded FaF ansog JO J 4 Embedded HSC Counters 2 Expansion 1 0 8 CompactBus Local J Embedded 1 0 I 1 Embedded IQ16F Discrete_Inputs 2 Embedded 0B16 Discrete_Outputs 3 Embedded IF4X0F2 Analog_I0 4 Embedded HSC Counters pansion 1 0 lal sae lt 2 e om DMI fl E RUN Offline o No Forces gt Bu No Edits Air es Controller DemandController A Controller Tags 3 Controller Fault Handler 3 Power Up Handl
57. CONFIGURATION menu The BASIC configuration menu is displayed Press the Down Arrow key to select the ADVANCED menu then press the Enter key Press the Down Arrow key to select the desired advanced parameter Press the Enter key to access Edit mode Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to change the value Press the Enter key to write the new value to the PowerMonitor 3000 master module and set the display module back to Program mode Repeat steps 3 6 to set other advanced parameters Press the Escape key to return to desired menus Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Advanced Device Configuration Parameters New Password 145 9999 0000 0000 Demand Period Length 99 99 min 15 eters 1 1 Number of Demand Periods Og Forced Demand Delay 0 900 s 10 Predicted Demand Type Instantaneous Instantaneous 1st Order 2nd Order KYZ Control Source 5 Vah 7 Setpoint 1 Wh Forward 6 Ah 2 Wh Reverse 7 Setpoint 3 VARh Forward 8 Comms Energy counter rollover point 4 15 digits Metering Result Set M8 only 0 All results 0 All results 1 Transducer mode 2 Energy meter mode 4 VARh Reverse Wal Date Day 1 31 Time Hour 0 23 wooo i Time Minutes 0 59 ic Time Seconds 0 59 Ao Default relay state on comms loss 0 Last state resume 2 De energize resume w EA EEA E 1 Last state freeze 3 D
58. Ch2Data Local 3 Ch3Data Local 3 lInputRangeFlag Double click Analog I O under IO Configuration to launch the module properties and enable the channels that will be used J Controller L2x Tasks J Motion Groups 9 Add On Instructions 5 Data Types CI Trends Fl Ee Channel Enable 1 0 Configuration 0 CompactLogix5323E QBFC1 System 1 Vv A 1769 L23E QBFC1 L2x a 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port LocalENB EE E 89 CompactBus Local 3 Embedded 1 0 g 1 Embedded 1Q16F Discrete_Inputs 2 Embedded OB16 Discrete_Outputs 3 Embedded IF4XOF2 Analog_IO g 4 Embedded HSC Counters 9 Expansion I O Status Offline E Module Properties Local 3 Embedded IF4XOF2 1 1 General Connection Input Configuration Output Configuration Fault Program Action Cancel Help Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 10 Assign energy input calculation and scaling factor tag values based on the Energy Add On Instruction Factor table definitions on page 84 Energy _Gas_Digita Energy _Gas Digital Boiler House Gas Inp_ Pulse Local 1 1 Data 0 0 Set Meter Pulse Factor 1 5 One table provides factor definitions for electric inputs and one for all other energy inputs Le Set_Calc_Interval This example shows values that need to be set for Set_High_ Flow the Energy_Gas_Digital Add On Instruction b
59. E3 ECS 1 5A erie any patierord T Date Links Diagnostics ox Cancel Qi Administrative Settings Fi 4 Select the E3 Plus for your application and click Save Rockwell Automation Allen Bradley Make ces D ai OF WE a ela alaitcw ebs Scan List Network Who Scan List 0 193 DNENCATR Comms Aux Me 5 E3 EC5 1 5A Minimize 5 Home G Scan List Gal Configuration Gi Scan List 5 Node Commissioning a Advanced id 5 E3 ECS 1 5A 5 Data Links Cal Diagnostics ed Administrative Settings P EDS File Ce Scanner DeviceNet Network Address 0 Save Seconds between refresh is Disable Refresh with 0 Copyright 2011 Rockwell Automation Inc All Rights Reserved 266 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 5 Select E3 Plus gt Parameters gt DNET Setup and edit these parameters IMPORTANT Param 59 Output Assembly 105 Param 60 Input Assembly 100 Param 61 Assy Word 0 Param 21 supplies status of Inputs and Outputs You must set these parameters or the AOI does not function properly in your RSlogix5000 application Param 62 Assy Word 1 Param 4 supplies Avg current Param 63 Assy Word 2 Param 14 supplies Trip Status Param 64 Assy Word 3 Param 15 supplies Warning Status When your edit is complete be sure to Save the changes 6 Configu
60. External Storage 1 External Storage 2 4 Press Yes F7 If you press No the communication settings from the Yes previously run project will be used i 5 After the application loads press Run F2 to run the application Serre F2 376 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Demand Control Configuration Prior to configuring the loads in the controller you must assign priority levels and interlock times to the loads in your application The configuration for the Efficient Industries Plant 1 Example is shown below Exhaust Fan 1 s Eo 2700 Exhaust Fan 2 2 gt 2700 Priority Levels oj A gt o co N OMI 0 AII Wy N e There are up to 16 priority levels available Loads with the largest priority number are shed first priority level 1 is shed last e More than one load may be assigned to a given priority level If loads share the same priority level they will be shed based on the time since the load was last shed In other words when a shed is required the running load with the largest priority level number and the longest minutes since shed will be the next load to shed Interlocks e On Delay interlock is the minimum time the load must be off in seconds before it can be restarted e Off Delay interlock is the minimum time the load must be on in seconds before it can be shed e Max Off Time interlock is the maximum amount of ti
61. I FuelLOil_Total 0 0 Float REAL O F Gas Main AlamName j STRING Se iene L2x_EnergpTatals Taat Float REAL I Local 1 C fanat dees 1 AB Embeddec w Monitor Tags A Edit Tags t 11 Repeat steps 1 10 for each energy meter that you want to include in the Alarm History faceplate Configure Equipment Status Faceplate The Equipment Status Faceplate is a display that provides device status and meter data from data collector devices in your energy management application The faceplate works in conjunction with energy and faceplate Add On Instructions You can display up to nine energy meters on a single Equipment Status Faceplate In addition you can configure the Equipment Status Faceplate to launch your faceplates by using preconfigured Goto Display buttons This example shows the Boiler House energy meters for the Efficient Industries Plant 1 The faceplate is configured for five rows or five energy meters and provides overall status with up to four additional status values for each meter Efficient Plant 1_ Boiler House X Device State Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 9565 000 0 000 0 000 therms 7654 000 385 000 0 000 0 000 therms thenms hr 432725 000 4 300 0 000 0 000 21653 000 5 900 0 000 0 000 gal gpm 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 KV Volts Amps PF 503 000 Gas Main thenms hr Boiler House Gas n Fuel Oil Boiler House Electric Add Equipment Status Faceplate Display F
62. Motor Control Expansion Bus Digital Modules G01 193 EXP DIO 42 24D _ Operator Station Trip Warning Alarms Input Data The E300 module lets you configure up to 8 Datalinks 11 Select the parameters for the additional data to be included with the input tags Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 283 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 12 Click OK to complete the module definition Module Definition ej MyE300 Input Data E a Expansion Bus E Digital Modules J 0 193EXP DI0 42 240 Datalink Parameter Tagame 2 input Data 13 Select Protection and set the overload configuration parameters for your specific application and click OK Protection Overload ma M Enable Trip 14 To configure the other protection configuration parameters follow these steps a In Controller Tags browse to the configuration tags of the newly added E300 module b Modify the configuration tags directly to enable and adjust the other current based and control based protection functions of the E300 module See EEE SEE EEE Eee EE BEBE Er 284 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Import the E300 Module Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you would like to add the E300 module faceplate routine and choose Im
63. October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 Va Click Add when the screen refreshes Return to meter screens Meter Tag Setup Edit Add Delete 8 Repeat steps 4 7 to add the remaining tags 10 e Reactive Energy Net e Real Power Demand These are typical tags for electric meters When done click the Return to meter screens link or the meter tag The tags just entered should appear on the Meter Setup tab For this example you should see these tags Return to meter screens Save Cancel Domain Meter Engineering Electricity Boiler House Meter Meter type Electric Device class Popwememenitor 1000 EM3 Gainer Ten Meter Setup Meter Setup Type Electric X Assigned to Groups Contribution factor Device Boiler House Electricity 100 Name Boiler House Meter Notes Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Meter Tags Read device tags Add a new meter taq ID Type Name Units Log Rate Address 4 Device Real Energy Net kh 15 minutes 16 8 View 5 Device Reactive Energy Net kK ARH 15 minutes 16 14 View 6 Device Real Power Demand kv 15 minutes 17 0 View Click the Meter Data tab to verify that the Domainiieter EngineeringElectricityBoiler House Meter meter data is being logged The data will not appear until the next logging interval has occurred Another way to check the data is to return Meter type Electric Mete
64. Quantity 166 261 4 Electric Cost Allocation Report 6 1 2009 0 00 9 1 2009 0 00 f1f20098 12 00 AM KW kWh kWh Rate ESE a Farr Subtotal Rate 8 72 0 76 Subtotal Rate 0 03450 0 02152 Subtotal Rate 0 055 Subtotal D GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Electric Cost Allocation bos A020 11 947 60 26 717 20 bl 04 00 paz 55 40 poa 204 20 26 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Subtotals 11 947 60 26 717 20 17 r04 00 faz 755 40 poa 204 20 to 81 2008 12 00 AM Charge 3525 00 525 00 Charge 54 533 61 55 035 45 70 473 27 Charge 5485706 0412 02 95 263 08 Charge 9 144 37 9 144 37 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Chapter 1 Power Quality Power quality monitoring lets you capture power quality events or conditions that could cause a production shutdown like voltage sags swells and brownouts ITI Voltage Tolerance Envelope 200 Electric Main Power Quality Report 9 1 2009 12 00 AM to 10 1 2009 12 00 AM Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada 160 Prohibeled Rigor 140 120 a a 3 a a a z pg a aaa E E m E 0 a a C 60 p 0 No Damage Fenian 20 i 0 1 1 0 10 0 100 0 1 000 0 10 000 00 100 000 0 Cychas E Tecate Main Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 27 Chapter 1 Notes
65. The toolkit provides panel layout and wiring drawings in DWG DXF and PDF file formats to help you plan the layout of your system If you do not have CAD software use the pdf files to build your system drawings Use CAD Drawings from Toolkit 1 Ds 3 4 Browse to the System Layout and Wiring folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image Double Click the CompactLogix folder Navigate to the desired files based on your file format DXF DWG or PDF Add the required files to your project or copy them to your project folder Panel Layout Drawings The AutoCAD Electrical project includes a panel layout drawing for the CompactLogix controller shown below Add or remove components as needed T DESCRIPTION MFG PART NUMBER CONCEPT WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURE HOFFMAN CSD20248 24 X 20 SUBPAN HOFFMAN CP2420 1X4 GRAY SLOT WIRE DUCT PANDUIT F1X4LG6 6 COLOR TRANSMISSIVE CSTN TOUCHSCREEN 2711C T6C COMPACTLOGIX Le3E CONTROLLER SleK 16D1 16D0 4A1 2A0 4HSC 1769 L23E QBFC1B RAIL DIN MTG 25MM 1M 199 DR1 GROUP MARKER CARRIER 1492 GM35 END ANCHOR 1492 EAJ35 1AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER 1492 SP1D010 SCREW CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK 1492 J 1492 J4 END BARRIER 1492 J 1492 EBJ3 PS COMPACT 24 28VDC 2 1A 120 240VAC 1606 XLPSOE STRATIX S PORT ETHERNET SWITCH 1783 US05T 2X4 GRAY SLOT WIRE DUCT PANDUIT F2X4LG6 GROUNDING BAR SYSTEM 9 POS SQUARE D PK9GTA
66. Walue2_Grp_5 a Waluel_Grp_5 DeviceName_String_5 GotoDisplayButton_ Goto Display Button Properties Gene Labe common Boiler House Electric Font Size Chapter 11 X Edit Key Assignments Arrange gt Animation gt Convert to Wallpaper Tag Substitution Property Panel Cut Copy Delete Duplicate Copy Animation x Insert Variable Arial v C Caption color BB Caption back color Caption blink V Word wrap Image settings Image a L Image color BB image back color Image blink Image scaled fio l Alignment eee Cer eee Bi 7 ul Caption back style Transparent w Image back style Transparent w Alignment eee eC eee Cancel Apply Help TIP Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Complete steps 5 and 6 only if you are configuring the button to also launch a faceplate Otherwise skip to step 7 343 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 5 Click the General tab then choose the faceplate display to be launched when the GotoDisplay button is pressed then click OK For this example the PM1K_FP is selected 6 Select the Parameter file that corresponds to the faceplate previously configured in the Configure Faceplate sections above then click OK For this example PM1K 172 144 is selected 7 Click OK to complete the configuration 8 Repeat steps
67. ce cece eee eee ees 23 Monitoring Methods csiuicioastsiteneritbowmandageivse mea teued 24 Chapter 2 eod ClIO Minn oot hi ener ita a e cme te tina eee 29 Before OU Deciits thins iki e cutaneous honed 29 What you Need 42 ceseinaeettss badndtieieawoasbooid comeeeeteaes 29 Follow I hese Stepson ranea re a twee dadhind lt Sueridens 30 List Encre ata POMmts ee i E NO TENERENT 31 Identify Existing Energy Distribution Layouts and Metering 33 Create Metering Layout and Name Data Collection Hardware 36 Create Energy Panel Layout and Wiring Drawings 48 Select Monitoring SOltwate s ose lt sais ronetnwes ve gew ss babasmiecds 52 DiC iO PONS E T EE anna oe nase teuueceuas 52 SEVE e REGU eME eao EERE AEA 53 Cherne Regui remen neer eian Een E TAE EENE 54 Chapter 3 TRGPOCUCLION naran aae ke A a E ART 55 Botore VOU Dette moval inten deere EE eens 55 What Vou Need odatscsi ated ha eiwaeiew iets tai acas bedeeeeeehce 55 Follow Wiese Stepstone aana a E Ea es 56 Configure a PowerMonitor 3000 Device 0 cece eee eee eee gt 7 Configure a PowerMonitor 1000 Devices sis05 sntedsinr dee tee s 62 Configure a PowerMonitor Wireless 250 Device 004 67 PC Receiver Connection 0 cccccccccecccccccceveceees 67 Configure a PowerMonitor 500 Device 0 cece eee eee eee 68 Contioure with the Displayer carecer i eirin EAST 68 Access the Programming Menu sssssssrsecccccerrrrrrrreren 69 Configure C
68. iew Studio iew Machine Edition File Edit view Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window Select Rotate Drawing Push Button Numeric and String Display Navigation Return To Indicator E 4 Gauge and Graph Close Trending i Display List Selector RecipePlus r Fr FTF FF FEA T F lhl key r aa reer Advanced Efe 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 303 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 3 Double click the new Goto rectangle to configure the button properties a Modify the appearance as desired for your application for example choose Transparent as the Back style if you are drawing the Goto button over an existing object on your display b Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the SMC_50_Faceplate_Energy display c Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the SMC_50 parameter file you created earlier for this intended device Goto Display Button Properties General Label Common Appearance Border style Border width Raised k 4 MW Border uses back color WB Back color Back style Pattern style B Border color Solid None C Pattern color WW Highlight color Shape j Blink Rectangle Display settings Display SMC_50_Faceplate_ a Parameter file Mot ss S Parameter list na La Dis
69. p Fre e se fe eSaturday Load Configuration RGEOE Load SS OD Controt coy ay at vey Save Day han i E UE E EEE Load Configuration EGO TOD Control TOD Control Control Copy Day Paste Day Save Day Undo Day eyes Day Changes Changes to Default 8 Ifthe load will not follow a holiday schedule click the Holidays Enabled Disabled button so that Holidays Disabled is displayed 9 If the load will follow a different schedule on holidays click the Holidays Enabled Disabled button so that Holidays Enabled is displayed Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 413 Chapter13 Time of Day Control 10 11 13 14 414 Click the holiday button and enter the desired holiday schedule Place the load in TOD Control mode To change the mode click on the mode indicator to toggle between TOD Control Override On and Override Off Click Save Day Changes to confirm your mode selection Verify that the load turns on and off per the configured schedule Repeat the above steps for each load in your application Load Configuration X Reon Load Load Description C e cs TOD Control OaE oomnnn 2 99 ee Save D Undo D Reset D s an m a mc ROEOH Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 System Application Guide This section guides you
70. they are displayed in an alarm summary page and entered into an alarm log You can send emails or run reports when alarms are triggered When configuring an alarm you can specify an analog or digital trigger e Analog triggers have a high and low threshold value that can activate an alarm inside or outside the threshold value range e Digital triggers are either equal or not equal Digital alarms may also be triggered by any change in a meter tag value Configure an Analog Alarm Follow these steps to configure an analog alarm 1 Click the Meters tab and navigate to the meter you want to assign an alarm For this example assign the alarm to the Electric Main Meter under the Electricity group 2 Click the Meter Setup tab 3 Click the Add a new alarm link ION Systerr Reparts Domain Meter Engineering ElectricitwElectric Main Meter Meter type Electric Device class Poyppeeeeltor 3000 MG Layout Save Restore Collapse eae Taf Wt see E E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Meter Setup E 5 Accounting Engineering Ce H E Air HA Electricity Meter Information SJ Boiler House Meter J Data Center Meter s Type Electric Assigned to Groups Contribution factor 4 O Power House Meter Device Electric Main Electricity 100 SJ Production 1 Meter Name Electric Main Meter SJ Production 2 Meter Shipping Receiving Meter Notes H E Fuels Steam Time zone GMT 06
71. 0 software or later is required to view reports e Microsoft NET Framework 3 5 SP1 is required to use RT and Charts Plus options NET Framework 3 5 SP1 is included on the installation DVD or can be downloaded at no charge from Microsoft Your client workstation must also be permitted Intranet Internet or dial in access to the Factory Talk EnergyMetrix server Contact your IT support personnel for assistance TIP Your browser should be set to check for newer versions of stored pages automatically not every visit to the page 54 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Introduction In this chapter you configure data collector devices for your energy management application This can include PowerMonitor W250 500 1000 3000 or 5000 devices and CompactLogix controllers PowerMonitor devices typically gather electrical energy data through connections to electrical distribution systems In addition PowerMonitor devices can connect to digital pulse outputs from gas water and other types of energy meters The CompactLogix controller collects energy data from digital or analog outputs of meters and transmitters for a variety of energy sources such as water air gas steam electric and fuel The controller also provides an interface to HMI devices providing energy data and device status to the plant floor Before You Begin Determine business goals complete
72. 00 Central Time US amp Canada 7 H E Water Meter Tags Read device tags Add a new meter tag ID Type Name Units Log Rate Address 1 Device Real Energy Net Kh 14 minutes 20 12 View 2 Device Reactive Energy Net kKVARH 15 minutes 22 12 View 3 Device Reactive Power Demand KVAR 15 minutes 17 2 View Alarms Enabled Severity Name Meter tag Trigger ee eel Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 161 Chapter8 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup 4 10 11 12 162 Enter an Alarm Name Add a Alarm save J Cancel Alarm Information For this example choose Real Power Demand M Enabled Alarm Name High Demand Meter Tag Real Power Demand For this example choose Critical Alarm Alarm Severity critical Alarm Message i j j al Enter message for the alarm Electric Demand approaching high level Check the email checkboxes if you want to send For this example enter High Demand Choose a Meter Tag Choose the Alarm Severity M Send email on trigger emails when the alarm is triggered or cleared l M Send email on clear Refer to page 170 for details on how to Configure Email Alarm Subscriptions analog Highthreshold 300 Range Alarm on outside e cr x S Select the trigger type Lowthreshold fo Alarm on inside Digital On For this example select Analog ee Enter the high and low thresholds for the alarm Changes ta On c trigger value Changes
73. 1 Inp_ Status TT ha To map the shed output replace the NOP instruction with an OTE or OTU instruction as required per your application In the example below the shed output for Load number 1 is mapped to the first output on the local I O card in slot 2 1 Shed Load Load 1 Out Shed Local 2 0 Data 0 The input status has been configured to follow the shed command by default If the loads actual input status is not available this rung can be left as is If the load s input status is available map the input status to the appropriate status bit In the example below the input status for Load number 1 is mapped to the first input on the local I O card in slot 1 Status of load from discrete input 0 Off 1 0n Local 1 l Data 0 Load 1 Inp_ Status 388 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Demand Controller Tags When the DemandControl program is imported three User Defined Data Types will be added to the controller DemandFaceplate Load and PM The DemandFaceplate UDT is used for the HMI interface Name Data Type Description set_FaceplateAnimation NT Controls the visibility on the faceplate set_LoadNum DINT Load number currently being configured Set_Password STRING Password entered from the HMI Cfg_Load Load Configured Load Buffer Cfg_Password STRING Configured Password Cfg_StartHour DINT Configured Demand Control Start Hour Cfg_StartMin DINT Configured Demand
74. 113 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Roles and Privileges p ee View Groups View the structure of the View the structure of the project e Purge Logged Data Purge meter data fromthe database meter data from the database Purge meter data from the database f ff View Multi purpose View multipurpose report scrips e Report Scripts Edit Multi purpose Report Add delete and modify multipurpose report scripts eT T tf Scripts 114 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Chapter 5 Create a Role and Assign Privileges Follow these steps to create a role and assign privileges pi Ze 3 4 5 Click Roles and Users on the System tab Click Add System Layout Save Restore m System Status E Groups a Devices a and Users a Rate Schedules a Multi Purpose Report Scripts Choose a domain from the Parent group pull down menu For this example choose Engineering Enter a role name For this example enter Engineering Manager Assign all Admin privileges to the Engineering Manager by moving all privileges from the right pane to the left pane Clicking the left double arrow icon will move all privileges in one operation You can also move or assign individual privileges by using the single arrow icons To select noncontiguous privileges hold down the Ctrl key while making selections The E
75. 2005 1 Access the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server and log in as an administrator r 2 Open Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio r Pri T a Coyiser ty Say yop Xx yp Microsoft 3 Connect to the local server by using Windows SOL S i Windows Server System authentication Q Server 2005 Server type Database Engine Server name Authentication Windows Authentication 4 Open the Management folder in the tree and select Summary Maintenance Plans Connect 32 A hae TE f b USMEERAMORGANS SOL 5 9 0 1 5 Right click the Maintenance Plans folder and choose New o aE kaak See J Maint Maintenance Plan E Security L J alnter Server Objects UISMEER AMOR 6 Type ina name for the plan and click OK CE Replication _j Management 2 SOL Server Loi tay Activity Moniko 3 Database Mail view History 24 Distributed Tre im Full Text Sear Refresh jj Legacy CI Notification Services FR SOL Server 4gent TE T Plan Wizard tce Plan Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 201 Chapter 10 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance 7 In the design view drag and drop the e activ Menor A Database Mail following from the Toolbox into the blank ae Transaction Coordir ERE me Ful Text Search Backup Database on FE Databases lt Select one plan page B Gl Legacy 4 3 Notification Services f SQL Server Agent
76. 320 is triggered Clear Accumulated Clear the time accumulator for this Yes Time setpoint No 1 Refer to Bulletin 1404 PowerMonitor 3000 User Manual publication 1404 UM001 or details on these settings 90 OUTPUT FLAG 3 N A N A 2 This value is typically line to neutral voltage 10 for WYE systems and line to line voltage 10 for Delta systems Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 165 Chapter 8 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Assign Meter Tag for a PowerMonitor Digital Alarm You will now assign a meter tag to a PowerMonitor device for use with a digital alarm For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example an alarm flag Flag 3 is assigned to a voltage sag setpoint in the PowerMonitor 3000 device You must assign a meter tag to the Flag 3 device tag Follow these steps to assign a meter tag for a digital alarm 1 10 11 12 Select the meter For this example select Electric Main Meter Click the Meter Setup tab then click Add a new meter tag Set the Meter tag type to Device Choose a Flag X tag from the device tag list For this example choose Flag 3 Enter a Meter tag name For this example enter Voltage Sag Alarm Flag 3 Set the Value Type to None Set the Log rate to a value that is less than the Setpoint release delay in the PowerMonitor Accept the default address Changing the address may cause loggi
77. 5 Accept the prompt that the login was successful 6 To adda network administrator click AddNew 7 Enter a username and password for a network administrator The username and password can be any string up to 32 characters in length This example sets a username of admin with a password of admin Make a note of the new network administrator login for future use and keep it in a secure location 8 While still connected to the USB Expand 5 Home MeteringResults PowerQuality Status Ga Statistics Ca Calibration Configuration Command LoggingResults Security E Security Allen Bradley Zona elatio aaO Minimize Home MeteringResults PowerQuality Status Statistics Calibration Configuration Command ad LoggingResults Security port log out from the usbadmin account Minimize Allen Bradley ETT a elaine ahs 0 0 Security User Name usbadmin Current User NoUser Security Defaults Reset Security Security Login UserName Password User Name usbadmin Current User Current User usbadmin Add New User Name User Type Password Confirm Password Security Nefault User Type Admin User Type INVALID ssnreenanananareenesaeesnansasseneensensacesadonereaserenead IMPORTANT NOTICE Reset will remove all created accounts and return default status Logged In as Admin usbadmin User Type Admin User Tvpe User Type
78. 500 meter option RSLinx 500 FTEMOPC 3rd party OPC client for all licensed meters N A FTEMRT Real Time option N A FTEMRPT ReportsPlus option N A FTEMCHT ChartsPlus option N A Microsoft SOL Server bundle 1 client license option N A Microsoft SOL Server bundle processor license option N A Contact your Rockwell Automation representative for information on the meter and option packages listed above 52 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 Server Requirements We recommend but do not require that you install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software on a dedicated server with a local installation of Microsoft SQL Server Server Software Requirements for Installing Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software e Windows 2003 Server or Windows 2008 Server Application Server role For 64 bit operating systems RSLinx Classic software version 2 57 CPR9 SR3 or later must be installed Windows 2000 Server is not supported e Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 installed with mixed mode authentication Windows and SQL TCP IP access must be enabled A system administrator SQL login must be used for the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix installation e You must have machine administrator privileges to install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Hardware Requirements These are the hardware requirements that you need to use FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Definitions The following rules of thumb a
79. AB Embedded_IG16F C 0 Local 1 1 AB Embedded_IG16F 1 0 Local 2 C AB Embedded_OB16 C 0 Local 2 AB Embedded_OB16 1 0 Local 2 0 AB Embedded_OB16 0 0 Local 3 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 C 0 Local 3 1 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 0 Local 3 0 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 0 0 Local 4 AB Embedded_HSC C 0 Local 4 1 AB Embedded_HSC 0 Local 4 0 AB Embedded_HSC 0 0 Controller Program MainRoutine Show Show All MainProgram Energy_Steam_Digital Project saved to Recovery file Rung of APP WER CL e A eA E Joseph W Novak 4 RSLogix 5000 i untitled Paint Replace MeterName in E import Configuration MeterName_AlarmName with 15 e 7 BIB _Eroaepace Find within Final Name the corresponding Add On a Ea MainT ask Instruction tag name selected in ns a heals neal SE ee ee SSS a a igs SP Local 1 Use Existing Local AB Embedded_1Q16F 1 0 the previous step Y Tags o Locatac Use Existing Locat2c AB Embedded_0B16 C 0 Local 2 1 Use Existing Local 2 Local 2 0 Use Existing pu Local 2 0 Locak3 C Use Existing Loeal 3 C Local 3 1 Use Existing Local 3 Local 3 0 Use Existing Local 3 0 dded_ Local 4 C Use Existing Local 4 C AB Embedded_HSC C 0 Local 4 1 Use Existing Local 4 1 E AB Embedded_HSC 1 0 Local4 0 Use Existing Ly iak AB Embedded_HSC 0 0 MeterName Use Existing sortie tt __Eneray_Gas_PM_Status
80. BE USED WITH LDW IMPEDANCE GROUNDED NEUTRAL ONLY PDWER carpal 3000 LI Le L3 N AB 1404 M80SA ENT FU6022 ENDL TO ET a 5A 4L reese 6031 ou 6041 SOLID STATE RELAY QUI VVALENT CIRCUIT BmA MAX 240VAC 300 DC 120 240VAC SO 60HZ leS eS0VDC I5V4 MAX CONTROL POWER FROM SEPARATE SOURCE 8 POSITION SHORTING BLOCK STBEN92 FLEX CDRE IKU8SC g TL eni yea dae 7 d BIN 6131 cee TT oo ee in 6151 _ ER E ee SEE CT NOTES 24VDC Internal Power Supply 50 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 Access Other Allen Bradley CAD Drawings Follow these steps to download other Allen Bradley product CAD drawings 1 Open your browser and go to http ab com e tools The Configuration and Selection Tools webpage opens TIP Configuration amp Selection Tools gt Product Selection OVeErviely Get the Product Selection Toolbox System Configuration Product Drawings Integrated architecture Tools Get Support Mow Resources Product Directory Product Certification Product Cross Reference Literature Library CONFIGURATION amp SELECTION TOOLS Rockwell Automation offers a powerful range of product selection and system configuration tools to assist you to choose and apply our products There are tools available on line and for you to ins
81. C j 4go v E 480 V 480 V MCC 7 m es ee Area MCC 8 i Shipping and L___ SSS az asov l j bo i a 480 V Shipping Receiving a J Substation MCC 1 Production mec 6 480V_ xy 4 Co substation 1 7 _ 480V Power house N substation Powermonitor Power House 480 V 1000 typical MCC 5 ae T oS i tices ag a L eee re pi E E E ee ee he a E eas a aT SANE z Bi 12 47 kV Distribution ait Boiler house Eest Main electrical L2x i incoming service 33 Sess Switchgear yov 0 ee Boiler House lt N w 3 soos e Propane mcc 4 eet me Powermehitor 138 kV from utility Chapter 2 11 Select a Device Class and Meter Type on the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab of the Energy Data Worksheet for the OPC server data point identified in step 10 a Select OPC Server on Ethernet for the Device Class b Select OPC for the Meter Type For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the entry for the OPC server data point would look like this Energy Data Point Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Meter Type Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on Electric Main Meter o Bn EtherNet IP Te Ll lle EtherNet IP ae el EtherNet IP Energy Type Electricity Electricity Power House Electricity Electricity Electricity Production 2 Powermonitor 1000 on EtherNet IP Electricity Shipp
82. Computer ai My Network File name IM y Project med Places Files of type Machine Edition Projects med Cancel we 5 Click Next Tag Import and Export Wizard EI Choose the Factory T alk View project you want to import into Destination project Project tpe Machine Edition b Project C Documents and SettingstAll Uses DocumentssAoyiew Enterprise MESHMI proects My ProjecthMy Project med Help Cancel lt Back Next gt Finish Go ee Oa oi x PM1K_FP_HMI_tags_default csv Choose the Factory T alk View CSW files you want to import The file is in the Import files ME_PowerMonitor1000_Faceplates_Files folder M Tags on the Energy Management Toolkit CD Help Cancel lt Back Herts Einteh 222 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 7 Select PMIK_FP_HMI_tags_default csv and 8 Click Next 9 Select Skip existing then click Next 10 click open Click Finish The tag folder FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Select FactoryTalk iew Export File Look in Powermonitori 000 ee EJ My Recent Documents 6 Desktop PMIK _FP_HMI_tags_default cov 2 Mo Documents gr hy Computer E bly Network File name Places Pm1 K_FF_HMl_tags_detault cev Files of type Factory T alk View Export Files cev Z ETag Import and Export Wizard ts Choose the FactoryT alk View CSW files you want to impart Import Fi
83. Controller This is the name of the Logix controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup that is connected to the intended device you want to monitor Ex CLX 63 l The tagname also includes the energy tag of the device that was configured in your Logix application file For PowerMonitor 1000 3000 and PowerMonitor Status Inputs energy tagnames are of the format DeviceName Ex My_PM1000 For PowerMonitor 500 5000 and E300 devices energy tagnames are of the format DeviceName_EEO Ex My_PM500_EEO For PowerFlex SMC 50 and E3 Plus devices energy tags are of the format DeviceName_BEO Ex My_SMC50_BEO EEO BEO in the tagnames represents the CIP standard Electrical Energy Object Base Energy Object 5 CLX L63 Motor_5 6 CLX L63 Motor_6 7 CLX L63 Motor_7 TIP Unused parameters can be replaced with any of the previous valid tag assignments Unused parameters must be assigned to a valid Add On Instruction for the Equipment Status Faceplate to operate without errors 6 Assign an energy or faceplate Add On Instruction tag name to each of the nine a a ae al ce BHA Pe parameters 1 ea Motor_1 a Enter the device shortcut name of the controller associated with the tag e eee assignment 3 CLX L63 Motor_3 4 CLX L63 Motor_4 For this example L2x is the shortcut name of the controller associated with 5 CLx L63 Motor_5 A f6 CLX L
84. Defer House as 3s Pista op that were configured on page 80 Roller House Gas Set Critical Flow Controller For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the Program fault logic would look similar to this Show Show Al Ov hove SOUrce hove SOURCE hove SOURCE hove SOURCE Configure Alarm Logic for Alarm History Faceplate TIP 2 0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000 Dest Boiler House Gas Sts_Digital_Input_Fautt 2 0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000 Dest Fuel Oil Ste_ Analog _Input_Fautt 2 0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000 Dest Propane Ste_ Analog _Input_Fautt 2 0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000 Dest Steam Flow Sts_Analog_Input_Fautt FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Move Source Local 1 1 Fautt 270000_ 0000 _ 00000000 nnon Anan AA NANNAN Dest Boiler_House_Gas Sts_Digital_Input_Fautt Energy_Gas_Digital BOOL BOOL BOOL Boiler_House_Gas Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor REAL Roiler_House_Gas Set_Calc_Interval REAL REAL REAL Roiler_House_Gas Sts_Digital_Input_Faultt v DINT REAL RES Local 1 1 Faut 0 Local 3 1 Faut 0 Local 3 1 Fautt 0 Local 3 1 Fait 0 The procedure in this section is optional and necessary only if you intend to use the Alarm History Faceplate E The Alarm History Faceplate can display date and time stamped alarm and fault information for each energy meter on a Panel
85. E nE EEA 404 System COMMAS ONNE a E E E A Ea 405 Install System ilard Ware vonuntastencamedcuaeanreoreseeesaeee 405 Download RSLogix5000 Project File 0 0 eee eee eee 405 Configure and Download FactoryTalk Project to PanelView Plus Terminal 0c ccc ccc eeeecccceeeeees 407 Svoren Start aNd Vests Mcweesssscsceste nee deme wanaamanasa seen 409 System Application Guide 4 4 ecaanveryaruiead esse lahGgoeaeeseens 415 Faceplate Operation Overview ois iedonivecrgeteses heeeeratete 415 Appendix A seaport ne eee ee ie eee ee eee T 423 Appendix B Verily Oise ieee enor d nen aida N E uss 425 Create Base W nite cies eee Suk ach E EN a EA 426 Vea UN pincer an ts erated oe an anaes eae oie Eo 427 reste UNS oiivediteteveutc a ein tee enduceseedbeee baie 427 Menn Viluc clay eo Siete ene Fe cere alae Seine ean han E 429 Create Value eS ars cael ans E E EEA eee 429 Appendix C CompactLogix Digital Input Logic 0 eee cece eee 43 PowerMonitor Digital Status Input Logic 0 0 eee eee 432 Compact Coo Analog Input Logic ci ceinaniuatiencsoensscuen in tete 433 Demand Calculation 0 o1G ian uses cite bw EEUNA NRS 434 Equipment Status Faceplate Logie si torito rieti arera anA 436 Alar History Faceplate Otic ca tuuh a ENEE 437 Appendix D CompactLogix Digital Input Logic 0 cece eee eee 439 PowerMonitor Digital Status Input Logic 2 eee eee 440 Compact Losix Analog Input Logic incusueas cane ire
86. Embedded IQ16F Discrete_Inputs g 2 Embedded OB16 Discrete _Outputs 3 Embedded IF4xXOF2 Analog_IO g 4 Embedded HSC Counters C3 Expansion 1 0 Status Offline 78 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Import Energy Add On Instructions You will now import preconfigured Energy Add On Instructions to support the digital and analog energy inputs listed on the CompactLogix tab of your Energy Data Worksheet These Add On Instructions provide energy data calculations and HMI interface logic for the energy inputs Refer to Appendix C and Appendix D for detailed logic information 1 Navigate to and right click the Add Y RSLogix 5000 Effident_Industries_Plant_1 1769 L23E QBFC1 Fle Edt view Search Logi Communicatons Toos window Hep On Instructions folder ea l DEn iyi Bants an ph S 71 ff om E a xa Je K 2 Choose Import Add On Instruction notes Bee l l maj No Edits Brio 6 Controler Efficent_Industres_ Pant_1 A Controler Tags 2 Controler Fauk Handler C Power Up Handi r Gl Tasks a ManTask O MainProgram E Unscheduled Programs Phases a Motion Groups Ungrouped A Axes 3 Browse to the Energy Input Logic folder on your Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image Import Instruction Look in O Energy Input Loge Energy Input Logic ka t ft et EE Ez B 2 Analog e Select the Analog o
87. Engineering Fuels Gas Main Meter Meter type Gas Device class Powepmontori 000 EM3 Layout Save Restore Collapse Weter Data re oer Te Meter soup S E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Meter Setup a E Accounting I Air mC Electricity Meter Information 5 Fuels Boiler H Gas Met z a C TwelGas o Assigned to Groups Contribution factor z uleter j UCC v Fuels 100 m fGas Main Mete Device ucc 2 B ia J Propane Meter C Steam E water Notes Time GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada zone ee Meter Tags Add anew meter tau 142 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 4 Verify the meter tag type is Device 5 10 11 Choose a status input counter from the device Add a Meter Tag tag list For this example Status Input 1 Counter is Cf save Df Cancel i EO A chosen because the Gas Main Meter is connected to the MCC 2 PowerMonitor 1000 status input l Meter tag type Device Change the Meter tag name Status Input 1 Counter For this example enter Natural Gas Usage Meter tag name Matural Gas Usage status Hpue 1 Value toe Matural Gas Usage bi Choose the Value type Loy rate 15 For this example choose Natural Gas Usage Accept the default Scale Offset and Rollover values Number of demand periods 1 Wi Address 16 0 Tag format Powermonitor 1000 Double Float Unit thr
88. Factorylalk EnergyMetrix CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE e Factorylalk EnergyMetrix online help and user manual publication FTEM UMO002 e Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 91 Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Follow These Steps Follow these steps to install server software prerequisite software and Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software on your computer You will also modify settings to use FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix RT and Chart options and launch FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Server Requirements Enable 32 bit Applications page 93 page 98 Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Client Requirements Software Version 2 0 page 94 page 98 Installation 64 bit Installation 32 bit page 95 page 99 Activate Factory Talk E Metri Configure Windows 2008 Server ee t Software page 95 page 102 Install SOL Server 2008 R2 page 96 92 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Chapter 4 Contents of Installation DVD The installation DVD contains the following required components e FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software version 2 00 00 e Factorylalk Activation Manager version 3 50 e RSLinx Classic
89. Farad Marre impot Mames RON Deviceame Faceplate Operation Ds Eig ii Pie fier erat mi je gam Lee aa O aired in the Aeferences fjer Frua Piarre Ran Device Faery le Colson Delmi Desergton Prvserbtervter 5000 Farenlate wo 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field Import Content Sa MainTask A scariest nt Import Name RXX_DeviceName_Faceplate sa RXX_MyPM5000_ Facey oe a Lia p Tags i References will be imported as ba Data Types s s DP eferences folders ar Errors Warnings Description Panera OLLI Faceplate vO1 Type Ladder Diagram In Program Cg MainProgram Number of Rungs 5 4 In the Import Content organizer select tags The Configure Tag References dialog box opens 5 Replace DeviceName in the Final Name with the name of your device Tp hg iat w Find Find Within Final Name Import Content ta MainTask i A MainProgram R01_PM5K_Faceplate References configure Tag References i _ impot Name Operation iif Final Name SF Data Type ooo 4O DeviceName FP Use Existing DeviceName FP femore S z Deveenane FP AeriMSG Use Eusing DeviceName_FP_Aammsa MESSAGE TE Deveenane FP E0 use Basing Devicename FP E0 A Other Components DeveeName_fP MSGI uss Exsing DevceName FP_MSGi messae TE erors Waring TA Devesa FP_MSG2 use Easing _ Devicename_FP msez JMESSAGE Ti Deviceiane P Ms63 Use Ba
90. GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Time sync Daily Device password Communications p t AB _ETH 1110 10 10 2 Comm timeout seconds 5 under Electricity 5 For this example repeat steps 1 4 to copy the remaining PowerMonitor 1000 devices ene Electricity Boiler House Electric Main Comm retries 2 Max messages Ii You should see the Power House device on E Engineering E Power House 128 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Chapter 6 Change the name and communication path to each device as shown in the table Note that all devices fall under the Electricity parent group except for the MCC 2 device that is under Fuels For reference see the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example on page 108 Parent Group Electricity Production 1 Electricity Production 2 Electricity Shipping Receiving DC Fuels MCC 2 You should see six PowerMonitor 1000 devices and one PowerMonitor 3000 device under the appropriate groups Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Communication Path AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 3 AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 4 AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 5 AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 6 ra aS E Efficient Industries Plant 4 B EE Accounting a E Engineering S E Electricity Boiler House q PM 1000 OFC Data Center This is the PowerMonitor 3000 lt PM 1000 PM 1000
91. HMI tags You just need to duplicate the default Faceplate tag folder and rename according to the shortcut name 228 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplates The ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplate files let you quickly load configure and use a preconfigured status display or faceplate for the PowerMonitor 500 unit by using FactoryTalk View Machine Edition software These instructions are for the PowerMonitor 500 unit communicating over an EtherNet IP network only VIF Display PWR Display My PMS00 x My PM500 PWR E VOLTAGE VOLTS CURRENT AMPS L1 L2 Li L L3 L2 L3 L1 L3 AVG L L AWG v UNBAL L1 H L H FREQUENCY HZ L3 H 60 02 AVG L H Shows voltage current and frequency status Shows the power status Energy Display Alarm Display My PMS00 My PMS00 tr eh yt f VIF PWR VIF PWR E 7 kWh Consumed OOOUNNBSS 242 m Last Fault kWh Generated KWh Het kYARh Consumed kVARh Generated KVAR Het Virtual Alarm 2 Device Name hiy PMS500 Shows real reactive and apparent energy odometers Also lets the operator configure the device name for display at the top of the faceplate The PowerMonitor 500 unit provides two user configurable alarms Virtual Alarm 1 and 2 The alarm display indicates when either of these alarms is active or if there
92. Industries Plant 1 E Accounting E Data Center E Production 1 B Production 2 E Shipping Receiving E Engineering EJ Consumption Report E Electrical Demand Analysis m rs Add a new report Save Cancel Report Information Report name Electric Billing Report No Report Selected Select By SelectAll Clear All Meters Groups Report template Billing we E E Efficient Industries Plant 1 m E E Accounting Report file Billing rpx v i ts Engineering Report parent group Utilities v H E Air Rate schedule WE General Primary Service TOU Cpt v eo EI E Accounting 2 a p Data Center 3 pe Production 1 i m Ez Production 2 a Ez ShippingfRecetving i E nee O Boiler House Meter O Data Center Meter MRJ Electric Main Meter O PowerHouse Meter ow Production 1 Meter OG Production 2 Meter OG snipping Receiving Meter EJ Electric Billing Report Se E Engineering 185 Chapter9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Reports ee Report Information 11 Verify the report is selected 12 Edit the report parameters as needed l 13 Click View Report name i ctric Billing Repor Report template Report file Report parent group Rate schedule Exporttype PDF L189 pa Report Parameters cS Elet Timezone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Tp Predefined Previous M
93. Lite 2 57 CPR9 SR3 e Microsoft NET Framework 3 5 SP1 And the following optional components e Adobe Acrobat Reader 9 1 The CD also includes the following applications which are not accessible from the auto run menu but can be browsed e Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software User Manual e Internet Explorer WebControls 1 0 Server Requirements We recommend but do not require that you install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software on a dedicated server with a local installation of Microsoft SQL Server Server Software Requirements for Installing FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix e Windows 2003 Server or Windows 2008 Server Application Server role For 64 bit operating systems RSLinx Classic version 2 57 CPR9 SR3 or later must be installed Windows 2000 Server is not supported e Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 installed with mixed mode authentication Windows and SQL TCP IP access must be enabled A system administrator SQL login must be used for the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix installation e You must have machine administrator privileges to install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Hardware Requirements These are the hardware requirements that you need to use FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Definitions The following rules of thumb are offered as a starting point for determining server sizing for FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Other factors will affect the required size of a server A higher number of tags being logged a faster log rate a larger number of
94. ME_PowerFlex_Parameter par file and choose Rename 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your RSLogix5000 application For example Motor_1 3 Double click the parameter file to open it The parameter file contains configuration for two parameters Parameter 1 represents the tag name for the specific Faceplate AOI in your RSLogix 5000 project Parameter 2 represents the tag name for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEO in your RSLogix5000 project This second parameter only applies when the energy monitoring option is being used Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This must match the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup SSSSS gt gt gt Parameter File Created 2010 07 21 Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax ffrreplacement tagname Example 1 CLX DriwveName_FP l in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DriveName_FP For Example CLS gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in ESLinx Enterprise Communication Setup DriveName_FP gt Kepresents the AGI name for the device configured in your Logix application file DriveName_EEO gt Represents the tagname for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_EEO
95. Main gt Electricity 100 AS Production 1 Meter Name Electric Main Meter SJ Production 2 Meter 4S Shipping Receiving Meter Notes H E Fuels a Steam Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada H E Water Meter Tags Read device tags Add a new meter tag ID Type Name Units Log Rate Address 1 Device Real Energy Net kWh 15 minutes 20 12 View 2 Device Reactive Energy Net KARR 15 minutes 22 12 view 3 Device Reactive Power Demand KVAR 15 minutes 17 2 View Alarms Add a new alarm Enabled Severi Name Meter tag Trigger N Email Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 167 Chapter8 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup 10 11 Enter an Alarm Name For this example enter Voltage Sag Alarm Electric Main Choose a Meter Tag For this example choose Voltage Sag Alarm Flag 3 Choose the Alarm Severity For this example choose Alarm Enter a message for the alarm Check the email checkboxes if you want to send emails when the alarm is triggered or cleared Refer to page 170 for details on how to Configure Email Alarm Subscriptions Select Digital for the trigger type Select the trigger condition For this example select Change to On This condition will trigger the alarm when the Add a Alarm N Save A Cancel Alarm Information M Enabled Alarm Hame voltage Sag Alarm Electric Main Meter Taq Voltage Sag Alarm Flag 3 Alarm Severity
96. MeterName_AlarmN ame Create EEB al Alain EW STRING Add On Instructions B Errors arnings AB Embedded_0B16 1 0 AB Embedded_0B16 0 0 AB Embedded_IF4X0F2 C 0 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 1 0 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 0 0 f IRAR AEN For this example Gas_Main is ACRL LE ee f entered Click OK to complete the alarm logic import E Ez m Ez E m m eae i E Es lt Two alarm logic rungs should appear without errors a m Cancel Help Daad Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 For this example two alarm logic rungs will move the alarm trigger values and names for the Gas_Main meter to the Alarm History Faceplate tags Gas_Main Ste_Controller_Trigger ov Move Source Gas _Main sts_EnergyAlarmTrigger 0 Dest Energy Slarm Trigger Copy File Source Gas_Main_AlarmMame Dest Energy AlarmMame Length 1 Cmd_ Application Alarm_Reset my Move Source 0 Dest EnergyAlarmTrigger 0 Gas_Main cmd_AlarmReset 10 Enter the string value for the MeterName_AlarmName tag just imported a Navigate to and double click Controller Tags in the Controller folder b Click the Monitor Tags tab c Browse to the MeterName_AlarmName tag and select the Value Column field For this example Gas_Main_AlarmName is selected d Click the ellipse i
97. O fault data to the energy MeterName Sts_xxx_Input_Fault tag Follow these steps to add the fault logic to your RSLogix 5000 project 1 Open your RSLogix 5000 project and add a new rung 2 Adda MOV instruction and assign the local fault tag of your analog or digital energy input to the Source field For this example the Local 1 I Fault tag is selected for the Boiler_House_Gas digital input e 6 e Move e Source Local 1 1 Fautt a Rae e e i Local 1 1 Fault e Local 1 1 Data 3 Local 2 C AB Embedded_OB16 C 0 J Local 2 1 AB Embedded_OB16 1 0 abel Local 2 0 AB Embedded_OB16 0 0 Local 3 C AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 C 0 Local 3 1 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 1 0 Local 3 0 AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 0 0 J Local 4 AB Embedded_HSC C 0 i Local 4 I AB Embedded_HSC 1 0 Local 4 0 AB Embedded_HSC 0 0 MCC2_MsgStatusinput1 MESSAGE MESSAGE Controller Program Show Show All gt gt 332 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 3 Choose the corresponding energy tag MeterName Sts_xxx_Input_Fault for the Dest tag For this example Boiler_House_Gas ns Boiler_House_Gas Enableln Boiler_House_Gas Sts_Digital_Input_Fault tag 8 __Boiler_House_Gas EnableOut r h n Boiler_House_Gas Inp_Pulse is chosen j d Boiler _H Gas Sts_ Value oller ouse as ofS alue 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for each of your E CompactLogix energy digital and analog inputs
98. OK 230 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Import the PowerMonitor 500 Unit Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you would like to add the power monitor faceplate routine and choose Import Routine Controller Organizer Scope SMC E E Controller SMcSo Controller Tags z Name E Controller Fault Handler O H Motor i l E Power Lip Handler a Motor1 0 Z E Tasks y J aaa pa MainTask FE New Routine cS M ainProgram E Program K i MainRoub oo TEE GS Unscheduled Prog ales E E Motion Groups Copy Ctrl C nE Ungrouped Axes EA Paste Ctrl ie Add On Instructions pelts Ciel Data Types 2 Navigate to the ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplate Files folder select the RXX_PowerMonitor500_Faceplate routine and click Import The Import Configuration dialog box opens M 1mport configuration x S Find gt als Find Replace Find within Final Name Import Content MainT ask Configure Routine Properties prea aN F Import Name RAxXx lt _DeviceName_Faceplate DeviceName_Fa amp References Operation Create x _j er A Tags i References will be imported as Data Types configured in the References folders gt Other Components 7 Bie as GA p Final Name RxX_DeviceName_Faceplate gt
99. On Profiles An Add On Profile is available for the E300 Overload Relay EtherNet IP Communication Module The profile can be downloaded from https download rockwellautomation com esd download aspx downloadid addonprofiles e Select the AOP for 193 ECM ETR E300 Ethernet Overload Relay profile e Click the Download Now button and follow instructions s Added Power over Ethemet C eS eee eae 6 07 01 2014 06 12 S 7985MB 16 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 5000 Software Revision 1440 NYN1 07R XM Mele 2 fi fa oni 2m m TI 34 7 MA i E3 4 17 00 00 Minimum RSLogix _ PowerFlex 525 amp PowerFlex 523 1 04 00 2014 06 20 p3 480 MB 5000 Software Revision 17 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 193 ECM ETR E300 Ethemet i 5000 Software Revision Al loaa Relay 2 00 11 2014 07 17 1 77 2MB eira Social Freres Revision is 1 0 PSSCENA Parker Isysnet 5 17 00 00 Minimum RSLogix f a Ethemet Adapt AAN iniajn E aidia 5000 Software Revision 16 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 450 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs You can also visit our Support Center at https rockwellautomation custhelp com for software updates support chats and forums te
100. PANEL LAYOUT EXAMPLE ES 2 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 395 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Power and Control Wiring Drawings The AutoCAD electrical project also includes power and control wiring drawings for the CompactLogix L23E controller Several digital output examples are shown below Access Other RA CAD Drawings Follow these steps to download other Allen Bradley product CAD drawings 1 Open your browser and go to http www rockwellautomation com en e tools 2 The Configuration and Selection Tools webpage opens 3 If you don t know the complete catalog number click product directory to browse the configured Rockwell Automation products 4 Click Rockwell Automation and follow the prompts Logic Integration You will need to configure the controller import the Time of Day program configure the load inputs and outputs and configure alarms Configure Controller Network and 1 0 These next sections will show you how to configure the controller network and I O 396 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Create or Open a Project in RSLogix 5000 Software Follow these steps to create or open a project in RSLogix 5000 software 1 Open RSLogix 5000 software by clicking Start gt Programs gt Rockwell Software gt RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series gt RSLogix 5000 The Quick Start window displays in the
101. PF700H f SMC 50 E SMC50 is PowerFlex 755 EENET Motor_1 J J 193 DNENCAT 7A ESPlus PowerFlex 40 E PF40 7 Click OK The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer within the selected program a Tasks El ata MainTask ame 3 EA MainProgram E Program Tags f Ey MainRoutine B R01 Motori Faceplate i Unscheduled Programs Phases 8 Open the routine and enter the value for the Inp_Scaled_Speed_At_xxxx input on the AOI on rung 1 The AOI scales the drive input and output speed values based on the value entered POVWERFLEX FACEPLATE ADD ON INSTRUCTION This AGI interacts with the PowerFlex Drive Faceplate HMI and also generates the Error Code displayed by the Alarm History screen Flex_755_A40l PRlex 755_ 401 Motor_41 FP L E Sts _OperatorModeEnabled Inp_PowerFlex 755 Motor 1 1 Ste_ProgramModeEnabled Out _PowerFlex 755 Motor_1 0 Ste_CommFautt Inp_ Scaled Speed_At_BOHZ BO 9 AddaJSR to your main routine or other desired location to execute the new routine PowerFlex 755 Faceplate and Alarm History 4 0 with Energy Monitoring v01 Jump To Subroutine Routine Name RO1_Motor_1_Faceplate 254 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Set Other PowerFlex Drive Parameters PowerFlex drive parameter settings are very specific to your application and need to be reviewed carefully before running your dr
102. Plant 1 example the PowerMonitor 1000 device named MCC 2 collects two energy data points the Gas Main and the Water Main The CompactLogix device collecting one digital and three analog inputs is named L2x Energy Energy Data Point Type Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Meter Type Electricity Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on 1404 M605x ENT Electric Main Electric Main Meter EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP Electricit Data Center OPC Serer on Ethernet Data Center Meter Natural Gas Gas Main Powermonitor 1000 on aE EM2A4 ENT Gas Main Meter PM Status Input EtherNet lP Natural Gas Boiler House Gas ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B EAN Boiler House Gas Meter Fuel Oil Fuel Oil ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B If Lax Fuel Oil Meter Propane Propane Controllogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B_ Lx sd Propane Meter L2xinput Steam SteamFlow ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B 2x l Steam Flow Meter eee y EtherNet IP eee a O M EtherNet IP 44 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 Review meter names The meter names are autopopulated in the worksheet based on energy data point names Choose Electric as the Meter Type for all the PowerMonitor devices Select or enter meter tag names for each data point based on the Energy
103. Policy and Access Services _ Print and Document Services _ Remote Desktop Services L Web Server IIS _ Windows Deployment Services _ Windows Server Update Services ext gt mam cma Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 95 Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation 10 Click Next a z 11 Click Next i Select Role Services 12 Scroll down in the Role Services window Before You Begin Select the role services to install for Web Server IIS Server Roles Role services Description and then select IIS 6 Management Aophcstion Server Ty is Get Cethcate Mapping huthertcaton a ieh Server provides support for bili Role Services 2 RSNA for AP NET ASP ai Web server Compatibility Web server 119 freine aane eu com ewe F Performance Web site or to provide an environment Shi Criit Concession for developers to create Web based 1 3 Click Next Condition 5 a coun aan EA sppr Progress Resuts La Managemert Toots iv IS Management Console v IIS Management Scripts and Tools t Manageme ve 1 IIS 6 Management Compatibatty IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility 5 b 14 Click Install 15 Wait while installation proceeds 16 Click Close when done O yl DOS _ MS 6 Scripting Tools IIS 6 Management Console FIP Server FTP Service FTP Extensibility IIS Hostable Web Core More abort role services TIP We recommend that you
104. QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Table of Contents Configure a Compact Logix Device hisdeacsiciebanviaiidaweae ss 130 Configure OPC Server Device earren EAE ET bums 132 Chapter 7 HNCTOCUCLIO Mins 254 Secuencia oe a NA eet eu eee aA 133 Belore VOU Besiticietcasdenhenss wanpuredeasiethvao nia andere reds 133 MAb Ol Need arnan aana a ae na a N 133 Follow These Steps ceken ineo AAA E EA AA 134 Creating Electric Meters for PowerMonitor Devices 134 Creating Energy Meters for PowerMonitor Status Inputs 140 Creating Energy Meters for CompactLogix Devices 145 Creating Energy Meters for OPC Server Device 4 150 Sharing and Moving Meters iccicsuasnicdedreeigecenid area dia s 153 Chapter 8 CEO GIN CEI Oil txs oa ace tae Ue cited bebueca hela sen meee e oem 159 Belore VOW Desi otuttech sid tucedgatainamniemea ee euiaaes 159 What You Need ccc cece cece ccc cece eee c cee eneeeeeeeeens 159 Follow il Nese Stepe sasarapan hE Er a sore deat y hee es 160 Overview of Alarms h 54e nr cwkns riene exwiaklae ide baeakeber stabs 161 Confizurcan Analog Alani 9 ooh cadens V4 irar eini aa 161 Conhigurea Distal Alara ewepenitit irre sE AEE RAEE 164 View and Edit Alarm Se
105. Reactive Energy Net Reactive Power Electricity Production 1 Powermonitor 1000 on 1408 EM3A ENT Production 1 Production 1 Meter Electric Real Energy Net EtherNet IP Reactive Energy Net a B Reactive Power Powermonitor 1000 on 1408 EM3A ENT Production 2 Production 2 Meter Electric Real Energy Net EtherNet IP Reactive Energy Net Reactive Power Electricity Shipping Receiving DC ee eee eaa Shipping Receiving DC Electric Real Energy Net EtherNet IP C Meter Reactive Energy Net Reactive Power Electricity Data Center OPC Server on Ethernet DataCenter _ DataCenter Meter__ OPC Real Energy Net EtherNet IP Natural Gas Usage l Fuel Oil Fuel Oil ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Fuel Oil Meter Fuel Oil Usage Propane Propane ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Steam SteamFlow ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Steam Flow Meter EtherNet IP Water Powermonitor 1000 on 1408 EM24 ENT MCC 2 easy Status Input Water Usage EtherNet IP Assign CompactLogix Input Addresses Follow these steps to assign CompactLogix hardware input addresses and corresponding PLC 5 mapped tags to the energy data points 1 Click the CompactLogix tab on the Energy Data Worksheet 2 Enter an L2x address for each energy data point that is connected to a CompactLogix controller a Select a cell in the L2x column and click the pull down list icon b Choose the L2x digital hardware address to which
106. Setup DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application file DeviceName_EEQ gt Represents the tagname for the Electrical Energy Object tag UDT_EEO configured in your Logix application file This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 CL DeviceName_FP 4 Replace the shortcut name CLX and DriveName in parameters 1 to match the tags configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the MyE300 example the configuration looks like the following DeviceNHame_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application file DeviceHame_EEQ gt Represents the tagname for the Electrical Energy Object tag UDT_EEQ l configured in your Logix application file l This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 MyCLA MyE300_FP 2 only applies If using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 MyCLX MyES00_EEO 5 For parameter 2 change the shortcut name CLX to match your communication setup and DeviceName to match the tag configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the MyE300 example the configuration would look like the following DeviceHame_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application file DeviceHame_EEOQ gt Represents the tagname for the Electrical Energy Object tag UDT_EEO l configured in your Logix application file l This only apples when using the facep
107. Tax View g Blended rate Blended energy rate perkvvh View Edit Line item Description I jemand On peak 184 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Create and View Report Follow these steps to set up and view a billing report that uses a selected rate schedule For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create two billing reports one for the electric utility and one for gas utility l 2 Navigate to and select a domain for the report 10 Click the Reports tab For this example select Utilities under the Accounting subdomain Only users with access to the domain will be able to view the report Click Add Enter a Report name For this example enter Electric Billing Report Choose the Billing report template Accept the default Report file for correct operation Verify the Report parent group For this example Utilities was selected in step 2 Choose a Rate schedule For this example choose WE General Primary Service TOU Cpl Select meters to include in report For this example check the Electric Main Meter Click Save The report appears under Utilities group of the Accounting domain Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Layout Save Restore Collapse View generated reports View all report jobs Global Reports EE Efficient
108. Trigger a Alarms SMCAlarmTrigger Use ack all value Kinetixe Alarm Trigger lt fea Aidma i Arnorstartolarntri Optional trigger connections C Logie and Contr Data Log RecipePlus 4 ASLin Enterprise E System E ai a p pm E Edit Message Notification Remove Message Handshake Smt canst e Application Communication You can remove device triggers not needed by selecting the triggers and clicking Remove Corresponding messages not needed can be deleted from the Messages tab Configure Alarm Trigger Tags Although the alarm triggers were imported you must configure the alarm trigger tags Follow these steps to configure the alarm trigger tags 1 Access the Machine Edition HMI tag database by double clicking Tags under the HMI Tags folder 350 3 Local USMKEJWNOVAK3 fy Etficient_Industries_Plant_1 amp Tags Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 iB Etficient_Industries_Plant_1 C System 5 Name Close Type xl Accept Sy Alarms Description AAT El Alarm Setup Information C Logic and Control i oe Data Source i O i AL RAS Linx Enterprise Type Device Memory a System Address Pal wl Search For Description Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 2 Create two Factorylalk View device tags used by the preconfigured alarm
109. Type Full e Back Up Database Task sake l Limit 50 MB e Shr ink Database Task Toolbox ax Free space 10 Maintenance Plan Tasks e Maintenance Cleanup Task PR F Check Database Integrity Task ay Execute SQL Server Agent Job Task Shrink Database Task Shrink Database on Databases lt Select on Maintenance Cleanup Task Rea Maintenance Cleanup on Cleanup Database Backup files E E Execute T 5QL Statement Task Age Older than 4 Weeks G History Cleanup Task Oe aaa Ra Maintenance Cleanup Task a amp Notify Operator Task 8 Select the Back Up Database Task box then select the tip of the green arrow and drag it Back Up Database Task to the Shrink Database Task Box Backup Database on Databases lt Select one B J Type Full 9 In the same way connect the Shrink ae eee ere Database Task to the Maintenance Cleanup Destination Disk Shrink Database on 9 Databases lt Select on Task Limit 50 MB Free space 10 10 Select the Back Up Database Task lt Back Up Database Task x a Right click and choose Edit Connection Local server connection New b Choose the EMMA database Databases c Accept the remaining defaults and click OK Backup type Ful Backup component Database Destination Back up to Disk Tape Back up databases across one or more Files Create a backup file for every database Create a sub directory for each databa
110. a display uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax replacement tagname Example 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 1 in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP For Example CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logi controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application DeviceName_BEO gt Represents the tagname for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEQ configured in your Logix application file This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 2 only applies If using the faceplate with the energy tab CLX DeviceName_BEO 302 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Replace the shortcut name CLX and DriveName in parameters 1 and 2 if applicable to match the tags configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the Motor_1 example the configuration looks like the following i Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for
111. a few tags that will be added as controller scope shown in the figure below The power monitor message tags are required by the Message instruction to be controller scope The FP_DMD tag has been configured as controller scope to minimize the length of the tagnames used in the HMI Scope fa Demand_Control Show fan Tags Name za a Data Type E FP_DMD DemandF aceplate PM_DemandPeriod REAL 2 H PM_DemandResults REALIS H PM_MSG_AdvCla MESSAGE H PM_MSG_D emandResults MESSAGE E PM_MSG_TimeDate MESSAGE H PM_RealT imeClock DINT 7 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 391 Chapter 12 Demand Control Notes 392 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 13 Time of Day Control Introduction ControlLogix and CompactLogix controllers with preconfigured Time of Day logic can be used as Time of Day controllers to control up to sixteen loads Six configurable on off settings are provided for each day of the week for each load A calendar allows for configuring in holidays Each load can be configured to follow a holiday schedule or ignore the holiday calendar and follow the normal daily schedule In this chapter you will configure hardware import preconfigured logic and edit it specifically for your application The toolkit provides preconfigured logic and an operator interface faceplate that can run on a PC or a PanelView Plus termina
112. a personal computer Address http 192 168 254 23 E vi gt cir Bie ty Bookmarks Check gt al Translate AutoFil 4 a TIP You can check the IP address of the PowerMonitor 1000 device from its display or by using RSLinx Classic software and configuring an EtherNet IP driver Configure the Ethernet IP Address EE Workstation SIMPL3 192 168 1 7 Powermonitor1000 1408 EM3A ENT Series A a AB_ETHIP 1 Ethernet Follow these steps to configure the Ethernet IP address of a PowerMonitor 1000 device 62 1 Choose Configure Options gt Communication gt Ethernet Communications to access the Ethernet Configuration page Power and Energy Management Solutions Meeting the Changing Demands for Power and Energy Management AB Allen Bradley gt d Execute Commands gt Configure Options gt Analog Input Catalog Number Breakdown Date and Time Go To ab com Advanced User Configurable Table Communication gt RS485 Communications Ethernet Communications Powermonitor 1000 Information Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 2 Enter the default password of 0 or another valid password to access Edit mode i Password TIP The password appears as asterisks e If you don t know the password IP Address Byte a call Rockwell Automation technical AE ea
113. add a Goto Display button to launch the Alarm History Faceplate from a display in your FactoryTalk View ME application 1 Adda Goto Display button to one of your existing ME application displays 2 Double click the button to open its Properties 3 Under Display Settings set the Display to Alarm History f Main Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 Display Efficient Industries Plant 1 Energy Status Boiler House Goto Display Button Properties x General Label Common Appearance Border style Border width Raised x a V Border uses back color Back style Pattern style SRD E order color Solid 7 None l C Pattern color E Highlight color Shape Bi Blink Rectangle Display setting Display rameter file Alarm History E J ai SD preset Left position Display position Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin o o Other V Audio OK Cancel Apply Help Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 353 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 Click the Label tab and type the text you want displayed on the button Goto Display Button Properties General Label Common For this example Alarm History is entered Caption 5 Click OK 6 Save and test your application by creating a runtime Insert Variable application Font ee PP vial 10 l E 7 ol L Caption c
114. amp AccelTimet 140 AccelTimet 140 wl ae ce Time n 2 AccelTime 32 DecelTimet 142 fea DecelTime 142 w __ DecelTime 33 M DecelTime 33 JB FauttCode 243 siUndefined Bt B DCBusVoltage 306 M Undetined_Bt DCBus ottage 12 Undefined_B2 Ez OutputCurrent 308 wi undefined B23 Co QutputCurrent 3 Undefined _ lt 1 Ei a o GutputCurrent 3 Undefined_c2 al OP a PowerFlex 753 Datalinks PowerFlex 755 Datalinks Datalink Input Data Output Data f Input Data Output Data LogicCommand PEEORScE Reference DriveStatus LogicCommand i w Use Network Reference oe ae aes f AccelTimet se AccelTimet ee eee Accellime won AccelTimet oo DecelTimet es DecelTimet E Se ae VJB LastFaultCode Undetined_B1 z C fp CBus oltts s Undetined_B2 E ai E v c OutputCurrent a Undefined _C1 a 2 Undefined C2 Undefined_C2 in ar nec f a D i QutputPower For the PowerFlex 750 drives in addition to configuring datalinks verify that Use Network Reference is checked IMPORTANT If you create multiple PowerFlex Module Definitions for the same type of drive PF 70 with unique datalink definitions you also have to create unique AOls with unique names for those modules 9 Click OK to accept the changes 10 Click OK again to close the dialog box Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 251 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates
115. are mapped to specific states used in Equipment Status Faceplate s Multi State Indicator connected to the Sts_DeviceState tag This rung move a9 for an Active Status state as long as there are no faults or High or Critical Flow states Ste Fauk Sts_CriticalFlow Sts_HighFlow Mov p a Move Dest Sts_DeviceState This rung moves a2 for a Faul state when a fault occurs on the input module Sts_Fault Mov Dest Sts_DeviceState This rung moves a 21 for a High Flow status state if the High Flow limit has been reached or exceeded Ste Fauk Sts_CriticalFlow Sts_HighFlow Mov 1 Move Dest Sts_DeviceState 0 This rung moves a 22 for a Critical Flow status state if the Critical Flow limited has been reached or exceeded Ste_CriticalFlow Sts_Fault Moy m Move Source 22 Dest Sts_DeviceState 0 The additional input fault logic added on page 332 is used to move the Local x I Fault data to the Sts_xxx _Input_Fault tag of the Add On Instruction Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 443 Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions This rung monitors the Sts_Analog_Input_Faul tag A MOW instruction must be used in your main routine to move the Localzx Fault data to this tag HEG Sts_Fault Not Equal Source A Sts _Analog_Input_Fautt 0 Source B 0 MoV Mowe Source Local 1 1 Fautt z2 0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000_0000 Dest Meter_Air_ Analog Sts_Analog_Input_Fault
116. consumption report for the energy main meters air electric gas fuel oil propane steam and water Create and View Report Follow these steps to set up a consumption report 1 Click the Reports tab 2 Navigate to and select a domain to create the report for For this example select Engineering Only users with access to the domain will be able to view the report 3 Click Add 4 Enter a Report name es Meer Repone jeus Layout Save Restore Collapse No Report Selected view generated reports View all report jobs C Global Reports S E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting E Data Center Production 1 Shipping Receiving Utilities E B Production 2 Engineering Add a new report a NN For this example enter Consumption Report se 5 Choose the Consumption Report template AKUNA SRD aE ns Gru Report name Consumption Repot Seeda Cla 6 Accept the default Report file for correct E a E operation m Report parent group Engineerng gt y SQ Air _ 7 Verify the Report parent group le PB Meter For this example Engineering was selected in step 2 8 Select meters to include in report For this example select the meters as checked 9 Click Save C amp Boiler House Meter C amp Data Center Meter M Electric Main Meter C E Power House Meter C amp Production 1 Meter M amp Production 2 Meter C amp Sh
117. consumption reporting and power quality monitoring needs e Accounting organized into production and shipping receiving departments for cost allocation analysis This group also includes a utilities subgroup for nonproduction cost allocation analysis and utility shadow billing Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 107 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Efficient Industries Plant 1 EFFICIENT INDUSTRIES PLANT 1 Parent Domain Engineering Subdomain Accounting Subdomain Electricity Group Data Center Subdomain Electric Main PM 3000 Data Center OPC Server Boiler House PM 1000 Power House PM 1000 Production 1 Subdomain Production 1 PM 1000 TEET Production 2 PM 1000 roduction 1 Shipping Receiving DC PM 1000 Data Center OPC Setet Production 2 Subdomain Production 2 PM 1000 Fuels Group Shipping Receiving Subdomain Gas Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 Boiler House Gas L2x Digital Input shipping Receiving DC PM 1000 Fuel Oil L2x Analog Input Data Center OPC Server Propane L2x Analog Input Utilities Subdomain SHE GIO Boiler House PM 1000 Steam Flow L2x Analog Input Power House PM 1000 Gas Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input Air Group Water Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input Air Flow Production 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 Propane L2x Input Fuel Oil L2x Input Water Group Water Main MCC 2 PM 10
118. control from the Logix program Program Control to the faceplate Operator Control These are the two Operator Control rungs It is important to understand how these rungs operate so your desired program to operator and operator to program control transfers are achieved E3Plus Overload Relay Aol PROGRAM CONTROL ENABLE RUNG Motor_1 Cmd_ProgProgReq Likewise a pushbutton within an RS view MESSE application could be added with a value tag name of 1 Cmd_OperProgReq with the 1 parameter for that faceplate display associated with Motor_1 tag The Cmd_OperToProgPermissive allows the Logix Program to control whether an Operator to Program Control transfer is allowed the status of the E3Plus Overload Relay must be monitored and used to set Cmd_OperToProgramPermissive tag outside of the AOI to insure a safe transfer Cmd_OperToProgPermissive Cmd_ProgProgReq Cmd_ProgOperReq Sts_ProgramModeEnabled Sts_OperatorModeEnabled Cmd_ProgProgReq Cmd_OperProgReq gt ___ ___ 1 8 Cmd_OperProgReq Cmd_OperOperReq i Cmd_ProgToOperPermissive Cmd_ProgOperReq Cmd_ProgProgReq Sts_OperatorModeEnabled OperONS Sts_ProgramModeEnabled Cmd_ProgOperReq Cmd_OperOperReq l er Cmd_OperOperReq Cmd_OperProgReq l For example these rungs enable the Program or Operator Control of the intended E3 Plus Overload Relay Command requests Cmd can be initiated from either the Logix Programs ProgOperReq or the FactoryTalk View ME E3 Plus F
119. data collection devices Chapter 3 Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Chapter 4 Configure groups and security in Chapter 5 Configure FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software devices in Chapter 6 Configure meters and tags in Chapter 7 What You Need FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix online help and user manual publication FTEM UMO002 Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 159 Chapter8 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Follow These Steps Follow these steps to configure view and edit alarms Overview of Alarms page 161 Configure an Analog Alarm page 161 Configure a Digital Alarm page 164 View and Edit Alarm Setups page 169 Configure Communication Alarms page 169 Configure Email Alarm Subscriptions page 1 0 Configure SMTP Server page 171 View Active Alarms and Alarm Log page 1 2 160 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Chapter 8 Overview of Alarms FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix alarms operate on events or conditions You can define one or more alarms per meter tag When alarms occur
120. days accuracy of your PLC clock Enter an alarm delay here in days to notify the operator when the PLC clock should be checked for accuracy Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Calendar Configuration View Click on the calendar button on the toolbar to display the Calendar Configuration view Calendar Configuration Faceplate Toolbar gt XN ve a Q Move to Next Month Move to Previous Month p gt Gj February 2011 Go to Current Move to Current Month Month Monthly Calendar 11 47 21 26 2011 Button Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition pe E Configuration The Configuration button lets you edit the Time of Day control settings such as load schedules overrides time and date configuration and calendar configuration Home The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads Clock The Clock button displays the Time and Date Configuration View which lets you update the PLC clock Help The Help button provides information for the existing view Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate Display previous Click to move to the previous month month Display next month Click to move to the next month Display current
121. details Syntax replacement tagname Example 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 1 in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP For Example CLA gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application DeviceName_EBEO gt Represents the tagname for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEQ configured in your Logix application file This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 CLA Motor_1_FP 1 2 only applies lf using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 CLX Motor_1_BEQ 5 Save your parameter file 6 To add parameter files for additional SMC 50 controllers a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tag to match the associated device Create a Display Navigation Button A display navigation button must be created to launch the SMC_50 faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitma g grap J P y g p image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an existing display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto i FactoryTalk
122. device drivers Devices routed through a ControlLogix gateway or RSLinx Classic gateway are also considered directly connected devices Device Classes FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software uses device classes to determine how to interact with a particular device The device class includes the device family communication type and specifies whether the device has a clock that can be synchronized The device classes covered in this quick start include PowerMonitor 1000 device PowerMonitor 3000 device PowerMonitor W250 device PowerMonitor 500 device PowerMonitor 5000 device ControlLogix controller OPC Server on Ethernet For a complete list of device classes refer to Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software User Manual publication FTEM UM002 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Online Help provided with FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 121 Chapter6 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Configure Communication Drivers Before setting up devices you need to configure the drivers required for communication This example uses the RSLinx Classic Ethernet driver for the PowerMonitor and ControlLogix devices and the Kepware OPC driver for the Data Center device Configure RSLinx Ethernet Driver Follow these steps to configure the RSLinx Classic Ethernet driver 1 Open RSLinx Classic by clicking its icon Py in the Windows System Tray SysTray J 2 37 PM h
123. electrical a A Wo incoming service Furl Chl 4160 V i X k i T Boiler Rowse I i a 1 fe ii f Propane MEC 4 p at 138 KV from utility 36 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 2 Browse to the System Layout and Wiring folder on your Energy Panel Layout and Wiring Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image and open the Energy Data lt 4 Energy Data Worksheet Worksheet Open Per Print 3 Click the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab and select a Device Class for each PowerMonitor added to the layout The device classes will be used in later chapters when configuring devices in FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software and also determine the energy meter tag names a Select a cell in the Device Class column a Energy Energy Data Point and click the pull down list icon Type Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Electricity Electric Main CP b Choose the appropriate PowerMonitor Peite eeen ft E AS device class for each data point based on SETS Mo ST Tan tl cr lll Electricit Production 1 PC Server on Ethernet the Device Class Selection table Electricit Production2 Electricit Shipping Receiving DC Electricity Data Center Device Class Selection Device Class Energy Data Point Metering Requirements PowerMonitor 1000 on EtherNet IP Select this device class for e electricity data points requiring only consumption and de
124. files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax I replacement tagname Example l 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 12 in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP l For Example 1 CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in 1 RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup l l DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application 1 CLX MyPM5 000_FP 6 Save your parameter file 7 To add parameter files for additional power monitors a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tag to match the associated device Create a Display Navigation Button A display navigation button must be created to launch the PowerMonitor Faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitmap image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an existing display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto i FactoryTalk Yiew Studio Yiew Machine Edition File Edit View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window Select Rotate Drawing Push Button Nume
125. have not been saved 6 Click the Save Day Changes button l Load Configuration X 7 To configure the schedule for the load click on each day of the week and a b Of E enter the desired schedule Be sure to click the Save Day Changes button after entering the schedule for each day If a new day is selected prior to saving the schedule for the displayed day the changes will be lost 412 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 eSunday Load Configuration X s k OE i O oe PL sons jaa ay J TOD Control TOD Control SG me Copy Day Paste Day e Tuesday Load Configuration NEIE Load Load Description NN SE Time of Day Control In the Efficient Industries example the configuration for Boiler 1 Load 1 would look like the following Monday Load Configuration X ESE AE Pr ones 1 TOD Control TOD Contro 99 99 99 Save Day Undo D Reset D changes Changes to oetut 50 29 20 09 sun J oe we rw rose oo e Wednesday Load Configuration x N IRQ Load Load Description 1 Boier om re E Undo pal Reset Day hanges Changes to Default Chapter 13 sn fn EI pan APA Sun mon Tue ma e sot vo Saon Se Thursday Friday Load Configuration Se ome r copy Day Paste Day Day copy Day Paste Day Paste Day Load Load Description Save p Undo Fre pipea caSr
126. installing the software 4 Insert the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software installation DVD into the server s DVD drive 100 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 5 6 10 11 12 13 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Chapter 4 If auto run is enabled the installation menu will launch If not enabled browse to and launch autorun exe in the root folder of the DVD TIP The installation menu provides a link to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix online Help From the installation menu install the Factory Talk Activation Manager TIP This step is recommended but not required when upgrading an existing installation Install RSLinx Classic Lite software version 2 57 CPR 9 SR 3 TIP This step is recommended but not required when upgrading an existing installation on a 32 bit Windows Server 2003 operating system Install Microsoft NET Framework version 3 5 SP1 If not already installed install Adobe Acrobat Reader Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software a Accept the license agreement and enter the serial number of the Manager software when prompted b When prompted enter the computer name or IP address of the SQL Server the default is local for a SQL server hosted on the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server Then enter the SQL system administrator account login credentials c Accept the remaining prompts The installation will proceed During the installation the FactoryTalk E
127. is a communication fault Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 229 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure RSLogix5000 for the PowerMonitor 500 Unit Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the PowerMonitor 500 Unit to your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing RSLogix5000 software or Studio 5000 Logix Designer application file 2 Under I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended unit IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your 1 0 tree Select New Module 4 From the Communication pull down menu choose ETFHERNETMODULE Generic Ethernet Module 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your power monitor For example we use MyPM500 for the module name throughout this document 6 Enter the Connection Parameters as listed in this dialog box E Module Properties Report Ethernet ETHERNET MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Type ETHERNET MODULE Generic Ethernet Module Vendor Allen Bradley Parent Ethernet Name MyPM500 Connection Parameters Assembly Description Instance Input fi 01 fi2 4 Output Comm Format Input Data REAL e Address Host Name Configuration 3 a IP Address T92 4168 4 3 Of 2 Host Name Status Offline 7 Click
128. l Name s Class Name Name it amp References 7 _ _DeviceName Use Existing NIma bell x Module onfiguration 756 Backplane 1756 410 0 1756 EN2T Ethernet es Ethernet fv f ETHERNET MODULE MyPM500 A 1756 EN2T Ethernet 1 1756 L63 PM500_Controller ET IA Tags Ei Data Types JA Other Components E Erors wamings EH 232 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer in the selected program E Tasks Gal MainTask Eas MainProgram na Program Tags an Ey MainRoutine ara R01 MyPMS00_Faceplate FPowerMonitor 500 Faceplate Jump To Subroutine Routine Mame ROT MyPMS00_Faceplate Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the PowerMonitor 500 Unit Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add PowerMonitor 500 Unit Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryIalk View Studio software and create or open an existing application file 2 In the Graphics folder right click on Displays and choose Add Component Into Application fa FactoryTalk iew Studio iew Machine Edition File View Application Tools Window Help ot td Doe ele e x lt Local PASS01 f DMAT i DMAT ESM System Project Settings Funtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup aS HMI Tags g Tags SJ Graphics
129. measured on peak demand In the case of customers who have received an embedded credit the minimum on peak demand charge shall be established by contract Customer Maximum Demand Per kW of measured demand 5 1 75700 For Determination of Demand see Sheet No 43 Energy Charge per kWh On Peak Energy a 0 07342 Off Peak Energy b 0 05366 a General Secondary on peak energy usage Is the energy in kilowatt hours delivered between 9 00 a m and 9 00 p m prevailing time Monday through Friday excluding those days designated as legal holidays for New Years Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day ib General Secondary off peak energy usage Is the energy in kilowatt hours delivered during all hours other than on peak hours 20 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Chapter 1 Sample Energy Assessment Here is an example of a compressed air plant system assessment Sample Energy Assessment Document 4 Compressed Air System Two Gardner Denver 460v 750scfim 150 hp air compressors operate around the clock 7 days per week at full line pressure even if the plant is in a down condition on week ends or holidays Several cost savings alternatives are possible 4 1 Recommendation Reduce line pressure when plant is in down condition to minimum Pressure required by non operating devices safety systems etc assume 80 8
130. modified 3 4 2014 10 22 AM Type Bitmap image e Click OK to close the Goto button properties window This is an example of a final goto button on your display To support additional PowerMonitor 5000 devices create a new Goto display navigation button assign the PowerMonitor5000 faceplate display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 11 247 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure ME PowerFlex Drives Faceplates The ME PowerFlex Faceplates files let you quickly load configure and use preconfigured status control and diagnostic displays or faceplates for the PowerFlex family of drives using RS View Machine Edition software These instructions are for PowerFlex drives communicating over the EtherNet IP network only Home Display Fault Display PowerFlex Drive PowerFlex Drive ia ey EET eee ce Last Fault Aam Ci Acie C3 e Faut C Ready Reverse Forward Port 6 Adapter At Ref Co Hz Program Fault CLR Faults ra Ses ee LAE Shows status and provides operator control of the drive Shows the last fault Configuration Display Energy Display x Device Name x PowerFlex Drive Z Resource Type Ele sical Capabilities Consumed KWh Generated KWh Total kWh iii i Power kW Operato
131. not available in the list you can update the Add on Profile for your device Refer to Appendix E for more information on updating the Add on Profiles Select Module Type a Catalog Module Discovery Favorites N Clear Filters Show Filters 1794 AENT 1794 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Me Allen Bradley Communication 1794 AENTR 1794 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter 2 Port Twisted Allen Bradley Communication 1799ER 1010 0010 10 Point Input 10 Point Output 24 DC Base Source Allen Bradley Digital 193 ECM ETR E300 Electronic Overload Relay 2 Port Allen Bradley MotorOverload 2094 EN02D M01 50 Kinetix 6500 Single Axis Ethernet Safe Torque Off Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2094 EN02D M01 51 Kinetix 6500 Single Axis Ethernet Safe Speed Monitor Allen Bradley Safety Drive Motior 2094 SEPM B24 S 2094 SEPM B24 S Allen Bradley Rockwell Automatic 2097 31PR0 Kinetix 300 24 120 240 No Filter Allen Bradley Drive 2097 31PR0 LM Kinetix 350 24 120 240V No Filter Ethernet Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2097 31PR2 Kinetix 300 44 120 240 No Filter Allen Bradley Drive 2097 31PR2 LM Kinetix 350 44 120 240V No Filter Ethernet Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2097 32PRO0 Kinetix 300 24 240 Integrated Filter Allen Bradley Drive 2097 32PRO0 LM Kinetix 350 24 240 Integral Filter Ethernet Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2097 32PR2 Kinetix 300 44 240V Integrated Filter Allen Bradley Drive s 2
132. off OVR Grey Red Flashing Override Off is set but load is still on OVR Green On Override Set Load is on OVR Green Red Flashing Override On is set but load is still off Red Grey Flashing Load is not in OVR controller telling to turn off but load is still on Red Green Flashing Load is not in OVR controller telling to turn on but load is still off Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 415 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Load Configuration View Click on the wrench button from the toolbar to display the load configuration view Load Configuration Faceplate Toolbar _ amp gt yan Gr E i Load Load Description Day foo e TOD Control Mode TOD Control eaS RN y Changes Changes to Default Day of the Week to Configure Load Number to Configure 11 44 33 211612011 Time and Date x Holidays Enabled Button Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Home The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads Clock The Clock button displays the Time and Date Configuration View which lets you update the PLC clock Calendar The Calendar button displays the Calendar Configuration View which lets you assign holidays Help The Help button provides information for the exi
133. one FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software installer regardless of how many options you have installed Under certain circumstances you may need a service pack for example version 1 7 SP1 for your particular needs Please contact Rockwell Automation technical support for access to the download site for FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software service packs Follow these steps to install an update 1 Write down the serial number of your FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software You may find this on the System Tab gt About link 2 Locate and write down the system administrator login for the Microsoft SQL Server This is typically a username of sa with a password You must have this login to complete installing the update 3 Download the update installation files Unzip the downloaded installer to a folder on the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software server 4 Browse to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix subfolder and locate the file setup exe 5 Double click setup exe to run the program Accept the prompt to uninstall the existing software 6 After the existing version has been uninstalled run setup exe once again 7 When prompted accept the license agreement 8 When prompted enter the serial number you wrote down in step 1 9 When prompted select the SQL server host computer default local and enter the system administrator login username and password 10 When installation completes reboot the server 210 Rockwell Automation Publication
134. or reports 1 Select Configuration on the System tab System wees Layout Save Restore Collapse 2 Under Email SMTP Server lt System status a i 34 Groups Configuration edit the a Fy Eficiont industries Plant 1 C Devices 0 Roles and Users E Rate Schedules Al Alarm Setup Unit Setup BeEContic ration E System Configuration Report A My User Settings About System Configuration Logger Telnet Debugging Telnet Remote Debug Enabled Disabled Remote Debug Port 2 3 typically 23 parameters as appropriate E Email SMTP Server Configuration SMTP Server Name or IP Address o Sender Email Address D Send test email to e Seng Logger Configuration Derived Tag Delay 5 mins Maximum Active DTL Operations fo typically 20 Miscellaneous Settings SQL Command Timeout Delay 120 seconds Rollup Interval fe 0 mins typically 60 OPC Update Rate 1000 milliseconds range 100 60000 New Meter DataPage Enabled Disabled Parameter Email Server Name or IP Address Sender Email Address Send Test Email To New Consumption Calculation Enabled Disabled 3 Click Save Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 171 Chapter8 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup View Active Alarms and Alarm Log You can view active alarms and the alarm log by selecting System Status on the S
135. previously saved schedule for the day click Undo Day Changes You can only undo changes if they have not been saved Once saved you cannot revert to the previous schedule Undo Day Changes 416 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Reset Command Reset Day to Default Days of the Week Holiday Enable Disable Time of Day schedule To reset all schedule entries for the day to the default click Reset Day to Default The default value is 99 99 When a value of 99 99 is entered the setting is ignored by the TOD program Click on a day of the week to configure the schedule for that day The TOD schedule for the day highlighted in green is displayed in the configuration view When holidays are enabled the load will follow its holiday schedule whenever a holiday is configured on the calendar To modify the holiday schedule click on the HOL day of the week button When holidays are disabled the holiday schedule for the load is ignored Click on the Holidays Enabled Disabled button to toggle between holidays enabled or disabled By default all schedule entries are set to 99 99 If a value of 99 99 is entered the setting Is ignored by the TOD program Click on the Start Time or Stop Time Hour or Minute to launch the keypad input object and enter a time Enter start and stop times in military time 00 00 through 23 59 Once the desired schedule for the day is
136. sea 2 Choose Configure Drivers from the Communications menu Configure Shortcuts Configure Client Applications Configure CIP Options Configure Gateway Driver Diagnostics CIP Diagnostics Gateway Diagnostics 3 Choose Ethernet Devices from the ll d Configure Drivers pull down menu amp svedlable Diiwer Tupe r Cla 4 Click Add New Ethemet devices _Addh me Configured Dereais Name and Description 5 Click OK to accept the default driver AB FTH Add New RSLinx Classic Driver Choose a name for the new driver 15 characters maximum Cancel AB_ETH 1 122 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Chapter 6 6 Enter the IP address of your first device 2 x Station Station Mapping 7 Click Add New to enter the IP address for Host Hame Add New 10 10 10 0 a l a each additional device you want to add aaa Delete then click OK 2 10 10 102 3 1010103 In this example you will enter eight IP 4 101010 4 addresses for 5 10 10 10 5 6 10 10 1086 e 1 PowerMonitor 3000 device 7 1010107 e 6 PowerMonitor 1000 devices ae e 1 CompactLogix controller 8 Click OK when done entering IP addresses 9 Click Close to exit the Configure Drivers dialog box Cancel Apply Help Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 201
137. server SQL login username and password that you entered in step 2 v previously If the SQL server is hosted on a remote machine enter the database server name and SQL authentication credentials Click Next Click Next Wait while FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software is installed When complete click Finish to reboot the server 6 Install activations by using the Factorylalk Activation Manager 7 Add local machine user IIS_IUSRS with read and modify rights to the C Program Files x86 Rockwell Software F TEnergyMetrix ChartF XNet folder 8 Open Internet Explorer a b TIP TIP Browse to http localhost ftenergymetrix Log in with username admin and password admin The RT and ChartsPlus options do not require specific security configuration in FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software They run as Microsoft ClickOnce applications by default You will need to grant permission for the options to run but only one time on each computer When you set up Devices such as power monitors and PLCs in FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software you will need to access RSLinx Classic software running on the server to configure drivers and network addresses of devices You access the RSLinx Classic user interface to perform tasks such as configure drivers monitor devices in RSWho and set up OPC topics Installation 32 bit IMPORTANT _ See Installation 64 bit on page 95 for instructions to install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software on a
138. the Val Demand_ Electric is calculated End of Interval Rungs and Demand Calculations Set_Demand_Interval if an input from user in Minutes Val_Demand_Electric is Real Demand kv Demand is calculated every interval determined by the Set_Demand_Interval by comparing the current total kvvh to the previous interval kh If the value if greater than the previous total then the previous KWAA is subtracted from the current WAA and then multiplied by 60 and divided by the Set_Demand_Interval to determine the Demand If the previous kh value is greater than the current WAA then the rollover is taken into account and 10 000 000 is subtracted from the previous kh total and added to the current total kv vh The value is then multiplied by 60 and divided by the Set_Demand_Interval to determine the Demand This rung also moves the current total value to the previous value for the next interval calculation Cmd_End_of_Demand_Interval Storage RT PT J e ons Greater Than 425 Compute Source 4 Val Previous KM Dest Val_Demand_Electric 0 0 0 0 Source B Val_Total_kvvh Expression Val_Previous_Kvvh 10000000 al_Total_ kVvvwhye0 Set_Demand_Interval Srtr Than or Egl 4 B Compute Source 4 Val_Total_kvvh Dest Val_Demand_Electric 0 0 0 0 Source B Val_Previous_Kvvh Expression wal Total kh Val Previous _KVvhy60 Set_Demand_Interval 0 0 Mave Source Val_Total_kvvh 0 0 Dest Val_Previous_kKvvh 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C E
139. the Down Arrow key to select the desired wiring mode parameter YS Press the Enter key to write the new value to the PowerMonitor 3000 master module and return to the WIRING CONFIG menu 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to set the PT Secondary CT Primary CT Secondary and Nominal System Voltage M6 and M8 models only parameters The I4 Primary and I4 Secondary parameters are used for neutral metering only 7 Press the Escape key to return to the Configuration menu Basic Device Configuration Parameters Wiring 0 Delta 3 CT 5 Open Delta 2 CT 6 Wye Wye 1 Delta 2 CT 6 Wye 2 Direct Delta 3 CT 7 Single Phase 3 Direct Delta 2 CT 8 Demo 4 Open Delta 3 CT 14 Secondary Nominal System Voltage 1 10 000 000 480 277 Volts M6 and M8 only 1 This value is typically line to neutral voltage for Wye systems and line to line voltage for Delta systems Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 59 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Configure Advanced Device Parameters The Advanced Device Configuration Parameters table on page 61 provides a list of advanced parameters and values you can set for the PowerMonitor 3000 device Most applications use the default values for demand period length number of demand periods and forced demand delay Follow these basic steps to configure demand parameters and the date time 1 A FN eR BW DN N 60 Press the Enter key from the PROG gt
140. the device configured in your Logix application file DriveName_BEO gt Represents the tagname for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEO configured in your Logix application file l This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab CLX DriveName_FP 1 MyCLX Motor_1_FP 2 only applies If using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 MyCLX Motor_1_BEO Save your parameter file To add parameter files for additional drives a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tag to match the associated device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Create a Display Navigation Button A display navigation button must be created to launch the PowerFlex faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitmap image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an existing display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto i FactoryTalk iew Studio iew Machine Edition File Edit View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window E Iv see Rotate amp Drawing k fee Push Button k EK Numeric and Strin o DA mr O Di
141. through the pre configured FactoryIalk View Machine Edition faceplate providing you with an understanding of the status control and diagnostic operation of the faceplate display Faceplate Operation Overview The Time of Day Control Faceplate opens with the Home View displayed Title Bar Time Of Day Control Status X Close Button Faceplate Toolbar 48 a Load Load E JE af 18 9 16 G Load State Load State i E a L 2 _ Status 3 1 Indicators 4 ER 2 s al 6 L 14 __ e 15 _ 11 41 41 e _ 16 2 1 6 2014 Button Icons Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Configuration The Configuration button lets you edit the Time of Day control settings such as load schedules overrides time and date configuration and calendar configuration Load 1 8 i The Load 1 8 button lets you view the load status and descriptive name for loads 1 8 1 8 Load 9 16 The Load 9 16 button lets you view the load status and descriptive name for loads 9 16 Help The Help button provides information for the existing view Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate x status Indicators Grey Off Auto TOD Control H Grey Off Auto TOD control Holiday Green On Auto TOD Control H Green On Auto TOD Control Holiday OVR Grey Off Override Set Load is
142. to Off Any Change For this example enter 300 and 0 Select the trigger range for the alarm e Alarm on outside triggers the alarm when the meter tag value is outside of the high and low threshold range For this example the alarm will trigger if the tag value is gt 300 or lt 0 e Alarm on inside triggers the alarm when the meter tag value is between the high and low threshold value For this example the alarm will trigger if the tag value is lt 300 or gt 0 Click Save Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Chapter 8 Configured alarms appear on the Meter Setup tab for the meter The Meter Setup tab would look like this for the alarm just configured o Eficient Industries Plant 1 JE Accounting E Engineering LO Air i Electricity x Boiler House Meter D Power House Meter D Production 1 Meter Production 2 Meter S Shipping Receiving Meter H E Fuels H E Steam fC Water Meter Setup eat ase cory Meter Information Type Electric Assigned to Groups Contribution factor Electricity 100 Device Electric Main Name Electric Main Meter Notes Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Meter Tags Read device tags Add a new meter taq ID Type Name Units Log Rate Address 1 Device Real Energy Net kaiih 15 minutes 20 12 View 2 Device Reactive Energy Net KVA
143. to the Logix MainRoutine with specific input conditions driving an output instruction with the tag name Motor_1 Cmd_ProgQperReq Likewise a pushbutton within an RSView MESSE application could be added with a value tag name of 1 Cmd_OperOperReg with the 1 parameter for that faceplate display associated with Motor_1 tag The Cmd_ProgToOperPermissive allows the Logix Program to control whether a Program to Operator Control transfer is allowed PLEASE NOTE Ifthe Gmd_ProgToOperPermissive tag is setto 1 the AGI is programmed to allow a transfer from Program Control to Operator Control regardless of the active status ofthe SMC_Flex Soft Start Cmd_ProgvoOperPermissive Cmd_ProgOperReq Cmd_ProgProgReg Sts_OperatorModeEnabled m sf Cmd_OperOperReqg Cmd_OperProgReg c S Sts_ProgramModeEnabled Cmd_ProgOperReqg Cmd_OperOperReg For example these rungs enable the Operator Control of the intended SMC 50 controller Command requests Cmd can be initiated from either the Logix Programs ProgOperReq or RSViewME SE SMC_50 Faceplate OperOperReq The following is a specific drive example EXAMPLE To enable Operator Control for an SMC associated with Motor_1 AOI instance a rung can be added to the Logix MainRoutine with specific input conditions driving an output instruction with the tag name Motor_1 Cmd_ProgOperReq Also a pushbutton in an RSView ME SE faceplate can be added with a value tag name of 1 Cmd_OperOperReq with t
144. type Bitmap Images bmp m o Cancel e Click OK to close the Goto button properties window This is an example of a final goto button on your display Motor 1 To support additional PowerFlex devices create a new Goto display navigation button assign the PowerFlex faceplate display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device 264 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure ME E3PLUS Faceplates The ME E3PLUS Faceplate files provide a pre configured display and associated logic for the E3 Plus Solid State Overload Relay using FactoryTalk View Machine Edition and RSLogix 5000 The faceplate includes status control diagnostic and energy views controlled by its own toolbar buttons The E3 Plus faceplate is compatible only with the E3 Plus Overload Relays communicating with the 193 DNENCAT Home Display Fault Display E3 Plus E3 Plus trem ae z MS p E p Trip Co Input Last Fault Gugut input co Stall Tri a rl eS Input3 Output B gt Warning eR Gnd Faut puts hitrourrent Avg Current amps i Operator Trip Trip Reset Shows status and provides operator control of Shows the last fault the Trip Reset and Outputs A and B Configuration Display Energy Display E3 Plus E3 Plus Resource Type Capabilities Consumed KWh Device Name Generated KWH Tota
145. users and a larger number of reports being run will require a more powerful server than the guidelines specify e A low end server has up to 8 meters and logs up to 40 meter tags at a minimum 15 minute log rate e A mid range server has up to 64 meters and logs up to 320 meter tags at a minimum 15 minute log rate e A high end server has more than 64 meters and logs more than 500 meter tags at a minimum 15 minute log rate Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 93 Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Database Size Guidelines Factory Talk EnergyMetrix writes 16 bytes of data to the database for each meter tag logged Over time the database can grow to become quite large Some examples include the following e A low end server logging 40 meter tags at 15 minute intervals will grow the database at a rate of 2 56 KB per hour or 22 MB per year e A mid level server logging 320 meter tags at 15 minute intervals will grow the database at a rate of 20 5 KB per hour or 180 MB per year e A high end server logging 1000 meter tags at 15 minute intervals will grow the database at a rate of 240 KB per hour or 2 1 GB per year Consider these guidelines when determining hard disk requirements for a server as well as database maintenance schedules Recommendations These are general guidelines Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software is capable of running on a variety of hardware platforms The main
146. you want displayed on the button For this example Boiler House is entered 5 Click OK 6 Save and test your application by creating a runtime application Configure Alarm History Faceplate FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Goto Display Button Properties General Label Common Caption Boiler House Font Arial L Caption color WE Caption back color Caption blink I Word wrap Image settings Irae ee L Image color WB mage back color Image blink Image scaled Insert Variable Size fo m a Alignment Caption back style aa 8 Transparent tf fff Image back style Transparent Alignment aa es tf f i me Cancel Help The Alarm History Faceplate leverages the alarm functionality in FactoryTalk View Machine Edition and provides time and date stamped alarm and fault information for energy data collector devices This faceplate works in conjunction with energy and faceplate Add On Instructions In this example the Alarm History Faceplate shows alarms from three energy meters Alarm History 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Gas Main Comms Fault 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Propane Meter Critical Flow 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Fuel Oil Meter Critical Flow Alarm Print Status History Sort Alarms Ack Silence Alarm Alarms A Close A gt lt gt Ack Clear All All Y AA Pe Ree eran Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS01
147. 0 MoV Move Source 0 Dest Buffered _Flow 0 0 SUB Subtract Source A Val Total _kvvnh 0 0 Source B 10000000 Dest Val_Total_kvvh 0 0 433 Appendix C Energy Electric Add On Instructions Demand Calculation Logic The following logic is included in the Energy_Electric_Digital Energy_Electric_Analog and Energy_Electric_PM_Status Add On Instructions for calculating electric demand Val_Demand_ Electric The end of demand interval is based on the Set_End_of_Demand_Interval_Type that is set when configuring the Add On Instruction 434 The first rung sets and runs the internal PLC timer based on the Set_Demand_Interval tag minute setting The second rung sets and runs the Demand_Interval_Exceeded timer in case the end of demand utility contact or master end of demand command is not seen by the controller Local Timers for End of Interval Calculations This timer is used if the EOI type is set to PLC clock t multiplies the Set_Demand_Interval min by 60000 to use as preset for the timer MUL TON Multiphy Timer On Delay EN Source A Set Demand_Interval Timer Demand_Interval PLC_Timer Preset 0 DN 3 Source B Accum 0 Dest Demand_Interval_PLC_Timer PRE 0 This timer is used to check if the EOI interval time has exceeded Set_Demand_Delay is an input from the user 0 90 sec CPT TON Compute Timer On Delay EN Dest Demand_Interval_Exceeded PRE Ti imer Demand_Interval_Exceede 0 Preset
148. 00 M6 and M8 models that have configured sag and swell setpoints Enable PO events logging must be checked on the Device setup page Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software will periodically read the PowerMonitor event log and store sag and swell events in the database Each sag and swell record lists the time duration and maximum deviation of the sag or swell TIP In addition to standard reports the ReportsPlus option extends reporting capabilities by including custom script driven multipurpose efficiency load factor power factor and electrical summary reports Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 175 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Consumption Report A consumption report shows all consumption values in specified units kWh kVARh of selected meters for a specified time interval The report includes group meters as organized in the project and subtotals for each group A consumption report is typically used to monitor daily energy use and assists with the early detection of production equipment problems You can configure the report to automatically run at a specific time every day and emailed to specific users The procedure for creating this type of report or any other report is to e set up view and print the report e configure a job option to automatically run the report on a set schedule For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will run and email a daily
149. 00 Status Input 2 108 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Chapter 5 Add a Parent Domain You will now set up a parent domain for your project Typically this is the name you want to use for your system or plant configuration Logged in as 1 Click the System tab FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix karinista Stati Bae 2 Select the Groups folder _ Stem JI Meters Reports custom Group Setup 3 Click Add Layout Save Restore Collapse Ia Rate Schedules a Multi Purpose Report Scripts i A Alarm Setup IR iP Unit Setup bate g Configuration Ba E configuration Repor Pa es My User Settings ame i About 4 Enter the parent domain name Add Group E For this example enter Efficient sam Caneel Industries Plant 1 id Parent group None Make sure to check Fail eatin na doa This group 1S a domain Name Efficient Industries Plant 1 The domain name can also be Notes used for report titles 5 Click Save Default log rate 15 The new plant domain appears in Reports title line 1 Eficient Industries Plant 1 the Groups folder Reports title line 2 Meters Not Meters Not Assigned to Group to Group Meters Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor to Group Contribution factor Contribution Gi factor mem o Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P O
150. 000 000 from the current total to get the new rollover total RT UB 1 Greater Than 4 gt B Subtract Source A Yal_Total_kvvnh Source amp YVal_Total_kvyvh 0 0 0 0 Source B 10000000 Source B 10000000 Dest Val_Total_kvvh 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 431 AppendixC Energy Electric Add On Instructions PowerMonitor Digital Status Input Logic The following logic is included in the Energy_Elecric_PM_Status Add On Instruction to read the kWh value from a PowerMonitor status input An explicit message reads the status inputs from the PowerMonitor 1000 3000 or 5000 device A PLC 5 Typed Read message is configured to read one of the status inputs when adding the Add On Instruction to your logic Refer to page 326 for details on configuring the message instruction The destination tag of the message must be input back into the instruction through the Inp_Status_Input tag The PowerMonitor status inputs are counters that total the number of incoming digital pulses Additional logic is not required to calculate total consumption as the digital pulse is scaled in the advanced device parameters of the PowerMonitor The Inp_Status_Input value is moved to the Val_Total_kWh tag This AQI calculates the Total Electric Consumption kWh and demand based upon a digital status input from a PowerMonitor 1000 or 3000 These values are then mapped to Sts sone tage which are used to display the data in the Equipment Stat
151. 014 Chapter 11 239 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 Click Change to launch the Module Definition window 7 Select the firmware of the device you are using E Module Definition e Revision Electronic Keying Compatible Module Connections 8 Click OK to accept the changes 9 Click OK again to close the dialog Import the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you would like to add the power monitor faceplate routine and choose Import Routine Controller Organizer erepe A SMC as J Controller 5MC50 A Controller Tags Name E Controller Fault Handler Motor_1 1 E Power Up Handler fi Motor 1 0 E Ez Tasks 2 chinita Bz New Routine fl MainPragram Fy MainRout E3 Unscheduled Proj B 63 Motion Groups Copy Ctre S Ungrouped Axes EA p Add On Instructions B Data Types i Ea User Defined verif E Ea Strings i Ei Add On Defined Cross Reference ctrl E E Em Predefined i Es Ca Module Defined Browse Logic Chrl L 240 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 2 Navigate to the ME PowerMonitor 5000 Faceplate Files folder select the RX X_PowerMonitor5000_Faceplate routine and click Import The Import Configuration dialog box opens 5 hen E a See AR rece Fired kurthin
152. 097 32PR2 LM Kinetix 350 44 240 Intearal Filter Ethernet Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion of 265 of 265 Module Types Found Add to Favorites V Close on Create Create Close Help hh Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 281 Chapter 11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your E300 module For example we use MyE300 for the module name throughout this document Connection Protection i Internet Protocol Port Configuration Network General 6 Click Change to launch the Module Definition window 7 Select the specific E300 Electronic Overload Relay Sensing and Control Modules and their respective Option Match actions 282 Module Definition es STAA Bus MyE300 Digital Modules i 1 Operator Station otor Control Trip 2 Warning Alarms i Input Data 193 EIO 43 120 fe a ee Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 8 Right click on the Expansion Bus to add the specific Expansion Bus accessories for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay system and select their specific Option Match action 9 When finished click OK By Mye300 MyE300 5 amp s Expansion Bus Digital Modules i Operator Station E Motor Control i Trip Warning Alarms i Input Data
153. 0_Parameter par m Downloads Configure a Parameter File 1 From the explorer window in FactoryTalk View Studio in the Parameters folder right click the ME_PowerMonitor500_Parameter par file and choose Rename HW Libraries mE Images Parameters AE E300 Parameter EquipmentStatus_ Parameter ME_E300_Parameter OME PowerMonitorS00_ Paramete 2 MyE300_ Parameter Open MyPMS000_ Parameter E B Local Messages Hees asa Alais Remove Alarm Setup a Information Duplicate RE Information Setup i 3 mt 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your RSLogix500 application For example MyPM500_Parameter x From ME_PowerMonitorS00_Parameter To MyPM 500 Parameter Cancel 234 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 3 Double click the parameter file to open it Parameter 1 represents the tag name for the specific Faceplate tag in your RSLogix 5000 project Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This matches the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup l Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 gt Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display l uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components land object properties dialog bo
154. 1 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Add a Parameter File 1 Right click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into Application G factory Talk View Studio Machine dition fie Vew Application Tools Window Melb x Explorer OMAT Energy Updates 032315 ey Local USMAYMPLAPULIL kh OMAT Energy Upelates 022313 HA OMAT Erang Updates 022713 J Sen Praci Seating amp Arira Seouty PNFORMATION SMC_5D Faceplate Erag 2 Navigate to the ME SMC 50 Faceplate Files folder select the SMC50_Parameter par file and click Open Configure a Parameter File 1 From the explorer window in FactoryIalk View Studio in the Parameters folder right click the SMC50_Parameter file and choose Rename 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your RSLogix5000 application For example Motor_1 3 Double click the parameter file to open it The parameter file contains configuration for two parameters Parameter 1 represents the tag name for the specific Faceplate AOI in your RSLogix 5000 project Parameter 2 represents the tag name for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEO in your RSLogix5000 project Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This matches the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags
155. 1 2344 Description O IP Address 7 Host Name Module Definition Revision 21 Electronic Keying Compatible Module Connection Data Perei Module Definition Data Mapping Generic Series b i Revision 2 v 1 Electronic Keying Compatible Module ion Data Mapping IMPORTANT _ The E3 Plus faceplate AOI has been configured to work with the Generic data mapping If you change the data mapping to a specific type of E3 the AOI does not function properly 7 Click OK to close the Module Properties window Import the E3 Plus Module Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you would like to add the E3 Plus module faceplate routine and choose Import Routine Controller Organizer ee i ay SMC a B E Controller SMC50 E BrE 2 Controller Tags Name E3 Controller Fault Handler Mator_1 1 E3 Power Up Handler E Motor1 0 B 63 Tasks a MainTask BA New Routine Import Routine B E MainProgram 2 Program Ey MainRout E3 Unscheduled Prog B 63 Motion Groups Copy Ctrl C 23 Ungrouped axes i Fi Add On Instructions 3 Data Types 4 Ca User Defined verif E Em Strings 7 Ea Add On Defined Cross Reference ctrl E E Em Predefined l Es C Module Defined Browse Logic Chrl L 270 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 2 Navigate
156. 11 Repeat steps 1 9 to configure each PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 device in your project For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 enter the names and IP addresses of the PowerMonitor devices in the table The rest of the parameters in the New Module dialog box are the same When done the I O configuration should look like this PowerMonitor Device Name IP Address 3 6 NO Configuration 7 CompactlogixS323E QBFC1 System Electric_Main_PM3000 10 10 10 0 fl 1769 L23E OBFC1 L2x Boiler House PM1000 10 10 10 1 oe Ethernet Port LocalENB Power House _PM1000 10 10 10 2 ETHERNET MODULE Electric Main_PM3000 f ETHERNET MODULE Boiler_House_PM1000 Production1_PM1000 10 10 10 3 i ETHERNET MODULE Power _House_PM1000 ETHERNET MODULE Productioni_PM1000 Production2_PM1000 a f ETHERNET MODULE Production2_PM1000 Shipping_Receiving_DC_PM1000 10 10 10 5 f ETHERNET MODULE Shipping _Receiving_OC_PM1o00 f ETHERNET MODULE MCC2_PM1000 MCC2_PM1000 10 10 10 6 AP 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port LocalENB 318 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Import PowerMonitor and Status Input Faceplate AOls FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 You will now learn how to import faceplate Add On Instructions for PowerMonitor devices and PowerMonitor status inputs These Add On Instructions support the Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates for Factorylalk View Machine Edition or Site Edition applications Faceplat
157. 14 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 173 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Follow These Steps Complete these steps to create and view energy management reports and charts Standard Reports page 1 9 Consumption Report Create and View Report page 1 6 Create a Job to Run Report Automatically page 1 9 Demand Analysis Report Create and View Report page 185 Billing Report Import or Create a Rate schedule page 182 Create and View Report page 185 Cost Allocation Report Create a Rate Schedule page 187 Create and View Report page 189 Power Quality Report Create and View Report page 192 Standard Charts page 194 setup and View a Trend page 194 setup and View a Calendar Trend page 197 174 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Standard Reports FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software standard reporting converts logged energy and production data into information you can use to manage your business improve efficiency and reduce costs You can run reports on demand automatically on a configured schedule or event driven in response to an alarm condition Standard Report Type Description Consumption Rep
158. 1769 L23E QBFC1 CompactLogix5323E QBFC1 Controller Revision 17 ha Cancel For this example a CompactLogix 1769 L23E QBFC1 is selected as a cost effective solution supporting digital and analog energy Help Mame Lex f Description inputs and Ethernet communication 3 Enter the name of the controller from your Energy Data Worksheet o Create In C ASLogis 5000 Frojects Browse For this example L2x is entered 4 Click OK 5 Right click the Ethernet Port RSLogix 5000 L2x 1769 L23E QBFC1 and choo se Prop ertie S le Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alse a selel ll ovo gt cal ie Ciel ala For this example choose the d tad n Ed aek LocalENB port LA K Controller L2x E Module Properties Controller 1 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port 17 2 x 6 Enter a unique IP address for 1 2 Tasks a L Motion Groups General Connection RSNetw ors Module Info Port Configuration Port Diagnostics your controller and click OK E Add On Instructions J Data Types Type 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Port on CompactLogix5323E QBFC1 ea Trends Vendor Allen Bradley 1 0 Configuration Parent Controll For this example 10 10 10 7 is eee pon acai Addoss Hoa Hane d fa 1769 L23E QBFC1 L2x Name s entered d Description cee l 5 Za Ethernet M CompactBus Local C Host Name amp Embedded 1 0 g 1
159. 21 22 ee Boat ames Tis Sheed Age thee oy B Engineering Electricity Production 1 Meter Real 23 24 25 26 27 2829 B Hide Remove ee Eney ne 30 Bar Hide Remove ic Engine ring Electricty Production 2 Meter Real Energy Net 8 Choose other charting options to view remove and export trend data Click This Button Hide Bar Remove Export Data TIP 196 To Temporarily hide the view of a tag on the trend chart The tag is still selected but not visible To view the tag again click Show Display a bar chart for the selected tag The button toggles between Bar and Line so you can choose the desired chart type for each tag Permanently remove a tag from the chart save the data series displayed in the chart to a csv file Move the mouse cursor over the trend chart until a menu bar appears From this menu bar you may save print or email the chart image Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Setup and View a Calendar Trend The calendar trend is most commonly used to display demand type values Follow these steps to view a calendar trend of meter or group data pi Navigate to and select a meter or group on the Meters tab For this example select the Electric Main Meter under Electricity in the Engineering subdomain 2 Click the Calendar trend tab 3 Choose the meter tag you want to trend from the list For th
160. 2313 4 System E Project Settings Funtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup Sy HMI Tags Tags SQ Graphics 4dd Component Into Application f Import and Export SMe raeme nery e ta Global Objects Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 287 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 3 Navigate to the ME E300 Faceplate Files folder select the ME_E300_Faceplate_Energy gfx and click Open add Component Into Project Energy Management ME E300 Faceplate Files Organize New Folder a Mi i S Recent Places Mame Date modified Type a ees ae _ ME_E300_Faceplate_Energy gfx 4f 25 2014 1 00 PM GFX File Documents Music Pictures E Videos JE passoi amp Local Disk 21 coy Local Disk Ds a F FILES F 3 tu Network EE E File name E3Plus_Faceplate_Enerqy qtx oes Graphic Displays gfs ms EA Add a Parameter File 1 Right click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into Application amp actory alk View Studio Machine dition fle Vew Apclcation Tools Window Melb oe Ow Fe ey Loca USMAYMPLAPUCIL fla OMAT Energy Updyes 032313 HA OMAT Erara Updates 002717 3 Srn a Proact Settings Aurina Seouty Dregrovics Lil Soo g Global Connections Startup J HM Taos JOIAGNOS TICS PNFORMATION 8 SMC_5 Faceplate Eray Global Ubrects Lives images Bf EA Veer New T imt
161. 28 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 2 System Configuration and Wiring Introduction In this chapter you will do the following List energy data points based on your business goals and energy monitoring plan Identify your existing energy meters and distribution systems Select data collection hardware and create a meter layout Create panel layouts and wiring for your data collection hardware Select required software To help you with system configuration an industrial plant example named Efficient Industries Plant 1 is referenced in this and subsequent chapters Before You Begin Complete an energy assessment and review monitoring methods in Chapter 1 What You Need Personal computer with internet access for downloading software and files AutoCAD program to open the dwg files or Adobe Acrobat Reader software to open pdf files TIP Use AutoCAD Electrical to take advantage of advanced features Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Power and Energy Management section of the Industrial Controls catalog available at http www ab com catalogs Microsoft Excel software Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 29 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring
162. 3 7 to configure a GotoDisplay button for each faceplate row Configure Additional Device Value Columns Goto Display Button Properti Eg General Label Common Appearance Border style Border width Raised l 5 V Border uses back color nee E Back color ack style Pattern style E Border color Transparent l None l L Pattern color Shape Component Browser fx Rectangle l Select a component Equipment Status Faceplate Display seb PM1K_FP Display PMIK_FP INFORMATION Top position Touch margins Horizontal margin fo Other V Audio N OK la Cancel Help ke General Label Common Appearance Border style Border width Raised 5 V Border uses back color E Back color Back style Pattern style WB Border color Transparent gt None L Pattern color Shape sc Component Browser Rectangle v Select a component a QEK 72 144 iD Display settings Display Parameter file Pm K_FP N PM1 K 172 144 age Top position positon f Displa Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin fo fo Other V Audio a Cancel Help bnm O aan CED Cancel Not all device faceplates used with the Equipment Status Faceplate are configured to display four value fields If additional value fields are needed then you must add logic to the existing faceplate routine or Add On Instruction to move the additional tag v
163. 3000 device as a pulse meter input the setup is different The PowerMonitor provides a raw pulse count that rolls over at 30 000 In the meter tag setup set the Scale factor to the value in engineering units of each 0 to 1 transition of the meter pulse Set the rollover value equal to the product of scale factor x 30 000 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 Creating Energy Meters for CompactLogix Devices You will now create energy meters for a CompactLogix L2x controller analog or digital inputs Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create Boiler House Gas L2x Digital Input lt Fuel Oil L2x Analog Input lt Propane L2x Analog Input lt Steam Group Steam Flow L2x Analog Input q_ _ Air Group Air Flow Production 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 Create Energy Meters Water Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input 2 energy meters for one L2x digital input and three L2x analog inputs Follow these steps to create an energy meter for an L2x digital or analog input 1 Click the Meters tab Domainiieter Engineering Fuels A meroa metere jen stg reer reno Layout Save Restore Collapse 2 Navigate to and select a group to Pte EvEneientindueties Piani Meters assign the meter S Accounting h E Da
164. 334 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Select Energy_AlarmHistory_Logix L5x then click Import Import Rungs Look in ME Alarm History Faceplate Files c Eg 2 R Energy_AlarmHistory_Logic L5 My Recent Documents Desktop gt My Documents My Computer os N e File name Energy_AlammHistory_Logic iad q impot D My Network Files of type Places Files containing Into Overwrite Selected Rungs 5 Select Tags under Import Content to display the Tag E import Configuration S fing BAR Einareplace References view Find Within Final Name Import Content 6 Scroll to and select the E Maint ash MeterName tag in the Final orto repuno methane Operon irane o m References E Local 1 Use Existing Local pe A Tags Local 2 C Use Existing Local 2 C Name column f Add On Instructions El Eros w amings Local 2 Use Existing Local 2 Local 2 0 Use Existing Local 2 0 Local 3 C Use Existing Local 3 C Local 3 Use Existing Local 3 1 Local 3 0 Use Existing Local 3 0 Local 4 C Use Existing Local 4 C Local 4 Use Existing Local 4 Local 4 0 Use Existing ae MeterN ame Use Existing MeterName_AlarmN ame Create J MeterName_AlarmName 7 Click the pull down menu icon and double click the energy 8 OB QE LE Oe CE LE C2 CR LE LER Oe PowerMonitor or PowerMonitor status inp
165. 3_9F14F442 1 0 al f 193 DNENCAT A E3Plus HS tC FaultTimerPresetP ed AB PowerFlex 53_ A633736F 0 0 PowerFlex 40 E PF40 a al tbl ii AB PowerFlex 55_E__ 9530B4F9 0 0 PowerFlex 40P E PF40P amp ar Set_CurentMax per A AB PowerFlex755_E__95143E82 1 0 PowerFlex 4 E PF4 _ Set_CurentMinOper LI AB PowerFlex755_E_B34DFDA2 0 0 f PowerFlex 700S 200V E PF7005 Set_DCBusVoltageMax0 per ied B PowerFlex755_E__B89FE665 1 0 PowerFlex 700 200 E PF700 E Set_DCBusVoltageMinOper ied AB SMC_BDEBFA8 0 0 f PowerFlex 70 E PF70 CE F LIA AB SMC_C36D62ED 1 0 et_DecelOper x f PowerFlex 70 EC E PF70EC f PowerFlex 700 Vector 600 E PF700 Set_D ecelivag Array Dimensions f PowerFlex 753 NET E PF753 Set_DeviceNameO per Dim 0 PowerFlex 7005 2P 200 E PF70052F Set_E quipFaceplate4nimation D a a PowerFlex 755 EENET Motor_11 Set_EquipmentDisplayN ame vil nimation et Faceplates V Show Data Types by Groups 4 gt Monitor Tags Edit Tags 5 Repeat the previous steps for the Out_PowerFlex_ AOI tag by using the Module Output Data Type IMPORTANT Any time you modify your PowerFlex module definitions after you have created your PowerFlex AOI it is necessary for you to reassign your PowerFlex AOI Input and Output Tag Data Types If multiple changes to your PowerFlex module definitions were made and saved there are multiple Data Types listed for a particular DataLink configuration Be careful to match the Data T
166. 4 123 Chapter6 _FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Configure OPC Server Before setting up devices and meters based on OPC servers you need to configure an OPC server This example uses the Kepware OPC driver for the Data Center device For our example the facility data center has an uninterruptible power supply UPS with a Modbus interface providing energy and real power demand data You may download KepServerEx V5 OPC server software and the Modbus communication driver suite from http www kepware com The Kepware server operates in full featured demo mode for two hours You may install and run KepServerEx V4 and V5 side by side on a single computer Production use of Kepware server software requires that you purchase the applicable software and driver licenses Install the KepServerEx V5 software Be sure to select the Simulation Suite during the installation Follow these steps to configure the OPC server after software is installed 1 Open the Kepware KepServerEx V5 KEPServerEX Runtime configuration File Edit View Tools Runtime Help 1 e da if Ga x m Tag Mame Address 2 Use the File menu to open the file 7 simdemo opf found in the default Projects a Channel 1 folder Ei Channel _z Ei Channel_3 Eh Channel_4 3 Expand the Channel_0_User_Defined channel then select the Ramp device Note the list of simulated data tags in the right pane ALP ServercLA Kuntime File Edi
167. 5 Click on the TOD Control mode indicator until the Override On mode is displayed Each click will toggle between TOD Control Override On and Override Off modes 6 Click Save Day Changes to confirm the mode selection 7 Verify that the load turns on and the input status where applicable is on 8 Click on the TOD Control mode indicator until the Override Off mode is displayed and click Save Day Changes to confirm the mode selection 9 Verify that the load turns off and the input status where applicable is off 10 Repeat the above steps for each load in your application TOD Control Mode Testing 7 Changes to Default Seer Fri Sat 12 58 10 Load Configuration eon Load Load Description ER Simt tem Seprene TOD Control 99 Copy Day Paste Day Undo Day Reset Day Changes to Default Once the loads have been override tested configure the TOD schedules for each load and enable TOD control 1 Click the load configuration button on the toolbar For the Efficient Industries example the load schedule has been defined as shown in the table below and Date Configuration X Minute iihi Update PLC Year The PLC Clock is the Default x Apply Daylight Savings Time lock Source PLC Clock Calibration 10 Alarm Delay in days 10 11 03 DA a E A Load Loads Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Holiday Number er eee rca for room onaren orara areor onana
168. 5 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 5000 Software Revision 17 00 00 Minimum RSLogr 5000 Software Revision 17 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 5000 Software Revision 20 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 5000 Software Revision AOP for 1756 IB16IF 1758 LSCSAIBAL 1 756 OB8 16IEF 16 00 00 Minimum RSLogtx 5000 Software Revision Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 447 Appendix E Update Add on Profiles Update the SMC 50 Add On Profiles The SMC 50 Add On Profiles are independent of RSLogix 5000 software releases Update your SMC 50 Add On Profiles to make sure your application runs correctly Add On Profiles are available for download at the RSLogix 5000 Add On Profiles website https download rockwellautomation com esd download aspx downloadid addonprofiles e Select the AOP for Drives PowerFlex SCANport profile which includes SMC profiles e Click the Download Now button and follow instructions 5 8 08 e B G E E 448 ADP for 250E 2861E 264E a rmerStart E Het ADP for 200E 291E 294E a cmorstart LT ADP for Ens Mubaight EENet Virion Sens SOF Tor S35 RF_IN MuhtiSight RFD interfac ADP for G42 EthemetiP Encoders SOP for Srives PowerFlex TSCP Motian AQF for AA Ed Pius SOF for RA ES Plus vie 2100 ENMET ADP for ES Pus 193 0NETCATIA SOF for Orves PowerFienwS CAN port ADP for RA1782Analiog AGP for 1768 CMZFFR SOF for 1768 EH2FFR ADP for 17S8 CNSP4R SOF for 17TAE EN2PAR 1 04
169. 5 psi a Savings 3 696 per year b Calculations to operate 2 compressors 3 shift Gdays 5Owks yr 60 yr hp shit X 3 shits yr X 1 2 days oper wk X 08 Gkw 05 Skw 345 hp yr 345 hp yr X 150 hp 51 750 compressor yr 51 750 X 2 compressors 103 500 yr 103 500 300 days yr 345 day Given every 7 lb reduction in pressure Psi reduces energy required by 4 Operating pressure 107 psi target pressure 80 psi 1psi reduction 21psi T lb factor 3 3 X 4 reduction factor 12 total saving in energy 12 X 345 day 42 day savings at 80 psi 88 down daysiyr X 42 day 3 696 yr 4 2 Recommendation Reduce Line pressure during operational periods from 107 to85 90 psi assume form fill machines require minimum of 85 psi a Savings 12 041 b Calculations 107 psi 85 psi 2 psi 22psi T lb factor 3 14 3 14 X 4 reduction factor 12 6 energy savings 12 6 X 345 day X 277 production days 12 041 yr 4 3 Recommendation Isolate devices that must stay on over week end amp holidays Feed with smaller dedicated compressor Assume 1 25 hp compressor a Savings 22 770 b Calculations 88 days that large compressor is down see above 24 of time 24 X 103 500 yr 24 840 Less cost to operate small compressor 75hp 300hp 8 3 6 3 103 500 X 24 2 070 22 770 yr Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 21 Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods 4 4 Recommenda
170. 54 J 4 Select the meters to share In this example select the Data Center meter in the Meters Not Assigned to Group and click the right arrow to assign it With the meter selected in the Meters Assigned to Group enter a Contribution Factor between 0 100 For this example accept 100 as the default contribution factor You can share portions of the total meter data with multiple groups For example an electric meter feeding two production lines may apportion 60 of the total power to production line 1 and 40 to production line 2 You would set the Contribution Factor to 60 and 40 respectively Click Save Factor if you modify the Contribution Factor TIP Edit Group Parent group Accounting M This group is a domain Hame Data Center a Motes E Default log rate fis Reports title line 1 Efficient Industries Plant Reports title line 2 Accounting Data Center Alr Flow Weter Boiler House Gas Meter Boiler House Meter Data Center Meter Electric Main Meter Fuel Oil Meter Gas Main Meter Denaor Ucn hdiotor Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor Edit Group lt mau Parent group Accounting v M This group is a domain Name Data Center a Notes EI Default log rate fis Reports title line 1 Eficient Industries Plant Reports title line 2 Accounting DataCenter Air Flow Meter Boiler House Gas Meter Boiler House Meter Electric
171. 6 05 07 to 07 04 07 Current Period Power Factor 0 935 kw Billed On Peak Demand 9 594 800 1 5 935 85 9187 000 kw Customer Demand 07 06 06 08 03 06 9774 400 kw Total Consumption 4690135 Total On Peak Consumption 41 902 680 Total Off Peak Consumption 2 787 455 Electric Charges Period 06 05 07 to 07 04 07 General Primary Service CP1 29 Days Customer Demand Charge gt 2470 and lt 138000 97744 kw o 760000 7 426 54 On Peak Demand Charge gt 12470 and lt 138000 9 187 0 kw 70 380000 95 361 06 Facilities 29 days 47 260270 500 55 Non taxable Custorrer Charge 200 00 On Peak Energy gt 12470 and lt 138000 1902 680 kWh 0 081270 116 577 20 Off Peak Energy gt 12470 and lt 138000 2 787 455 kWh 0 033050 92 125 39 Subtotal 312 192 74 Sales Tax 5 60 15 0 Exempt prorated On Charges Of 311 992 74 14 850 85 Total Amount 327 043 59 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 19 Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Sample Rate Schedules RATE Facilities Charge including one meter 1 52877 per day Demand Charges On Peak Demand Per kW of measured on peak demand 11 20500 For monthly on peak hours of use less than 100 the monthly on peak demand charge of 11 20500 per kW will be reduced by 30 06 23 times the difference between 100 and the monthly on peak hours of use Monthly on peak hours of use is the on peak energy usage divided by the
172. 63 Motor_6 Shortcut names are defined in the RSLinx Enterprise Communication 8 CLX L63 Motor_8 9 CLX L63 Motor_9 Setup b Enter the energy or faceplate Add On Instruction name to display in the corresponding row of the faceplate For this example Gas_Main is entered to display data from the Gas_Main 1 L2x 2 CLX L63 Motor_ Add On Instruction on the first row of the faceplate 3 CLX L63 Motor_3 4 CL L63 Motor_4 5 CL L63 Motor_5 6 CL L63 Motor_6 7 CLX L63 Motor_ 8 CLX L63 Motor_8 9 CLX L63 Motor_9 TIP The first parameter 1 must be assigned to a preconfigured energy or faceplate Add On Instruction that includes the Inp_ NumRowsVis assignment configured on page 330 TIP For PowerMonitor 1000 3000 and PM Status Inputs energy tags are of the format DeviceName for example My_PM1000 For PowerMonitor 500 5000 and E300 devices energy tags are of the format DeviceName_EE0 for example My_PM500_EEO For PowerFlex SMC 50 and E3 Plus devices energy tags are of the format DeviceName_BEO for example My_SMC50_BEO Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 341 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates When done the parameter file will look similar to this g j Ei ME_Equipment_Parameter Seles a TIP To add devices that do not have preconfigured 1 L2x Gas_Main Add On Instructions or fac
173. 64 bit operating system Pre installation Checks 1 Check out the server for required customer provided software Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 99 Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation e Windows 2003 R2 Server set up in the Application Server role ASPNET must be installed Active Server Pages must be enabled in Internet Information Services Network COM Access must be enabled The server can not be set up as a Domain Server FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software installation on Windows 2000 Server is no longer supported e SQL 2005 or 2008 Server installed and set up for mixed mode authentication SQL Server and Windows TCP IP access must be enabled e Ifthe SQL database server is hosted on a remote server you must download from Microsoft if necessary and install Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 Express Edition on the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server This installs the osql exe application FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software uses to connect to the remote database e IIS 6 7 or 7 5 installed and enabled to run 2 You must use a machine administrator login in Windows and have full administrator rights for SQL 3 Ping all Ethernet devices meters and or controllers the customer wishes to connect to e Correct communication to any meters that don t respond e Verify communication with Allen Bradley Ethernet power monitors via their built in web page Installation 1 Ver
174. 6C EN P October 2014 347 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Add Alarm History Faceplate Display Follow these steps to add the Alarm History Faceplate display to your FactoryTalk View ME application The procedure uses the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example to demonstrate the configuration steps 1 Open the FactoryTalk View ME application to which you want to add the Alarm History Faceplate TIP The default display size for the Alarm History Faceplate is 640 x 480 and is compatible with PanelView Plus 700 or larger terminals 2 Right click Displays and choose Add Component Into x amp Local SIMPL3 Application fla Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 3M Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 9 System Project Settings amp Runtime Security tf Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections W Startup HMI Tags Tags 3 Graphics rif Disp fa Global Librarie dd Component Into Application E Images Import and Export 3 Browse to the Faceplate Files folder on your Energy Management Toolkit CD image and select the ME Alarm History Faceplate Files folder fe ME Alarm History Faceplate Files ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files My Recent O Fowermonitor 1000 Faceplate Files Documents O Powermonitor Faceplate Logic OSE Equipment Status Faceplate Files
175. 794 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley DrivelogixS730 Ethern 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Port on DriveLogix5730 Allen Bradley __ ETHERNET BRIDGE Generic EtherNet IP CIP Bridge Allen Bradley ETHERNET MODULE Generic Ethernet Module Allen Bradley EtherNet IP SoftLogix5800 EtherNet IP Mer Brod Z gt Find Add Favorite By Category By Vendor Favorites Q x p o tee Mh Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 317 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 Enter a module name for the first PowerMonitor device For this example you will configure the first New Module x PowerMonitor device named Type ETHERNET MODULE Generic Ethernet Module Electric Main PM3000 Vendor Allen Bradley Parent LocalE NB Connection Parameters 7 Choose Input Data REAL from the Comm amz E lectric_Main_PM3000 on Format list 8 Enter Connection Parameters Description Instance Size aa Input 1 i E 32 bit Output 2 Comm Format Input Data REAL B 3 o Sti Address 7 Host Name bi P Address 10 i0 i D 0 Host Name iM Open Module Properties oneal Help Configuration TT i Table 2 PowerMonitor 1000 3000 Connection Parameters Assembly Instance Input Output Configuration 9 Enter the IP address of the PowerMonitor device For this example the Electric_Main_PM3000 IP address is 10 10 10 0 10 Click OK
176. AR Demand kA Demand Provides real reactive and apparent energy Provides three phase voltage current and status count and demand data frequency information Equipment Status Faceplate Alarm History Faceplate Efficient Plant 1_ Boiler House X Alarm History 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM 3 Gas Main Comms Fault 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Propane Meter Critical Flow Device State Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Fuel Oil Meter Critical Flow ceun ERY aia onc i a Ack Silence Alarm Alarm Alarms A 2 A Print Status Ack Clear History Sort All All Y Yy Alarms Provides date and time stamped alarm and fault information for energy data collector devices Close 11 32 28 AM Tuesday September 29 2009 Provides data collector device status and energy data information Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 213 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Before You Begin Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 Complete FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software chapters Chapter 5 through Chapter 9 FactoryIalk View Machine Edition software loaded on your personal computer What You Need 214 RSLogix 5000 software version 17 or later or Studio 5000 Logix Designer application version 21 00 or later FactoryTalk View Machine
177. ATZA A AL rai aan ris 7 Click OK The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer within the selected program d Tasks HAA MainTask 23 MainProgram Ai Program Tags pa Ef MainRoutine Sees Ril _Motor_1 Faceplate mt I I l im Ted 272 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 8 Add a JSR to your main routine or other desired location to execute the new routine E3 Plus with Comms Aux Faceplate and Alarm History ADI with Energy Monitoring w01 Jump To Subroutine Routine Mame Fi _Motor_1_Faceplate 9 Open the new routine that you just created The communication path for the message instruction in rung 1 needs to be configured with the port number for the DeviceNet scanner and the node address for the E3 Plus a Click on the ellipse in the E3Plus_CommsAux_Rev6_AOI instruction next to the Ref_MSG1 input b Click the Communication tab c Add the 193 DNENCAT port number and your E3 Plus node address to your path configuration in the following format _DeviceName 3 TIP DeviceName the name of the EtherNet IP Communications Auxiliary Module 3 the port number of the DeviceNet Scanner of the EtherNet IP Communications Auxiliary 5 the node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Message Configuration Motor_1_ MSG 4 k xX Configuration Communication Tag fe Path Motor_1 3 5 Browse Motor _1 3 5 Broadc
178. Accelerator Toolkit CD IASIMP SP014 CAD files wiring diagrams application files and other support information 14 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Preface Studio 5000 Environment The Studio 5000 Engineering and Design Environment combines engineering and design elements into a common environment The first element in the Studio 5000 environment is the Logix Designer application The Logix Designer application is the rebranding of RSLogix 5000 software and continues to be the product to program Logix5000 controllers for discrete process batch motion safety and drive based solutions Rockwell Software Studio 5000 _ Rockwell eny octet siie Automation Copyngn 2014 Rockwell Aukomation Technologies inc Al Fags Fesoni This program B protected iy US dnd hiarr cogil bn The Studio 5000 environment is the foundation for the future of Rockwell Automation engineering design tools and capabilities It is the one place for design engineers to develop all the elements of their control system Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 15 Preface Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation Resource PowerMonitor 1000 Unit Installation Instructions publication 1408 IN001 PowerMonitor 1000 Unit User Manual publication 1408 UM001 PowerMonitor 3000 Master Module installation instru
179. Alarm Message Sag detected at Electric Main a M Send email on trigger M Send email on clear Trigger Settings Analog High threshold Range Alarm on outside Low threshold Alarm on inside Digital On off Changes to Off Any Change meter tag value associated with the alarm changes from 0 to 1 Click Save You should see the configured alarm on the Meter Setup tab for the meter Add anew alarm Alarms Enabled Sewerity Hame 168 TIP F CriticalAlarm High Demand Fo Alarm Voltage Sag Alarm Electric Main Voltage Sag Alarm Flag 3 ChangesToOn e alarm Meter tay Trigger Email Real Power Demand Higherthan 300 orlowerthand fe ie TE You can use a similar procedure as that outlined in this example to set up any PLC or OPC digital tag as a digital Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Chapter 8 View and Edit Alarm Setups You can view and edit alarm configurations by selecting Alarm Setup on the System tab The Alarm Setup view provides a summary list of all the alarms configured in the system The list may be sorted by severity name meter tag name or meter name by clicking the underlined links The View link directs you to the alarm setup page where you can view edit or delete the alarm You must have privileges to view and edit alarm setups System Alarm Setups Layout Save Restore Collaps
180. Alarm Delay PLC Clock Calibration Alarm Delay in days E 11 46 17 21162011 Description The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition The Configuration button lets you edit the Time of Day control settings such as load schedules overrides time and date configuration and calendar configuration A The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads A Eo The Calendar button displays the Calendar View which lets you assign holidays The Help button provides information for the existing view Click the Close button to close the faceplate Click on each button to launch the numeric entry keypad input object and enter the current values for the time and date Enter the hour in military time When the desired date and time have been entered click the Update PLC Clock button to download the new date and time to the controller E Hour Minute Second EIEZER Month Day Year Click the Update PLC Clock button to download the configured date and time to the controller Update PLC Clock cuseungetame Click the button to turn Daylight Savings Time on and off When Daylight Savings time is applied one hour is added to the current hour PLC Clock Calibration The PLC clock will drift over time and will need to be recalibrated every so often depending on the Alarm Delay in
181. B gt Remaining On Delay sec Max Off Time se o 22 40 27 1 9 2012 Button Alarm Configuration Home Help Close Load Number Load Priority Load Rated KW Description The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition The Configuration button displays the main demand control configuration screen The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads The Help button provides information for the existing view Click the Close button to close the faceplate The load currently being displayed configured To select a new load for configuration click on the load number to launch the numeric keypad input object Enter a load number from 1 16 and then click Enter The priority number for the load currently being displayed configured To change the priority click on the priority number to launch the numeric keypad input object Valid priority numbers are from 1 16 The loads with the highest priority numbers are shed first Loads can share the same PRI values The rated kW for the load currently being displayed configured To change the rated kW click on the number to launch the numeric keypad input object Load Description Click on the load description to launch the keypad input object and enter a description for the load Load Demand Control Mode Interlock
182. Bypass interlocks Time and Date Max Off Time sec q3 4ra atanan Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 383 Click on the Apply Override button to place the load in override mode In override mode the demand controller will not attempt to shed the load When the load is in override mode the button text will change to Remove OVR with a yellow background Click on the Remove Override button to place the load back in demand control mode Click on the Bypass Interlocks button to ignore the interlocks for the load When the interlocks are bypassed the button text will change to Remove Intlk Bypass with a yellow background Click the Remove Intlk Bypass button to re activate the interlocks On Delay 0 3600 s minimum time off before restarting Off Delay 0 3600 s minimum time on before shedding Max Off Time 0 3600 s Max time per hour shed If an interlock is active the interlock time remaining will appear to the right of the associated interlock The current time and date are displayed in the lower right corner of the faceplate Chapter 12 Demand Control Load Status View Click the Loads 1 8 or Loads 9 16 button on the toolbar to display the Load Status view The Load 1 8 and Load 9 16 Status views display the load status just like the Home View as well as the load s rated kW priority and description Load Status Faceplate Toolbar gt a
183. COMM E EtherNet IP Adapter User Manual publication 20COMM UMO010 for information on how to assign it an IP address E New Module General Connection Module Info Drive Type SMC 50 E Fully Solid State Smart Motor Controller via 20 COMM E Vendor Allen Bradley Parent Ethernet Ethernet Address Name Motor_1 Private Network 192168 1 84 Description IP Address Host Name Module Definition Series Revision 21 Electronic Keying Compatible Module Connection Parameters via Datalinks Data Format Parameters Status Creating 6 Click Change to launch the Module Definition window Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 293 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 7 Select the firmware of the device you are using IMPORTANT Ifthe firmware revision of your drive is not listed refer to the lower left corner of the Module Definition window for instructions on how to create a database Module Definition Bevision O v Datalink Input Data Output Data 3 Logicstatus LogicCommancd Electronic Keying Compatible Module wa Phase Current Motlized i j F Use Network Reference pine rete standard MJA MtrThermUsage 18 SlowSpeed 72 e Faull 138 Undetined_A2 A VoltsPhaseA_B 2 Undefined_B1 Stophtode 65 Undetined_B2 mi me Connection Parameters via Datalinks Data Format Parameters Sort Input Output selection li
184. Click to return to the current month month Monthly Calendar Click on a date to toggle between a holiday and a non holiday Days configured as holidays are highlighted in purple Display If the current day is configured as a holiday the load will follow the holiday schedule unless holidays are disabled for that load Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 419 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Load Status View Click the Loads 1 8 or Loads 9 16 button on the toolbar to display the Load Status view The Load 1 8 and Load 9 16 Status views display the load status just like the Home View as well as the load description Load 1 8 Status Load 9 16 Status IX A i a4 Load Load F Load Load ee 1 8 9 16 y Y be TE 4 8 9 16 Load State Load Description Load State Load Description 1 Boiler 1 9 Lighting Office 2 Boiler 2 10 Load 10 3 Air compressor 1 11 Load 11 4 Air Compressor 2 12 Load 12 5 OVR Air Compressor 3 13 Load 13 6 Lighting Production Area 1 44 Load 14 T Lighting Production Area 2 eres 15 OVR Load 15 oe ah 34354 13 4414 8 OVR Lighting Ship Receiving 5 4 2011 16 OVR Load 16 Sii 2011 Fault View Click on the alarm bell button to display the Fault Status view Fault Status Faceplate Toolbar fN JE wr Load Load 18 9 16 Last Fault Last Fault Indication Load Mismatch Alarm Clear Faults Button pem CLR Faults 13 40 07 3212011 Button Icons Description Alarm The alarm button ind
185. CompactLogix tab of the Energy Data worksheet nave Source Boiler House Gas v al_Total_Gas on E MainProgram MainRoutine any This example shows the instruction used to move Boiler _House_Gas Val_Total_Gas to the L2x_EnergyTotals file element 0 L2x EnergyTotals 1 L2x EnergyTotals 2 REAL L2x_EnergyTotala 3 REAL Local 1 AB Embedded r z Controller Programm Show Show All 2 8 Repeat steps 2 3 and 7 to program MOV instructions for the remaining Add On Instruction total energy tags AOINameNal_Total_xxx 9 Choose Map PLC SLC Messages from the Logic FE RSLogix 5000 L2x 1769 L23E QBFC1 menu File Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Ww GE Monitor Tags 4 m jm f Eji Tags Favorites Ac Produced Tags J 3 3 Controller L Map PLO SLO Messages 10 In the PLC SLC Mapping dialog box a Enter a PLC SLC file number For this example the PLC S file number 10 is entered PLC 3 5 SLC Mapping PLE 3 5 SLC Mapping i L2x_Energy Totals REAL 4 b Choose the a Localt c AB Embedded ControllerName_Energy Totals tag f Locat ABiEmbeded im fom the Name list ers anor For this example L2x_EnergyTotals is a Loca 20 AB Embedded selected A Local 3 0 AB Embedded This example shows the Tahem m L2x_EnergyTotals 4 element tag array mapped to the F10 PLC SLC file TIP Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software meter tags reference these mapped tags b
186. Configuration and Wiring The L23 CompactLogix controller can collect up to 16 digital inputs and 4 analog inputs For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the remaining digital and analog energy data points are in the Boiler House so a CompactLogix controller is added to the metering layout Office Data center MCC 9 UPS MCC 3 ago v A TE 480 V l i I E MCC 8 Shipping and Receiving S CC 480 V l 420 V Shipping I Receiving l 4 f Substation i 480V Production l MCC 1 hii y MCC 6 SA substation 2 Y a Ee I _ 480V Powerhouse N J i _ substation _ Powermonitor Power House 480 V 1000 typical See eet ea ee ee ree emery AN eno ered re i a GT T 12 47 KV y Distribution Boiler house weer Main electrical S incoming service A En ez FF EAER T Switchgear Fuel Oil 4160 V RNET g Boa i N P Boiler House Rai soos A Propane D mec 4 N C poe a ae Powermonitor S 4 a ea bans 138 kV from utilitv 9 Select a Device Class and Meter Type on the Factorylalk EnergyMetrix tab of the Energy Data Worksheet for the digital and analog energy inputs identified in step 8 a Select ControlLogix on Ethernet for the Device Class b Select L2x Input for the Meter Type For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the entries for the CompactLogix digital and analog ene
187. Control Start Minute Cfg_StopHour DINT Configured Demand Control Stop Hour Cfg_StopMin DINT Configured Demand Control Stop Minute Cfg_PeakDays BOOL 32 Configured Peak Days of the week Cmd_PasswordEntered DINT set when a password is entered from the faceplate Bit 0 is set when a password is entered for demand control configuration bits 1 16 are set when a password is entered for configuring a specific load Cmd_SetPriority BOOL set when a new priority is entered from the load configuration screen Cmd_SetkKWRated BOOL set when a new KW rating is entered from the load configuration screen Cmd_SetDesc BOOL set when a new load description is entered from the load configuration screen Cmd_SetOnDelay BOOL set when a new on delay time is entered from the load configuration screen Cmd_SetOffDelay BOOL set when a new off delay time is entered from the load configuration screen Cmd_SetMaxOfflime BOOL Set when a new maximum off time is entered from the load configuration screen sts_PasswordAccepted BOOL set when the correct password is entered from the faceplate allowing visibility of the configuration screen sts_BillingXkW DINT Used for color animation of the present billing kW sts_PredKW DINT Used for color animation of the predicted kW demand Val_ActiveAlarm DINT Used for displaying the highest priority alarm on the faceplate Val_AlmLabel STRING Used for displaying the load name on the faceplate when the load shed failed a
188. DN 3 Expression Set_Demand_Interval Set_Demand_Delay60 60000 Accum This rung checks the how the End of Interval EOI is triggered The Set_End_of_Demand_Interval_Type is the value that defines how the EDI triggered tis selected by the user 1 4 local digital input connected to an electric utility meter EOI contact Inp_End_of_Demand_Utility_Contact An internal PLC timer Demand_Interval_PLC_Timer that is typically used when an electric utity meter EOI contact is not available a A Master command input Cmd_Master_End_Of_Demand_Interva typically from a central controller that is sed to synchronize multiple electric meters Qu Inp_End_of_Demand_Utility_Contact Cmd_End_of_Demand_Interval Equal Source 4 Set_End_of_Demand_Interval_Type g Demand_Interwal_Exceeded DN Source B 1 Qu Demand Interval PLC_Timer 0H Equal Source Set_End_of_Demand_Interval_Type 0 Source B 2 Qu Cmd_Master_End_of_Demand_Interval Equal Source 4 Set_End_of_Demand_Interval_Type g Demand_Interwal_Exceeded DN Source B 3 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Electric Add On Instructions Appendix C To calculate the electric demand a MUL instruction converts the Set_Demand_ Interval minutes to milliseconds for the preset used by the Demand_Interval_PLC_Timer and Demand Interval_Exceeded Timer Once the Cmd_End of Demand_Interval is set the Val_Total_kWh is compared to the previous interval s Val_Total_kWh and
189. Drive via 20 COMM E Vendor Allen Bradley Parent Ethernet Ethernet Address Name Motor_1 Private Network 192 168 1 H01 Description O IP Address Host Name Module Definition Revision 51 Electronic Keying Compatible Module Connection Parameters via Datalinks Data Format Parameters Status Creating 6 Click Change to launch the Module Definition window 7 Select the firmware of the device you are using IMPORTANT Ifthe firmware revision of your drive is not listed refer to the lower left corner of the Module Definition window for instructions on how to create a database Module Definition Revision 5 v h v Datalink Input Data Output Data p Drive Status DriveLogicRstt Electronic Keying Compatible Module OutputFreq CommandedFreq Use Network Reference Accellimel 140 viAccelTimel 140 4 DecelTimel 142 fo DecelTimet 142 Fault Code 243 iUndefined Bt DCBus yoltage 12 j Undefined _B2 OutputCurrent 3 o Undetined_c1 OutputCurrent 3 Undefined C2 Drive Rating 206v 2 95 Connection Parameters via Datalinks Data Format Parameters aa j Sort Input Output selection lists by Parameter Name DANGER Unexpected hazardous motion of machinery may occur when improperly using software to configure a drive Parameter names selected for the Input and Output Data appear as member names in the dive Module Defined Data Types and defines necessa
190. Ed Images 11 ModuleAlarmTrigger 11 7 5 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm wv s Parameters 12 ModuleAlarmTrigger 12 5 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm Vv F Local Messages 13 Module larmTrigger_ 13 S 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm Sy Alarms 14 _ ModuleAlarmTrigger 14 5 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm v D ER Alarm Setup 15 _ ModuleAlarmTrigger 15 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm A Do 5 S Information Era ModuleAlarmTrigger 16 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm _v EE A 17_ ModuleAlarmTrigger 17 7 5 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm Vv m _18 ModuleAlarmTrigger 18 S 0 ModuleAlarmName Communication Fault Information Messages 19 ModuleAlarmTrigger 19 7 5 0 ModuleAlarmName kw High Limit iM wt E Logic and Control 20 ModuleAlarmTrigger 20 5 0 ModuleAlarmName Instruction Error Aa a Macros 21 ModuleAlarmTrigger MIT ag Data Log amp Data Log Models HS RecipePlus 3 Configure the kW High Limit alarm threshold in the controller by modifying the value for the tag _DriveName_BEO Set_High_Limit where _DriveName is the device name particular to your application eg owe MyPM5500 H _DriveName_BEO Set_EquipFaceplateAnimation 2 arenes none Oe Ea Te BEO Set kWhMaxRate n ns Priva Nama REN Set le Wh SamnlinaRete 352 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Create a Goto Button to Launch Faceplate FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Follow these steps to
191. Edition software version 5 0 or later Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools Hardware installation and wiring complete with power applied FactoryTalk View ME runtime application file downloaded to the PanelView Plus terminal Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Follow These Steps Follow these paths to run the preconfigured logic and faceplates to gain an understanding of how to use these tools in your application Configure PowerMonitor 1000 Configure PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplates Faceplates Configure ME E3PLUS Faceplates Add the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit to your Add the 193 DNENCAT R Communication dd PowerMonitor 1000 Faceplate to ME Fthernet Network odule to your Ethernet Network pplication page 239 page 268 page 218 1 Import the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Import the E3 Plus Module Faceplate Configure Communication to Faceplate Routine Routine PowerMonitor 1000 page 240 page 2 0 page 218 Add PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Import and Configure HMI Tags Faceplate to ME Application a eure Application page 243 page 221 page 2 6 Add a Parameter File Create a Parameter File Configure a Parameter File page 244 page 221 Create a Display Navigation Button page 2 Create a Display Navigation Button Create a Display Navigat
192. Energy Exported Real Energy Imported Deman Peal Energy Met Real Power Demand 2 Click the Values types pull down menu to show the available value types Consumptio 3 Verify that all value types required appear in the list Youll need to create the value types that don t appear in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix list For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you ll need to create these value types e Fuel Oil Usage e Propane Usage e Water Usage e Natural Gas Usage Steam Usage e Air Usage Create Value Types 1 Click Add on the Value Types tab Value Types unis Value Type Setup Edit Ch Delete value types Apparent Power Demand Name l nparent P Unit kVA Consumption Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 429 Appendix B Custom Units and Value Types 2 Enter a name for the value type In this example enter Fuel Oil Usage This value type is used for the Fuel Oil Meter 3 Choose a Unit For this example select Gal 4 Check Consumption and or Demand For this example only Consumption will be logged for the Fuel Oil Propane Water Natural Gas Steam and Air meters Demand is typically associated only with electric meters 5 Click Save 6 Repeat steps 1 4 to add value types for Value Types Add a Value Type Name Fuel Oj sage Unit Gal Demand e Propane Usage Value Type Name Unit Consumption Demand
193. Equipment_Parameter file 3 Click Open 4 Verify the ME_Equipment_Parameter file appears under Parameters File View Applicaton Tools Window Help musna tele i 2 Efficient_ cia Plant 1 B a System E Project Settings amp Runtime Security 2 Diagnostics List Setup amp Global Connections 5 a HMI Tags T gh Tags a an Graphics a Displays ALARM DIAGNOSTICS INFORMATION Equipment_Status_Faceplate S a Libraries ce Bi Images E LocalMe New Et 3 Alarms Add Component Into Application I Al OAE Add Component Into Project Look in E ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files a cE Ez My Recent Documents Desktop za ME_Equipment_Paraneter My Documents hy Computer Fi MEE quipment_Parameter Parameter Files par nae ES iT imin 5 E Parameters Mo Network Places File name Files of type Cancel 340 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 5 Open the ME_Equipment_Parameter file The file has nine parameters 1 9 that correspond to each of the nine rows on the Equipment Status Faceplate General Parameter Syntax freplacement tagname Example 1 CLX L63 Device_1 2 CLX L63 Device_2_EEO 3 CLX L63 Device_3_BEO 4 CLX L63 Device_4 5 CLX L63 Device_4 9 CLX L63 Device_4 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 This will represent the device mon
194. FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Windows Active Directory Security Factory Ialk EnergyMetrix software supports Windows Active Directory security No configuration is required to use Active Directory LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol Simply create a user name in the format DomainName UserName for logging into Windows The password fields and password button are displayed for Active Directory users however the password entered into the user setup will only be used if the user cannot be authenticated with the Active Directory server When the user IS is authenticated against the Active Directory server FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software updates the password stored in the database to keep the passwords synchronized 118 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 6 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Introduction In this chapter you will create and configure FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software devices for your project Refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab in your Energy Data Worksheet for device class and device names in your project Examples are based on the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example on page 108 Before You Begin Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix softw
195. For example to enable Operator control for a drive associated with Motor_1 AOI instance a rung could be added to the Logix MainRoutine with specific input conditions driving an output instruction with the tag name Motor_1 Cmd_ProgOperReg Likewise a pushbutton within an RSVview MESSE application could be added with a value tag name of 1 Cmd_OperOperReg with the 1 parameter for that faceplate display associated with Motor_1 tag The Cmd_ProgToOperPermissive allows the Logix Program to control whether a Program to Operator Control transfer is allowed PLEASE MOTE If the Cmd_ProgToOperPermissive tag is set to 1 the AGI is programmed to allow a transfer from Program Control to Operator Control regardless of the direction speed or active status of the PowerFlex Drive In addition the next rung transfers the current Program Speed value Set_SpeedProg to the Operator Speed tag Set _SpeedOper tag creating a bumpless transfer when a transfer from Program Control to Operator Control is executed Therefore the status of the PowerFlex Drive must be monitored and appropriate Program commands for the specific application must be issued before the Cmd_ProgToOperPermizsive tag is set to insure a sate Program to Operator Control transfer Cmd_ProgToOperPermissive Cmd_ProgQperReg Cmd_ProgProgReg Ste _OperatorModeEnabled OperONS Sts_ProgramModeEnabled E Cmd _OperOperReq Cmd_OperProgReg l Cmd_ProgOperReg Cmd_OperOperRey PROGRAM TO OPE
196. For this example choose Electricity 6 Choose the meter type For this example choose Electric 7 Choose the device associated with the meter For this example choose Data Center 8 Enter a meter name For this example enter Data Center Meter Electricity Group Electric Main PM 3000 Production 1 PM 1000 Production 2 PM 1000 Shipping Receiving DC PM 1000 Data Center OPC Server 4 Qomainihieter EngineeringfElectricity AAT Meer aL Meters Tend Meters Srk merer Renan Collapse Layout Save Restore El E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Fl E Accounting Domain Electricity Add a new meter Van LJ Steam ee EJ Water Add a Meter Save Cancel Meter Information Parent T Electricity group Type Electric Assigned to Groups Contribution facto Device Data Center Electricity 100 Name Data Center Meter a Motes is GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada EES Channel_O_User_Defined path 9 Enter the access path of the OPC Server For this example Channel_0_User_Defined was entered which is the same as the Kepware channel name 10 Click Save 150 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 11 Confirm the meter was created in the correct sean cic group For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the electric met
197. High current Richs Be 6537475585038 TON 72005 08 39 10172005 08 45 Richs Me Average current greater alarm HE Ahl Ahl than 50 amps High current Richs TON 72005 08 39 10172005 08 45 Richs We Average current greater ne nig 6 6537475585938 AN AN faan 3I arz Purge View High Avg VIEEE Richs TOM 72005 08 37 1017 2005 08 55 THD nig 1 AN AN Avg Y EEE THD 5 Purge View High current Richs 68 52937905788086 TOM 72005 08 30 10172005 08 33 Richs We Average current greater Brae viene Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 9 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Introduction In this chapter you will learn how to configure and run standard reports and charts for your FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software project Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Chapter 4 Configure groups and security in Chapter 5 Configure FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software devices in Chapter 6 Configure meters and tags in Chapter 7 Configure edit and view alarms in Chapter 8 What You Need FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software online help and user manual publication FTEM UMO002 Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP0
198. IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Follow these steps to import a rate schedule 1 Zs 3 Click the System tab Open the Rate Schedules folder Jsystem Meters Repons custom Rate Schedules Layout Save Restore Collapse Domain Utilities Navigate to and select the group ordomainto z 8 5 P 4 SPST Sele Add a rate schedule create the report for For this example select the Utilities group under the Accounting subdomain Click Import Navigate to the Sample Rate Schedules folder on the Energy Management Toolkit CD image Select the WE General Primary Service TOU Cpl rate schedule and click Open This rate schedule will be used by the billing report for the electrical utility Click Upload File H E Groups H E Devices H E Roles and Users BS Rate Schedules A Global Rate Schedules EE Efficient Industries Plant 1 a E Accounting 2 E Data Center 7 oe E Production 1 aoe ES Production 2 vee ES ShippingfReceiving Rate Schedules Domain Utilities Add arate schedule Browse Upload File Choose file Look in CO Sample Rate Schedules v A AEP Indiana Michigan Power Company Tariff IP EG Alliant Cg 2 TOD My Recent Alliant Cp 1 12 hr 10 10 Documents Alliant IP a Black Hills Power General Service 20 E Dominion YA Power Non Residential Sched 130 Progress Energy LGS 9 virginia Electric and Powe
199. IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Chapter 10 Upgrade PowerMonitor Firmware You may find the latest PowerMonitor firmware in the Rockwell Automation Knowledgebase at http www rockwellautomation com knowledgebase You may be required to have a TechConnect agreement for access to the Knowledgebase Please contact your local Rockwell Automation for information on available TechConnect support programs Search for PowerMonitor 1404 or 1408 in the Knowledgebase Instructions and firmware upgrade files are included Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 211 Chapter 10 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Notes 212 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 1 1 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Introduction The Energy Management toolkit provides a variety of HMI faceplates for displaying real time energy data and device status diagnostic information on plant floor HMI devices such as PanelView Plus terminals and industrial computers PowerMonitor 1000 Faceplate Energy View Voltage Current Frequency View Powermonitor 1000 Powermonitor 1000 je VIF pwr ia PH 2 e ve E PH ENERGY VOLTAGE CURRENT AMPS Ru Met Li BY SRA Met L2 kah Met L3 Status 1 Count AWG Status 2 Count gt UNBAL DEMAND LAST PROJECTED kv Demand FREQUENCY HE KV
200. Layout Save Restore ES Efficient Industries Plant 1 Accounting E Data Center Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving Litilities E E Engineering Domainiieter Engineering Fuels cer oad mers Jn Meters Collapse Domain Fuels Add a new meter Add a Meter ire D Cancel Meter Information Parent group Fuels Type Gas Assigned to Gra Device mec 7 Fuels 100 Hame Gas Main Meter a Motes Time zone f SMT 06 00 Central Time S amp Canada Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 10 Confirm the meter was created in the correct E group Layout Save Restore Collapse rrrE El Fe Efficient Industries Plant 1 oe ITTE ET rf Accounting Engineering a sein same 2 Eo Gas Main Meter e E Steam of Water 11 Repeat steps 1 10 to create the rest of the energy meters that are assigned to PowerMonitor status inputs For this example enter the data in the table for the Air Flow and Water Main meters Make sure to create each meter under the correct parent group Water Main MCC 2 Water Main Meter For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example a System hleters Reports Custom the meter listing should look like this Siti Rte Suet Layout Save Restore Collapse _Efficient Industries Plant 1 Efficient Industries Plant 1 T Accounting E Engine
201. Lott Eio _ Foto Locate Looe ees l i meand Esa Tag import Instruction Look in Faceplate Files T ey Ed 4 9 ME Alarm History Faceplate Files ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files My Recent SME Powermonitor 1000 Faceplate Files Documents im 9 SE Equipment Status Faceplate Files Powermonitor Faceplate Logic E 319 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 Select the required Add On Instruction file then click Import Instruction Import Look in Powermonitor FaceplateLogic e em SE E Energy _Air_PM_Status L5X For this example PM_3000 L5X is imported for the 3 E Energy Electric pM_status 15 My Recent gfe Fuel_Oil_PM_Status L5X Electric Main meter connected to the PowerMonitor Documents energy Gas PM Status LSx e fe H Energy_Propane_PM_Status L5 3 000 device Energy _Steam_PM_Status L5 Desktop Eneray_Water_PM_Status L5X i PM_1000 L5x 5 Click OK on the Import Configuration dialog box to 2 continue the import My Documents 48 My Computer e File name PM_3000 M meo My oras Files of type Cancel PI Files containing Eiinstuction o o Into Ga 6 Verify the imported instruction is listed under the E E onions Add On Instructions folder GE Energy _Fuel_Oil_Analog Energy _Gas_Digital For this example you should see the PM_3000 Add On Us Energy_Propane_Analog I Energy _ Steam Analog nstructio
202. Main Meter Fuel Oil Meter Gas Main Meter Power House Meter Production 1 Meter Production 2 Meter Meters Assinnond ta Ae yenara seat ne Contribution factor f 00 Save Factor q Data Center Meter 100 Cancel Use caution before assigning fixed percentages of meters to groups for cost allocation If and when actual conditions differ from the assigned percentages reports will provide incorrect data Click Save at the top of the Edit Group You should see the meter in the Meters Assigned to Group with the contribution factor Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 7 Repeat steps 1 6 for all the groups and subdomains that will share meters Contribution In this example all the subdomains and groups Factor Data Center Subdomain under Accounting will share meters with the 100 Data Center OPC Server Engineering subdomain Production 1 Subdomain All the meters will have a contribution factor of K 100 except for those within the Shipping 100 Production 1 PM 1000 Receiving subdomain Production 2 Subdomain For this example the Data Center OPC Server 100 Production 2 PM 1000 meter is assigned a contribution factor of 100 This is set up for a cost allocation report where Shipping Receiving Subdomain electrical consumption of the Shipping Receiving 100 Shipping Receivi
203. Meter Setup tab Domain Meter Engineering Electricity Boiler House Meter Metertype Electric Device class Powermonitor 1000 EM3 3 Click the Add a new meter tag link Meter Setup Delete Meter Information Type Electric H EEE Fy Electricity 100 Name Soiler House Meter Notes Zz Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Meter Tags Read device tags Add anew meter tag ID Type Name Units Loa Rate Address 4 Verify the Meter tag type is Device Add a Meter Tag 5 Choose Real Energy Net from the device tag list EE E EE i e Er For a PowerMonitor device the rest of the settings are autofilled a a Dede Tl Do not change the autofill values Changing the Real Energy Net values may prevent logging of the tag or cause Meter tag name Real Energy Net incorrect data to be logged Value type Real Energy Met The log rate is set to the default log rate of meter s Log rate 15 assigned group It is typically the utility demand Number of demand periods 1 interval rate Address 16 8 Tag format Powermonitor 1000 Double Float Refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Unit kan F help before changing the log rate or maximum consumption per hour 6 Click Save Mumber of decimals to display 1 Scale 1 I Offset 0 Log delta reading Rollover value 100000000 Trend log parameter 9 TE Max consumption per hour 136 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P
204. Metrix software web page Click System Status in the System tab A device communication error occurs when four apes consecutive logging intervals occur with no Active Alarms Alarm Log Device Comm Errors Application Statistics Logged In Users response from the device Time zone UTC 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada gt List alarms since my last Click the device name for a new page with C Lit alarms in ast seve additional detail Occasional communication errors ssm seren men occur normally and have little impact on data saa integrity Sustained or frequent communication 3 Status Severity Name Meter Value Triggered Message errors indicate a need to troubleshoot the network lie PUS000 ME on EthernviP 10_60 172 64 1083 8082012 1220 Pu Purge View larm Test SS PM1000 Vaiid 606124888 5 06 08 2012 12 30 PM To test Alarm Setup Purge View vr Dirne ow Build 17 Apparent Power Demand Alarm PM5000 M5 on Ethernet IP 10_90_172_151 4 5 06 98 2012 12 22 PM Test Purge View ere tes a TER and or device 206 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Chapter 10 Daily Consumption Report A popular method for monitoring the health of the data logger and the integrity of the facility utility systems is the daily consumption report This is an automatically generated report that lists the consumption of each meter ov
205. Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Select a meter tag to display on graph Reactive Energy Net Ee 2 5 i 22 5 ee a a Reactive Power Demand 5 Z 8 9 10 11 12 2 Z 2 9 Feal Energ Net _ _ 13 14 15 16 121819 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Voltage Sag Alam Flag 3 20 21 22 23 242526 17 18 12 20 21 22 23 27 28 22 320 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Go Go 194 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 For this example RealEnergyNet is selected Data is trended for the tag displayed under the chart in the specified unit Meter Data Trend Calendar Trend h Power Quality Events Meter Setup iy Time zone UTC 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada M Show arid lines Export Data i1 000 000 0 500 009 10 000 000 0 p0 000 000 000 amp A00 000 A000 00 i 500 000 7 Do0 000 6 500 000 B 000 000 r 1 2009 Jul August 2009 sep Jul August 2009 ep i Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Units DomainisyMeterTag 1 EnginseringElectricitwElectric hlain 6 sf amp Bee S jaus RF 3 Bar Hide Remove kih cca ae Bo EBH OS n 2 BHG 16 J7 Je I8 20 2122 J6 H E 18 A 2A 2 23 24 25 25 27 26 29 23 24 25 a 28 A9 a0 l 30 6 Select a start and end date for the trend by using the calendars Or enter the start and end dates into the data entry fields then click Go For this example August 1 2009
206. Monitor Status Input Add on Instruction Tag References PowerMonitor Add On Message Tag PLCS PLCS Address Message Destination Data Instruction C ns Parameter Tags PowerMonitor PowerMonitor PowerMonitor 1000 3000 5000 Status 1 Ref_Status_Input xxx MsgStatusInput1 F11 12 N9 4 F55 1 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _ Sta Count x 1 Val_Status_Input tus1Count Status 2 Ref_Status_ Input xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _MsgStat F11 13 9 5 F55 3 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _Stat Count x 1 Val_Status_ Input usInput2 us2Count Status 3 Ref_Status_Input xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _MsgStat F55 5 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _Stat Count x 1 Val_Status_Input usInput3 us3Count Status 4 Ref_Status_ Input xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _MsgStat F55 7 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _ Stat Count x 1 Val_Status_Input usInput4 us4Count 1 xxx is the PowerMonitor device name associated with the Add on Instruction message tag and message destination tag For example the prefix MCC2 in MCC2_MsgStatusInput1 and MCC2_Status1Count are the message tags for the MCC2 PM1000 Gas_ Main device 6 Select the message tag name field next to the Ref_Status_Input parameter and type a tag name in the format xxx_MsgStatusInputl For this example MCC_2_MsgStatusInputl is entered for the Gas Main meter val_Status_Input Mev Te EEE Ctrl 7 Right click the message tag name just entered and choose peel New xxx_MsgStatusInput1 gh GUL Tne Bere aie Set_Critical_Flow Copy Instruction Chr In this example MCC_2_M
207. N P October 2014 435 Appendix C Energy Electric Add On Instructions Equipment Status Faceplate Logic The following logic is included in the Energy_Electric_Digital Energy_Electric_Analog and Energy_Electric_PM_Status Add On Instructions to provide the Equipment Status Faceplate with electric consumption demand and device states This rung moves the Val_Total_x x and Val_Avg_Flow_xxx values to predefined tags in the Equipment Status Faceplate Sts_Valuel and Sts_ Value2 Equipment Status Faceplate Rungs These rungs are used to provide data to the Equipment Status Faceplate This first rung maps the Electric Total usage Electric Demand and Demand Interval Time to the Sts Value tags used in the Equipment Status Faceplate The Demand_Iinterval_PLC_Timer accum is divided by 60000 to convert to minutes MOV MOV W Move Move Divide Source Val_Total_kWh Source Val_Demand_Electric Source A Demand_Interval_PLC_Timer ACC 0 0 0 0 0 Dest Sts_ Value Dest Sts_Value2 Source B 60000 0 0 0 0 Dest Sts_Value3 0 0 The next four rungs monitor and send device status information to the Equipment Status Faceplate including Active Fault High Flow and Critical Flow The Sts_DeviceState tag is a predefined tag mapped to a multistate indicator in the Equipment Status Faceplate Each device status state is triggered by a unique integer value preconfigured in the multistate indicator The Integer values in the MOW instructions are mapp
208. October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Cost Allocation Report A cost allocation report lists each meter s contribution to the total energy cost based on a rate schedule Cost allocation reports are generated in a Microsoft Excel output format For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a cost allocation report for all of the electric submeters including Boiler House Power House Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving DC and the Data Center Create a Rate Schedule A rate schedule for a cost allocation report typically includes only energy consumption kWh calculations More complex reports can be created by using the ReportsPlus option For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a simple rate schedule that calculates energy charges from the Real Energy Net kWh tag values of the electric submeters by using a single rate per unit value Follow these steps to create a rate schedule 1 Click the System tab 2 Open the Rate Schedule folder System Layout Save Restore Collapse Rate Schedules Domain Accounting i 3 Navigate to and select a domain for the rate dB system Status CEE T schedule L Groups Devices J Roles and Users p Rate Schedules subdomain CI Global Rate Schedules 4 Click the Add a rate schedule link Ey E Eficientindustries Plant 1 ca ccounting E Data Center fF For this example sele
209. P D m m a Air ae ca C Electricity The Engineering group structure should look 4 Fuels like this e Steam LI Water a Devices Lo Roles and Users BI LO Rate Schedules co oe You are now ready to set up the Accounting subdomain Sun under Efficient Industries Plant 1 Layout Save Restore Collapse Follow the steps in Add a Subdomain on page 110 and Add Subdomain Groups on page 111 to complete the Accounting structure When you are done the domain and group structure should look like this pe wel System Status car Groups a Er Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting ven E Data Center von ES Production 1 E Production 2 E Shipping Receiving E Utilities e Es Engineering C Electricity C Fuels 7 as LJ Steam a LJ Water IMPORTANT The only difference in setting up the Accounting subdomain is that the groups require security Security is assigned only at the domain level Make sure this setting is checked M This group is a domain 112 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Chapter 5 Configuring Security Security is used to restrict various levels of user access to a project on a need to know basis For example corporate users typically require only viewing access to plant summary data where plant maintenance may require editing and viewing access to the engineering domain FactoryTalk Ene
210. Pre Delete De ER Mos Trends Cross Reference Ctrl 1 0 Cor 4 5 con Print gt i Properties Alt Enter Js Ethernet 88 CompactBus Local AS Tasks a MainTask 8 bemandControl or Program Tags A MainF outine HB SROO_10_Mapping H SR O1_ProcessPM1000 H S5RO1_ProcessPmso00 z SRO2_ProcessLoads vee SR 03_EvaluateLoads Bi SR04_5ort gt Sk05_ Shed 365 Chapter 12 Demand Control Configure Load Inputs and Outputs Follow these steps to load inputs and outputs l1 pA 366 Expand the DemandControl program and double click the SR00_IO_Mapping Routine Rungs 1 through 32 have been configured for I O mapping The I O mapping routine will not be executed unless the Enable_IO bit is set Refer to page 379 step 10 Map discrete inputs to each load s input status Load index Inp_Status Map each load s output command Load index Out_Shed to the enable bit for the load NOP 1 Shed Load Load 1 Out_Shed 1 a Status of load from discrete input 0 Off 1 Shed Load 1 On Load 1 Out_Shed Load 1 Inp_Status 1 Shed Load Load 2 Out_Shed eee Status of load from discrete input 0 Off 1 Shed Load 1 On Load 2 Out_Shed Load 2 Inp_Status 1 Shed Load Load 3 Out_Shed NNP For each load there are two rungs to configure The first is for mapping the command output Double click the NOP instruction on rung 1 and type OTE 1 Shed Load Load 1 Out_
211. QBFC1 packaged controller but the general steps may be applied to other Logix controller configurations and are similar Follow these steps to implement your Demand Control application e Control Hardware Selection and Wiring e Logic Integration e HMI Integration e System Commissioning Control Hardware Selection and Wiring Follow these steps to determine the hardware required for your application List Load Outputs and Inputs 1 Determine which loads in your application will be controlled by the Demand controller maximum of 16 loads 2 Number each load from 1 16 3 List the outputs and inputs associated with each load As a minimum each load must accept a command to stop from the Demand Controller The Demand Controller also accepts a load status input that is used for indication and alarming however this is not required In the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the monitoring and analysis revealed some significant energy savings if Demand control was used to control the loads identified below 3 AHU 1 Production Local 2 0 Data 2 Local 1 1 Data 2 6 AHU 4 Office Local 2 0 Data 5 Local 1 Data 5 7 Exhaust Fan 1 Local 2 0 Data 6 N A 8 Exhaust Fan 2 Local 2 0 Data 7 N A g Exhaust Fan 3 Local 2 0 Data 8 N A 10 Exhaust Fan 4 Local 2 0 Data 9 N A 11 Lighting Production Local 1 1 Data 6 360 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Create Control Panel Layout and Wiring
212. Quick Start Allen Bradley Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods System Configuration and Wiring Energy Data Collector Configuration FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Configuration and Maintenance Local HMI Integration Rockwell Allen Bradley RockwellSoftwae Automation Important User Information Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation configuration and operation of this equipment before you install configure operate or maintain this product Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes laws and standards Activities including installation adjustments putting into service use assembly disassembly and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility
213. R2 to 5 Stated een domes aaes aE 96 Enable 32 bit Applications s0 22cueroravacaesceneniarayeseteeeks 98 Install Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Version 2 0 98 lostallanon 32 bit erasreriri errn oS sends emerson aitheashamees 99 Pre nstallation GheekSewn ne voecu Se bbws aswel okies bdo See eee Seas 99 TS CW AGIG Mer Sancta ace E ee nanaied aS oan etean i hase 100 Activate Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software 0000 102 How to Activate Your Software 0 cece eee cee eee ees 103 Chapter 5 TO CN C1 Oia ere ae aca a a oie aed ec earns od a be are 105 Before VOU Deo ier orrea ea A A A EAE 105 What You Need cc ccc cc cece cece cece eens esseucceseues 105 Follow These StCpS seeusenerenesardut shore A eed eaten 106 Creating Domains and Groups sois ss0dapucnateieiiseiaw wi waenets 107 Configure Security ecirar kaini oedema te tatmans acu 113 Chapter 6 IMELOCUCTION L4icecsu bc a E T bane ildeed E 119 Before You Desi vavamnnsiewasaiues EAEE 119 What y ou IN CeGia ete tinhea inten eaten ene Heme eines bua auth a a a eta 119 Polow These Steps cairon rne r seduced hodre re ein bot 120 Overview of Devices ccc cece ccc cece eee e cece eeneeeeeeeenes 121 Configure Communication Drivers 0 cece eee eee eee ees 122 Configure a PowerMonitor Device 0 eee cece eee ee eee 126 COPY DEVICES editiran tance rage ie edd ase ae tendo AE 128 6 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP
214. RATOR CONTROL BUMPLESS SPEED TRANSFER RUNG When Operator Mode is enabled in the previous rung the OperONS tag is setto 1 This allows a transfer of the most recent Program Mode Speed Set_SpeedProg to the Operator Mode Speed Set_SpeedOper Therefore if the PowerFlex Drive was running at the time of a Program to Operator Control transition the PowerFlex Drive will continue to run at the most recent Program Speed allowing a Bumpless Speed transfer If a different Program to Operator Control transition is desired then the status of the PowerFlex Drive and the Operator command requests must be monitored and the appropriate Program commands must be issued before the Cmd_ProgToOperPermissive is allowed OperOns ov OperOns Move Source Set _SpeedProg o Dest Set_SpeedOper o For example these rungs enable the Operator Control of the intended PowerFlex drive Command requests Cmd can be initiated from either the Logix Programs ProgOperReq or RSViewME SE PowerFlex Faceplate OperOperReq The following is a specific drive example EXAMPLE To enable Operator Control for a drive associated with Motor_1 AOI instance a rung can be added to the Logix MainRoutine with specific input conditions driving an output instruction with the tag name Motor_1 Cmd_ProgOperReq Also a pushbutton in an RSView ME SE faceplate can be added with a value tag name of 1 Cmd_OperOperReq with the 1 parameter for that faceplate display associated with
215. RH 15 minutes 22512 View 3 Device Real Power Demand KV 15 minutes TET View 20 Device voltage Sag Alarm Flag 3 1 minute sae View Alarms Enabled Severity CriticalAlarm Name High Demand Trigger Higher than 300 or lower than 0 Meter tag Real Power Demand Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 163 Chapter8 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Configure a Digital Alarm Configuring a digital alarm requires that you perform three actions Set the appropriate alarm flag in the PowerMonitor device e Assign a meter tag to a PowerMonitor device for use with the digital alarm Create the digital alarm Set Alarm Flag in PowerMonitor Device To use a digital alarm with a PowerMonitor device you must set the appropriate alarm flag within the device For this example Flag 3 is assigned to a voltage sag setpoint in the PowerMonitor 3000 device Follow these steps to configure alarm Flag 3 in the PowerMonitor 3000 module by using the PowerMonitor 3000 display module Refer to the Setpoint Configuration table on page 165 for a list of setpoint parameters and user settings to use for this example AOLA N 10 11 164 TIP Refer to Configure a PowerMonitor 3000 Device on page 57 for an overview of the PowerMonitor 3000 display module navigation menus Press the Escape key until DISP appears Press the Down Arrow Key to select PROG mode Press the Ent
216. RSLogix workspace 2 Click Open Project to open an existing project or click New Project 3 Ifyou are creating a new project configure the controller a Choose your controller and revision number b Enter a unique controller name c Click OK Configure the Network Follow these steps to configure the network 1 Right click the Ethernet Port and choose Properties 2 Enter the controller s IP address and click OK For detailed information about assigning an IP address to your controller see Chapter 2 of the 1769 CompactLogix Packaged Controllers Quick Start and User Manual Assign an IP Address to the Packaged Controller page 42 d Hrani fice Ji rr Sh Sere 2 i i Hirap iaa foots A Mir aia jh a aot di Eakas iphm Ta Pactory Tal kirane Coraci I om ew ie Pactory Talk Aciago Quick Start gt Controller Projects Recent Projects Fi Open Project E New Project Fi Open Sample Project E Trend 1 LD Gesture a E Carpark og er ive E LAHIC Tee ere fs reee ee i Ot Debates Pe Anais WP i Esbeii Ht couriers Sener 1 Cia eke G Gere Connectin FSHefwtore Module lite Pet Conigueaton Pet Tagra ima IALIA GAFET Earst Poet DATI Him Eihasa Poi on Laos opa tE DOFT wonder Aien Er miep Paer Hag Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 397 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Configure the I O Configure the I O specific to your applic
217. Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 151 Chapter 7 4 10 11 12 13 152 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Verify the Meter tag type is Device Meter Tag Setup Enter Real Energy Net as the name Choose Real Energy Net as the value type Set the Log rate to 1 minute Enter the OPC server data address For this example enter ramp ramp 4 Conditional logging expression Meter tag type Device Meter tag name Real Energy Net Value type Real Energy Net Log rate l Log on change of state Number of demand periods fi Set the Tag format to 32 bit Floating Point Check the Log delta reading checkbox This is an example of a tag whose value represents the consumption during the logging interval Leave the Rollover value blank Click Save Max consumption per hour eturn to meter screens a T er Tag When done click the Return to meter screens link or the meter tag Number of decimals to display 1 Trend log parameter Address ramp ramp 4 Tag format 32 bit Floating Point Unit kh Scale 1 Offset 0 Log delta reading D Rollover value I Save l Cancel Meter type Electric The tag just entered appears on the Meter Setup tab Device class OPC Sere O paeroa rera eaa r Meer se Meter Setup Meter Information Device Data Center 100 Electricity 100 Na
218. Setup Creating Energy Meters for PowerMonitor Status Inputs You will now create energy meters for PowerMonitor status inputs and assign tags to the meters For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a gas main air flow and water main meter then assign tags to each meter Create Energy Meters Fuels Group Gas Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 lt Boiler House Gas L2x Digital Input Fuel Oil L2x Analog Input Propane L2x Analog Input Steam Group Steam Flow L2x Analog Input Air Group Air Flow Production 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 lt Water Group Water Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input 2 lt Follow these steps to create a fuel meter for a PowerMonitor 1000 status input 1 Click the Meters tab 2 Navigate to and select a group to assign the meter a For this example select Fuels nT under the Engineering subdomain e 3 Click the Meters tab on right 4 Click the Add a new meter link E 5 Choose the Parent group For this example choose Fuels 6 Choose the meter type For this example choose Gas If the meter type you want to use is not in the standard list of meter types you can create custom meters Refer to Appendix A 7 Choose the device associated with the meter For this example choose MCC 2 8 Enter a meter name For this example enter Gas Main Meter 9 Click Save 140 eG veer jenn
219. Shed 1 OTE Le L Click Enter Double click on the question mark above the OTE and type the name of the tag that should be mapped to the output command for Load Number 1 Use an XIC XIO or an OTE OTU instruction as required to fit your application In the Efficient Industries example the output for Load 1 is hard wired to Local 2 0 Data 0 1 Shed Load Load 1 Out_Shed f In rung 2 the input status has been configured to follow the commanded state If the input status is not available for the load this rung can be left alone In the Efficient Industries example the input status for Load number 1 is available and is hard wired to Local 1 I Data 0 Local 2 0 Data 0 Click Enter Double click the tag above the XIC instruction and enter the tag for the input status Use an XIO or an XIC instruction as required to fit your application Status of load from discrete input 0 Off 1 On Local Data 0 nal Load 1 Inp_Status Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 8 Click Enter 9 Use the same procedure to configure the I O mapping for the remaining loads in rungs 3 32 If you are not utilizing all 16 loads in your application you can delete the unused I O mapping rungs or leave them as is Configure PowerMonitor Messages Follow these steps to configure PowerMonitor unit messages IMPORTANT The demand control program
220. Shows basic energy data 2 Under I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended SMC 50 controller IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your 1 0 tree 292 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 3 Select New Module 4 Expand the Drives folder and select the appropriate SMC 50 E controller and click OK E Select Module H PowerFlex 755 M i Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley i PowerFlex 7000 2 J MY Drive Fourth Gen Control via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFles 7O00 E MY Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley Powerflex OC 20 208 240 DC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley i Powerflex DC 40 400 480 OC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley i PowerFlex DC 60 600v DC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley Ey SMC 50 E Fully Solid State Smart Motor Controller via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley l HMI H Motion 4 Other 4 Safety w Specialty ert es a qa OS CT gt 7 z _ By Category ByVendor Favorites 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your module For example we use Motor_1 for the module name throughout this document IMPORTANT The P address must match with that of your 20 COMM E module This step assumes you already assigned an IP address to your 20 COMM E module Refer to the PowerFlex 20
221. THERNET MODULE Shipping_Receiving_ D Error Co Extended Error Code gt sj Error Path 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port LocalENB Error Text FA CaronarctRus neal Mi gt ee Cancel Help For this example select ETHERNET MODULE MCC2_PM1000 c Click OK then verify the path is correct d Verify CIP is the Communication Method e Click OK to close the Message Configuration dialog box Assign the Val_Status_Input parameter to the nergy _Gas_PM_Status associated controller scoped tag E E Status Gas fia Ref Status Input M uct FE a Double click the tag name field next to Wal Status Inout MCC2_StatustCount gt Val_Status_Input parameter ae pe b Click the pull down menu icon then double click g Eeee Msgetetusinputt MEARE h ted i f w FMCC2_MegStatusinput MESSAGE the associated controller scoped tag to select it aJ EELMCC2 PMI ODC eer a MCC2_PMt1 000 ABLETHERNET For this example the tag is MCC_2_Status1 Count Be l a MCC2_Statue1 Count REAL z Controller Program Show Show All gt Assign energy input calculation and alarm setpoints based on the nergy Gas Phi Status Energy Add On Instruction Factor table definitions on page 329 Energy Gas PM Status Gas_Main One table provides factor definitions for electric inputs and one Ref Status Input MOC MsgStatusinputd Val Status Input MCC Statue Count 0 0 This example shows values that need to be set for the Set_Calc_Interval 1 Energy_Gas_PM_Sta
222. Translation_Test_SP Desktop a A3 setgsp erspsper l CL My Computer File name PMIK_FP v Cae a ave as type Runtime 5 10 Application mer Cancel Conversion to develOpirentssstestcon Help Always allow conversion C Never allow conversion C Conversion protected by password Password Contitm Password TIP Older versions of Factory Talk View ME Station cannot run newer versions of ME runtime applications Check the version of ME Station on your PanelView Plus by selecting System Information under Terminal Settings A Validation message appears when the runtime application has been created Any errors or warnings are displayed P doc_testvalidationResults Notepad z File Edit Format View Help Start RSLinx Enterprise Conversion Messages WARNING Unconfigured shortcut detected Shortcut name PM1K_172_44 Description The system ha End RSLinx Enterprise Conversion Messages Validation completed with warnings The runtime application has been created CAUTION Running this application might produce errors at runtime Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 355 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Transfer Runtime File to PanelView Plus Terminal Follows these steps to download the runtime file just created to the PanelView Plus terminal l 10 356 Choose Transfer Utility from the Tools FactoryTalk View Studi
223. Type and Meter Type shown in the table Energy Type Meter Type Meter Tag Names Real Energy Net Electric Reactive Energy Net Reactive Power Demand Electricity PM Status Input L2x Input Real Energy Net OPC Natural Gas PM Status Input L2x Input Natural Gas Usage OPC Fuel Oil PM Status Input L2x Input Fuel Oil Usage OPC Propane PM Status Input L2x Input Propane Usagel OPC Steam PM Status Input L2x Input Propane Usage OPC Air PM Status Input L2x Input Air Usage OPC Water PM Status Input L2x Input Water Usage OPC 1 If there is only one energy data point of a particular energy type then select the meter tag name listed in the table If there is more than one energy data point with the same energy type then select a blank meter name and type EnergyDataPointName EnergyType Usage for example Boiler House Natural Gas Usage Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 45 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the meter type and meter tag name listing would look like this Energy Energy Data Point Type Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Meter Type Meter Tag Name Electricity Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on 1404 M605x ENT Electric Main Electric Main Meter Electric Real Energy Net EtherNet IP Reactive Energy Net Reactive Power EtherNet IP Reactive Energy Net Reactive Power EtherNet IP
224. USMAYPTGRIESMO9 the REM remote position m 2 ie Gee Piiira oo H a AB_DF1 1 DF Upload Eas AB_ETHIP 1 Ethernet 192 168 1 107 PowerFlex 40 PowerFlex 40 1P 110 SOHP Download 192 168 1 125 Panelview Plus 600 Panelview Plus TE Update Finnwane W 192 168 1 126 1769 L23 Q6FC1 Ethernet Port 1769 L23E QBFC1 E HH AN Backplane CompactLogix System ER E i be 00 1 769 L23E O8FC Compactlogix Processor 1769 L25E 0 W Ol 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port Help w f 03 Local 1769 Bus Adapter VA1769 A Lo a Se le ob eS tae Maree E L S Se le Dr a kia i be a 5 Click Download The Download dialog box opens Click Download F Autobrowse Retest J Workstation USMAYPTGRIESMO9 Go Online ge Linx Gateways Ethernet gt AB _DF1 1 DFI Upload i AB ETHIP 1 Ethernet 192 168 1 107 PowerFlex 40 PowerFlex 40 1P 110 SOHP Download fd 192 168 1 125 PanelView Plus 600 PanelView Plus 192 168 1 126 1769 L23E OBFC1 Ethernet Port 1769 123E o6Fc1e _UPdate Firmware dJ i a H A Backplane CompactLogh System eee Leo Le oe r Lompactlogim Processor 1 65 Lese i WE 01 1769 L236 Q8FC1 Ethernet Port Help i 03 Local 1769 Bus Adapter VA1769 A i Gl E 6 From the Communications menu choose Run mode Reece Tools Wine to switch the controller to Run mode Who Active Select Recent Path Go Offiine Upload Download Program M
225. View Application Tools Window Help Diagnostics Setup Diagnostics Viewer Explorer My Project Transfer Utility Fl Local USMEERS H a My Project Tag Import and Export Wizard Fe My Proje Application Manager SEa Syste Firmware Upgrade Wizard DP F Languages oe em F Options ETag Import and Export Wizard l i X Select the operation you would like to perform Operation Export FactowT alk View tag database to CSW files Import Factory alk View tag CSY files Merge FactorT alk View tag database h Import 4 1 Series or Logic 5 database files Import ASLogis 5 500 Address amp Symbol ASCII files Help Cancel ETag Import and Export Wizard lt Back Choose the Factor T alk View project you want bo import into Destination project Project type Machine Edition ia re Einish Project Help lt Back Hests Finish Cancel 221 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 Select your FactoryTalk View ME Select Destination Project 3 x roject file med then click Open et pre P Look in lo My Project H ci Ea Fe Accounts C Startup E ActivityLog Tas My Recent cache El My Project med Documents DLG E GGF Global Objects Desktop GlobalConn Images S Information jyLocal My Documents CM_Alarms Macros PAR ProjectSettings RecipePlus gr pr biy
226. View Plus terminal The Alarm History Faceplate works in conjunction with energy and faceplate Add On Instructions Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 333 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates In this example the Alarm History Faceplate shows alarms from three energy meters Alarm History 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Gas Main Comms Fault 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Propane Meter Critical Flow 9 15 2009 4 21 03 PM Fuel Oil Meter Critical Flow Alarm Print Status History Sort Alarms Ack Silence Alarm Alarms A Ack Clear All All Y Bi Oo el AAA sa Arrr Amane Close lt b gt lt gt Follow these steps to add required logic for each energy meter you want to include in the Alarm History Faceplate 1 Open your RSLogix 5000 program routine and select the end rung or an existing rung that you want the alarm logic to E MainProgram MainRoutine follow 2 Right click the rung and choose Import Rungs Add Rung Ctrl R Edit Rung Enter Import Rungs 3 Browse to the Faceplate Files folderon Pt your Energy Management Toolkit CD image and select the ME Alarm i wer ME Alarm History Faceplate Files History Facep late Files folder i 4 ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files My Recent O ME Powermonitor 1000 Faceplate Files Documents Look ir O Faceplate Files d ee BE 3 Powermonitor Faceplate Logic 5E Equipment Status Faceplate Files
227. View Studio Machine Edition File View ri Dae z S Explorer Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 73 Local USMKEJWNOVAK3 ffa Etficient_Industries_Plant_1 a Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 C System HMI Tags Sy Graphics fa Displays ALARM DIAGNOSTICS INFORMATION j PM1K_FP lobal Objects Application Tools Window Help The display opens re ao 342 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 2 Right click in the display and choose Object Explorer Device SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS 3 Browse to Row_Group_x and double click the GotoDisplayButton_x that you want to configure For this example GotoDisplayButton_5 is selected to configure the Boiler_House meter button in row 5 of the faceplate 4 Click the Label tab and type the text you want to display on the corresponding Goto Display button For this example Boiler House Electric is entered FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates r Equipment_Status_Faceplate Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 Displa quip p ptay SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS State Value 1 Value 2 Object Explorer __ E Equipment_status_Faceplate H Row _Group_9 Row _Group_o Row _Group_ Row _Group_b6 Row _Group_s a Walued_Grp_5 a Walue3_Grp_5 a
228. Viewer page 207 Running System Configuration Reports page 208 system Updates and Upgrades page 209 200 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Chapter 10 Set Up Database Maintenance FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software connects to the Microsoft SQL database named EMMA to store configuration parameters and logged data It is a system requirement to back up and shrink the EMMA database on a regular schedule Backups create a record of the database so it may be restored in case of database corruption or a system crash Regularly scheduled database backup and shrink operations control the growth of the SQL transaction log Many Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software users maintain established backup and archiving procedures for business databases FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software does not have any unusual database maintenance requirements so established IT database procedures will generally meet the backup needs Rockwell Automation recommends a daily scheduled backup and shrink of the EMMA database If your site does not have established database administration routines the following steps are suggested to provide a basic level of database management Also refer to Microsoft SQL Server documentation for database backup shrink and restore procedures Follow these steps to set up a database maintenance plan in Microsoft SQL Server
229. _ Meter 1 250 4 kW 16 8 7 8 2009 11 45 00 AM Shipping Receiving _Meter 3 236 0 kW 43 4 7 7 2009 4 00 00 PM Total 7 458 3 kW 100 0 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 25 Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Shadow Billing Shadow billing generates a replication of a monthly bill from your energy provider for comparative billing analysis and potential energy cost recovery Cost Allocation Cost allocation monitoring lets you allocate energy costs based on actual usage that is based on production area submetering rather than other measurements such as square footage allocation Effective cost allocation helps drive energy accountabilities to the user OO 4 00 00 Be oo ba Electric Billing Report Time Zone GMT O68 00 Central Time US amp Canada Rate Schedule WE General Primary Semice TOU Cpi Total Charge 175 405 72 Fixed Charges Description Facilities Charge Demand Charges Description Demand On peak Demand Customer Maximum Energy Charges Description Energy On peak Energy Of peak Taxes and Fees Description Sales Tax Report name starting date time Ending date time Time zone Rate schedule Total charge Real Energy Charge kh Data Center 10 Production 1 Production 2 12 Shipping Recewing 14 Subtotals Quantity 1 0 Quantity 7400 7 7 815 1 k Quantity 1 585 746 1 1 877 882 2
230. _Faceplate gfx file and click Open Look in _ ME Demand Control Faceplate Files c Eg Date modified pe 1 9 2012 10 59PM GFX H 4 b File name ME_Demand_Faceplate gtx aA Files of type Graphic Displays gfx x Cancel Cre ate a D isp I ay N avi g ati 0 n B utto n z FactoryTalk iew Studio Machine Edition Filo Edit View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window Help ax W amp lv Select Rotate ip b amp khe Drawing KOAR pushton Explorer My P Numeric and String a Dis Navination Fe splay N Follow these steps to create a Goto Display navigation button to launch the faceplate display hae aeagacc OO Sr ttt et ad 88 Return To Close Indicator Gauge and Graph Trending 1 Create a new or open an existing display from which you want to launch the Demand Control faceplate Display List Selector RerinePlis gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Key If you do not have any additional displays in your application use the default MAIN display Advanced Activex Control Import 2 Choose Goto from the Objects gt Display Navigation menu 3 Draw the Goto Display push button on the display 4 Double click the Goto Display push button to configure its properties ww Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 369 Chapte
231. a Niania LID CANI I Dahatingn Meenas 2097 V34PR6 LM Kinetix 350 6A 480V No Filter Ethemet Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2198 H003 ERS inetix 5500 1A 195 Allen Bradley 2198 H008 ERS Kinetix 5500 2 54 195 528 Volt Safe Torque Off Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2198 H015 ERS Kinetix 5500 5A 195 528 Volt Safe Torque Off Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2198 H025 ERS Kinetix 5500 8A 195 528 Volt Safe Torque Off Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2198 H040 ERS Kinetix 5500 13A 195 528 Volt Safe Torque Off Drive Allen Bradley Drive Motion 2198 H070 ERS Kinetix 5500 23A 195 528 Volt Safe Torque Off Dive Allen Bradley Drive Motion of 95 of 326 Module Types Found Add to Favorites I Close on Create Create Close Help 5 HA 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your drive For example we use My5500 for the module name throughout this document EN New Module x General Connection Time Sync Module Info Intemet Protocol Port Configuration Network Associated Axes Power m4 gt Type 2198 H003 ERS Kinetix 5500 1A 195 528 Volt Safe Torque Off Drive Vendor Allen Bradley Parent Local Bthemet Address Name My5500 Private Network 192 168 1 2da e a C IP Address a C Host Name Status Creating Cancel Help Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 307 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplat
232. aceplate OperOperReq EXAMPLE To enable Operator Control for a device associated with Motor_1 AOI instance a rung is added to the Logix MainRoutine with This rung enables Logix Program Control of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Command requests Cmd can be initiated from either the Logix Programs ProgProgReq or RS VviewME SE OperProgReq application For xample to enable Program control for a motor associated with Motor_1 AOI instance a rung could be added to the Logix MainRoutine with specific input conditions driving an output instruction with the tag name PLEASE NOTE If the Cmd_OperToProgramPermissive tag is set to 1 the AOl is programmed to allow a transfer from Operator Control to Program Control regardless of status of the E3Overload Relay Therefore specific input conditions driving an output instruction with the tag name Motor_1 Cmd_ProgOperReq Likewise a pushbutton in an RSView ME SE Faceplate is added with a value tag name of 1 Cmd_OperOperReq with the 1 parameter for that faceplate display associated with Motor_1 tag A Motor_1 Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive must also be included in the Logix Program to control whether Program to Operator Control transfer requests are allowed or acted upon A tag value of 1 permits the associated control transfer requests A value of 0 prevents the associated control transfer requests Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 275 Ch
233. aceplates Chapter 11 6 Inthe Import Content organizer select Other Components The communication path can be set for all messages by selecting the device from the I O configuration drop down in the Component References Import Content Configure Component References MainT ask E cS MainPrograrm La E 140 Configuration Er Se Backplane 1799 41744 Virtual Chassis Lig i Al 1 EtherNet IP Ethernet Y Ags Ethemet BS Erors wamings of EtherNet IP Ethemet A 1593 0NENCAT ZA Motor i re i 1 Anaa 7 Click OK The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer within the selected program E Tasks Ga MainTask ees MainProgram 2 Program Tags 8 Add a JSR to your main routine or other desired location to execute the new routine E300 Overload Relay ME Faceplate w01 SR Jump To Subroutine Routine Mame ROTMyES00_ Faceplate Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the E3 Plus Module Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add E300 Module Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryIalk View Studio software and create or open an existing application file 2 In the Graphics folder right click on Displays and choose Add Component Into Application G FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition Fie view Application Tools Window Help mi S Dw ee e Explorer DMAT Energy Updates 032313 3 Local USMAYMPCAPOZEL fla DMAT Energy Updates 032313 i DMAT Energy Updates 03
234. actoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add CIP Motion Energy Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition and create or open an existing application file 2 Right click on Displays in the Graphics folder and select Add Component Into Application Explorer DMAT Energy Updates 032313 Local USMAYMPCAPOZEL El Ha DMAT Energy Updates 32313 AA DMAT Energy Updates 032313 I System Ef Project Settings ga Runtime Security l Diagnostics List Setup i Global Connections Startup 3 HMI Tags Tags a Graphics E i Dis plays 3 Navigate to the ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files folder select the CIPMotion_Faceplate_EnergyOnly gfx file and click Open GO ele Computer RA_FILES E Sample Code ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files ka Search ME CIP Motion Energy a Organize New folder fi d Sample Code Name Date modified Type Size CPMotion a E300 Faceplate P Faceplates i ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files d mms 049188 J mms 054613 d mms 055017 d MMS 055053 dE MMS 055195 di mms 055195 gi MMS_05S455 J mms_055677 J MmS_057184 xia gt File name CIPMotion Faceplate EnergyOnly gfx Graphic Displays gfx gt cnet Add Parameter File l ee click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into App
235. address is four bytes connected by decimal points aaa bbb ccc ddd Each byte has a value in the range 0 255 Press the Enter key to access the parameter value for editing TIP When editing a parameter the phase indicators at the right of the display module are solid and the parameter flashes After pressing the Enter key to store the new value the phase indicators flash and the parameter turns solid Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow key to select the desired value Press the Enter key to write the new value to the PowerMonitor 3000 master module Press the Down Arrow key to select the next IP address byte Repeat steps 6 9 to edit the remaining IP address byte values Repeat steps 6 10 to configure the Subnet Mask and Gateway IP addresses as required Press the Escape key twice to return to the Configuration menu Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Configure Basic Device Parameters Follow these steps to configure wiring PT and CT ratios and nominal system voltage for the PowerMonitor 3000 device The Basic Device Configuration Parameters table on page 59 provides a list of basic device configuration parameters and example settings 1 Press the Enter key from the PROG gt CONFIGURATION menu The BASIC configuration menu is displayed Press the Enter key to select the WIRING CONFIG menu Press the Enter key to access Edit mode Press
236. ags c Click the Edit Tags tab and find the Inp_SMC_50 AOI tag d Change the Data Type to match the SMC_50 Module Input Data Type that applies to your application controlen Opens Scope SMC_50_AoI V Show All Tags F v 6 Controller SMC50 i Controller Tags IC S0_AUI 0 2 C3 Controller Fault Handler 3 Power Up Handler za a Usage i Data Type Description a g Tasks Enableln Input BOOL Enable Input System amp MainTask EnableQut Output BOOL Enable Qutput Systen E8 MainProgram Inp_NumRows is Input C3 Unscheduled Programs Phases Inp_SMC_50 InOut amp 3 Motion Groups CI Ungrouped Axes MSG1_Timer Local eae B E Add On Instructions Dut_SMC_50 InDut Bech mala LYPe cs AlarmHistory_AOI Ref_MSG1 InOut Data Types 5 SMC_50_AOI Set_CommFaultTimerPresetOper Input AB SMC_6109746E 1 0 E and Local Tags Set_CommFaultT imerPresetProg Input EA Strings a Data Types HSet_CurrentMaxOper Input 48 Add On Defined H E User Defined Set_CurentMin0per Input T Predefined E Ep Strings Set_DeviceN ameO per Local cair Module Defined E Add On Defined Set_EquipFaceplateAnimation Input ME AB SMC_6109746E 1 0 ae E et Ben j AB SMC_6109746E 1 0 i5 ek Faceplatennmation input E AB SMC_C36D62ED 1 0 R AB SMC_9D5C34A5 0 0 aT Set MTUMaxOper Input E AB SMC_BDEBFA87 0 0 Set_MTUMinOper Input Array Dimensions i 4B 5MC_C36D62ED 1 0 Set_Option Name Local ea Trends
237. al Y Wain electrical WS i incoming service ZON Ceg ER Switchgear Fueli f h t 1 L a 2 wa Boiler Howse l a h w i nn MCC al i p m e a vend ah 138 KV from utility 7 Select a Device Class and Meter Type on the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab of the Energy Data Worksheet for the PowerMonitor status inputs identified in step 6 a Select a PowerMonitor 1000 Device Class b Select PM Status Input for the Meter Type For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the entries for the gas main and water main data points would look like this ciicigy Ciiciyy waar vii Type Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Meter Type Electricity Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on Electric Main Meter EtherNet IP i EtherNet IP i ae EtherNet IP EtherNet IP Electricity Electricity Power House Production 2 e ll O EtherNet IP el Electricit Data Center Meter Natural Gas Gas Main Se 1000 on Gas Main Meter EtherNet IP PM Status Input e T a a E Fuel Oil Meter Propane Propane TEC Propane Meter Steam Steam Flow E ae E D S E Meter EtherNet IP PM Status Input i e o e EtherNet IP PM Status Input 8 Identify other larger groups of digital and analog energy data points in close proximity that can connect to an L23 CompactLogix controller data collection device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 39 Chapter2 System
238. al typically from a central controller that is used to synchronize multiple electric meter EOls When the demand kW value exceeds the Set_High_Demand the High Demand Fault is set When the demand kW value exceeds the Set_Critical_ Demand the High Critical Fault is set Energy Add On Instruction Factors for Gas Propane Fuel Oil Steam Air and Water Inputs Energy Factor Tag Sset_ Meter Pulse Factor Set_Calc_Interval set_High_Flow Set_ Critical Flow Definitions The consumption value of each input pulse Energy Add On Instruction Default Consumption Unit Air cf cubic feet Fuel Oil Propane Water gallons Gas therms Steam lbs pounds For example a value of 1 5 for the Energy_Gas_Digital Add On Instruction represents 1 5 therms per pulse The time interval in minutes used to calculate the average energy flow For example an interval value of 5 will calculate the average energy flow every 5 minutes When the flow rate value exceeds the Set_High_Flow value the High Flow Fault is set Energy Add On Instruction Default Flow Rate Unit Air cfm cubic feet per min Fuel Oil Propane Water gpm gallons per min Gas therms hr Steam lbs hr Example 1 A value of 500 will set the High Flow Fault in the Energy_Gas_Digital Add On Instruction when the gas flow rate exceeds 500 therms nhr Example 2 A value of 500 will set the High Flow Fault in the Energy_Air_Analog Add On Instruction when the air flow rate e
239. alues to the corresponding Sts_Valuexx tags 344 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 In this example preconfigured logic in the Energy_Gas_AOI writes values to Sts_Value1 and Sts_Value2 Two additional MOV instructions were added to this rung to display high flow and critical flow values on the Equipment Status Faceplate Equipment Status Faceplate Runga These rungs are used to provide data ta the Equipment Status Faceplate ony ory Move Move Source al Total Gas Source al Gas Per _Hr Source Set High Flow Source Set_Critical Flow 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dest Sts value Dest Sts_ Walue2 Sts alez Dest Sts valued 0 0 0 0 0 0 ed You can do the same for units displayed with additional value fields Write logic to move a string value to the SetValuexUnits tag in the Add On Instruction or set the default string for this tag by e opening the Controller Tags browser e changing the scope to your Add On Instruction e editing the Set_ValuexUnits default field In this example High Flow and Critical Flow are added to Set_Value3 Unit and Set_Value4Unit tags Add On Instruction Parameters and Local Tags Energy _Gas_Digital Scope GE Energy_Gas_Digital STRING Energy Air Analog Energy_AirDigital Energy Data Context E Energy Gas_Digital lt definit Name a Usage Default e Force Style a o Set Meter Pulse Factor Input eS Set Va
240. ameter 1 represents the tag name for the specific Faceplate tag in your RSLogix 5000 project Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This matches the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup l Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 S gt Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display l uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components l and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax replacement tagname Example I 1 CLX DeviceName_FP I in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP I l For Example CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in l RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup I I DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 244 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 5 For parameter 1 change the shortcut name CLX to match your communication setup and DeviceName to match the tag configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the MyPM5000 example the configuration would look like the following Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display l uses at run time You assign parameter
241. ample select the meters as te riie checked s Steam Water 9 Click Save The report appears under the Engineering domain ISR OREN MAUSS Fiat fle EE Accounting El f Engineering 180 E Consumption Report E Electrical Demand Analysis Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 10 Verify the report is selected Reports 11 Accept PDF as the Export type 12 Select the report parameters AA a Select the time zone Report name Electrical Demand Reporttemplate P 5 b Select a predefined or custom time mE E i Report file D i W E span For this example select AEEA ao Previous Month Export type PDF v Ta i Report P t S c Check Suppress meter details to list a _ n Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v only group totals in the report eee E Predefined Previous Month w 20 This is useful when percentages of Sienen see E ue Start time 12 00 AM meters are allocated to groups rae Ls End date 8 1 2009 Pick ia 13 Click View End time 12 00 AM eas C Suppress meter details z a EE initial M The report is generated and opened in a new browser window z http 10_ 90 172 168 frsenergymetrix ReportsOutputfElectncal_ Demand Analysis _O0cO041fd_1_pdf Microsoft Internet E_ mi Ale Edt GoTo Favorites Help
242. and to run from the Time of Day Controller The Time of Day Controller will also accept a load status input that can be used for indication and alarming however this is not required In the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the monitoring and analysis revealed some significant energy savings if TOD control was used to control the loads identified below Load Number Output Description Output I O Location Input Description Input 1 0 Location Local 2 0 Data 0 Status Feedback Local 1 1 Data 0 5 Air ome 3 CommandOn On Local 1 l Data 4 Area 1 rea 2 8 Lighting Shipping Command On Local 2 0 Data 7 Status Feedback Local 1 1 Data 7 Receiving 5 lighting Office ocal20 Daia NA a 394 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Create Control Panel Layout and Wiring The toolkit provides panel layout and wiring drawings in DWG DXF and PDF file formats to help you plan the layout of your system If you do not have CAD software use the pdf files to build your system drawings Use CAD Drawings from Toolkit 1 Browse to the System Layout and Wiring folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image 2 Double Click the CompactLogix folder 3 Navigate to the desired files based on your file format DXF DWG or PDF 4 Add the required files to your project or copy them to your project folder Panel Layout Drawings The AutoCAD Electrical project includ
243. apter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the E3 Plus Module Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add E3 Plus Module Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio software and create or open an existing application file 2 In the Graphics folder right click on Displays and choose Add Component Into Application Factorylalk View Studio Machine Edition File view Application Tools Window Help ma ed S we ele Explorer DMAT Energy Updates 032313 3 Local USMAYMPCAPOZEL fla DMAT Energy Updates 032313 a DMAT Energy Updates 032313 S System Project Settings Runtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup 24 HMI Tags g Tags dd Component Into pplication Import and Export i Global Objects 3 Navigate to the ME E3 Plus Faceplate Files folder select the E3Plus_Faceplate_Energy gfx file and click Open i add Component Into Project ae 3 7 Ele j7 r PASSO RA_FILES F Energy Management ME ES Plus Faceplate Files Organize New Folder f Name Dake modified Ww Favorites BS Desktop i E3Plus_Faceplate Energy S 15 2013 11 1 ia Diainla ade Add a Parameter File 1 Right click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into Application f actorytalk View Studio Machine dition Fle Vew Application Toos Window Help w ak aai Local USMAYMPLAPUCIL
244. are Chapter 4 Configure groups and security in Chapter 5 What You Need FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE RSLinx Classic software version 2 5 or later Factory Talk EnergyMetrix online help and user manual publication FTEM UM002 Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 119 Chapter6 _FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Follow These Steps Follow these steps to configure Factory Talk EnergyMetrix devices including the power monitor controller and OPC Server device Overview of Devices Configure Communication Drivers Configure a PowerMonitor Device Copy Devices 120 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Chapter 6 Overview of Devices Devices are physical entities that FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software communicates with over a network Setting up a device in FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software establishes communication and creates database definitions for the device Devices may be directly connected to the server over a network if the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server is also on the network through an appropriate network interface and you have configured the appropriate RSLinx Classic
245. are displayed on the PowerMonitor 5000 faceplate e Metering Conditions Loss of Metering Voltage e Over Range Voltage Ampere Over Range e Power Quality Sag Swell Detected Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure RSLogix5000 for the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit to your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing RSLogix5000 file 2 Under I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended drive IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your I 0 tree 3 Select New Module 4 Select the PowerMonitor 5000 unit and click OK Select Module Type Catalog Module Discovery Favorites f Enter Search Text for Module Type Clear Filters Show Filters Catalog Number Description Vendor Category z 1336T FORCEDriveCNA AC Drive ControlNet Adapter via 1203 EN1 Allen Bradley Drive 1336T FORCEDrivePLC AC Drive PLC Comm Adapter via 1203 EN1 Allen Bradley Drive 1336T FORCEDriveStd E AC Drive Standard Adapter via 1203 EN1 Allen Bradley Drive 1397DigitalDCDrive EN1 DC Drive via 1203 EN1 Allen Bradley Drive 1426 M5E A PowerMonitor 5000 Allen Bradley PowerMonitor 50 150 SMC Flex E Smart Motor Controller via 20 COMM E Allen B
246. as SSS Intometon 2 Browse to the ME E300 Faceplate Files folder select the ME_E300_Parameter par file and click Open 288 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure a Parameter File 1 From the explorer window in FactoryTalk View Studio in the Parameters folder right click the ME_E300_Parameter par file and choose Rename 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your RSLogix5000 application For example MyE300 3 Double click the parameter file to open it Parameter 1 represents the tag name for the specific faceplate tag within your RSLogix 5000 project Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This should match the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup Ei ME_E300_Parameter OMAT Parameters I gt gt gt Parameter File Created 2013 05 06 Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display uses at runtime You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax ffrreplacement tagname Example 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 71 in any expression is replaced by the tag CL DeviceName_FP For Example CL gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in ESLinx Enterprise Communication
247. ast Eommuncation Method E OAs Channel a x Destination Link a ATE ADD ON INSTRUCTION AMD and also generates the Error Code displayed by the History screen 3Plus_CommeAux revo ACI EsPlus_ Comme4ux reve Motor_1_FP Ing ESinput Motor 1 1 Device O Out Edoug bes fae Tete Fef MSGi Motor 1 MEG peso Moora mso e CIP with Source Link a Destination Hode fo Wetal Source Et Connected M Cache Connections F Large Connection 2 Enable lt Enable Waiting 2 Start 2 Done Done Length 0 ARM HISTORY Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Qut E Error Path dare ONLY used with the Alarm History screen Error Test The communication path for the message instruction in rung 6 also needs to be configured with the port number for the DeviceNet scanner and the node address for the E3 Plus d Click on the ellipse in the MSG instruction in rung 6 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 273 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates e Click the Communication tab f Add the 193 DNENCAT port number and your E3 Plus node address to your path configuration in the following format Motorl 3 TIP Motor_1 the name of the EtherNet IP Communications Auxiliary 3 the port number of the DeviceNet Scanner of the EtherNet IP Communications Auxiliary 5 the node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Message Configuration Motor_1_BEOmsgGe
248. at 4 1789 A17 Backplane les EtherNet Ethernet star t up to start the 192 168 1 77 PanelNiew Plus 1000 PanelView Plus application when the download finishes Browse through the RSlinx Enterprise communication tree to select the destination PanelView Plus terminal for the download Click Download Click OK when the download completes successfully Transfer Utility Click Exit to close the File Transfer Utility i Thue thio deisel E A E E Choose Exit from the File menu to close the FactoryTalk View Studio software Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Run Application on PanelView Plus Terminal The mer runtime file is now stored in the PanelView Plus terminal so you are ready to run the application on the terminal 1 Apply power to the PanelView Plus terminal The FactoryTalk View ME Station window opens 2 Press F1 Load Application roctoryTalk iew Studio Mochine Cdition You can skip this step if you checked Run application at start up when creating the runtime application Current application Load Application F1 Terminal Settings F4 Exit F8 The Load Application window opens 3 Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the list and select the application 2 tena Storage you want to load and run ame F1 4 Pres
249. ata Types 0 DriveName BEO Create UDT_BEO ee T a a i AlarmHistory_AO B Errors Warnings Srerwera e ei iE 0 DriveNName BEOmsoGetAiri Create Motor_1_BEOmsgGetAtri MESSAGE DriveName BEOmsaGetAr2 Create _1 Motor_1_BEOmsgGetAtr2 MESSAGE 0 DriveName BEOmsaGetAra Create Motor_1_BEOmsaGetAr3 MESSAGE 0 DriveNName BEOmsoGetAir7 Create 1 Motor 1_BEOmsaGetAr7 MESSAGE 0 DriveName BEOmsaGetAra Create _1 Motor_1_BEOmsaGetAre J MESSAGE 0 _DriveNiame BEOmsaGetArS Create NV Motor_1_BEOmsgGetAtr MESSAGE ri AI rra m 1 a BE a 1 A AI Ika I Aa e 4 rm ET Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 253 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 Inthe Import Content organizer select Other Components The communication path can be set for all messages by selecting the device from the I O configuration drop down in the Component References Import Content E MainTask onfigure Component References Sa not Motor 1 Focepta _isesttane Tossaion Fate titane Pr _Motor_1_Facepla References _DriveName Undefined Motor_1 Module Pr A Tags 6 1 0 Configuration Add On Instruction amp 1756 Backplane 1756 47 Ei Data Types fa 0 1756 L73 PowerFlex N Other Components 3 1 1756 EN2T Ethernet Enors Warnings S Ethernet f 1756 EN2T Ethernet f PowerFlex 400 E PF400 f PowerFlex 700H E
250. ated and then closes automatically Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 177 Chapter9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts The report opens in a new window TIP If the new browser window does not open make sure the browser pop up blocker is not active J http usmkegakhan rsenergymetrix ReportsOutput Consumption_Report_f048 9dd_1 pdf Microsoft Internet Ex DEK File Edt GoTo Favorites Help iP O ex x E a JO search se Favorites R ue Links Address h tpiffismbsgaltianirsenergymetrhdReportsOutpuli Consumption Report F04879dd 1 odF Go Lo m SKON pa Te oS SO Dest A gt tr Ol l BM a l sn we gt A FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix aaa Consumption Report 8 31 2009 12 00AM to 9 1 2009 12 00 AM Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Air ID 22 Air Air Flow _Meter Total s Electricity ID 23 Electric Real Energy Net kWh Electnc Main _Meter 23 910 Total s 23 910 Fuels ID 24 Fuel Oil Fuel Oil Usage Gal Fuel Oil Meter Total s Comments 14 To print or save the report to the specified output file use the menu commands in the browser TIP To edit an existing report navigate to and select the report Click Edit to modify the report parameters When you are done click the Save To copy a report click copy on the Reports page The report is copied with the name Copy of
251. ation Display Status Execute Commands Configure Options Catalog Number Breakdown Go To ab com 2 Enter the default password of 0 or another valid password to access Edit mode Display and Configuration Menu TIP The password appears as asterisks If you don t Know the password call Rockwell Automation technical b b b gt Analog Input Date and Time Advanced User Configurable Table Communication Power and Energy Management Solutions Meeting the Changing Demands for Power and Energy Management Powermonitor 1000 Display and Configuration Element Item Name Value 0 Password Range 0 to 9999 Jeo 1 New Password Range 0 to 9999 fee letering Result Averaging DFF 0 DN 1 fi Pog Status Input Changes 3 NO 0 YES 1 lo Date and Time Configuration Item Name Support for assistance 3 Configure the date and time parameters accordingly 4 Click Submit to send the parameter changes to the PowerMonitor 1000 device Date and Time Setup Parameters Parameter Password Date Year Date Month Date Day Time Hour Time Minute Time Seconds Time Hundreths Password Range 0 to 9999 Date Year Range 2001 to 2100 Date Month Range 1 to 12 Date Day Range 1 to 31 Time Hour Range 0 to 23 Time Minute Range 0 to 59 Time Seconds Range 0 to 59 Time Hundredths Range 0 to 99 Refresh a L lissa k2 66 Rockwell Aut
252. ation as identified in the Control Hardware Selection and Wiring section 3 10 Configurason E rate The 1769 L23E packaged controller included embedded I O for 16 DC inputs 16 DC outputs 4 differential or single ended analog inputs 2 single ended analog outputs 6 HSC inputs and 4 HSC outputs 1 To configure the properties for any of the embedded I O modules right click on the module and select Properties If required up to two 1769 CompactLogix modules may be added to the 1769 L23E QBFCIB packaged controller Ei Compact ng 323 GEFC System E MHEG Tirreniar 1 Embedded 9 bF Ceserete In d i Embede 0815 Cicele Cutouts E iA Ebedi Faora anaoa 0 WP a Embedded HEC Counters D Expansion 1 0 H A CompactBus Local H S Embedded I D 1 Embedded O16F Discrete_Inputs P 2 Embedded OB16 Diserete_Outputs g 3 Embedded IF440F2 Analog_I0 4 Embedded HSC Counters xpansion 1 0 2 To add an expansion module to the I O configuration tree right click the ey Expansion I O folder and select New Module For detailed information about configuring your embedded I O see Chapter 3 of the 1769 CompactLogix Packaged Controllers Quick Start and User Manual publication IASIMP QS010 Embedded I O page 191 Save the Project File Click to save your RSLogix 5000 application file Import and Configure Time of Day Program Follow these steps to import and configure the Time of Day program 1 If not al
253. ation Services 11S Manager Ge gt lt 2 gt REGSRV 001 gt Application Pools w TE G Add Application Pool This page lets you view and manage Sat Appicalion Foe DIEWE the list of application pools on the Application Pool Tasks server Application pools are f associated with worker processes t contain one or more applications E stop and provide isolation among different applications oy Application Pools Q Task Scheduler Task Scheduler Library Windows Firewall with Advz Services 2 Services Recycle id WMI Control bh Local Users and Groups FY orage ie Windows Server Backup SB Disk Management Fiter p Edit Application Pool Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Version 2 0 1 Insert the Factory Talk EnergyMetrix installation DVD into the CD DVD drive TIP If needed browse the DVD and launch Autorun exe to access the installation menu Perform the following steps from the installation menu 2 If needed install Adobe Acrobat Reader required for viewing reports on the server a Click the Adobe Acrobat Reader link under Install Optional Software b Select all defaults for a typical installation 3 Install FactoryTalk Activation Manager Click the FactoryTalk Activation Manager link under Install Required Software Click Continue on the InstallShield Wizard screen When prompted select No to installing the HASP USB dongle drivers oT p a n Wa
254. ation system Follow these steps to upgrade your system by adding options l1 Ze Purchase the desired product option from your local Rockwell Automation representative Locate the activation master disk in the product packaging Access the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server Locate the floppy disk drive or connect to a shared floppy disk drive on another computer Using the Windows Services control panel shut down all activated Rockwell Software applications 5 Insert the master disk into the floppy drive From the Windows Start menu drill down through All Programs gt Rockwell Software gt Utilities and launch Move Activation 32 bit Use the program to move the new activation to the hard drive of the FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software server Restart the services that you stopped in an earlier step Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 209 Chapter 10 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Update Factory lalk EnergyMetrix Software Version A benefit of purchasing a TechConnect support agreement on your Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software is the ability to upgrade your software at no charge You may download the latest major release for example Version 1 7 from the Rockwell Automation Software Updates web page You will need the serial number of the registered software along with the name of the person to whom the software is registered TIP You need to only download
255. ber to launch the numeric keypad Enter the load number you wish to configure and then click Return Configure the load priority rated kW description on delay off delay and max off times for the load Place the load in Normal Demand Control mode Remove OVR if OVR is applied To change the mode click on the mode indicator to toggle between modes Repeat the above step for each load in your application Once the demand controller has been configured enable the IO mapping routine Go online with your RSLogix project and monitor the Enable_IO tag Set the tag value to I if it is not already set Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Load Configuration Load Load 1 8 9 16 x A E Q Aad RRI RatedkW Load Description La s JEO toai sad tus Apply OVR interlocks Bypass Interlocks On Delay sec Off Delay sec 17 45 17 Max Off Time sec 3600 1 11 2012 Load Configuration x Load Status E Apply OVR Interlocks Bypass Interlocks eg Load Load ya Te 1 8 9 16 Load PRI Rated KW Load Description On Delay sec Ort Delay sec Max Off Time sec 17 54 28 1 11 2012 Scope E8 DemandControl Show all Tags Alm_InsufficientLoad Ooo ON Alm_OneLoad4yail 0 CalcPresentBillingD emand SR Demand_Hysteresis_Pct 5 0 Demand ic ie 90 EOL Delay Timer Prey
256. ble with the following faceplates e Equipment Status Faceplate Rev 1 0 e Alarm History Faceplate Rev 1 0 IMPORTANT These instructions are for CIP Motion Servo Drives Kinetix 350 5500 and 6500 communicating over an EtherNet IP network General Setup After downloading your faceplate zip file the following folders are created e ME CIPMotion_Energy_Faceplate_Files contains the CIP Motion Energy faceplate parameter file and controller logic e ME _CIPMotion_Goto Buttons contains the image used in creating a Goto button for your HMI display 306 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure Studio 5000 Logix Designer Application for the Kinetix Drive Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the Kinetix Drive to Your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing Logix Designer application file 2 Under I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended drive IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your 1 0 tree 3 Select New Module 4 Select the applicable Kinetix drive and click Create Select Module Type S E Catalog Module Discovery Favortes Hide Filters 2 Allen Bradley DPI to EtherNet IP Cognex Corporation Drive Endress Hauser DSI to EtherNet IP FANUC Corporation Manal D man
257. camna 7 7 LoggingResults Gateway_Address_A Security Gateway_Address_B Gateway_Address_C Gateway_Address_D Logging N SystemGeneral Y CommunicationsNative Static M 192 168 200 101 255 255 255 0 192 168 200 1 Rockwell Automation i NetworkText Setpoints_1 5 You can change the network configuration from the USB or network web pages If you change the IP address from the network Web interface you will then need to browse to the new IP address to re establish communication Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 15 Chapter 3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Set Up Date and Time Click the Configuration folder and select the DateTime page Enter the year month day hour and minute into the corresponding input fields and click Apply Changes If your power monitor has been set up for time synchronization with either a SNTP or IEEE 1588 PTP server the time may already be set Set up Initial Security If you choose to enable security on the power monitor you must perform the initial security setup by using the USB Web interface 1 In the USB web page select the Security folder and then the Security page 2 From the Security Defaults pull down menu choose Enable Security 3 Accept the prompt regarding enabling security and accept the prompt to reload the web pages 4 Log in with user name usbadmin and password usbadmin
258. cation IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 53 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring Recommendations These are general guidelines Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software is capable of running on a variety of hardware platforms The main scalability issue is related to processing of logged data for example report generation trending CPU speed number of CPUs RAM and RAID 5 for the database files are the main scalability factors in that order All hardware platforms require the following e Processor RAM and hard drive as noted below e DVD drive e One or more Ethernet network ports e Internet access Monitor keyboard pointing device mouse e Low end Server Single 2 GHz Pentium 4 1 2 GB RAM 80 GB hard disk e Mid range Server 2or4 CPU 2 GHz Pentium 4 or better 2 4 GB RAM 160 GB hard disk with separate disks for operating system and log files and RAID 5 for main database files preferred e High end Server High end server requirements are very dependent upon the user s application requirements Please contact Rockwell Automation for assistance in specifying hardware for a high end server Client Requirements The following are the client requirements for compatibility with FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software e Microsoft Windows XP Professional Vista Professional Windows 7 Windows 2000 is not supported operating system e Internet Explorer 7 8 or 9 web browser e Adobe Acrobat Reader 7
259. ceplate Files Alarms xml lt Back A Frish Hep Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 371 Chapter12 Demand Control Configure Communication ee peupe us o fit RecipePlus Setup es D RecipeFlus Editor Follow these steps to configure communication il RSLink Enterprise og ff Communication Setup Sa Svetem 1 Double click Communication Setup under RSLinx Enterprise in the Explorer window You will see this dialog box if a communication setup does not exist 2 Select Create a new configuration and click Finish A configuration file contains information about devices drivers and networks Select the source for this offline configuration file Create a new configuration C Copy an existing configuration from a previously created project C Copy the configuration that is currently running on this workstation 3 Click Add under Device Shortcuts to create a new shortcut then rename the shortcut DMD 4 Click the Design Local tab Design Local El RSLinx Er a Bie 5 Expand the Ethernet network and select the controller containing the 3 aes Ether DMD program 6 Verify that the shortcut name is highlighted then m Device Shortcuts S click Apply Add el 7 Click Yes to apply the changes when prompted 3 RSLinx Enterprise PAX02 9 1789 A17 Backplane El EtherNet Ethernet 192 168 1 21 1756 ENBT A 1756 ENBT A
260. chnical information FAQs and to sign up for product notification updates In addition we offer multiple support programs for installation configuration and troubleshooting For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com services online phone Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States or Canada Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation support overview page or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs bette
261. cit Electricit Electricit Electricit Natural Gas Natural Gas Fuel Oil Propane Steam Air Water a Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 Identify Existing Energy Distribution Layouts and Metering Follow these steps to help identify your existing energy distribution and metering systems 1 Gather existing electrical distribution single line drawings and label electricity data point substations and distribution points Efficient Industries Plant 1 Example Electrical Single Line Drawing Example Utility Feeds 138 kV iG West Il a meter Ss 12 470 Y i enm ere Sibstaton i Susan samena Toy ho v MCC4 480 V i 480 V aoe DP Peer f wate a 7 oe an 7 pe eee y i MCC 8 ttt Itt nl p p p i Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 33 Chapter 2 system Configuration and Wiring 2 Gather or create the electrical distribution plant layout Efficient Industries Plant 1 Example Electrical Distribution Layout 34 a gt s A JE x 2 Office at Data center UPS 40 v E 480 V popa 480 V MCC 7 j Se Shipping end ascent Production A ipping and Receiving ES ro pe rea MCC g j CA e ssov j shipping Receiving I oy 480 V s ubstation Production MCC 1 Productio
262. ckwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 The PM UDT is used to store the main load attributes for each load interval elapsed time in the PM once per interval Billing_Start_Init TIMER Present Billing Demand Initialize Timer Comm_Timer TIMER Communication Alarm Timer Name Data Type Description Meteringlteration REAL Read from PowerMonitor Demand Results element Predicted_Demand_KW REAL Read from PowerMonitor Demand Results element Present_Billing_Demand_KW REAL Set to the max of interval demands during the on peak time of use periods in the current billing month Real_Power_Demand REAL Read from PowerMonitor Demand Results element Period_Remaining_Sec REAL seconds remaining in the current interval Interval_Elapsed_Time REAL Read from PowerMonitor Demand Results element Real_Time_Clock DINT 7 Read from PowerMonitor Date and Time Configuration element Demand_Period_Min DINT Read from PowerMonitor Advanced Configuration element Number_of_Demand_Periods DINT Read from PowerMonitor Advanced Configuration element Billing_End_Date DINT Monthly billing date End_Of_Interval BOOL set for one scan at the end of each 15 minute interval Alm_Comm BOOL Loss of Communication Alarm Alm_Ctg BOOL Invalid Demand Configuration Alarm Interval_ Timer TIMER 15 minute interval timer synchronized with the Most of the demand controller tags will be added as program scope tags However there are
263. closure installing and wiring the PowerMonitor 3000 master module Provides information on installing and wiring the PowerMonitor 3000 display module Provides information on setting up communication with the PowerMonitor 3000 master module firmware version 3 0 or later by using other applications and controllers Provides information on setting up communication with the PowerMonitor 3000 master module prior to firmware version 3 0 by using other applications and controllers Provides information on using the PowerMonitor 3000 module with EtherNet IP communication Provides information on installing wiring and setting up communication with the PowerMonitor Wireless 250 unit Provides information on installing wiring and setting up communication with the PowerMonitor 500 unit Provides information on installing wiring and setting up communication with the PowerMonitor 5000 unit Provides information on how to use FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix a modular scalable web enabled client server energy information and management application Provides an overview of the Rockwell Automation suite of energy management services and solutions including hardware and software for monitoring analyzing controlling and optimizing energy systems Provides information on selecting energy management services and solutions including hardware and power management software Provides information on programming Logix 5000 controllers includ
264. con in the Value field e In the String Browser dialog box enter the meter name that you want to display in the Alarm History Faceplate for the corresponding alarm For this example Gas Main is entered f Click OK E Controller L2x Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler Scope fa L2x Show STRING Energy Air Analog ALARM ALARM ANALOG ALARM_DIGITAL EJ Power Lip Handler Tasks i pE Hame a Value J Force 5 Style Data Type Sa MainTask i Energy larmT rigger Decimal DINT E MainProgram i Fuel OilTatal 0 0 Float REAL Program Tags __ Gas_Main_AlamName O W STRING HSE Autng Lee _EnergyT otals Tr EJ Unscheduled Programs Phases m anes fo String Browser Gas_Main_AlarmName Motion Groups Ei ebl Add On Instructions Local 1 l sman Data Types E Local 2 C EJ Trends E Local 2 1 1 0 Configuration ea Tilost w Local 3 C ocak L K Monitor Tags Edit Tags Position 8 Count 8 of 82 Errore The completed string entry appears in the Value field Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 337 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates g Close the Controller Tags dialog box Controller Tags L x controller Scope Aq Lex Show STRING Energy_AirAnalog ALARM SLARM_ANALOG ALSRM_DIGITA Mame a Value Force Style Data Type EnergyAlarmT rigger 0 Decimal DINT
265. configuration Configure with the Display The PowerMonitor 500 unit provides menu based configuration programming using its front panel display The programming menus let you select parameters to edit select digits within parameters and increase or decrease the value of each digit During the Programming mode the instrument provides this information 1 Indicates Programming mode 2 Identifies the programming menu number Refer to the programming flow chart 3 Indicates parameter currently being edited 4 Cursor identifies the digit currently being edited 5 Allowable range of selected parameter Use the Up and Down arrow 7 to increase and decrease the digit indicated by the cursor 4 To set another digit move the cursor to the desired digit by using Escape 6 Each button press shifts the cursor 4 one digit to the left 68 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration When the cursor is beneath the last digit on the left a further press of Escape 6 lets you change the decimal point and the multiplier 9 k or M The blinking dP decimal point text 10 indicates this capability To modify the decimal point position and the multiplier use the Up and Down arrow button 7 to select the desired value To store the new programmed value press Enter 7 To cancel the change in programming and restore the previous values of the parame
266. configured as holidays are highlighted in purple In this example May 30 2011 Memorial Day has been configured as a holiday Select the left and right arrows next to the name of the displayed month to scroll through the months and configure holidays 4 To return to the current month click Go to Current Month Override Mode Testing 410 Verify that all loads wired to your TOD controller are currently off Initially all loads will be in Override Off mode by default Prior to configuring the load schedules and running the Time of Day control the loads should be tested using the override modes To set the override for each load click the load configuration button on the toolbar Select a load by clicking on the load number to launch the numeric keypad Enter a load number and then click Enter bog ee E En EEH Fa D pind prad tD aeien JAANA 5 4 2011 Calendar Configuration TEGO Go to Current Month Calendar Configuration ERGEG Nand Date Configuration X Lren o He Minute Second m vt pic Clock is the Default ves lt Apply Daylight Savings Time Clock Source PLC Clock Calibration Alarm Delay in days 10 11 03 Load origins xX SSE et pete 39 99 Save D Undo D Reset D i i Sat Holidays Enabled Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13
267. configured in your Logix application file This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 CL DrweName_FP 2 only applies If using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 CL DrweName_EEO 4 Replace the shortcut name CLX and DriveName in parameters 1 and 2 if applicable to match the tags configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the Motor_1 example the configuration looks like the following Explorer DMAT Energy Updates 032313 Parameter File Created 2010 07 21 262 Project Settings Funtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup Sq HMI Tags g Tags Graphics rrij Displays E ALARM DIAGNOSTICS INFORMATION SMC_50_Faceplate_Ene Global Objects Libraries Images Parameters B Local Messages Sy Alarms E Alarm Setup Information amp Information Setup Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display l uses at runtime You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details l Syntax l replacement tagname Example l 1 CLX DriveName_FP 1 in any expression is replaced by the tag I For Example l CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup I DriveName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for
268. consumption kWh and Demand kW based upon a analog input These values are then mapped to Sts _sooe tage which are used to display the data in the Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates Totalized Flow _ Interval _Timer DH Instantaneous Flow Calculations These rungs calculate the additional totalized flaw that can occur during a set 250m interval TON Timer On Delay EN Timer Totalized_Flow_Interval_Timer Preset Accum Additional Totalized Flow Calculation Every 250ms the analog input is divided by 60sec added to the buffered flow previous intervals result and multiplied by 250ms Compute Dest Expression Buffered_Flow Inp_Meter_Analog_Value o0 250 250 DN5 0 Buttered Flow 0 0 Val_Total total consumption is moved to temp buffer before being overwritten with the addition of the additional totalizd fow Buffered_Flow Totalized_Flow_Interval_Timer DN MoV Move Source Val Total kvvnh 0 0 Dest T emp_Buffer 0 0 This rung clears the buffer to accomodate very small flows without the totalizer getting stuck due to data resolution sues Totalized Flow Interval _Timer DH RT Greater Than 4 gt B Source amp Wal Total_kivh 0 0 Source B 10000000 JEG Not Equal Source A Wal Total kvvh 0 0 Source B Temp Buffer 0 0 Rollover Rung Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 ADD Add Source A Buffered_Flow 0 0 Source B Wal Total_kyvh 0 0 Dest Val_Total_kvvh 0
269. create a sustainable plan If the scope of your needs is more extensive a comprehensive assessment can be performed to best fit your requirements Rockwell Automation Energy Assessment Options General Comprehensi Energy Assessment Option 2 to 3 Days 1 9 to 3 Weeks YS Utility usage review Energy saving project identification Operations analysis of savings opportunities Utility usage review Detailed energy usage analysis Rates and tariffs analysis Detailed quotations for sustainability projects Prioritization of projects 1 Request a 1400 AUD services quote from your local Rockwell Automation distributor or the Rockwell Automation custom support and maintenance team 2 Request 1400 ATT services quote from your local Rockwell Automation distributor or the Rockwell Automation custom support and maintenance team To view a sample assessment refer to the Energy and Utilities Site Assessment document in the Support Information section on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD 22 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Chapter 1 Business Case for Energy Monitoring Energy monitoring makes energy usage data visible so that it is included in the planning and execution of a business strategy along with other management information Because utility bills can be a significant portion of business expense it is important to understand how energy is use
270. ct the Accounting Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving Utilities Engineering rrr crr ecrre cre Tr me E 5 On the Information tab Add Rate Schedule Rate schedule name For this example enter Electric Cost Information Non Working Days Holidays Times Of Use Global Variables Allocation General Information c Verify the time zone Domain Accounting v a Verify the selected domain b Enter a rate schedule name d Enter optional information Name Electric Cost Allocation Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v Start date End date Contact name Contact phone Contact email Notes Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 187 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts 6 7 Enter a description of the rate 10 11 12 188 Click the Line Items tab then click the Add Rate Schedule Save O Cancel Rate schedule name Mon Yorking Days Holidays Times OTOL neers lobal Variables Line tems Add a line item Add a line item link Line Group Descriptiot Add Rate Schedule schedule For this example enter Real Energy Rate scheaute name Charge kWh Seasons Times Of Use Line Items l Enter the Rate per unit kWh Line Group Description For this example enter 0 03459 Description Real Energy Charge kih Enter a cost allocation script a F hi
271. ctions publication 1404 IN007 Bulletin 1404 PowerMonitor 3000 Display Module installation instructions 1404 IN005 Bulletin 1404 PowerMonitor 3000 Unit User Manual publication 1404 UM001 Bulletin 1404 PowerMonitor 3000 Unit User Manual publication 1404 UM001D EN P Bulletin 1404 Series B Ethernet Communication Release Note publication 1404 RN008 PowerMonitor Wireless 250 Monitor User Manual publication 1425 UM001 PowerMonitor 500 Unit User Manual publication 1420 UM001 PowerMonitor 5000 Unit User Manual publication 1426 UM001A FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix User Manual publication FTEM UM002 Power and Energy Management Solutions Product Overview publication EMSE00 BR017 Power and Energy Management Solutions Selection Guide publication 1400 SG001 Logix Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756 PM001 Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Product Certifications website http www ab com http www rockwellautomation com solutions integratedarchitecture Rockwell Automation Configuration and Selection Tools available at http www rockwellautomation com en e tools Description Provides information on installing wiring connecting applying power and configuring the PowerMonitor 1000 unit Provides information on setting up communication with the PowerMonitor 1000 unit by using other applications and controllers Provides information on selecting an en
272. ctober 2014 109 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Add a Subdomain Follow these steps to set up a new subdomain 1 Select the parent domain under Groups In this example the parent domain is Efficient Industries Plant 1 2 Click Add to add a subdomain 3 Create the subdomain a d 4 Click Save You should see the new subdomain under the parent domain 110 Collapse Layout Save Restore System Status E Groups Z Efficient Industries Plant 1 C Devices Roles and Users C Rate Schedules amp Multi Purpose Report Scripts Al Alarm Setup Unit Setup Configuration LJ System Configuration Report FE My User Settings About Group Setup Eg Parent group None v 7 This group is a domain Add Delete Name Efficient Industries Plant 1 Default log 15 rate Reports title line 1 Reports title SY line 2 Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor Efficient Industries Plant 1 ry Done E 7 _ Trusted sites Add Group Choose the parent domain from the Parent group pull down menu Check This group is a domain Enter a subdomain name In this example the subdomain name is Engineering Enter the report titles as shown Cs Parent group Efficient Industries Plant 1 7 V This group is a domain
273. d Implementing a monitoring plan will help your business set goals for energy reduction that will translate into cost savings Typical energy users evolve through a number of energy awareness phases Ignorance is Expensive In the first phase energy is not considered a significant expense or important management information Operations uses energy and accounts payable pays for it Management begins to notice the higher costs and sets goals for energy reduction If operation managers are not aware of the energy cost of their operations energy savings will not be captured Metering the Envelope In the second phase energy monitoring is installed on the plant main feeds Electricity natural gas water and other feeds are recorded The investment is relatively low The monitoring system generates shadow bills to verify the utility billing Major users of energy are identified The relationship between operating schedules and plant demand becomes clearer A few energy saving opportunities are identified and cost savings generated However monitoring only the entire plant has limitations addressed in the next phase Submetering the Processes In this phase submeters are installed on process lines and utility equipment such as air compressors and boilers This phase requires a higher level of investment but provides a more detailed view of energy usage Reports run daily or weekly provide a direct line of sight to the impact of operations decisio
274. d Compactlogix controllers in your energy system Configure a PowerMonitor 3000 Device Configure the Ethernet IP Address Configure Basic Device Parameters Configure Advanced Device Parameters Configure a PowerMonitor 500 Device Configure with the Display page 68 Access the Programming Menu page 69 Configure Communication Parameters page 69 Configure Basic Device Parameters Configure Advanced Parameters Configure the Date and Time 56 Configure a PowerMonitor 1000 Device Configure the Ethernet IP Address Configure Analog Inputs Configure Advanced Device Parameters Configure the Date and Time Configure a PowerMonitor 5000 Device setup Using the Web Interface age Obtaining Access to the Configuration Pages age Basic Metering Setup age Native Ethernet Communication Setup age set Up Date and Time set up Initial Security page 6 page 6 page setting Up Remaining Functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Configure a PowerMonitor Wireless 250 Device RS 232 Data Port Use and Configuration PC Receiver RS 485 Data Port Use and Configuration Configure a CompactLogix Controller Create a Project and Set Up Controller Properties Import Energy Add On Instructions Configure CompactLogix Energy Inputs Map Energy Add On Instruction Tags to PLC 5 Addresses Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Co
275. database where no corresponding data exists It will not overwrite existing database records IMPORTANT ADR is designed to help assure the integrity of data for billing cost allocation demand analysis and consumption reporting such as real energy reactive energy and demand real power Data not contained in the device snapshot energy or trend logs is not available for data repopulation Devices that Support ADR The following devices support Automatic Data Repopulation Allen Bradley PowerMonitor 5000 Unit The PowerMonitor energy and data logs provide the source for ADR The energy log collects a fixed collection of energy and demand parameters at a user settable logging rate The data log content and logging rate are user configurable Allen Bradley PowerMonitor 1000 Unit The PowerMonitor 1000 energy log contains a predefined collection of energy status input and demand parameters depending on the model logged at a user configurable interval 204 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Chapter 10 Allen Bradley PowerMonitor 3000 Unit All communication networks are supported The trend log is user configurable and holds a variable number of records depending on the user configuration The PowerMonitor 3000 unit trend log should be configured to align with parameters and logging rate of parameters being logged as meter tags TIP PowerMonit
276. defined_A j 8 VWotePhases Bi 2 Undetined_B bal 7 StopMode 65 se Undefined Br rjc ro 9 Click OK to accept the changes 10 Click OK again to close the dialog box 11 Inthe Data Types folder verify these module defined data types have been created B E Data Types C User Defined Ca Strings Ea Add On Defined E E Predefined g i Module Defined M AB SMC_BDEBFAS 0 0 i AE SMC_C36D6ZED I0 Trends 294 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Import the SMC 50 Controller Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you would like to add the SMC 50 controller faceplate routine and choose Import Routine Controller Organizer S E Controller SMCS u Controller Tags E Controller Fault Handler LEE Power Up Handler a a Tasks pz anra Ba New Routine Program Import Routine i 7 MainR out e Lt AS Unscheduled Prag pn Sinan mi 5 Motion Groups Copy Chr E Ungrouped Axes E Paste EEN Ej ASC LEF Add On Instructions Delete Del a Data Types i fk User Defined ai verify E E Strings Ep Add On Defined Cross Reference ctrl E E E Predefined l H E Module Defined Browse Logic Ctrl L 2 Browse to the ME SMC 50 Faceplate Files folder select the SMC50_Faceplate_Energy L5X file and click Import i Import Routine Name
277. der style Border width Raised gt 4 V Border uses back color Back style Pattern style E Back color Border color Is lid IN m ol C Pattern color Shape BB Highlight color Rectangle l Blink Display settings Display CIPMotion_Faceplate Ea Use variable Display Parameter file M y5500_Parameter p3 Parameter list Bl I Display position Top position fo Left position f0 Use Variable Display Position m Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin fo jo Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 313 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 Follow these steps to use a bitmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse next to the Image field Images are available for the Kinetix Servo drives in the ME_CIPMotion_GotoButtons folder b Click Add from File navigate to the gotobuttons folder and select the desired image c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired Goto Disp ston P ee SS Capa Passes xj inetii 5500 z a Kinetik Select mage Piatt Lio SS ii ey El eel YH aw tra Anow Down a Arrow Left File x Anov Flight lt all xt I i a I Aiva lln s Font xi ia z go RA_FILES E Sample Code ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Fies ME_CIPMoton_GatoButto
278. disable Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration 17 To do this locate the Configure IE ESC link in the Security section In the Server Manager 18 Click the link turn off IE ESC for Administrators and then click OK Install SOL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 must be installed on the local server even if the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix database is to be hosted on another machine Insert disk into CD DVD drive If necessary run SETUP EXE and click Yes to allow SQL Server 2008 R2 to install on the computer Review the documentation in the SQL Server Installation Center window Install the upgrade advisor if desired Click the Installation link in the menu Click the New installation or add features to an existing installation link Enter the product key and then click Next Accept the license terms and click Next eS ee Oe e o On the Setup Support Files page click Install pi gt Wait while installation proceeds pi pi Make note of any issues or warnings listed in the Setup Support Rules page and take action as needed Click Next pi med Rr N Select SQL Server Feature Installation 96 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Chapter 4 14 Select the features shown as selected in the screen ay ool corecr seen er ee Aer capture rae ee 15 Click Next seus fe NE 16 Click Next pontosan ni
279. dows Event Viewer ceeeee eee eee eeees Running System Configuration Reports 0 c eee e eee eee System Updates and Uperadesy ei uncer ihets tee etainea ts onan Chapter 11 INGPOCUCTION Si5c25i0b stad enawei eet eedeholtisdccanweiearaniads Before YOu Deets wicca ncureduntetlna taeda T tins cade NYA oa NGG is gc ha wns tes re nate a Made ae eed ea eae ae eae Follows These Step 2 toseaaul jedi cue cdu te behets r Meme d iets Configure PowerMonitor 1000 Faceplates 0 ce eee eee Configure ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplates 0 005 Configure RSLogix5000 for the PowerMonitor 500 Unit Resco Ecc eee eer ee ee eT nae E ee eee eee eee eee cere Configure Factory Talk View ME for the PowerMonitor 500 it epli eera ue tet ana nec AEEA E Configure PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplates 4 Configure RSLogix5000 for the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Peepi naman sdecence eas are hace ees ae ees Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the PowerMonitor 5000 Wie Faceplates teem tee ead Che eens ei adee tenes Configure ME PowerFlex Drives Faceplates 000 005 Configure RSLogix5000 for the PowerFlex Drive Faceplate Configure Factory Talk View ME for the PowerFlex Drive CACO AL Ce artes 2 neath rade Sanaa Patron ea Configure ME ESPLUS Faceplates 1 3a caakietacidasoactees aos DeviceNet to EtherNet IP Network Setup 45 Configure RSLogix5000 for the E3 Plus Faceplate
280. e 6 To add parameter files for additional power monitors a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tag to match the associated device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 235 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Create a Display Navigation Button A display navigation button must be created to launch the PowerMonitor Faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitmap image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an existing display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto i FactoryTalk iew Studio iew Machine Edition File Edit view Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window m B amp v select Rotate Drawing Push Button Numeric and String z Display Navigation Return To Indicator E 4 Gauge and Graph Close Trending i Display List Selector RecipePlus r TF r TF TF r r r F key r i no Advanced 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle 3 Double click the new Goto rectangle to configure the button properties a Modify the appearance as desired for your application for example choose Transparent as the Back style if you are draw
281. e vlAubrowses Rekesh 2p E Browsing node 10 91 77 51 found ml Workstation USMAYMMLAPEUS E Linx Gateways Ethernet E AB_ETH 1 Ethernet enh SIA 10 91 77 119 BURST E j 10 91 77 119 1756 ENBT A 1756 ENBT A ONA EE 10 91 77 51 Unrecoanized E AB_ETHIP 1 Ethernet ow do you want to proceed toes oora Show Details Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 257 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 When the drive download successfully completes the drive status indicates Connected highlighted in green E Module Properties enet_module PowerFlex 753 NET E 1 5 General Connection Module Info Post Configuration Drive BEA g Drive ME o PowerFlex753 PowerFlex 753 480V 22A Standard Port 0 Revision 1 005 Stopped 0 000 Hz Status Running Import Program Control Rungs Example logic is provided for configuring program commands To import this configuration follow these steps 1 Choose a routine for importing the new rungs 2 On a new rung right click and select Import Rungs 3 From the Basic PowerFlex Control folder select PowerFlex_Control_Rungs L5X and click Import 4 Click Tags in the Import Content organizer 5 Replace _DriveName in the Final Name field with the name of your PowerFlex module and click OK eat Content Da Se gute PES Faceplate import Name Operation ty FinalName
282. e O Mode FautCode Jal DIN 2 Other Components COo oooO T be Errors Varnings TUET re 3E Refe rences Mani eM WainProgram eae ranere ae N G fa sence TR Create My5500_ e d BES Create S ssm ps Ga B Data Types Module_FauitCode 12 Other Components eS es a ae B ARET EEA Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 309 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 Click Other Components in the Import Content organizer and choose your drive from the I O configuration drop down in the Final Name column This configures the communication path to your device in the message instructions __ impot Name Operation Final Name _ amp Cass Name _ _ _DriveName _ Use Existing My5500 Z Module B E 1 0 Configuration c Si 1769 Bus E Shi a 0 1 69 L36ERM CiP Motior H wa Pthemet i 1769 L36ERM CIPMotion filly 2198 H003 ERS _DriveNam ery 2198 H003 ERS My5500 cx Errors Warnings 7 Click OK The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer in the selected program aa MainTask Sie MainProgram E i Program Tags E MainRoutine B AEE TS n a I ms 8 Add a JSR to your main routine or other desired location to execute the new routine CIP bition Servo Drive Energy Faceplate Routine wih JER dump To Subroutine Rouiiee Hame RDI MySS00_ Energy 310 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 F
283. e 1 Right click the Ethernet Port and choose New Module f Eedi oe Embedded H edicia 1 0 Cross Reference Ctrl 2 Select ETFHERNET MODULE Generic Ethernet Module as the module x type and click OK LSB EWE LSE 1000 Mig Ethernet Bride Enhanced web Sere gr veep S730 Ethene 10 tn ent ae at 3 Configure the PowerMonitor s IP address and Connection Parameters and CSTE E then click OK Same Seen m PowerMonitor 1000 3000 Connection Parameters mo oem mad Dirab B00 Epari Managed Swhirh mi Fred Aube F recita E Vonda Fania Input Be ee eee a x Output Te ETHERNET MODULE Gers Etwmnet Meche Vendor Aben Bardey Configuration B al ee See ome CI raea tenn OF a PowerMonitor 5000 Connection Parameters a re frat tet tone Fi i ee Configuration 160 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 363 Chapter12 Demand Control Configure the I O Configure the I O specific to your application as identified in the control Hardware Selection and Wiring section above The 1769 L23E packaged controller included embedded I O for 16 DC inputs 16 DC outputs 4 differential or single ended analog inputs 2 single ended analog outputs 6 HSC inputs and 4 HSC outputs 1 To configure the properties for any of the embedded I O modules right click on the module and select Properties If required up to two 1769 CompactLogix modules may be added to the 1769 L23E QBFCI1B packaged controller
284. e Alarm Setups K 2 System Status Enabled Severity Name Meter Taq Name Meter Trigger Email w Groups a E Eo CriticalAlarm High Demand Real Power Demand ae uaia Hee Le AUO WP Jute Ie View a Roles and Users F AA Voltage Sag Alarm Voltage Sag Alarm Electric Main ChangesToon Fo view a Rate Schedules Electric Main Flag 3 Meter Sao a Multi Purpose Report Scripts Se eAlarrn Setup A Unit Setup Configure Communication Alarms A communication alarm is triggered when a device fails to respond to four consecutive polls An error is logged to the alarm log for each communication alarm that occurs Follow these steps to enable communication alarms 1 Select the Devices folder on the System tab Edit Device 2 Navigate to and select the appropriate group or domain Enable device For this example Electricity is selected M Enable real time lagging M Enable auto data repopulation 3 Click Edit pop MV Enable PQ events logging 4 Check Enable comm loss alarm Parent group Electricity z Device class Powermonitor 3000 M6 onEtherNeviP 5 Click Save Name Electric Main Notes Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Time sync Daily 7 Device password Communications path AB_ETH 1 110 10 10 0 Comm timeout seconds 5 Comm retries 2 Max messages f MV Enable comm loss alarm Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 169 Chapter8 Fac
285. e G Network ja gt File name Bitmap Tages bmp x OON ME_PowerM onitor5000_Paran Motor_1 Local Messages Ce cane NS he e Click OK to close the Goto button properties window This is an example of a final goto button on your display To support additional E3 Plus modules create a new Goto display navigation button assign the E3 Plus faceplate display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 279 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure ME E300 Faceplate The ME E300 Faceplate files provide a preconfigured display and associated logic for the E300 Electronic Overload Relay using Factorylalk View Machine Edition and RSLogix5000 software The faceplate includes status control diagnostic and energy views controlled by its own toolbar buttons The E300 module faceplate is compatible only with E300 Relay modules communicating over the EtherNet IP network Home Display E300 Eg Trip Co Warning f Gnd Fault Input Trip Reset MirCurrent inputi Output 0 Voltage Input Co Output 1 Output Inputa Output 2 Output 1 co Output 2 Co Avg Current Fx 7 pansion 1 21 Modules _ Operator Shows status and provides operator control of the Trip Reset and Outputs Configuration Display E300 X s emne Current Min Current Max E TCU Min
286. e ae EtherNet Ethernet Mode Online Mot Browsing Offline Tag File Browse LOK Cancel verte Help 5 Write down the shortcut name PM1K_172 44 for later use 6 Click the Design Local tab 7 Expand the Ethernet network and select the PowerMonitor 1000 meter Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 219 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates i Communication Setup RNA Local My Project RSLinx Enterprise f Device Shortcuts Design Local Runtime Target Add Remove Appl Add _Remove_ Copy from Desgn to Runtime PMIK_172_144 I RSLinx Enterprise USMKEKVANG 1789 417 Backplane G EtherNet Ethernet fl 10 90 92 186 Panelview Plus 1250 Panel iew Plus 1250 10 90 172 144 1408 ENT PM1000 EnergyMonitor 1 Mode Online Not Browsing Offline Tag File Browse Cancel Verify Help 8 Verify that the shortcut name is highlighted then click Apply 9 Click Yes to apply the changes when RSLinx Enterprise F x prompted p You ve made the Following changes to the shortcut PMIK_i72_144 Design Local path edited 10 Click Copy from Design to Runtime to copy ara changes to the runtime communication eE here REM LOOO Errea iena setup P Press Yes to apply changes Press No to discard changes Device Shortcuts Add Remove Apply _Remove pr Copy from ey to Runtime PMIK_172_144 I RSLinx Enterprise USMKEKVANG
287. e Add on Instruction types required for the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example are listed in the table Meter Type Add on Instruction Required Energy Meter Electric Main PM_3000 Boiler House PowerMonitor 1000 PM_1000 Power House Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving DC Gas Main PowerMonitor Status Input Air Flow Water Main Energy_Gas_PM_Status Energy_Air_PM_ Status Energy_Water_PM_Status Follow these steps to import the required Add on Instructions 1 Open your RSLogix 5000 project 2 Right click the Add On omise Mao Foenes Pe Instructions folder and choose No Edes Import Add_On Instruction i Les iti Lip Handie A Hitik ManProgram 2 Program Taga Bh Mainoutine Unscheduled Progra i gt AC Dati A Se Predefined i St Miocene Trends S A FO Configparatice E Browse to the Faceplate Files folder on your Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image and select the PowerMonitor Faceplate Logic Files folder Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 H RS ogia S000 Efficient Industries Pant i 1 764 L20 Q8FC1 Controler Tags Effi Ei fie Edr View Search Loge Communication Took Window Help i RUM E J Phases m l j x lig r Fal laal tel E 7 cx m BAT aj H ajii Smp Eh Eicon rdusiors Mer Bader House PM008C Rader_House_PMIO00 __ Bodar House _PM1000 0 jer WE Chai bis A FLocetc PJ taca _ F
288. e Device Class Time zone sync Device RT ADR PQLogs 1 Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 GMT 06 00 Central Time Daily V v M6 on US amp Canada EtherNet IP Comm Comm Timout Comm Max Loss RIO RIO Parent Device Communications Path secs Retries Msgs Alarm Rack Group AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 0 5 2 Time Enabled Deviceld Name Device Class Time zone sync Device RT ADR PQ Logs 2 Boiler House Powermonitor 1000 GMT 06 00 Central Time Daily f fil EM3 on EtherNet IP US amp Canada Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Chapter 10 System Updates and Upgrades Part of any maintenance program is keeping your software and device firmware up to date Rockwell Automation regularly updates software and firmware to include features requested by customers adapt to a changing software environment and resolve issues As your system grows and your use of it becomes more in depth you may also need to add meter licenses or other options Upgrade Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software by Adding Meters or Product Options Product upgrades may be purchased from your local Rockwell Automation representative Note that FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software is one software product with different licensing options that are enabled by installing activations The current version of FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software Version 2 0 uses the EVRSI floppy disk activ
289. e Files c Esl CIME Alarm History Faceplate Files D My Recent Documents E ee ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files COME Powermonitor 1000 Faceplate Files O Powermonitor Faceplate Logic 5E Equipment Status Faceplate Files Add Component Into Project Look in O ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files ex Eg quipment_ Status Faceplate gfx My Recent Documents ro Desktop My Documents hy Computer ig My Network Places File name Equipment_Status_ Faceplate z d Files of type Graphic Displays gfs gots Cancel Fla Graphics Hai Displays ALARM E DIAGNOSTICS H INFORMATION Bia Equipment_Status gt mmf The CIP Motion energy faceplate routine is compatible with an equipment status faceplate which is available on the Rockwell Automation sample code library Search for ME Equipment Status from the Sample Code Home search page http Follow the user instructions provided with the equipment status faceplate Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 339 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Add ME Equipment Parameter File Follow these steps to add and configure the ME_Equipment_Parameter file 1 Right click Parameters and choose Add Component into application 2 Browse to the ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files folder on your Energy Management Toolkit CD image and select the ME_
290. e Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM pem3oo0 SS KB Microsoft Excel Wor 11 8 2009 7 55 4M Click the Energy Point tab in the worksheet and enter an energy type and name for the first energy data File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Adobe POF point in your system Deh s 447 y BME Jna 3 al id Th si a Select a cell in the Energy Type column and click a S gy lyp d SRDS the pull down list icon b Choose an Energy Type For the Efficient Energy Plant 1 example choose Energy Data Point Name I SO Electricity c Select a cell in the Name column and enter a name Energy Point Listing for the energy data point For the Efficient Energy Plant 1 example Electric Energy Type Energy Data Point Name in i i ici Electricit Main is entered as the first Electricity data point aaa o ric Main Repeat step 3 for each data point with the same energy EE E E type selected in step 2 gy g For the Efficient Energy Plant 1 example the Energy Type na E OE Electricit Electricity energy point listing should look like this T Electricit Electricit Electricit Electricit Shipping Feceiing OC Electricit O Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the remaining energy types in Energy Point Listing your system For the Efficient Energy Plant 1 example the Energy Type i T i Electricit completed energy point listing should look like this Flectricit Electricit Electri
291. e Power Quality template 6 Accept the default Report file No Report Selected Layout Save Restore Collapse o View generated reports ve View all report jobs i C Global Reports m E _ Efficient Industries Plant 1 J E fl EE Accounting E EJ Consumption Report ste EJ Electrical Demand Analysis ioa Efficient Industries Plant 1 Add a new report Report Information Select By PQ devices Select All Clear All Report name Electric Main Power Quality Report 7 Verify the Report parent group For this example Engineering was selected in step 2 8 Select the meters or groups to include in the report For this example check the Electric Main meter 9 Click Save 192 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P Report template Power Quality Report file PowerQuality rpx Report parent group Engineering Devices El E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E bs Accounting v S E Air 9 Electricity M Electric main C Fuels C Steam C water October 2014 10 11 12 13 14 15 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 The report appears under the Engineering domain EE Efficient Industries Plant 1 rera Accounting a Ef Consu Verify the report is selected Reports Accept PDF as the Export type ion Edit the report parameters as needed Click View Report name Report template
292. e Wiring selecting Operating Mode Status Indicators Environmental Information Mounting Clearances Cutout Dimensions Panel Mounting Instructions Product Dimensions Removing and Installing the Power Terminal Block DC Power Connections AC Power Connections Troubleshooting Battery Removal system Specifications Certifications PanelView Plus Installation Manual 2711P INO02 Download RSLogix5000 Project File Follow these steps to download your RSLogix 5000 project file to the Logix controller 1 Open your RSLogix 5000 project file 2 From the Communications menu choose Who Active fs RSLogix 5000 TimeOfDay 1769 L23E QBFC1 18 11 File Edit View Search Logic Tools Window Help The Who Active dialog box opens alalal S o 8 p alsm s Select SRE Offline f RUN No Forces gt M Ok oi aoa E BAT Upload No Edit si a M 10 Download Controler Organizer un er 5 pe pat m S E Controller TimeOfDay Ej Controller Tags 3 Controller Fault H 3 Power Up Handle Lock Controlie H E Tasks E fa MainTask Clear Faults e MainProgram gt Faults TOD_Program A Program Tags Ea MainD ru itine Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 405 Chapter 13 Time of Day Control 406 3 Browse to and select your Logix controller 4 Verify the key switch on your controller module is in the REM re
293. e appearance as desired for your application for example choose Transparent as the Back style if you are drawing the Goto button over an existing object on your display b Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the ME_E300_Faceplate display c Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the E300 parameter file you created earlier for this intended device Goto Display Button Properties x General Label Common Connections gt Appearance Border style Border width 4 IV Border uses back color Back style Pattern style E Back color Border color s lid N E S pal L Patter color Shape BB Highlight color Rectangle I Blink L m Display settings Display ME_E300_Faceplate I Use variable Display Parameter file MyE300 m Parameter list pa T Display position Top position O Left position O F Use Variable Display Position L Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin fo jo M Other V Audio Cancel Apply Help 290 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Folow these steps to use a bitmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse button next to the Image field b Click Add from File and select the E300 Bitmap Image located in the ME E300 Faceplate Files folder IMPORTANT You only need to add t
294. e energize freeze Eoo 4 Wdog action 0 Halt 1 Continue Display Module Scroll Speed Fast Slow 1 Metering result set parameter may only be configured by using communication 2 Factory default for RMS Resolution is Nominal for the M4 and High for the M5 M6 and M8 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 61 Chapter 3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Configure a PowerMonitor 1000 Device This section shows you how to configure parameters of a PowerMonitor 1000 device by using its internal Display and Configuration web page Certain settings are needed for the PowerMonitor to meter accurately communicate correctly and work with Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software properly You will set the network configuration voltage mode PT and CT ratios demand values and the date and time Your application may require additional configuration TIP Network configuration is provided for the PowerMonitor 1000 on Ethernet device For other communication options refer to the PowerMonitor 1000 Unit Installation Instructions publication 1408 IN001 Follow these steps to configure PowerMonitor 1000 device parameters A 1 Launch the Internet browser on your computer In the Address field type the IP address of your PowerMonitor 1000 device The default IP address is 192 168 254 xxx where xxx is the unit s id The default address simplifies the task of making the initial connection to the unit from
295. e list parameter to be modified or changes to Edit mode Edit Cancels changes to a parameter Increments the parameter Decrements the parameter saves the parameter change to restores the existing value and menu value value the master module and returns to returns to Program mode Program mode Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 57 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Configure the Ethernet IP Address Follow these steps to configure the Ethernet IP address of the PowerMonitor 3000 module The default IP address is 192 168 254 xxx where xxx is the unit s id TIP Before starting the procedure make sure the PowerMonitor 3000 display module is connected to the PowerMonitor 3000 device and control power is on Press the Down Arrow key to select PROG mode Press the Enter key to access Edit mode You should see PASS and four flashing zeroes 0000 on the display Press the Up and Down arrow keys to select the four digit password and press the Enter key The default password is 0000 TIP You can press and hold the Up Arrow or Down Arrow key for a few seconds to increase the rate the value increments or decrements Press the Down arrow key to select CONFIGURATION then press the Enter key 5 Press the Down Arrow key until you see OPTIONAL COMM then press the Enter key 10 11 12 58 You should see IP ADDR BYTE 1 on the display The syntax of the IP
296. e_MsgTotalRealPower Val_Total_Real_Power Boiler_House_TotalRealPower 0 0 Ref_Avg_L_L Volts Boiler_House_MsgAvgLLVolts Val_Avg_L_L Volts Boiler_House_AvgLLVolts 0 0 Ref_Avg_Current Boiler_House_MsgAvgCurrent Val_Avg_Current Boiler_House_AvgCurrent 0 0 Ref_True_Power_Factor Boiler House_MsgTruePowerFactor es Val_True_Power_Factor Boiler_House_TruePowerFactor 0 0 PM_ 1000 PM_1000 Power_House Ref_Total_Real_Power Power House MsgTotalRealPower comms_fault gt Val_Total_Real_Power Power_House_TotalRealPower 0 0 Ref_Avg_L_L Volts Power_House_MsgAvgLLVolts _ Val_Avg_L _L Volts Power_House_AvgLLVolts 00 Ref_Avg_Current Power_House_MsgAvgCurrent Val_Avg_Current Power_House_AvgCurrent 0 0 Ref_True_Power_Factor Power_House_MsgTruePowerFactor Val True Power Factor Power House TruePowerFactor 0 0 PM_1000 Production1 Ccomms_fault Ref_Total_Real_ Power Production _MsgTotalRealPower __ Val_Total_Real_Power Production _TotalRealPower 0 0 Ref_Avg_L_L Volts Production MsgAvgLLVolts Val_Avg_L _L Volts Production1 AvgLLVolts 0 0 Ref_Avg_Current Production _MsgAvgCurrent Val_Avg_Current Production _AvgCurrent 0 0 Ref_True_Power_Factor Production _MsgTruePowerFactor Val_True_Power_Factor Production1_TruePowerFactor PM_ 1000 PM_1000 Shipping Receiving _DC Ref_Total_Real_Power Shipping_Receiving_DC_MsgTotalRealPower comms_
297. ect the TOD_Program L5x file and click Import The Import Configuration dialog appears 5 Leave the program properties at the default click OK to create the TOD_program 6 The new TOD_program should appear in the Controller ee S I Controller Fault Handler Organizer within the Main Task folder Configure Load Inputs and Outputs fav Program Tags Pra By MainRoutine Bi F FaultRoutine vs RO1_Clock_and_Calendar ve RO Time_of Day_Control Bi 5RO1_CalculateDates vee SR02_LoadExecution E sRo3_ToDSchedule a Unheduled Programs Phages Follow these steps to configure the load inputs and outputs 1 Expand the TOD_Program and double click MainRoutine Rungs 3 through 34 have been configured for I O mapping Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 399 Chapter13 Time of Day Control The I O mapping rungs will not be executed unless the Enable_IO bit in rung 2 is set arca ak a EEEEELELELELELELELELELELELELERELELELELELELELELELELELELELERELELERELELESELELERELERELELERERELELELELELELELELELELELELELEES VO MAPPING SEEESESELESE SELES E SELES ELE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SESE SE SESE SEE SEES ESTES ESET ET TS The VO mapping rungs 3 through 34 will only be executed when the Enable_iO bit is set L1 JMP Commanded State of Load 0 Off 1 On Loads 1 Out_Run a Actual status of Commanded State of load from d
298. ed to specific states used in Equipment Status Faceplates Multi State Indicator connected to the Sts_DeviceState tag This rung move a 9 for an Active Status state as long as there are no faults or High or Critical Demand states Sts_Fault Sts_Criticallemand Sts_HighDemand MOW A Move Source 9 Dest Ste_DeviceState 0 This rung moves a2 for a Fault state if a fault occurs on the input module Sts_ Fault hor howe Source 2 Dest Sts_DeviceState 0 This rung moves a 19 for a High Demand status state if the High Demand value has been reached or exceeded Sts Fault Sts Criticalbemand Sts_HighDemand Mov a Move Source 19 Dest Sts_DeviceState 0 This rung moves a 20 for a Critical Demand status state if the Critical Demand value has been reached or exceeded Sts_Criticalldemand Sts Fault Many a Move Source 20 Dest Ste DeviceState 0 436 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Electric Add On Instructions Appendix C Alarm History Faceplate Logic The following logic is included in the Energy_Electric_Digital Energy_Electric_Analog and Energy_Electric_PM_ Status Add On Instructions to initiate an alarm trigger and send corresponding device state to the alarm trigger value The following two rungs monitor the Fault High Flow and Critical Flow bits and send predefined integer values to the Sts_Energy_AlarmIrigger tags already configured in the Alarm History setup file T
299. ed with specific logic The ADR Wizard for RSLogix software is used to develop the specific logic that supports ADR Refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix user manual publication FIEM UMO002 for details on setting up ADR Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 205 Chapter 10 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Monitor Health of Data Logging It is important to monitor the health of the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software data logging periodically Any system may lose functionality over time due to issues with devices or communication FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software has status pages that provide information on the health of the system at a glance Device Status Page The Device Status page provides a color coded view of the communication status of each device in the system To view the Device Status page launch and log into the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software web page In the System tab click the Devices folder Device Status Add a device Legend jj online J onire not fully scanned _Jontine tag error s E oine Not scanned J cisabied 3P SOUTH Each device name is a hyperlink to a web page that provides more detail as to issues encountered by the data logger including RSLinx error codes System Status Page The System Status page provides a list of device communication errors To view the System Status page launch and log into the Factorylalk Energy
300. edule Predicted KW PE E E The predicted kW demand is read from the PowerMonitor device and displayed here for status only The color Demand KWDemand indication is the same as described for the demand control status screen Present Billing KW p ggeneeuming The present billing kW demand is equal to the max of interval demands during the on peak time of use periods in Demand KW Demand the current billing month The color indication is the same as described for the demand control status screen Demand KW Click on the demand setpoint to launch the numeric keypad and enter the demand kW setpoint setpoint Billing End Date Click on the billing end date to launch the numeric keypad and enter the monthly billing end date This date is used to calculate the present billing kW demand for the current billing month Time and Date The current time and date are displayed in the lower right corner of the faceplate 2233 2011 382 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Load Configuration View Click on the wrench button from the toolbar to display the load configuration view Load Configuration x Load Load gfe a Be f 1 8 9 16 PRI Rated KW Load Description Load Number to Configure JO toar Load Status gt _ Load Status INT Apply OVR Faceplate Toolbar Interlock Time interlocks Bypass interlocks aan Interlocks
301. ee i f ETHERNET MODULE Boiler_House_PM1000 ie Enable iw Enable waiting Start a Done Done Lengt ETHERNET MODULE Power_House_PM1000 Error Co Enter ded Eror Coda Timed 0 ETHERNET MODULE Production1_PM1000 Error Pair ETHERNET MODULE Production2_PM1000 Erbe Text ETHERNET MODULE Shipping_Receiving_DC_PM1000 f ETHERNET MODULE MCC2_PM1000 Apply 1769 L23E OBFC1 Ethernet Port LocalENB Cancel For this example select ETHERNET MODULE Electric_Main_PM3000 c Click OK d Verify the path is okay e Verify CIP is the Communication Method f Click OK to close the Message Configuration dialog box 15 Assign the Val_Total_Real_Power parameter to the associated controller scoped tag a Double click the tag name field next to Val Total Real Power b Click the pull down menu icon then double click the associated controller scoped tag to select it For this example the tag is Electric Main _TotalRealPower 16 Repeat steps 6 15 to configure the remaining three PowerMonitor data messages and tags Refer to the PowerMonitor Add On Instruction Tag References table on page 321 for associated parameters tags and addresses For this example the completed PM_ 3000 Add On Instruction instance for the Electric_Main meter looks like this 17 Repeat steps 1 16 for each PowerMonitor 1000 or 3000 device in your system Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014
302. elector RerineP lis ri Fr F F FS T FTF F key r Advanced Le AS Activex Control Import 3 Draw the Goto Display push button on the display P Main My Project Display 3 4 Double click the Goto Display push button to configure its properties Goto Display Button Properties x General Label Common 5 Click the ellipse icon under Display cranes Border style Border width Inset 4 Jv Border uses back color WB Back color Back style Pattern style WB Border color Solid x None L Pattern color E Highlight color Shape Blink Rectangle Display settings Display Parameter file Ee Parameter list a Display position Top position fa Left position fa Touch margins Horizontal margin Other Jv Audio Cancel Apply Help Vertical margin 226 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 6 Select the PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate PM1K_ FP then click OK 7 Click the ellipse icon below Parameter file FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Component Browser x Select a component ALARM PI amp 4GNOS TICS INFORMATION Cancel Hele Goto Display Button Properties General Label Common Solid z None C Pattern color Shape Highlight color Appearance Border style Border width Inset 4 Jv Border uses back color WB Back color Bac
303. elp 246 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 4 Folow these steps to use a bitmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse button next to the Image field b Click Add from File and select the PowerMonitor5000 Bitmap Image located in the ME PowerMonitor 5000 Faceplates Files folder IMPORTANT You only need to add the image from File the first time you use the image Once added the image can be selected from the image list c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired 01PowerFlex 70 EC Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow Up Backspace End Enter Home Page Down Page Up SMC50 Font BB Caption color C Caption back color Caption blink Word wrap Organize v New folder A Documents library ME_PowerMonitor5000_GotoButtons wr Favorites E Desktop p Downloads T Recent Places Image settings Image Name Image attributes Type C Image color PowerMonitor5000 BB Image back color pa Libraries a Image blink E Documents y Image scaled od Music Pictures E Videos 1 Computer amp RAW7121218 C x z Search ME_PowerMonitor5000 P m FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates gt Arrange by Folder Y Date
304. energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 e Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 What You Need e Supporting hardware identified in the Energy Data Worksheet for your system which includes PowerMonitor 1000 device PowerMonitor 3000 master module and display module PowerMonitor W250 device PowerMonitor 500 device PowerMonitor 5000 device CompactLogix controller e RSLogix 5000 software version 17 or later or Studio 5000 Logix Designer application version 21 00 or later e Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit publication ASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools e Product manuals Bulletin 1404 PowerMonitor 3000 Unit User Manual publication 1404 UM001 PowerMonitor 3000 Installation Instructions publication 1404 IN007 PowerMonitor 1000 Unit User Manual publication 1408 UM001 PowerMonitor 1000 Unit Installation Instructions publication 1408 IN001 PowerMonitor W250 Unit User Manual publication 1425 UMO001 PowerMonitor 500 Unit User Manual publication 1420 UM001 PowerMonitor 5000 Unit User Manual publication 1426 UM001 Logix Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756 PM001 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 55 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Follow These Steps Follow these paths to configure the PowerMonitor devices an
305. ense of 8 64 or 1000 meters License Options Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software is a scalable modular software application Its components and capabilities are determined by the licenses purchased and installed by the user Licenses are installed by means of FactoryTalk Activation The table below shows the component type and if applicable the number of meters supported There is no limit on the number of users It is the customer s responsibility to observe the requirements of software licenses The Manager license is required for use of the software and includes 10 meters which can be any combination of RSLinx software and 3rd party OPC meters Additional meter licenses can be purchased in 10 50 100 and 500 meter sets The FTEMOPC 3rd party OPC option enables 3rd party OPC connectivity to all licensed meters If you are upgrading from an existing installation of FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software your existing licenses are supported including existing meter counts IMPORTANT Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software only supports Factorylalk Activation If you plan to upgrade from an installation of Factory Talk EnergyMetrix that uses EVRSI Master Disk activation please contact Rockwell Automation customer service to convert to FT Activation Component Type Maximum Meter Count FTEM Manager includes 10 RSLinx or OPC meters 10 FTEM10 10 meter option RSLinx 10 FTEM50 50 meter option RSLinx 50 FTEM100 100 meter option RSLinx 100 FTEM500
306. entered Click Save Day Changes to download the schedule to the controller Tip To run the load overnight configure a start time but leave the stop time at 99 99 On the next day configure a start time of 00 00 For example the load configured below would start at 20 00 on Monday and stop at 6 00 on Tuesday Load Configuration X Load Configuration X ESON asor Load Load Description Day Load Load Description Sie Day A 1 Sees ED T e 1 Load 1 Production o6 TOD Control TOD Control reo oe Save Day Undo Day Reset Day 2 99 SEs 125 11 25 15 i Thu islam Holidays Enabled me ee Hol 5 4 2011 Time and Date The current time and date are displayed in the lower right corner of the faceplate 2232011 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 417 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Time and Date Configuration View Click on the clock button from the toolbar to display the Time and Date configuration view Time and Date Configuration xX Faceplate Toolbar fy JE gt Time and Date Hour Minute Second nfiguration gt e Unite Piga cock Update But Clock Month Day Year Daylight Savings i Apply Daylight Savings Time _Sl9ck Source Time Selection Button Alarm Configuration Home Calendar Help Close Time and Date Configuration Clock Update Button Daylight Savings Time Selection Alarm Delay 418 i the Detautt
307. eplates refer to the Pie ee al aac pane ME Equipment Status Summary Faceplate at 4 L2x Fuel_Oil 5 L2 x Eoiler_House http samplecode rockwellautomation com e een o Unused 7 L2x EFoiler_House parameters 8 L2x Eoiler_House 9 L2x EFoiler_House 7 7 Close and save the file Configure Energy Meter Goto Buttons The Goto Display buttons within the Equipment Status Faceplate are used to identify the energy meters displayed in each row and can also be used to launch the PowerMonitor faceplates For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the first four Goto Display buttons are configured for meter identification only The Boiler House Electric Goto Display button is configured to identify the meter and also launch the corresponding PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate Efficient Plant 1_ Boiler House X Device state Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 9565 000 503 000 0 000 0 000 Samain Tnenve a a ia Goto Display buttons Boiler Hore Ga mee 7654 000 385 000 0 000 0 000 therms thenms hr identify meters only p 43225 000 4 300 0 000 0 000 l Fuel Oil aaa AN 5 900 0 000 0 000 Goto Display button z identifies meter and launches Boiler House Electric gra Perin cei gai W Volts Amps PF faceplate Follow these steps to configure the energy meter Goto Display buttons for each row of the Equipment Status Faceplate 1 Double click the Equipment Status Faceplate display in the Graphics folder 4a RS
308. eport jobs Add a new report job Name Notes Schedule 190 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 The report is generated in a csv Microsoft Excel format A File Download dialog box prompts you to open or save the report to a file 14 Click Open to view the report The report opens in a browser window You may need to adjust column widths to view the data 2 hitp fusmkepakhan rsenergymetrix ReportsOutput Electric_Cost_Allocation_Report_ kB Jr Fie Edit View Insert Format Tools Data GoTo Favorites Help z i 4 4 a gt gt j a x A GD Osn fers E Ad hd fe Report name B Report name lElectric Cost Allocation Repor 2 stating date time 41 2009 0 00 3 Ending date time 97 1 2009 0 00 4 Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada 5 Rate schedule Electric Cost Allocation 6 Total charge hoo 204 20 fi G Real Energy Charge kh subtotals 9 Data Center 11 947 60 11 94r 60 10 Production 1 26 717 20 26 717 20 11 Production 2 17 04 00 17 704 00 12 Shipping Recetwing 32 755 40 faz 755 40 13 14 Subtotals 99 204 20 9 204 20 M 4 gt 61 5Electric_Cost_Allocation_Report g Unknown Zone TIP If the report does not open in the browser window make sure the browser pop up blocker is not active 15 To print or save the report use t
309. er 3 63 Tasks abey ues fay im c gt Quick Start gt Controller Projects Recent Projects Fi Open Project m New Project sib s pej 0 a m Fi Open Sample Project 364 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Di 3 4 Expand the Tasks folder in your Controller Organizer right click the Main Task folder and select Import Program Browse to and open the Demand Control Logic folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image C Program Files RA_Simplification EMAT File Demand Control Logic Select the DemandControl L5x file and click Import The Import Configuration dialog will appear Leave the program properties at the default click OK to create the Demand Control program The new DemandControl program should appear in the Controller Organizer within the Main Task folder Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Controller Organizer Controller DemandController Controller Tags 3 Controller Fault Handler 3 Power Up Handler amp Tasks C New Program a Ca Uns 8 New Equipment Phase p e ma Import Program x E Ung 5 Ga Add on Import Equipment Phase 7 Taped Cut Ctrl x Us E a Ep str Copy Ctrl C oe Add MA Paste tri Of
310. er I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended E3 Plus module IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your 1 0 tree 3 Select New Module 268 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Expand the Communications folder and select the 193 DNENCAT or 193 DNENCATR module and click OK IMPORTANT __ Ifthis module is not available in the list you can update the Add on Profile for your device Refer to Appendix E for more information on updating the Add on Profiles E Select Module E Communications A S 12 3 DNENCAT Ethernet to DeviceNet Communications Auxiliary 4llen Bradley x 193 DNENCATR Ethernet to DeviceNet Communications Auxiliary 2 Port Allen Bradley a i LF 15 4ENTR 1715 Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley i 1734 AENT 1734 Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley i LF34 4ENTR 1734 Ethernet Adapter 2 Port Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley i 1738 AENT 1738 Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley i L738 4ENTR 1738 Ethernet Adapter 2 Port Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley i 1756 EN2F 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge Fiber Media Allen Bradley i L 56 EN2T 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley i 1756 EN2TR 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge 2 Port Twisted Pair
311. er and winter seasons with different rates time of use on and off peak global variables and hidden line items for preliminary calculations Alliant IP Incudes seasons based on Daylight Savings Time DST start and end dates in 2007 For accuracy seasons should be adjusted for DST each year The value type EAC is needed for manual meter to store monthly energy adjustment rates Rate schedule is based on Alliant IP amp L tariff sheet 26 issued on June 26 2006 Black Hills Power General Service 20 Includes global variables hidden line items for preliminary calculations stepped banded energy and demand charges and a power factor penalty lt 0 85 Rate schedule does not include seasons holidays or times of use Dominion VA Power Non Residential Sched 130 Includes summer and winter seasons with different rates time of use with different season schedules global variables hidden line items for preliminary calculations and several fixed facility charges Progress Energy LGS 9 Includes seasons for ratchet demand calculation stepped banded demand charges global variables global proration factor for partial month reporting Virginia Electric and Power Company GS 4 Includes summer and winter seasons time of use with different season schedules global variables and many riders WE General Primary Service TOU Cp1 Includes holidays global variables sales tax and blended rate per kWh calculation 182 Rockwell Automation Publication
312. er designates device voltage where 1 240V ACV LL120V ACV LN 208V ACV LL and 2 400V ACV LN and 690V ACV LL 2 Preferred devices for use with this toolkit 3 The xin the catalog number designates device power where A 120 240 VAC and B 24 VDC For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the catalog numbers for the data collection devices would look like this Energy Energy Data Point Type Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Meter Type EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP Meter SS Electricity Data Center OPC Server on Ethprnet_ L Data Center Meter__ OPC Natural Gas Gas Main Powermonitor 1008 1408 EM24 ENT Gas Main Meter PM Status Input EtherNet IP Natural Gas Boiler House Gas ControlLogix on ie eal 1769 L23E QBFC1B ee Boiler House Gas Meter L2x Input Fuel Oil Fuel Oil ControlLogix on Etherket 1769 L23E QBFC1B J s Fuel Oil Meter L2x Input Propane Propane Controllogix on Ether 1769 L23E QBFC1B Y Propane Meter_ Lox Input Steam SteamFlow ControlLogix on Etherne 1769 L23E QBFC1B A Steam Flow Meter L2x Input EtherNet IP N EtherNet IP i Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 43 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring Name Data Collection Hardware Follow these steps to create or select device names meter types and meter tag names for each energy data p
313. er key to access Edit mode The display shows PASS with four flashing zeroes 0000 Press the Up and Down arrow keys to select the four digit password and press Enter The default password is 0000 Press the Down Arrow key to select CONFIGURATION then press the Enter key Press the Down Arrow key until you see SETPOINT then press the Enter key Press the Down Arrow key to select the setpoint number to configure then press Enter key Press the Down Arrow key to select a setpoint parameter The initial setpoint parameter is TYPE Press Enter to access Edit mode Press the Down Arrow key to select a value for the setpoint parameter For this example VOLTAGE SAG is selected for the setpoint TYPE parameter TIP For parameters that require numeric values you can press and hold the Up Arrow or Down Arrow key for a few seconds to increase the rate the value increments or decrements Press the Enter key to write the new value to the master module Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Chapter 8 12 Repeat steps 7 10 to edit the remaining setpoint parameters in the Setpoint Configuration table 13 Press the Escape key to return to PROG or DISP menus Repeat this procedure to configure other setpoints TIP Refer to Bulletin 1404 PowerMonitor 3000 User Manual publication 1404 UM001 for details on how to use data messaging as an alternative for configuring Po
314. er listing should look like this Assign Meter lags to OPC Device Layout Save Restore Collapse EE Efficient Industries Plant H f Accounting E Engineering a Air Sea Electricity E Boiler House Meter E Data Center Meter lt _ _ E Electric Wain Meter E Power House Weter E Production 1 Meter E Production 2 Meter AY Shipping ReceWvingiDc Meter H E Fuels a Steam w Water You will now assign meter tags to an OPC server For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will assign only the Real Energy Net meter tag to the Data Center OPC Server for logging consumption 1 Select the meter For this example select Data Center OPC Server 2 Click the Meter Setup tab 3 Click the Add a new meter tag link System weters Layout Save Restore Collapse E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting Engineering mC Air gets SJ Production 1 Meter SJ Production 2 Meter olf SJ Shipping Receiving DC Meter LQ Fuels 4 Steam 9 Water Domain Meter Engineering ElectricityData Center Meter Metertype Electric Device class OPC Server Meter Data Trena Calendar Trend Meter Setup Meter Setup Type Assigned to Groups Contribution factor Data Center 100 Electricity 100 Device Name Notes Time zone Access path Read device tags Add a new meter tag Units Log Rate Address Meter Tags ID Type Name
315. er on the File Edt View Favorites Tools Help j Energy Management Accelerator Gk D Bj seach gt Folders EE Toolkit CD image Address C Documents and Settings jwnovak Desktop Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit Files v Eq Go Name Size Type Date Modified File and Folder Tasks Energy Input Logic File Folder 11 3 2009 10 25 AM 2 Navigate to the desired files based on your device and file format npe EAE Whew Faa e 7 DXF DWG or PDF CO Faceplate Files File Folder 11 3 2009 10 25 4M Sample Rate Schedules File Folder 11 3 2009 10 25 AM O System Layout and Wiring File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM Q Beck ies a A Search Folders Address C Documents and SettingsijanovakiDesktoplEnergy Management Accelerator ToclktiFles System Lay EJ co _ Name Size Type Date Modified File and Folder Tasks compactLogix File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 4M ed F CPM gt File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM Other Places pm3oo0 File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM Energy Data Worksheet SS KB Microsoft Excel Wor 11 8 2009 7 55 4M 4201 PM1000 Panel Layout 2 102KB DwGFie 7 29 2009 7 45 AM fz 02 Layout Footprints B23 KB DW File 712912009 7 44 AM 03 Layout Footprints 30 523KB DwGFie 7 29 2009 7 44 4M 4204 PM1O00 Comm Diagram 119KB DWGFile 7 29 2009 7 44 AM 4 05 PMi000 480 3 Wire WYE Direct 188KB DWGFie 7 29 2009 7 44 AM A6 PM1000 4800y _4wire WYE Direct 189KB DWGFi
316. er the previous day A plant engineer may receive this report in the morning email Meters that indicate zero consumption may indicate an offline metering point or it may indicate actual conditions in the facility Consumption line items that are significantly higher than expected my indicate a leak or a failure of a facility subsystem causing a waste of energy or raw material See Chapter 9 FactorylTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts for procedures on setting up a daily consumption report and generating the report automatically Using the Windows Event Viewer The Windows Event Viewer can be helpful in diagnosing software issues that cause performance issues in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software system Issues such as slow response missed report output and server errors may be attributed to the interactions between FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software and other programs it needs such as SQL Server IIS RSLinx Classic and ASPNET To open the Event Viewer follow these steps 1 From the Windows Start menu choose Control Panel and then launch Administrative Tools Your start menu setup may be different 2 Launch the Event Viewer The Application and System logs can provide clues to help diagnose performance issues vent Viewer File do Action view Event viewer iLocal Security mH System fa ChartsPlusLog 8 FactoryTalk Diagnostics 8 Microsoft Office Diagnostics 8 Microsoft Office S
317. erTypes Summary MeterTypeld Mame 1 Manual Water Air For this example Fuel Oil and Propane were added 6 Click X to close dialog box the close SQL Server Management Studio Gas Electric Steam Fuel cil 2 3 4 z 6 7 Environmental fa a ALE 424 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Appendix B Custom Units and Value Types This appendix shows how to configure custom base units units and value types used by meter tags for logging energy data The FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software collection of base units are those most commonly used in energy management applications A base unit consists of a unit and a scaling factor For example VA voltampere is a base unit and kVA kilovoltampere is a unit with a scaling factor of 0 001 Value types are used by reporting and billing functions to aggregate values of a specific type in one or more meters or groups The FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software value types represent the most commonly used electrical energy management parameters Value types are set up as consumption or demand Consumption types are treated as accumulated values of energy or process output for example real energy net Demand types are treated as rate values such as real power demand If FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software does not contain the base units units and value types required you ll need to create them Verify Base Units 1 Select Unit S
318. ergy Data Point Type Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Device Name Meter Name Meter Type Electricity Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on Electric Main Meter EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP Electricit Bata Cee ff TT l Natural Gas Gas Main Gas Main Meter __ Fuel Oil Fuel Oil Oil Fuel Oil Meter Oil Meter Propane So a S S S e A Steam SteamFlow r lll Ehee _ LPM Status Input Status Input lt Water Water Main po Water Main Meter Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 6 Identify other small groups lt 3 of digital energy points in close proximity that can be collected by the digital status inputs of the PowerMonitor 1000 device This is a lower cost alternative to a CompactLogix controller with a few digital inputs For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the gas main and water main digital meters are somewhat isolated in the corner of the production area near MCC 2 A PowerMonitor 1000 named MCC 2 is added to capture these two digital meter inputs Diigr Data center MEC 4 UPS MEG 3 E E l 1 480 J 480 V i I mec g Shipparig and ig 1g _ i 450 Y j l j j i Shipping Receiving l Biei N 4 Substation 7 480v f MEC 1 1 Production i MEC 6 e fF SSS substation 1 F ago W a Powernnoniter 1 1000 typic
319. erinc Ei a Air ian Air Flow Meter lt q oe Electricity Fuels 7 Be Gas Main Meter lt q ae CJ Steam e Water gt Water Wain Meter lt Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 141 Chapter7 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Verify Units and Value Types To create tags for meters the appropriate base units and value types that will be used by the tags must be available Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software provides the most common value types and units Refer to Appendix B for details on how to check if the value types and base units you need are in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software default list and how to create them if necessary For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the gas main air flow and water main meters require custom units and value types not in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software default list The table shows the base units units and value types required Gas Main Meter thm Water Main Meter Gal Assign Meter lags to Status Inputs You will now assign meter tags to energy meters from a PowerMonitor status input For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will assign tags to the Gas Main Water Main and Air Flow meters 1 Select the meter For this example select Gas Main Meter 2 Click the Meter Setup tab 3 Click the Add a new meter tag link System Meters Domain Meter
320. ers on the same chart Calendar Displays a trend line of one logged parameter in a calendar format This chart is typically used to display real or reactive power demand over time to pinpoint peaks that vary by day week or month You can zoom in on a day s chart by clicking on the day in the calendar view Selecting multiple days overlays one trend line on top of another allowing you to compare for instance all Mondays in a month TIP In addition to the standard charts the optional ChartsPlus package extends custom charting capabilities This client application downloads and runs on the client computer Setup and View a Trend 1 Click the Meters tab 2 Navigate to and select the group and meter for the trend For this example select the Electric Main Meter under the Electricity group in the Engineering subdomain 3 Click the Trend tab Domain Meter Engineering Electricity Electric Main Meter Meter type Electric Device class Powermonitor 3000 M6 Meter Data Calendar Trend Power Quality Events Meter Setup A blank chart appears and is labeled No meter tags selected Time zone UTC 05 00 Central Time US amp Canada lV Show grid lines Export Data 4 Select atime zone for the chart The default is the logged in user time zone 5 Choose a meter tag to display from the list No meter tags selected Apr May 2012 Jun May June 2012 Jul Select a meter tag to display on graph Show grid Sun
321. es Import the CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Routine 1 From the Controller Organizer right click on the program where you want to add the CIP Motion Energy faceplate routine and choose Import Routine ae Controller MyController A Controller Tags 3 Controller Fault Handler 2 Navigate to the ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files folder and select the CIPMotion_EnergyOnly_Faceplate routine and click Import Import Routine T Ji ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files i E Po a ae eE E CIPMotion_EnergyOnly_Faceplate L5x 8 25 20149 53AM_ Logix Designer X The Import Configuration dialog box opens OE Import Configuration 308 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field lt lt x slaj ref SO BRIAR rte Find Within Final Name onfigure Routine Properties Import Name RXX_CIPMotion_Energy Ready 4 Click Tags in the Import Content organizer The Configure Tag References dialog box opens 5 Replace _DriveName in the Final Name with the name of your device Import Content MainTask r AE MainProgram Ei eane Operation eae Sts For Data Ty oH 5 peratic TY Data Tyr saeco alas DrveNName BEO Use Existing _DrveName_BEO 5j UDT Bi 7 oes I drive Use Easting _OrveName_BEOmsg Ge messag 2 Data Types TT Meade Facas fron
322. es a Multi Purpose Report Scripts Al Alarm Setup F JB configuration vee E System Configuration Report a FE miy User Settings Delete _ Base units Text 2 2 Enter the base unit text Units Base Units For this example enter Gal for fuel oil Base Unit Setup propane and water 3 Click Save Text Gal 4 Repeat steps 1 3 to add therms thm cubic feet WW Gace unc cf and pounds Ibs Base Unit Setup When done you should see cf thm and lb in the Base unit list Delete Base units ct Ah ict Base unii 426 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Custom Units and Value Types Appendix B Verify Units 1 Click the Units tab Units Unit Setup 2 Click the Units pull down menu to show the available units ma _ Delete 3 Verify that all units required are available in the list Youll need to create those units that don t appear in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix list For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you ll need to create these units e gallon gal for fuel oil propane and water e therms thm for natural gas e pounds Ibs for steam e cubic feet cf for air Create Units 1 Click the Add button on the l i System value Treed Units Base Units Units tab Unit Setup Layout Save Restore Collapse 2 system Status a ae Groups Devices Rol
323. es a panel layout drawing for the CompactLogix controller shown below Add or remove components as needed 2 DESCRIPTION MFG PART NUMBER CONCEPT WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURE HOFFMAN CSD20248 24 X 20 SUBPAN HOFFMAN CP2420 1X4 GRAY SLOT WIRE DUCT PANDUIT F1X4LG6 6 COLOR TRANSMISSIVE CSTN TOUCHSCREEN AB 2711C T6C gt COMPACTLOGIX Le3E CONTROLLER 512K 16D1 16D0 4A1 2A0 4HSC AB 1769 L23E QBFC1B RAIL DIN MTG 25MM 1M AB 199 DR1 GROUP MARKER CARRIER AB 1492 GM35 END ANCHOR AB 1492 EAJ35 1AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER AB 1492 SP1D010 SCREW CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK 1492 J AB 1492 J4 END BARRIER 1492 J AB 1492 EBJ3 PS COMPACT 24 e8VDC 214 120 240VAC AB 1606 XLPSOE STRATIX S PORT ETHERNET SWITCH AB 1783 US0ST 2X4 GRAY SLOT WIRE DUCT PANDUIT F2X4LG6 GROUNDING BAR SYSTEM 9 POS SQUARE D PK9GTA gt BITE elelelelalwlQyeyeyNfelera D gt av WIREWAY 1 X 4 NET1141 CB1021 PW1041 O ain of WIREWAY 1 X 4 WIREWAY 1 X 4 o D WIREWAY 2 X 4 ENERGY MANAGEMEN SP 0e 03 09 U x XXXXXX_XXXX ACCELERATOR TOOLKIT CMLX m mE meat XXXXXX ENCLOSURE
324. es and Users Units a Multi Purpose Report Scripts Base unit z Al Alarm Setup SEA Unit Setup Base units scale fi J Configuration Text LJ System Configuration Report Display decimals i ea My User Settings About 2 Choose the base unit just created from the pull Tere down menu Add a Unit 3 Enter the Base units scale and text For this example enter 1 and Gal to be used by the fuel oil propane and water meter tags 4 Click Save Hase unit Gal Base units scale f Text Gal Display decimals 2 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 427 Appendix B Custom Units and Value Types 5 Repeat steps 1 4 to create other units Base Unit Base Unit Scale Display Decimals For this example create thm e therms thm for natural gas F 2 spounesi bsforsredin bs 7 cubic feet cf for air Enter the settings from the table for each unit 6 Verify that each unit appears in the Units Units pull down menu Unit Setup Eat AdI Delete Units cf 428 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Custom Units and Value Types Appendix B Verify Value Types 1 Click the Value Types tab ue Goe Value Type Setup Creat Fade cetete Value types Apparent Power Demand Apparent Power Demand amsi Reactive Energy Exported Nam Peactive Energy Imported Reactive Energy Met Urn Reactive Power Demand Real
325. es sa Seve herran sapien peers 17 Leave the Default instance selected click Next Server Confpraton e van e a AEEA Deri mva Ero Reporang etegraton Saias 18 On the Disk Space Requirements page click Next ee Cert Tes Barnard Comet 19 On the Service Account dialog Click Use the same Eran Taas Corot account for all SQL Server services inbatu 20 Select NT AUTHORITY SYSTEM in the dialog sateen uasan and then click OK ra Fra S TESST TIO 21 Click Next lt Back iT text gt Eana Hep 22 On the Database Engine Configuration page select Mixed Mode 23 Enter a password Record the password in a safe location You will need to enter it when you install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix 24 Click Add Current User Add additional users as administrators as desired 25 Click Next 26 Click Next 27 Click Install 28 Wait until installation completes 29 Click Close 30 Close the SQL Server Installation Center window 31 Remove the SQL Server 2008 R2 installation DVD IMPORTANT In SQL Server 2008 R2 TCP IP network access is enabled by default Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 97 Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Enable 32 bit Applications 1 Using Internet Information Services IIS AA Manager gt Application Pools gt DefautlAppPool m 5s 1 gt Advanced Settings set Enable 32 Bit Applications to True 2 Click OK Internet Inform
326. ese tools to monitor electrical loads consumption power quality analyze demand and generate billing and cost allocation reports Load Profiling Load profiling is a method where electrical loads are monitored or profiled Load profiling helps to identify peak demands so that you can reschedule loads accordingly to reduce energy costs Domainiieter Engineering ElectricitiProduction 1 _ Meter Meter type Electric Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time Us amp Canada we W Show grid lines Export Data 2 000 1 800 1 600 1 400 1 200 1 000 a00 j a ee f ee oe T i 400 o o ee T N oe a A Lal ee 200 0 00 00 06 00 12 00 18 00 00 00 06 00 12 00 18 00 00 00 Sep October 20049 Mov Sep October 2009 Moy Sun Mon Tue ved Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue ved Thu Fri Sat Taon eee e AWE Engineering Electricty Production 2 Meter Real Power Demand a ee eee ec mS a ee eee THE Engineering Electricity Boiler House _Meter Real Power Demand AER eS ae a a eT ese E ele edleet lly ae 18 19 20 21 222324 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 ie Engineering Electricty Data Center Meter Real Power Demand 25 26 2r 20 30 31 25 26 27 20 29 ad L Engineering Electricity Power House _Meter Real Power Demand W Engineering Electricity Production 1 _Meter Real Power Demand WW E 24 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Chapter 1 Consumption Reporting Consumption reporting typica
327. essions Help Application 1 965 event s Source i Information i Information AS warning i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information i Information 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 10 26 2009 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 2303 AM 72055 AM P2855 4M P2853 AM F28 51 AM F229 AM P2826 AM Petit AM Pete AM F223 AM F223 AM Teon AM F202 AM Tiaan AM Tiaro AM Tiaro AM Tarr AM RSLinx SOLBrowser SOLBrowser SOLBrowser SPCSUbIiby Service RSLinx Enterprise RSLinx Rox Sniffer AlburniCore RoxLiveShare RoxLiveShare MSSOL5ER VER MSSOL5ERVER MSSOLS5ERVER MSSOLS5ERVER MSSQLS5SERVER MSSQL5ERVER a00 2 207 Chapter 10 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance 3 To check or edit settings of a specific event log right click the log name and choose Properties General Filter For this example the System log was selected Spats Pye vey tas yx Display name System For best results the application and system logs should EE CAWINDOWS eystemd2 confighSysE vent Evt be set to at least 512 MB
328. essure 80 pore Ips reduction Zips 7 tector 3 3 X 4 reducton factor 12 total saving n energy 12 X Sady sangs at 80 psi Chapter 2 System Configuration and Wiring Chapter 3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Energy_Gas_Digita gt __ Energy_Gas_Digital Boiler_House_Gas Inp_Pulse Local 1 1 Data 0 0 Set_Meter_Pulse_ Factor 1 5 Set_Calc_Interval 1 Set_High_Flow Set Critical Flow Val_Total_Gas Val_Gas_Per_Calc_Interval Chapter 4 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Installation FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix 2 00 00 IB View FT Enorgyietrix help files for Paleo Ina bord pelea Motes eie pel Ophenel Sofas E Adobe Acrobat Reader 9 1 Install Required Software E Factory Tak Activation Manager 3 60 B RSLins Lie 257 00 NET Fremework 3 5 5F1 E Factor Tak Energy fete 2 00 00 Rockwell ia borate Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Configuration and Maintenance Chapter 5 Groups and Security Setup Chapter 6 Device Setup Chapter 7 Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 8 Alarm Setup Chapter 9 Reports and Charts Chapter 10 Maintenance vaian Lieur as Curie Group Setup Layout Eva eatery Comune a az i ae to By Geren Paran pap o g i a ENESES i Fre Vrs i 1 os 3 H Asi Us nu OO erh bheann j G hPa Re D seer Sate iP nt See Default tog rata z MEn Fit Ehi E Ceniguas E By Liver Sam F
329. etermine Business Goals page 18 Plant Walk Through page 18 Energy Assessment page 19 Business Case for Energy Monitoring page 23 Monitoring Methods page 24 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 17 Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Determine Business Goals Business today has changed and it added a color green Not only do you need to meet your business and production goals but global dynamics are forcing you to pursue energy reductions Many companies can help reduce energy consumption at their manufacturing facilities when a plan is implemented Determining your business goals is the first step in understanding and developing the scope of your energy and power management application Your business goals may include e Energy cost reduction e Operating equipment efficiency e Usage based cost accounting e Downtime reduction through power quality monitoring e Sustainable production initiatives e Driving energy cost accountability to the energy user e Identifying and justifying energy cost savings projects Plant Walk Through After determining your business goals conduct a walk through of your plant or campus This will help you to identify the largest energy consumption uses and events To maximize the efficiency of the walk through gather pertinent facility documentation that is available e Facility one line diagrams for electricity gas wa
330. etup on the System tab Units Base Units Base Unit Setup 2 Click the Base Units tab Layout Save Restore Collapse EE System Status 3 Click the Base unit pull down menu to show sroups E Cex Crete H O Devices H O Roles and Users Rate Schedules H O Multi Purpose Report Scripts Al Alarm Setup 4 Verify that all base units required are available T oen EI System Configuration Report in the list F My User Settings About the available units Base units Youll need to create those base units that don t appear in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix list For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example create these base units e gallons gal for fuel oil propane and water e therms thm for natural gas e pounds Ibs for steam e cubic feet cf for air TIP For advanced users an SOL query named Accel Tk Units Value Units sql is available that will automatically populate the database with value types and units This query is in the System Layout and Wiring folder of the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 425 Appendix B Custom Units and Value Types Create Base Units 1 Click Add on the Base Units tab pene ogged in as a a hy Start Page RSRSEner gyMetrix Administrator Base Unit Setup Layout Save Restore Collapse vw System Status a Groups a Devices a Roles and Users a Rate Schedul
331. ex drive is monitored and appropriate Program commands for the specific application are issued before the Xxxx Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive tag is set to insure a safe Program to Operator Control transfer ATTENTION If an Xxxx Cmd_OperloProgramPermissive tag is set to 1 the associated AOI is programmed to allow a transfer from Operator Control to Program Control regardless of the current direction speed or active status of the PowerFlex Drive In addition there is no logic within the AOI that sets the Set_SpeedProg upon transfer to Program mode so the PowerFlex drive assumes the last commanded Set_SpeedProg speed value unless logic is programmed outside of the AOI to set it to a different value Therefore it is very important that the status of the PowerFlex Drive is monitored and appropriate Program commands for the specific application are issued before the Xxxx Cmd_OperloProgramPermissive tag is set to insure a safe Operator to Program Control transfer ATTENTION If The PowerFlex drive is started in Operator Mode and the RSView ME PowerFlex faceplate is closed while the PowerFlex drive is running the PowerFlex drive continues running at the current Set_SpeedOper tag value Therefore it is very important to understand how this operation affects the specific application and appropriate actions and safeguards are implemented ATTENTION There is no logic in the AOI that controls the minimum or maximum PowerFlex Commanded Speed value
332. f Override Set OVR Green On Override Set OVR Red On Override Set Operator Action Required Red Flashing Load is not in OVR controller telling to turn off but load is still on INT Green Interlocked On INT Grey Interlocked Off Interlocks Bypassed Indicates that the interlocks have been bypassed for the load Predicted KW PRE EA The predicted KW demand is read from the PowerMonitor with the following color code Demand KWDemand Red Operator Action Required to stay within Demand kW Setpoint C150 e Yellow Shedding Loads to stay within Demand kW Setpoint e Green Predicted Demand within Demand kW Setpoint Shedding not required 380 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Button Icons Description Present billing KW prggesvenmimg The present kW Billing Demand is the max of interval demands during the on peak time of use periods in the Demand KW Demand current month e Red Present Billing Demand is greater than or equal to the Demand kW SP e Yellow Present Billing Demand is within 10 of the Demand kW SP e Green Present Billing Demand is 10 Below the Demand kW SP Demand KW Demand The demand kW setpoint is entered by the user from the main demand configuration screen setpoint KW Setpoint Demand Control Indicates whether demand control is currently on or off on peak or off peak Status Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P Oc
333. f the message must be input back into the instruction through the Inp_Status_Input tag The PowerMonitor status inputs are counters that total the number of incoming digital pulses No additional logic is required to calculate total consumption as the digital pulse is scaled in the advanced parameters of the PowerMonitor The Inp_Status_Input value is simply moved to the Val_Total_xxx tag Total Consumption This ADI calculates the Total Air usage and Avg Flow based upon a digital status input from a PowerMonitor 1000 or 3000 These values are then mapped to Sts_ sxx tags which are used to display the data in the Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates This rung uses an Explicit message to read the PowerMonitors Status Input which is a totalized counter value The Destination tag of this message must be used for the Inp_Status_Input Parameter on the AOL MSG 0 Message EN Message Control Ref_Status_Input DN 3 ER This rung moves the totalized counter value of the Powehlonitor Status input to Val_Total_Air Total consumption cf MOW 1 howe Source Inp_Status_Input 0 0 Dest Val Total_Air 0 0 440 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions Appendix D CompactLogix Analog Input Logic The following Logic is provided in all the Energy_xxx_Analog Add On Instructions to calculate energy consumption from corresponding CompactLogix analog inputs The Inp_Meter_Ana
334. fault gt Val_Total_Real_Power Shipping_Receiving_DC_TotalRealPower 0 0 Ref_Avg_L_L Volts Shipping_Receiving DC_MsgAvgLLVolts Val_Avg_L_L Volts Shipping_Receiving_DC_AvgLLVolts 0 0 Ref_Avg_Current Shipping_Receiving_DC_MsgAvgCurrent Val_Avg_Current Shipping_Receiving_DC_AvgCurrent 0 0 Ref_True_Power_Factor Shipping Receiving DC_MsgTruePowerFactor Val_True_Power_Factor Shipping_ Receiving _DC_TruePowerFactor 0 0 324 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure PowerMonitor Status Input Faceplate AOIs Logic is required to display energy meter data on Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates from PowerMonitor status inputs l Open your program routine and create a new rung 2 Click the Add On tab then click EPET E T the required PowerMonitor status ile Edt view Search Logic Communications Tools window Help input Add On Instruction toadd ajem a BE brivec alala le El ala to the rung 5 q w esi Pe Serer e a kes a Aa eff Ee Dites aa a ee bet e e ae ale Favorites Add on 4 larms A Dt A Timer Counter A Inputioutput A Compare A ComputeMath A Movelogcal 4 For this example the Ener gy_Gas_P M_ Status Controller L2x A AE MainProgram Mainl A Controller Tags Energy _Gas_PM_Status v1 0 nergy Gas _PM_Status instruction is selected to support Ge Conese cau aca is saele Energy_Ga
335. ffered_Flow Val_Total_Ajir is total consumption cf Totalized_Flow_Interval_Timer DN Move ADD 2 Mowe Add Source VWal_Total_Air Source 4A Buffered_Flow 0 0 0 0 Dest Temp_Buffer Source B Wal _Total_Air 0 0 0 0 Dest Val_Total_Air 0 0 This rung clears the buffer to accomodate very small flows without the totalizer getting stuck due to data resolution issues Totalized_Flow_Interval_Timer DN NEG Mow 3 Not Equal Mowe Source 4A Wal _Total_Air Source 0 0 0 Source B Temp Buffer Dest Buffered_Flow 0 0 0 0 Rollover Rung GRT SUB 4 Greater Than A B Subtract source 4 Val Total_Air Source 4 Wal Total_Air 0 0 0 0 Source B 10000000 Source B 10000000 Dest wal Total _Air 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions To calculate the average flow rate Val_xxx_Per_Calc_Interval the logic uses the Set_Calc_Interval in minutes to configure the sample interval A MUL instruction converts the sample interval in minutes to milliseconds for the Avg Flow_Interval_PLC_Timer preset At the end of interval Val_Total_xxx is compared to the previous interval s Val_Total_ xxx and the flow rate Val_ xxx Per Min or Val_xxx_Per_Hr is calculated Local Timers for End of Interval Calculations Set Calc_ Interval is an input from the user in minutes This rung multiplies the Set_Calc_ Interval min by 60000 to use as preset for the timer WUL TON Muttiph
336. g PowerMonitor 1000 devices Power House Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving DC MCC2 1 Select an existing device then click Copy Layout Save Restore Collapse For this example select the P sistem cians Groups Y Devices E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E B Accounting Boiler House device Data Center Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving Utilities Engineering Air 7 Electrici oiler House B Electric Main C Fuels 9 Steam E water 2 Change the name of the copied device System eter Device Setup Parent group Edit Device Device Information Device Configuration Device Viewer IV Enable device I Enable real time logging Z Enable auto data repopulation Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Time sync Daily 7 Device password p For this example replace Copy of Boiler Save House with Power House V Enable device 3 Change the Communication path to match the device for this example If the device will not be connected during configuration clear the Enable device checkbox to avoid timeout errors 4 Click Save Cancel MV Enable real time logging V Enable auto data repopulation Parent group Electricity Device class Powermonitor 1000 EM3 on EtherNetlP Name Power House Time zone
337. g runtime file aa Graphics tii Download the PanelView Plus terminal Runtime File Fie View Application MEWS Window Help k ba Diagnostics Setup Diagnostics Viewer Follow these steps to download the runtime file just created to the PanelView Plus terminal Tag Import and Export ha ard Ch T fi U ili f h T l Application Manager e oose Lransfer Uti Ity rom the Lools menu pear lin ade Weld i 2 Click the Download tab Languages Ree i Options 3 Click the icon to locate the source runtime file rs 4 Choose Internal Storage box from the Destination storage type list Optionally check Run application at start up to start the application when the download finishes 5 Browse through the RSlinx Enterprise communication tree to select the destination PanelView Plus terminal for the download Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 407 Chapter13 Time of Day Control 6 Click Download 7 Click OK when the download completes successfully 8 Click Exit to close the File Transfer Utility Inisa Shores l WARRING D Aun appka of lytup rakade a godt ordajn risda balim m yur agdam d gt P yeu a bo eih lhi caan ele aiana Iraciada a chubdews butte in pour applicant i you us Bs be hie be thal d ciinii Run Application on PanelView Plus Terminal The mer runtime file is now stored in the Panel View Plus EE 1759 417 Bac
338. ge C E pucia Local3LCh2Data fos R E F10 6 Chapter 2 For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the Compactlogix and PLC 5 address assignments would look similar to this L2x a EnergyTotals PLC 5 Device Name Meter eee Meter e Name Address Address Address L2x L2x L2x B eres a ee ee ee i Boiler House Gas Boiler House Natural Gas Usage Boiler House_Gas Local 1 Data 0 L2x_EnergyTotals 0 F10 0 Fuel Oil Meter Fuel Oil Usage Fuel_Oil Local 3 ChOData L2x_EnergyTotals 1 F10 1 Propane Usage Local 3 ChiData L2x_EnergyTotals 2 F10 2 Steam Flow Meter Local 3 Ch2Data L2x_EnergyTotals 3 F10 3 si E ll Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 4 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring Create Energy Panel Layout and Wiring Drawings The toolkit provides energy data collector panel layout and wiring drawings in DWG DXF and PDF file formats to help you plan the layout of your energy system The files are organized by device CompactLogix PM1000 PM3000 PMW 250 PM500 and PM5000 The drawings include power and control wiring If you do not have CAD software use the pdf files to build your system drawings Use CAD Drawings from Toolkit Follow these steps to access the AutoCAD drawings for each device in your Energy Data Worksheet 1 Browse to and open the System f C Documents and Settings jwnovakWesktop Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit Files Layout and Wiring fold
339. gs to energy meters from Fuels Group CompactLogix digital and analog inputs Gas Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input 1 For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will Boiler House Gas L2x Digital Input lt Fuel Oil L2x Analog Input assign tags to the Boiler House Gas Fuel Oil Propane Pro pane L2x Analog Input lt and Steam meters re Steam Group Follow these steps to assign a tag to an energy meter from Steam Flow L2x Analog Input lt an L2x digital or analog input 1 Select the meter For this example select Boiler House Gas Meter 2 Click the Meter Setup tab 3 Click the Add a new meter tag link System Meters DomainiMeter Engineering Fuels Boiler House Gas Meter Meter type Gas Device class Controllogix _ nmm Layout Save Restore Colapse Meter Data Calendar Tren Meter Setup D El E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Meter Setup fl Es Accounting ee Oi ao Seely Meter Information Aa Fue i T Type Gas Assigned to Groups Contribution factor ef Oy Fuels 100 E Gas Main Meter DeL oo E Propane Meter Hame Boiler House Gas Meter a Steam a H E Water Pte as GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Meter Tags Read device tags Add anew meter tag D e Im Than Bias lindo Pan Datin Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 147 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup
340. he 1 parameter for that faceplate display associated with Motor_1 tag A Motor_1 Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive must also be included in the Logix Program to control whether Program to Operator Control transfer requests are allowed or acted upon A tag value of 1 permits the associated control transfer requests A value of 0 prevents the associated control transfer requests Program Control to Operator Control regardless of the current direction speed or active status of the SMC_5O0 Therefore if the SMC_50 is running at the time of a Program to Operator Control transition the SMC_50 continues to run If a different Program to Operator Control transition is desired then the status of the SMC_50 and the Operator command requests must be monitored and the appropriate Program commands must be issued before the Xxxx Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive is allowed Therefore it is very important that the status of the SMC_50 is monitored and appropriate Program commands for the specific application are issued before the Xxxx Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive tag is set to insure a safe Program to Operator Control transfer f ATTENTION If an Xxxx Cmd_ProgloOperPermissive tag is set to 1 the associated AOI is programmed to allow a transfer from running the SMC_50 continues running Therefore it is very important to understand how this operation affects the specific ATTENTION If the SMC_50 is started in Operator Mode and the RSView ME SMC_50 Faceplate is clo
341. he Alarm History Faceplate uses these values to trigger the appropriate messages to show on the Alarm Display Alarm History Faceplate Rungs Sts_Fault Cmd_AlarmReset Alarm Sts_Criticallbemand Sts_HighDemand The Integer values moved to the Sts_Energy_ElectricAlarmTrigger tag in the MOV instruction are mapped to specific messages used in Alarm History Faceplate Alarm Mov hove Source Sts_DeviceState 0 Dest Sts_EnergyAlarmTrigger 0 OSR One Shot Rising Storage Bit Storages Output Bit Sts_Controller_Trigger Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 437 AppendixC Energy Electric Add On Instructions Additional rungs must be added to the main routine to reset the alarm trigger tags and the alarm messages Refer to page 332 and page 333 for more details on the alarm history MeterName Sts_Controller_Trigger Cmd_Application_Alarm_ Reset MoV Mowe Source MeterName Sts_EnergyAlarmlrigger Dest EnergyAlarml rigger COP Copy File Source MeterName_AlarmName Dest EnergyAlarmbame Length 1 MoV hove Source 0 Dest EnergyAlarmI rigger MeterName Cmd_AlarmReset 438 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions This appendix describes the behavior of all Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions with the exception of the Energy_Elect
342. he File menu in the browser 16 Refer to Create a Job to Run Report Automatically on page 179 for details on how to configure a report job to automatically run the report Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 191 Chapter 9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Power Quality Report A power quality report combines a graph and grid display of power quality sag and swell events FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software periodically reads the power monitor event log from the PowerMonitor 3000 and stores sag and swell events in the database The power quality report displays events logged during the selected report interval on a ITI CBEMA chart and in a grid tabular listing TIP The power quality report is supported only for PowerMonitor 3000 M6 M8 models with configured sag and swell setpoints Enable PQ events logging must be checked when configuring the device For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a power quality report for the PowerMonitor 3000 Electric Main meter Create and View Report Follow these steps to set up and view a power quality report 1 Click the Reports tab 2 Navigate to and select a domain for the report For this example select Engineering Only users with access to the domain will be able to view the report 3 Click Add 4 Enter a Report name For this example enter Electric Main Power Quality Report 5 Choose th
343. he Kinetix Drive to Your Ethernet etwork page 307 Import the CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Routine page 308 Add CIP Motion Energy Faceplate to ME Application page 311 Add Parameter File page 311 Create Display Navigation Button page 313 Configure Device Logic for Equipment Status and Alarm History Faceplates onfigure PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 ommunication page 317 Import PowerMonitor and Status Input Faceplate AOls page 319 Configure PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 Faceplate AOls page 320 Configure PowerMonitor Status Input Faceplate AOls page 325 Modify Faceplate or Energy AOI for Equipment Status Faceplate page 330 Add Input Fault Logic for Equipment Status and Alarm History Faceplate page 332 Configure Alarm Logic for Alarm History Faceplate page 333 Configure Equipment Status Faceplate Add Equipment Status Faceplate Display page 338 Add ME Equipment Parameter File page 340 Configure Energy Meter Goto Buttons page 342 Configure Additional Device Value Columns reate a Goto Button to Launch Faceplate page 346 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Configure Alarm History Faceplate Add Alarm History Faceplate Display page 348 Import Alarm Configuration File page 349 Configure Alarm Trigger Tags 0 page 35 Create a Goto Button to Launch Faceplate 3 page 35 Create and Run Your PanelView Runtime Applicati
344. he image from File the first time you use the image Once added the image can be selected from the image list c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired Goto Display Button Properties xj CNBA DOCS Ves Sasa Rel Genefal Label Common Connections Capi Image Browser xt GF SBANESOD Select image Preview 2 tS on Arrow Down Arrow Left A ee LT i x Font hai Search ME E300 Faceplate Files 2 arial E p Organize y New folder c fil L Caption color F BB Caption back color F i Recent Places Name Date modified Type l Caption blink E300 bmp 6 11 2014 10 13 4M Bitmap image IV Word wrap 3 Libraries Documents Image settings Music f Pictures Image Si videos C Image color jii passot BB mage back color Image blink 7 Image scaled amp Local Disk C ca Local Disk D ees RA_FILES F ia Network xi 4 gt File name E300 bmp Bitmap Images bmp OK OLN open cance ual lt e Click OK to close the Goto button properties window This is an example of a final goto button on your display To support additional E300 modules create a new Goto display navigation button assign the E300 faceplate display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device Rockwell Automation Pub
345. hed for the next load to shed Adds the load to the Shed_Load FIFO array This array presents the next load to restore as the first element in the array Sets the shed status equal to Normal for the next load to restore the first element in the Shed_Load array sets the alarm status bit for the following alarms e Power monitor communication loss Invalid Power monitor Demand Configuration Insufficient Sheddable Load Load Name Load Shed Failed alarm Only 1 Sheddable Load Available Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 387 Chapter 12 Demand Control I O Mapping The only modifications to the controller code that will be required for your application will be to map the demand controller inputs and outputs to the loads in your application The shed command from the demand controller Load Out_Shed will need to be mapped to the stop command or enable bit for the load This could be a hardwired output or a tag in your controller that ties into your device level control The load status on off will need to be mapped to the Demand Controller tag Load Inp_Status if it is available The SROO_IO_Mapping routine has been provided to easily configure your I O mapping This routine contains 2 rungs for each of the 16 loads available in the demand controller 1 Shed Load Load 1 Out_Shed E ISIT Status of load from discrete input O Off 1 Shed Load 1 0n Load 1 Out_Shed Load
346. hi Set Critical Flow Val Total_ Gas Val_ Gas Per_Calc_Interval TIP For additional information on how these energy factors affect calculations refer to Appendix C Energy Electric Add On Instructions and Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 83 Chapter 3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Energy Add On Instruction Factors for Electric Inputs Energy Factor Tag set_Meter_Pulse_ Factor Set_Demand_Interval set_Demand_Delay Set_End_of Demand_ Interval Type set_High_Demand Set_ Critical Demand Description The kWh value used to scale the input pulses The value 1 5 represents 1 5 kWh per pulse The value in minutes used to calculate the End of Demand Interval EOI This value is used only if the Val_End_of Demand_lype is 2 The time value used to reset the end of interval after the Set_Demand_Interval value has been exceeded without a utility contact or master end of demand contact closure The value must be in the range of 0 90 seconds The value that defines how the End of Demand Interval EOI is triggered 1 A local digital input connected to an electric utility meter EOI contact Inp_End_of_Demand_Utility_Contact 2 An internal PLC timer Demand_Interval _PLC Timer that is typically used when an electric utility meter EOI contact is not available 3 A master command input CMD_Master_End_Of_Demand_Interv
347. i When using a PowerMonitor 1000 device it is good practice to set the pulse counter scaling factor in the power monitor advanced setup Number of decimals to display 2 menu The meter tag setup then uses the default scale and rollover value aE bh Offset TTT Accept the other default settings f oe Log deka readin For a power monitor device the remaining y af settings are autofilled Rollover value 100000000C Do not change the autofill values Changing the Trend log parameter 5 values may prevent logging of the tag or cause YP 50118 8 Wax consumption per hour iit incorrect data to be logged The log rate is set to the default log rate of meter s assigned group It is typically the utility demand interval rate Refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software help before changing the log rate or maximum consumption per hour Click Save When done click the Return to meter screens link Return to meter screens Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 143 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup 12 13 144 The tag just entered should Domain Meter Engineering Fuels Gas Main Meter 4 ear on the Meter Setu Meter type Gas Device class Poweponitor 1000 EM3 PP P iter ota Tee oo Ten meter setup tab Meter Setup lerce Fuels 100 Name Notes Time zone For this example you should Meter Tags Read device tags Add a new me
348. i ange 0 to 255 support for assistance IP Address Byte b xxx bbb xxx xxx Range 0 to 255 3 Enter appropriate values in the IP Address Byte fields IP Address Byte c XXX XXX CCC XXX For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the IP danse IP Address Byte d address is 10 10 10 1 for the first PowerMonitor 1000 an aa Range 0 to 255 Subnet Mask Byte a Range 0 to 255 device 4 Enter the Subnet Mask and Gateway IP addresses as F Subnet Mask Byte b a required Subnet Mask Byte c 4 Range 0 to 255 255 5 Click Submit to send the parameter changes to the PowerMonitor 1000 device TIP You will lose communication to the PowerMonitor device You must enter the new IP address in the Address field of your web browser to re establish communication with the device 6 Browse to the new IP address from your web browser The IP address is shown on the default LCD display screen Configure Analog Inputs Follow these steps to configure the voltage mode PT ratios and CT ratios for the PowerMonitor 1000 device The Analog Input Setup Parameters table on page 64 shows the analog input parameters and example settings 1 Choose Configure Options gt Analog Input to display the Analog Input Configuration page Power and Energy Management Solutions Meeting the Changing Demands for Power and Energy Management Powermonitor 1000 Display and Configuration D Allen Bradiey lome Analog Input Configuration ispla
349. ic device parameters Parameter Default System 3P n CT Ratio 1 0 PT Ratio 1 0 2 To change a parameter a Press Enter to select a menu item b Press the Up and Down arrows to change the value c When the desired value is displayed press Enter to confirm your selection 3 Press Esc to return to the main menu Configure Advanced Parameters Follow these steps to configure the advanced parameters for the PowerMonitor 500 device These settings include the demand calculation mode interval time and synchronization mode 1 From the main programming menu use the Up and Down Arrows to scroll through the programming menu 2 Select a menu item by pressing Enter 70 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 These are the Demand configuration parameters Default Type FIXED FIXED AVG DMD Parameter SLIDE Time 01 05 10 15 20 30 15 Sync OFF CLOCK OFF 1 Additional advanced parameters such as alarms outputs and digital filtering are also available for configuration Refer to the PowerMonitor 500 Unit User Manual publication 1420 UM001 for detailed information 3 To change a parameter a Press Enter to select a menu item b Press the Up and Down arrows to change the value c When the desired value is displayed press Enter to confirm your selection 4 Press Esc to return to the main menu Configure the Date and Ti
350. ical Flow Val_ Total Fuel Oil Val_ Fuel Oil Per_Calc_Interval Eneray Propane _Analo Eneray Propane Analog Propane Inp Meter Analog Value Local 3 Ch1iData 0 set_Calc_Interval set_High_ Flow set Critical Flow Val_Total_Propane Val_ Propane _Per_Calc_Interval Energy Steam Analog Energy _Steam_Analog steam Flow Inp Meter Analog Value Local 3 Ch2Data set_Calc_ Interval Set High _ Flow Set Critical Flow Val_ Total_ Steam 0 0 1 220 245 0 0 Val Steam Per Calc_Interval 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 3 85 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Map Energy Add On Instruction Tags to PLC 5 Addresses After programming the CompactLogix energy Add On Instructions you must map the total energy tags AOINameVal_Total_xxx to PLC 5 type addresses Fxx x that FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software can read You will create a MOV instruction for each Compactlogix energy Add On Instruction to move its total to a tag within an array named ControllerName_EnergyTotals You will then map that array to the PLC 5 file F10 TIP Tag mapping must be done in Offline mode Refer to the CompactLogix tab of the Energy Data Worksheet for the CompactLogix EnergyTotal and PLC S tags that must be mapped The worksheet below shows the tags to be mapped for the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example CompactLogix Tag and AOI Naming L2x ie EnergyTotal
351. icates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Configuration The Configuration button lets you edit the Time of Day control settings such as load schedules overrides time and date configuration and calendar configuration Home The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads Load 1 8 FE The Load 1 8 button lets you view the load status and descriptive name for loads 1 8 18 Load 9 16 eer The Load 9 16 button lets you view the load status and descriptive name for loads 9 16 9 16 Help O Press the Help button to access a more detailed alarm description and recommended actions Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate Clear Faults Click the clear faults button to clear the alert from the fault view The alert will only clear if the condition causing the alert is no longer active Last Fault as Indicates the error being reported by the TOD control program a load mismatch a PLC clock recalibration alert or both 420 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Help View Press the Help button on any view to access the online help information x Faceplate Toolbar Help Load Configuration 1 0f3 Enter a Load Number 1 16 to configure the TOD settings for that load Help Screen Title gt
352. ick Edit J Configuration rate Reports title E System Configuration Report mad 2 My User Settings Reports title ri About line 2 Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 155 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup 4 Select a meter from the Meters Not Edit Group Assigned to Group that you want to move to the target group or domain then click the right arrow Parent group None __ B This group is a domain Name New Meter Group Notes Default log rate E 5 Reports title line 41 Reports title line 2 Meters Not Assigned to Group Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor Electric Main Meter A Contribution Electric Meter Example 4 factor Fuel Oil _Meter Fuel Oil Meter ae Gao wa Meter ae Fedor Gas Main Meter cancel Power House _Meter Power House Meter D Production 1 _Meter 9 e Meters Not Assigned to Group Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor You should see the meter in the Meters CZI RA d Air Flow _Meter Electric Meter Example 100 Re 1 Air Flow Meter actor Assigne to Group Boiler House _Meter Gi Boiler House Gas _Meter B 5 Click Save Boiler House Gas Meter g g Boiler House Meter m Data Center _Meter Data Center Meter gt Electric Main _Meter Mil 6 Select the initial g
353. ify the Application Server role configuration in the host Windows Server operating system These are the minimum required components e ASPNET e COM 4 Services e Internet Information Services IIS all options Make any necessary changes before proceeding with the installation 2 If not already installed install Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 NOT included in FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix base software but 2008 is available as a bundled option IMPORTANT SOL Server must be set up with mixed mode authentication Windows and SOL Server You can make this selection during initial installation or by using Enterprise Manager and editing the server properties security tab after installation We recommend that you do not use the default system administrator login username sa password due to known security issues Record the system administrator login credentials as you will be prompted to enter them when you Install Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software The same SQL database login will be required when the software is upgraded to a new version eventually IMPORTANT Ifthe SOL Server is to be hosted on another computer download if needed and install SOL Server 2005 or 2008 Express Edition on the Factory Talk EnergyMetrix server at this time 3 Using Internet Information Services manager verify that ASP NET version 2 0 is selected in the default web page properties If it is not select ASP NET version 2 0 and run IISRESET before
354. in size and to overwrite as A oe needed Created Wednesday July 24 2002 9 39 05 4M Modified Friday October 23 2009 6 03 44 PM Accessed Monday October 26 2009 1 45 49 PM Log size Maximum log size 512 KB When maximum log size i reached Overwrite events as needed days Restore Defaults ee cs O Overwrite events older than Do not overwrite events clear log manually C Using a low speed connection At times it may be helpful to restart the Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software logger service To restart the service open the Windows Service Control panel in the Administrative Tools find the Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Logger Service in the listing of services and restart the service Running System Configuration Reports The system configuration report documents the configuration of any or all of the FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software objects listed in the Report Setup page In addition you may select all groups or an individual group domain and its subgroups Groups are limited to those accessible to your login role System configuration reports are useful in documenting the installed and configured system and identifying details of devices meters and meter tags such as Device ID and Meter ID This is an example of the Devices report run on the Efficient Industries Plant 1 project Efficient Industries Plant 1 Engineering Electricity 208 Time Enabled Deviceld Nam
355. inal Names are renamed to the following Import Content MainT ask Configure Tag References ig B R1 Motor 1_Facepla limpaitName Operation AC FinsIName Ne Sr iss For Data Toe 0 i e AI _DeviceNams I Use Exist aMi AB SPs I _DeviceName0 Use Existifo alMototo Jael ABE Pus 0 DeviceName Create A Motort_AlamName Jael STRING I DeviceName Create A Motoi BE0 o ay 3 iy Y 5 5 Ae E Boa evens eae D voo Beo Aamos E _DeviceName Create aes PEONES Pead poe _ _ o m 0 _DeviceName Create Mator_1_BECIMSG_ Read Request DeviceName Create Motor1_BEOmsaGetSts E L DeviceName Create Moto_1_DevicedlarmHistoy J pm a Mae E3Plus_Co B DeviceName Create 1 z MESSAGE al TDN ve i 3 L ese oar i 6 In the Import Content organizer select Other Components The communication path can be set for all messages by selecting the device from the I O configuration drop down in the Component References Import Content Configure Component References import Name ae MainT ask ASS MainPrograrn El Ri_Motor_1_Faceplat Ba Helenes P Undefined Motor Er Pa i Tags 3 1 0 Configuration Er a Add On Instruction Backplane 1789 41774 Virtual Chassis Lig ae Data Types El il 1 Ether et IF Ethernet r a Other Components Eig Ethernet E Erow amings se A EtherNet lP Ethernet A 193 ONENC
356. ing Receiving DC Powermonitor 1000 on EtherNet IP DataCenter OPC Serer on Ethernet Gas Main Powermonitor 1000 on EtherNet IP Natural Gas Boiler House Gas ea ControlLogix on Ethernet Electricit Natural Gas Fuel Oil Fuel Oil ControlLogix on Ethernet i s s siSY Propane Propane Controllogix on Ethernet Cid Steam Steam Flow ControlLogix on Ethernet gt O O EtherNet IP Water Water Main Powermonitor 1000 on EtherNet IP Shipping Receiving DC Meter Data Center Meter Production 2 Meter a Boiler House Gas Meter L2x Input Fuel Oil Meter Steam Flow Meter Air Flow Meter PM Status Input Water Main Meter S Gas Main Meter PM Status Input E nn PM Status Input Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 41 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring Select Data Collection Hardware Follow these steps to select your data collection hardware 1 Browse to the System Layout and Wiring folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image and open the Energy Data Worksheet CPanel Layout and Wiring 4 Energy Data Worksheet Pe Print 2 Click the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab then choose or enter energy device catalog numbers a Select a cell in the Cat No column and click the pull down list icon b Choose the appropriate Cat No for each data point based on the PowerMonitor and CompactLogix Device Selection table To use a
357. ing managing project files organizing tags programming and testing routines and handling faults Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details Provides information on integrated architecture tools and resources including accelerator toolkits These online tools install on your personal computer so that you can quickly access information on our products e CrossWorks e Industrial Computer Selector e Operator Interface Selection Tool e Programmable Controller Family Selector You can view or download publications at http www rockwellautomation com literature To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative 16 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Introduction This chapter introduces the fundamentals of creating an energy management plan that will help you to e determine your business goals e perform a plant walk through e perform an energy assessment e understand the business case for energy monitoring e review the monitoring methods available when applying Rockwell Automation energy management hardware and software products Review These Steps Review these concepts to create an energy management plan for your facility D
358. ing the Goto button over an existing object on your display b Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the PowerMonitor500_Faceplate display c Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the PowerMonitor parameter file you created earlier for this intended device General Label Common Connections m Appearance Border style Border width Raised j4 IV Border uses back color Back style Pattern style E Back color i Border color s lid 7 IN 7 Oo es C Patter color Shape BB Highlight color Rectangle T Blink M Display settings Display PowerMonitor500_Fa ey Use variable Display Parameter file MyPM500_ Parameter 0000 4 Parameter list a a I Display position Top position fo Left position jo I Use Variable Display Position Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin fo jo M Other V Audio OK Cancel Apply Help 236 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Follow these steps to use a bitmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse next to the Image field b Click Add from File and select the PowerMonitor500 Bitmap Image located in the ME PowerMonitor 500 Faceplates Files folder IMPORTANT You only need to add the image from File the first time you use the image Once added the image can be selected from
359. ion 82 7 Double click the input parameter field then click the pull down menu icon to display the input controller tags Refer to the CompactLogix tab of the Energy Data Worksheet for the local I O digital or tI analog input address Navigate to the desired digital or analog input tag This example shows Local 1 I Data For digital input tags a For analog input tags a b Click the tag pull down menu icon to display a table of data bits Click the bit associated with the hardware terminal wired to your digital input Click the tag pull down menu icon to display the channel tags Double click the channel data tag associated with the hardware terminal wired to your analog energy input The analog input channels must also be enabled To D DD T oD ot oD oD Oo om om T E MainProgram MainRoutine jes ie T T D DD oD w D w w oo ot om oO om M E E MainProgram MainRoutine Controller Prograrn Show Show All nergy _Gas_ Digital il A Energy_Gaz Dista Dusa gas Inp_ Pulse QLocal 1 1 Data Local 1 7 Al Local1 AB Embedded IG 6F 0 0 AB Embedded G1 6F 1 0 i Local 1 Fautt DINT i Z ecal1 Data l LE q EED alalslel7 AB Embedded_OB16 C 0 5 4 10 11 12 13 gt 14 75 Prograrn Show Show All gt gt nergy _Gas_ Analog Energy Gas Analog Boiler House Gas Inp_Meter_Analog_ value Local s1 choD Local 3
360. ion in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software user manual publication FIEM UM002 Activate FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software is one software product The Manager and Options are enabled by installing activations For example one activation enables Manager another enables the Real Time RT option and one enables the ChartsPlus option IMPORTANT Itis the customer s responsibility to observe the requirements of all software licenses Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software may be optionally purchased bundled with Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition Runtime Database licenses SQL Server bundles are offered with a processor license unlimited clients or a single client server license 1 client Any number of users may access the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server through its web interface IMPORTANT Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software requires at minimum the activation for Manager for operation Without a Manager activation the software will not permit users to log in The basic Manager software includes a license for 10 meters You can increase the meter limit on your server at any time b 8 y y y purchasing and installing additional meter licenses in 10 50 100 and 500 meter increments You can also add options such as RT FTEMOPC ChartsPlus and ReportsPlus in the same manner Check with your local Rockwell Automation representative for option pricing and availability Factory Talk EnergyMetrix s
361. ion Button page 245 page 225 page 278 Configure ME PowerMonitor 500 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Configure ME PowerFlex Drives Faceplates Configure ME E300 Faceplate Add the PowerFlex Drive to your Ethernet Faceplates Network Add the PowerMonitor 500 Unit to your iran Add the E300 Module to Your Ethernet Ethernet Network Import the PowerFlex Unit Faceplate Network page 230 Routine page 281 Import the PowerMonitor 500 Unit page 252 Import the E300 Module Faceplate Faceplate Routine Set Other Powerflex Drive Routine page 231 Parameters page 285 Add PowerMonitor 500 Unit page 255 Add E300 Module Faceplate to ME Faceplate to ME Application Application Add PowerFlex Drive Faceplate to ME page 233 Application page 28 Add a Parameter File page 261 Add a Parameter File page 234 Add a Parameter File page 288 Create a Display Navigation Button page 261 Create a Display Navigation Button page 236 Create a Display Navigation Button page 263 Continued on next page 215 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure ME SMC 50 Controller Faceplates dd the SMC_50 Controller to Your thernet Network page 292 Import the SMC 50 Controller Faceplate Routine page 295 Add SMC 50 Controller Faceplate to ME Application page 301 Add a Parameter File page 302 Create a Display Navigation Button page 303 Configure ME CIP Motion Drive Faceplates Add t
362. ion Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 351 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates a Expand Alarms and double click on Alarm Setup b Go to the Messages tab c Filter on ModuleAlarmIrigger d Replace User Alarm in alarm message 18 with Communication Fault e Replace User Alarm in alarm message 19 with KW High Limit xplorer DMAT i Alarm Setup DMAT H Local PASSO1 B DMAT at Siir Triggers Messages Advanced A FS em ot Settings Trigger filter Module AlarmTrigger 7 Sort by lt none gt Runtime Security Alarm messages ae romana O J mioo Tigger value Message Dio uo g as a 1 ModuleAlarmTrigger 1 5 0 ModuleAlarmName Drive Fault iM _ 2 _ ModuleAlarmTrigger 2 5 0 ModuleAlarmName Not Ready Z Sy HMI Tags 3 ModuleAlarmTrigger 3 S 0 ModuleAlarmName Failed to Clear g Tags _ 4 ModuleAlarmTrigger 4 0 ModuleAlarmName Failed to Reset IM j 7 Graphics 5 ModuleAlarmTrigger 5 LP S 0 ModuleAlarmName Failed to Start Vv LI Displays 6 ModuleAlarmTrigger 6 0 ModuleAlarmName Failed to Stop IM p Global Objects 7 ModuleAlarmTrigger 5 0 ModuleAlarmName Safety Fault Vv Symbol Factor 8 ModuleAlarmTrigger 8 S 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm ia 9 ModuleAlarmTrigger 9 5 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm v i m Libraries 10 ModuleAlarmTrigger 10 0 ModuleAlarmName User Alarm Vv L
363. ion Tag Destination Element References table on page 321 for the PLCS address 2 Set the Number of Elements to 1 Electric_Main_TotalRealPower 3 Click New Tag to create a controller scoped tag for the Destination Element a Enter a name for the associated controller scoped tag Usage Type Base x Alias For gt Data Type REAL Scope fa Lex Style Float m Cancel Help PM 3000 Flectric_Main Configuration dialog box Ret_Total_Real_Power Electric_Main_MsqTotalRealPowe T ae ml Help Use the Message Destination Tag x _TotalRealPower defined in the PowerMonitor Add On Instruction Tag References table on page 321 For this example enter Electric_Main_TotalRealPower b Choose REAL as the Data Type c Choose a controller from the Scope list For this example L2x is selected d Choose Float for Style e Click OK Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 14 Click the Communication tab on the Message Configuration FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configuratio C Communication Tag dialog ae E Message Path Browser a Click the Browse icon onion anes ne CIP C DH 8 Path Electric_Main_PM3000 b Select the path to the r CIP With o a Electric_Main_PM3000 Source ID PowerMonitor device 7 R ffo 1769L23E QBFC1 L2x 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port LocalENB 5 Ethernet gt T
364. ion file contains information about devices drivers and networks Select the source for this offline configuration file Create a new configuration C Copy an existing configuration from a previously created project C Copy the configuration that is currently running on this workstation Design Local Design Local Runtime Target RSLinx Enterprise PAX02 5 1789 A17 Backplane zs EtherNet Ethernet 192 168 1 21 1756 ENBT A 1756 ENBT A 192 168 1 126 1769 23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port 1769 123E QBFC1E E Ai CompactLogix System CompactLogix System boi ie iite hua ee ter teog 404 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 System Commissioning To commission the system you need to install the system hardware and download the projects Install System Hardware Refer to the documentation listed below for information on installing the CompactLogix and PanelView Plus Hardware Document Name Publication Number Document Contents CompactLogix Packaged Controller Installation 1769 IN082 Installation Checklist Instructions Controller Dimensions How to Install the Battery How to Connect Expansion Modules Minimum Spacing Requirements How to Panel Mount How to DIN Rail Mount Grounding Considerations Wiring Power to the System Wire the 1 0 Removable Terminal Blocks Expansion Modul
365. ions list would look similar to this 2 ergy _Fu Oil_Analog Energy Sas Digital Energy _Propane_Analog Energy Steam Analog Configure CompactLogix Energy Inputs You are now ready to program each digital and analog energy input listed on the CompactLogix tab of your Energy Data Worksheet and assign energy tags and factors 1 Open your program 4 RSLogix 5000 L2x 1769 L23E QBFC1 routine and create a Fle Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help Sal S seel ieo esla FE ale Call HLL 4 H h Favorites A Add On i Alarms A Dt limericounter A Input dutput Fi Compare Fi Compute sath Fi Movelogical i Filemisc A File Controller L2x 2 Tasks Sa MainTask oS MainProgram A Program Tags ERI MainF outine EI Unscheduled Programs Phases new rung EI MainProgram MainRoutine 80 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 2 Click the Add On tab in the instruction toolbar 3 Click an Energy Add On Instruction icon to add the instruction to your rung For this example the Energy_Gas_Digital Add On Instruction is selected 4 Click in the energy tag name field and enter a tag name For this example Boiler_House_Gas is entered 5 Right click the energy tag name just entered and choose the New Tag Name from the list 6 Click OK to accept the default setup for the new Add On Instruction tag Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3
366. ippingiReceiving Mete EY Fuels C amp Boiler House Gas Meter amp Fuel oil meter V J Gas Main Meter V E Propane Meter EY Steam E steam Flow Meter a Water E water Main Meter 176 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts The report appears under the SE Efficient Industries Plant 1 Engineering domain E Accounting E Engineering Consumption Report Chapter 9 10 Verify the report is selected 11 Choose the Export type By default the report is exported in a PDF format 12 Select report parameters a Select time zone The default is the logged in user time zone b Select a predefined or custom time span c Check Suppress meter details to list only group totals in report This is useful when percentages of meters are allocated to groups 13 Click View Reports Report Information Report name eo Sut Report template Oonsumptc Report file Report parent group Export type PDF v Report Parameters Time zone SMT 06 00 Central Time U5 amp Canada Predefined Yesterday v Ocustom Start date 8 30 2009 Pick m a ce ce pai rA yn oo DI F mm mm m 7 p E End time 12 00 AM C Suppress meter details Auto run report jobs Name Notes Add a new report job Schedule A new browser window opens while the report is being gener
367. ipporte be free gt Oe Meters Arange ie Guan Corerstaron beter i Chapter 11 Factory Talk View ME Energy Faceplate Efficient Plant 1_ Boiler House X Device State Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 Boiler House Gas ACTIVE cians s 11 32 28 AM Tuesday September 29 2009 Chapter 12 Demand Control Demand Control Status P Load Load A J 1s 946 Load 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 Time of Day Control Load Configuration N Oo Load Load Description 1 Load 1 Production Changes Changes to Default Sun men Tue Where to Start Notes 4 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP OQS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods System Configuration and Wiring Energy Data Collector Configuration Table of Contents Preface About This Publication 0 0 0 ccc sce c cece cee ceececeeseeee 13 CONVENTIONS erea niera Beatie hearse ateneededatebe sens 14 SOLEWANE REGUE MENS eTe ee erea E Aa lee seneusen 14 Studio 5000 Environment 2 c cece cece cence ence cease 15 Additional Resources a254 ado waidd nd wanceies a a Eh 16 Chapter 1 PRtrOCWCHOMis ossis osu cacesu sian bee ee cen aecomeesaa Bozok 17 Review hese Stei rasa EO deans ETE ENEE S 17 Determine Business Goals 0 c cee cece cece eee eeeeeeues 18 Plane Wall eh Ouch ouster aie you ENAN 18 Piel ey AissessIMeN ra E E ie atda eam esa Gen uauebaaes 19 Business Case for Energy Monitoring 0
368. is configured to use a PowerMonitor 1000 by default 1 Ifyou are using a PowerMonitor 1000 skip to step 2 25 Tasks Sa MainTask If you are using a PowerMonitor 5000 you must edit the main routine T a Expand the DemandControl program and double click the MainRoutine b In rung 5 modify the JSR instruction to call the SRO1_ProcessPM5000 routine SROO_ TO Mapping j SRO1_ ProcessPM1000 SRO1_ProcessPMS000 SRO2_ProcessLoads SRO3_EvaluateLoads j 5RO4 Sort j sko5_ Shed 5RO6 Restore Process PowerMonitor 1000 SR Jump To Subroutine Routine Name SRO1_ProcessPM1000 fu fr fe fr Lemp eng e Ley 2 Expand the DemandControl program and double click the SRO1_ProcessPM1000 or SRO1_ProcessPM5000 routine as required per your application Rung 1 includes several message instructions 3 For each message click the View Configuration Dialog button to launch the configuration window a ioe z ajl BS E iji weft wji j StS G L L L man TAREHA i a Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 367 Chapter12 Demand Control 4 Select the Communication tab and set the path to your a PowerMonitor unit Configuration Communication Tag 00 Browse PM1000 Broadcast zj Communication Method CIP C DHe Channel A z Destination Link p 4 2 hing Source Link p a Destination Node Gctal Connected J Cache Connections e
369. is example choose Boiler House Enter a meter name For this example enter Boiler House Meter Click Save Confirm the meter was created in the correct group Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Syster Meters Renorts Layout Save Restore Domainiiteter EngineeringfElectricity Collapse E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Meters Fl E Accounting re EE Engineering Domain Electricity G Add a new meter noe C Steam a C water Add a Meter CE Meter Information Parent group Electricity Type Electric Assigned to Grou Device Boiler House Electricity 100 Hame Boiler House Meter a Time zone f SMT 06 00 Central Time S amp Canada Motes h E Devices E Efficient Industries Plant 1 aE EI E Engineering Accounting 135 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Assign Meter lags to a PowerMonitor Electric Meter You will now assign tags to a PowerMonitor electric meter For this example Real Energy Net Reactive Energy Net and Real Power Demand are assigned to the Boiler House Meter 1 Select the meter to assign tags For this example select Boiler House Meter Layout Save Restore Collapse Efficient Industries Plant 1 ficient Industries Plant 1 Accounting Engineering Air A Electricity 5 re Te m a rrr OTT Zs Click the
370. is example choose Real Power Demand 4 Choose a month and year from the pull down menus Meter Data Freng Calendar Trend Power Quality Events Meter Setup Export Data Tag Real Power Demand Month August Year 2009 August 2009 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 197 Chapter9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts 5 Zoom in by clicking on a day in the calendar 6 Optionally select up to five days by clicking on each day one at a time This allows you to view multiple days on one chart Meter Data Trend Calendar Trendl Power Quality Events is Meter Setup Tag Real Power Demand Month August Year 2009 Export Data 7 500 7000 6 500 6 000 kW 5 500 5 000 4 500 4 000 3 500 4 00 00 O00 04 00 06 00 06 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 1600 18 00 20 00 22 00 00 00 6 3 2003 6 4 2009 Aw 200E Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat a IE 4 5 ze ba A ue Tha iu T ble ei E a CEN NNN A ENT NNT S 7 Click Export Data to save the calendar trend data series as a csv file 198 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 10 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Introduction This chapter describes ways to maintain your power monitoring system to achieve a high level of performance on an ong
371. isaligned data and unexpected equipment operation Cancel Help A File Edit View Search Logic Peeeem Tools Windi ma Who Active ls amp amp i alsm 3 3 Ba Select Recent Path Rem Prog A m Program SS No Forces a es Soe attery O Upload Reals E amp E VO NotP aai Redundancy ii Z i E Controller TimeOfDay a oe Controller Tags bin Controller Fault Hand E Power Up Handler Lock Controller E Tasks d a MainTask Clear Faults CR MainProgram Go To Faults Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Configure and Download FactoryTalk Project to PanelView Plus Terminal Before you can download your application to a PanelView Plus terminal you must first create a runtime version of your FactoryIalk View application 1 Start FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition and open your application which contains the Time of Day control faceplate 2 Choose Create Runtime Application from the Application menu Fal FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition Communic afl File View Emele Tools Window Help Li amp Test Application Create Runtime Application 3 Specify the target directory and the file name for the runtime application 4 In the Save as type box select the terminal firmware version on which the mer application will run 5 Click Save and walt for the progress bar to complete Creatin
372. iscrete Load 0 0ff 1 On input 0 Off 1 On Loads 1 Out_Run Loads 1 Inp_Status 4 F Commanded State of Load 0 Off 1 On Loads 2 Out_Run 5 9 see Actual status of Commanded State of load from discrete For each load there are two rungs to configure The first is for mapping the command output 2 Double click the NOP instruction on rung 3 and type OTE Commanded State of Load 0 Off 1 0n Loads 1 Qut_Run fa 3 Click Enter 4 Double click on the question mark above the OTE and type the name of the tag that should be mapped to the output command for Load Number 1 In the Efficient Industries example the output for Load 1 is mapped to Local 2 O Data 0 Commanded State of Load 0 0ff 1 On Loads 1 0ut_Run Local2 0 Data 0 5 Click Enter In rung 4 the input status has been configured to follow the commanded state If the input status is not available for the load this rung can be left alone In the Efficient Industries example the input status for Load number 1 is available and is wired to Local 1 I Data 0 6 Double click the tag above the XIC instruction and enter the I O tag for the input status Actual status of load from discrete input O Off 1 0n Local 1 Data o ka Loads 1 Inp_ Status 7 Click Enter 8 Use the same procedure to configure the I O mapping for the remaining loads in rungs 5 34 If you are not utilizing all 16 loads in your application you can delete
373. it while prerequisite packages are installed On the FactoryTalk Activation Manager InstallShield Wizard click Next Accept the terms of the license agreement click Next Click Install When prompted reboot the server gt ooa m oa 4 Install RSLinx Classic Lite software version 2 57 a From the Factorylalk EnergyMetrix installation menu click RSLinx Lite 2 57 00 b Complete the steps to install RSLinx Classic Lite software c After installation RSLinx Classic starts as an application Refer to the RSLinx application notes section below for tips on using RSLinx Classic software on Windows 2008 Server R2 IMPORTANT _ Do not install Microsoft NET Framework 3 5 SP1 on Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 It is already installed with the operating system IMPORTANT Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software does not require the installation of Internet Explorer WebControls 1 0 98 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Chapter 4 5 Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix a From the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix installation menu click FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix 2 00 00 b Locate the InstallShield Wizard o a A mh h 1 j It may be behind other windows on the desktop click Next Click Yes to accept the EULA Enter the customer information click Next Click Next Click Next Presuming a local installation of the SQL database enter the
374. itmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse button next to the Image field b Click Add from File and select the PowerFlex Bitmap Image located in the ME_PowerFlex_GotoButtons folder IMPORTANT You only need to add the image from File the first time you use the image Once added the image can be selected from the image list c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired Goto Display Button Properties fx Genela ommon Image Browser Caption age Select image Preview Arrow Down PR Open Font Look in ME_PowerFlex_GotoButtons amp c EJ Arial N 01PowerFlex 4 bmp N O1PowerFlex 755 bmp EG IS 01PowerFlex 4M bmp My Recent gt o1PowerFlex 40 bmp Documents N 01PowerFlex 40P bmp 2 N 01PowerFlex 70 EC bmp IS 01PowerFlex 70 bmp Desktop S 01PowerFlex 400 bmp S 01PowerFlex 700 AC bmp RI N 01PowerFlex 700 C bmp N 01PowerFlex 700 bmp Image o S 01PowerFlex 700H bmp z Ti a oslo S 01PowerFlex 7005 2 bmp a a blink O 8 A 01PowerFlex 7005 bmp CCC My Computer S 01PowerFlex 753 bmp SN 01PowerFlex 755 bmp L Caption color BB Caption back color Caption blink V Word wrap Image settings Image attributes Type Width x Height Format Image scaled My Network File name P K Open 7 Places OK Cancel Files of
375. itored in row 1 of the Equipment Faceplate This will represent the device monitored in row 2 of the Equipment Faceplate This will represent the device monitored in row 3 of the Equipment Faceplate This will represent the device monitored in row 4 of the Equipment Faceplate This will represent the device monitored in row 5 of the Equipment Faceplate This will represent the device monitored in row 9 of the Equipment Faceplate for the Equipment Status Faceplate If you are not planning on using 9 devices for the Equipment Status Faceplate fill in the remaining parameters with the last device used ie In the example above only 4 devices are configured for the Equipement Faceplate therefore the remaining rows 5 9 are configured the same as the last device in row 4 NOTE Configure parameter 1 with the name of the AOI that has the Inp_NumRowsVis configured in the AOI to represent the actual number of rows to appear on the Equipment Status Faceplate For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the first five default parameters will be replaced with these Add On Instruction tag assignments l 1 L2X Gas_ Main 2 L2X Boiler_ House Gas 3 L2X Propane 4 L2X Fuel_ Oil L2X Boiler House 1 00 168 ptetor_1 2 CLX L63 Motor_2 3 CLX L63 Motor_3 4 CLX L63 Motor_4 Assign the energy tagname of the device you intend to monitor l The tagname includes the Device Shortcut of your system s Logix
376. ive Po 1 PMIK 172 144 DeviceName String 2 PMIK_172_144Status CountName String 3 PM1K_172_144 Status2CountName String PM1K_ 172 144 arr ae A PHIK 172 14A isibili Analo CJ PM1IK_FP_DEFAULT E SEB ty J B system aj F Libraries H E Images a Information RR Information Setup i i linkiarcn shirin hd Se ar Untitled My Project Parameters ON l Parameter File Created 2008 05 05 l Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display l uses at runtime You assign parameter files to displays in the Startup editor l and in the dialog box for configuring goto display buttons and display list select Syntax freplacement tagname l Example 23 A_COLOR 23 in any expression in a graphic would be replaced by the tag A_COLOR 1 PM1K_172_144 1 Create a new or open an existing display from which you want to launch the PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 225 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 2 Choose Goto from the Objects gt Display ELE iew Studio Machine Edition Fils Edik View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window Help a Ba la B g M Select Rotate jxus i ef i mar oaa Navigation menu Drawing D K A TE Push Button Numeric and String Display Navigation to Indicator Return To Gauge and Graph Close Trending Display List S
377. ive application If you modify the datalink configuration for any PowerFlex drive follow these steps to re configure tag data types in the PowerFlex AOI 1 In your RSLogix5000 Controller Organizer expand the Add On Instructions folder 2 Select the AOI for your PowerFlex drive and double click on Parameters and Local Tags 3 Select the Edit Tags tab and locate the Inp_PowerFlex_ AOI tag 4 Change the Data Type to match the PowerFlex Module Input Data Type that applies to your application PFlex_70EC_AOI et zaj PFlex_70_AOI aa m 5 PFlex_753_20COMM_AOI Name 8 4 Data Type Description h 43 PFlex_755_AOI CommFaultCounter COUNTER Parameters and Local Tags CormmF aultT imer TIMER a Logic CommStatus alue REAL 4 SMC_SO_AOT f Data Types a Controller_T rigger BOOL l Ga Trends Enableln BOOL Enable Input System Defined P 163 YO Configuration EnableQut BOOL Enable Output System Defined amp 1756 Backplane 1756 47 Inp_NumRows Vis DINT fa 0 1756 L73 PowerFlex Inp_PowerFlex_755 AB PowerFlex755_E__951A3E82 1 0 a A A Ethernet Inp_Scaled_Speed_At_60Hz REA t erne 1756 EN2T Ethernet OPAN i PowerFlex 400 E PF400 Out_PowerFlex_755 AB Data Types 8 PowerFlex 700H E PF700H Set_AccelOper RE4 AB PowerFlex755_E__B89FE665 1 0 8 SMc 50 E sMcso Set_AccelProg REA men 5 PowerFlex 755 EENET Motor_1 Set_CommFaultTimerPresetO per DIN LE B PowerFlex75
378. ix C Energy Electric Add On Instructions and Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions 17 Repeat steps 1 16 for each PowerMonitor 1000 or 3000 status input in your system Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 329 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the completed PowerMonitor status input Add On Instruction logic would look similar to this nergy Gas PM_ Status Energy Gas PM_ Status Gas_ Main Ref Status Input MCC MsgStatusinput Val_Status_ Input MCC Status1Count 0 0 Set Calc Interval 1 Set_ Critical Flow 1500 Set_High_Flow Val_Total_Gas Val_Gas Per _Calc_Interval Energy Air PM_ Status Energy_Air_PM_ Status Air Flow Ref Status Input Production MsgStatusInput Val Status_ Input Production Status1Count 0 0 set_Calc_Interval 1 Set_ Critical Flow gg Set_ High Flow 80 Val Total Air 0 0 Val Air Per_Calc_Interval 0 0 Energy Water _PM_ Status Energy Water _PM_ Status Water Main Ref Status Input MCC MsgStatusinput2 _ Val Status_ Input MCC Status Count 0 0 Set_Calc_Interval 1 Set_ Critical Flow J9 Set High Flow 50 Val_ Total Water 0 0 Val_Water_Per_Calc_Interval 0 0 Modify Faceplate or Energy AOI for Equipment Status Faceplate TIP The procedure in this section is optional and necessary only if y
379. k style Pattern style WB Border color Blink Rectangle y Display settings Display PM1K_FP Ei Parameter file ey Parameter list E Display position Top position fa Left position fa m Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin fo 0 Other Jv Audio Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 OK Cancel Apply Help Chapter 11 227 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 8 Select the parameter file you created on page 225 and dick OK A bitmap image of the PowerMonitor 1000 device has been included with the PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate files You can add this image to your project and use it as the button image if you want 9 Click OK to close the Goto Display push button Properties dialog box 10 Save your display and run the application to verify that the PowerMonitor faceplate works properly Component Browser X Select a component RS 485 STATUS Powermonitor 1000 200 RX TX Mod Net SHLD ACT LNK Allen Bradley TIP If the Test Application function is used to verify faceplate operation press the x key to escape test To integrate the faceplate with additional PowerMonitor 1000 meters on the plant floor repeat all procedures under sections Configure PowerMonitor 1000 Faceplates starting on page page 217 You do not have to add the faceplate display again or import the
380. kplane terminal so you are ready to run the application on the terminal abe ica erg ore ees n 147 168 1 11 Pareh ie GOI Paneera the H E 19216 1 1235 ISLC 1 Emene Port 1894220 OPC Lt Eihemet Port 1 Apply power to the PanelView Plus terminal The FactoryTalk View ME Station window opens 2 Press F1 Load Application You can skip this step if you checked Run application at start up when creating the runtime application The Load Application window opens 3 Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the list and select the application you want to load and run 4 Press Load F2 to load the application interna Storage External Storage 1 External Storage 2 5 Press Yes F7 If you press No the communication settings from the Yes previously run project will be used en 6 After the application loads press Run F2 to run the application Run Application F2 408 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 System Startup and Test Configure the individual loads and the time of day schedule Setup 1 Verify the TOD controller is in Run mode 2 Verify the HMI application is running on the PanelView Plus Terminal 3 Verify the IO Mapping rungs in the controller are enabled a Go online with your RSLogix project and monitor the Enable_IO tag b Set the tag value to I if it is not already set Configu
381. l Before You Begin e Complete an energy assessment and review monitoring methods in Chapter 1 P gy 8 e Complete other Energy Monitoring and Analysis chapters as applicable Chapter 2 through 9 What You Need e Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools e RSLogix 5000 software version 18 0 or later or Studio 5000 Logix Designer application version 21 00 or later e Factorylalk View Machine Edition Software version 5 1 or later e Logix controller and supporting hardware Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 393 Chapter13 Time of Day Control Follow These Steps The following steps are based on a CompactLogix 1769 L23E QBFC1 packaged controller but the general steps may be applied to other Logix controller configurations and are similar Follow these steps to implement your Time of Day Control application e Control Hardware Selection and Wiring e Logic Integration e HMI Integration e System Commissioning Control Hardware Selection and Wiring You need to determine what your system will contain List Load Outputs and Inputs 1 Determine which loads in your application will be controlled by the Time of Day controller maximum of 16 loads 2 Number each load from 1 16 3 List the outputs and inputs associated with each load As a minimum each load must accept a comm
382. l kWh Power KW Operator Lets you rename the device for display at the Shows basic energy data top of the faceplate DeviceNet to EtherNet IP Network Setup In order for the faceplate add on instruction to function properly in your RSlogix5000 application you need to configure the following parameters for your E3 Plus module e Param 59 Output Assembly 105 e Param 60 Input Assembly 100 e Param 61 Assy Word 0 Param 21 e Param 62 Assy Word 1 Param 4 e Param 63 Assy Word 2 Param 14 e Param 64 Assy Word 3 Param 15 NN supplies status of Inputs and Outputs NN supplies Avg current supplies Trip Status supplies Warning Status Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 265 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates The Communication Auxiliary module can be configured by using an internal web page 1 Type the IP Address of your 193 DNENCAT module into the URL window in an internet browser f Fe Yer we reri f ee Aatomitor 2 Select Scan List Configuration to configure the scan list to allow for E3 Plus communication 3 When prompted use Administrator as the User name leave the password blank and click OK Connect to 197 168 1 111 D Home FPA Sa Scan List 1 Gal Configuration Ma Tha sarvar COG idiki Lii a CARMA Corme Airs E Sean List PERGE A bee Si nard G Hode Commissioning Tia E aereo 3 r Advanced ead 5
383. l h P Start date End date Cicer arto nses6 gt or this examp e enter the Scripts Script Quantity Total valueType RealEnergyNet Validat it i shown Eo a geranico Click Validate to check the script syntax validation results No errors Script Description Quantity Total Value Type RealEnergyNet Specifies the energy value for the report Unit GetUnit ValueType RealEnergyNet Specifies the unit for the quantity value on the report Charge Quantity RatePerUnit Specifies the energy calculation charge for the report Refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software help for more details on scripts Click Save See Rate Schedules Lo Global Rate Schedules SE Efficient Industries Plant 1 Verify the new rate schedule appears under the specified domain Ac COUNTING HT Electric Cost Allocatio E Data Center E Production 1 E Production 2 E Shipping Receiving oo EE Utilities oo BE Engineering Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Create and View Report Follow these steps to create a cost allocation report that uses a defined rate schedule For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a cost allocation report that uses the Electric Cost Allocation rate schedule l1 Zi Click the Reports tab j Reports No Report Selected Navigate to and select a domain for the report Layout Save Resto
384. larm is active Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 389 Chapter 12 Demand Control The Load UDT is used to store the main load attributes for each load programming Name Load Description Number Load Number Priority Load Priority 1 16 Priority 16 loads are shed first kW_Rated User Input 0 65535 kWh_Sheddable kW_Rated PM Period_Remaining_Sec 3600 Inp_Status Status of load from discrete input 0 0ff 1 On Avail 0 Override 1 Normal shed_State Shed on Normal off Out_Shed 1 Shed Load Intlk_State 1 Interlocked Load not available to shed Intlk_Bypass User command to bypass all interlocks Alm_FailToShed Load Shed Failed Alarm Val_Status Status Value used to drive status indicators on the faceplate Off_Delay_Sec Min time on before shedding User Input 0 3600 s On_Delay_Sec Min time off before restarting User Input 0 3600 s Max_Off_Time_Sec Max time per hour shed User input 0 3600 s Alm_DelayTimer Failed to Shed Alarm Delay Timer Off_Delay_Timer Min time on before shedding timer On_Delay_Timer Min time off before restarting timer OneHourTimer Rolling One Hour Timer to limit the amount of time per hour the load is shed Max_Off_Timer Maximum Off Shed timer Min_Since_Shed_Timer One minute timer used to count the minutes since shed Minutes_Since_Shed Incremented each time the minutes since shed timer is done storagebits Miscellaneous storage bits used for 390 Ro
385. late with the energy tab 1 MyCLA MyE300_FP 2 only applies If using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 MyCLX MyES00_EEO 6 Save your parameter file Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 289 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 7 To add parameter files for additional E300 modules a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tag to match the associated device Create a Display Navigation Button A display navigation button must be created to launch the E300 faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitmap image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an existing display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto i FactoryTalk iew Studio iew Machine Edition File Edit View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window m B amp v select Rotate Drawing F Push Button d Numeric and String Display Navigation Li cae ae Indicator i Return To Gauge and Graph Close Trending j l Display List Selector RecipePlus hill 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle 3 Double click the new Goto rectangle to configure the button properties a Modify th
386. le 7 29 2009 7 44 4M 4A 07 PM1000 480 OpenDelta_2PTs 3CTs 191KB DWGFile 7 29 2009 7 44 AM J 08 PM1i000_41604_OpenDelta_2CTs 168 KB DWG File i2o 2009 7 44 AM 409 PMi000 120 2404 _1Ph_ Direct 176KB DWGFile 7 29 2009 7 44 4M AE 10 PM1000 Typical Retrofit Wiring 112KB DWGFie 7 29 2009 7 44 AM 3 Add the required files to your project or copy them to your project folder The drawings were created using AutoCAD Electrical The project files are included in the DWG folder The path references in the project file are the default AutoCAD Electrical installation path 48 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 Panel Layout Drawings The AutoCAD Electrical project includes several panel layout drawings for the PowerMonitor 1000 PowerMonitor 3000 and CompactLogix data collector devices Choose an appropriate drawing as a starting point Add or remove components as needed This example shows an energy panel layout with a PowerMonitor 3000 device Sample PowerMonitor 3000 Layout a 22 20 a REF o VIREWAY 1X 4 Wo PELEUS zzz m 07 ca og 10 20 00 lt jes i z REF z i m e VIREWAY 1 X 4 E O o VIREWAY lt 1 X 4 o Sample Bill of Material ITEM OTY DESCRIPTION MFG CATALOG o1 1 CONCEPT WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURE HOFFMAN CSD20248 03 A R 1X4 GRAY SLOT WIRE DUCT Panun
387. lectricity The icon shows that the device is an OPC server All devices are now configured E Accounting E Engineering Electric Main Production 1 Production 2 Shipping Receiving Air Boiler House E Electric Main Power House Production 1 Production 2 Add Device CED gt Device Information M Enable device M Enable real time logging Parent group Electricity Device class orc Server on Ethernet Hame Data Center Motes Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada OPC server Kepware KepServerEx V5 ate Accounting a E Engineering 7 2A CJ Air aS Electricity 3 E Boiler House OFC Data Center 7 7 E Electric main E Power House E Froduction 1 7 E Production 2 E Shipping Receiving DE H E Fuels Moc 2 Rockwell Automation Publication ASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Introduction In this chapter you will create meters and assign meter tags for your FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software project e A meter is a logical source of data to FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software It is the unit used for licensing FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Manager software Meters are associated with device data sources e A meter tag is the basic unit of data collection Tags assigned to device meters are logged automatically at a selected log rate Refer to the FactoryTalk Ene
388. ler House Gas Meter Boiler House Meter Data Center Meter Electric Main _Meter v Data Center _Meter Go Now that the meter is unassigned to Group Setup the initial meter group you can Reeth aaa asin Gutnned System Status needed Groups Parent group H E _Efficient Industries Plant 1 a E Efficient Industries Plant 1 oo Name optionally delete the group if it s not This group is a domain E New Meter Group 9 Devices C Roles and Users Notes Rate Schedules C Multi Purpose Report Scripts l All Alarm Setup Default log rate A Unit Setup z Configuration Reports title line 1 i EJ System Configuration Report Reports title line 2 pa Hi oa Remoa Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor TIP You cannot unassign a meter from a group if it is the only group to which the meter is assigned Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 157 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Notes 158 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 8 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Introduction In this chapter you will learn how to configure edit and view FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software alarms Before You Begin Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 Configure
389. les M Tags C Documents and Settingsskyvangshy Documents AA Commercial Engineenng 08 Projects F aceplates Powermonitor 1000 Help Cancel Back Nest Einish xi Choose the import options you want Import options Tags f Sip existing fastest f Update existing slower Cancel lt Back Hest Emish ETag Import and Export Wizard 7 xX Click the Frish button to import the database Source C Documents and Settings kyangsMy Documents AA Commercial Engineernngs 0g Projects Faceplates Poyyermanitor 1000 Powermonitorl QO0 PM1E_FPLHML tags default csv PM1K FP DEFAULT should Distinste CADocuments and Settings ll Users Documents AS View Enterse ME HEI projects My Proect My Project med Number of lines in import files Tags 5lines Alarms l lines Help appear in the HMI Tags database This folder contains the correct tags but must be renamed to the shortcut name PM1K 172 144 Cancel lt Back ae created on page 219 You cannot rename an existing tag folder but you can create a duplicate folder and rename it Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 11 2 x Cancel A x 223 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 11 Double click Tags to open the HMI Tag database H E HMI Tags 7 AS Graphic I far Displays 12 Select the PM1K_FP_DEFAULT tag EE folder m o o Name Type Descri
390. lication Se ee aE e e ee Te Ma Symbol Factory faa Libraries fa Images EA E Local b Mew a 3 Alarms Add Component Inta Applicat ation Si in Information 2 Browse to the ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files folder select the CIPMotion_Parameter par file and click Open Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 311 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure Parameter File 1 In the FactoryTalk View Explorer window in the Parameters folder right click the CIPMotiion_Parameter file and choose Rename i a Libranes CIPMotion Paramete E E300_Parameter ssi EquipmentStatus_Pe Delete Kinetix_Axis Remove ME_E300_Paramete ME_PowerMonitor5 an X MyE300 Parameter 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your Logix Designer application For example My5500_Parameter 3 Double click the parameter file to open it Parameter 1 represents the tag name of the faceplate tag in your Studio 5000 project Parameter 2 represents the base energy object tag in your Studio 5000 project Each tag contains a controller shortcut name in brackets This matches the shortcut name created in your RSLinx Enterprise communication setup D My5500_Parameter DMAT ee rs Parameter files are Smir with ken displays to specify the tags a display l uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application component
391. lication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 291 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure ME SMC 50 Controller Faceplates The ME SMC 50 controller faceplate files provide a pre configured display and associated logic for the SMC 50 Solid State Soft Starter using Factory Talk View Machine Edition and RSLogix 5000 software The faceplate includes status control diagnostic and energy views controlled by its own toolbar buttons These instructions are for the SMC_50 communicating over the EtherNet IP network only Home Display SMC 50 QR E Q Aarm O Ready Co Faut CO At Speed O stat MTU o Current 0 0 Voltage o Shows status and provides operator control of the soft starter Configuration Display SMC 50 10000 Comm Fault Timer Preset w Stow Speed SMC 50 Device Name Program Lets you set the communication fault timer and the slow speed percentage and rename the device for display at the top of the faceplate Configure RSLogix5000 for the SMC 50 Controller Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the SMC_50 Controller to Your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing RSLogix5000 file Fault Display SMC 50 x AE G O Last Fault F5 Shorted SCRB Fault mm CLR Faults Shows the last fault Energy Display SMC 50 x Resource Type Capabilities Consumed KWh Generated KWh Total kWh Power KW
392. link to set up each alarm notification period Email address 3 l d d Notification Periods Add new notification period S e e ct a ay or ay r ange Day Start Minute End Hour End Minute Send to Email 1 Send to Email 2 Send to Email 3 Start Hour Weekdays 7 fo fo fo jo Iv B f Delete from the pull down list Weekends gt fc OS lO jo jc v 5 Delete e Enter start and end times for each period To set up a notification period of all day leave all times at zero For this example a weekday notification was set for email address 1 and a weekend notification was set for email address 2 7 Click Save IMPORTANT For emails to be sent on alarm you must also Check Send email on trigger or Send email on clear from the Add Alarm page when configuring alarm Configure an SMTP server by selecting Configuration on the System tab Refer to page 171 170 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Chapter 8 Configure SMTP Server You may need to make changes to the system configuration for example to set up an email SMTP server for alarm and report emailing You must have the Edit System Config privilege an Admin privilege to edit the system configuration For details on other system configuration parameters refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software online help Follow these steps to configure the SMTP server for emailing alarms
393. llector Configuration Chapter 3 Configure a PowerMonitor 3000 Device This section shows you how to configure PowerMonitor 3000 device settings by using the PowerMonitor 3000 display module Certain settings are needed for the power monitor to meter accurately communicate correctly and work with FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software properly These settings include network configuration wiring PT and CT ratios nominal system voltage demand settings and the date time Your application may require additional configuration TIP Network configuration is provided for the PowerMonitor 3000 on Ethernet device For other communication options refer to the PowerMonitor 3000 Unit User Manual publication 1408 UM001 The PowerMonitor 3000 display module has four keys on its front bezel that are used to navigate menus and select parameters within the module The phase indicators L1 L2 L3 N show which phase or phases are being displayed The phase indicators also indicate Program mode by flashing a P tte Navigation to Menu Items Mode Escape Key Up Arrow Key Down Arrow Key T Enter Key Display Returns to parent menu steps back to the previous Steps forward to the next Steps into a submenu or sets as parameter menu in the list parameter menu in the list default screen Program Returns to parent menu steps back to the previous Steps forward to the next Steps into a submenu selects the parameter menu in the list parameter menu in th
394. llen Bradley PowerFlex 400P E AC Drive via 22 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 4C E Active Converter via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 Yector 208 240 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 Vector 400 480 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 Yector 6004 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 200 E 208 240 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 400V E 400 480 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 600 E 600 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 7F00AFE E Active Front End Converter via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700H E AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 7O0PC E 400 480 AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley y lt gt By Category By Vendor Favorites Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 249 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your drive For example we use Motor_1 for the module name throughout this document IMPORTANT _ ThelP address must match with that of your 20 COMM E module This step assumes you already assigned an IP address to your 20 COMM E module Refer to the PowerFlex 20 COMM E EtherNet IP Adapter User Manual publication 20COMM UM010 for information on how to assign it an IP address E New Module General Connection Module Info Port Configuration Drive Type PowerFlex 70 EC E AC
395. ller Tags L2x controller Sel PE ECO ASSOCIALE his ne Scope fale gt STRING Energy_AirPM_Status Energy Electric_PM_Status Energy _Fuel_Oil_Analog E energy meter you want to assign to _ Name amp Value e Force Style Data Type row l Fuel_Oil_Total 0 0 Float REAL P _ Gas_Main A N E EE Energy_Gas_PM_Status For this example Gas_ Main is selected Gas_Main Enableln 1 Decimal BOOL _ Gas_Main EnableOut 0 Decimal BOOL d Click the Monitor Tags tab E Gas_Main alarm_reset 0 Decimal BOOL S E Gas_Main Inp_NumRowsVis KK 3 gt Decimal DINT GC Click In the XNXX Inp_NumRowsVis _ Gas_Main Val_Status_Input 0 0 Float REAL _ Gas_Main Set_Calc_Riate 0 0 Float REAL Value field and typ the number of rows _ Gas_Main Set_Critical_Flow 0 0 Float REAL to display on the Equipment Status _ Gas_Main Set_EquipFaceplateAri 0 Decimal INT 1 E Gas_Main Set_FaceplateAnimation 0 Decimal DINT Facep ate lt P Monitor Tags Edit Tags ae For this example 5 is entered Add Input Fault Logic for Equipment Status and Alarm History Faceplate TIP The procedure in this section is optional and necessary only if you intend to use the Equipment Status or Alarm History Faceplate The energy Add On Instructions include logic to update the Equipment Status Faceplate Status field and the Alarm History Faceplate alarm triggers with the analog or digital input faults An additional rung is required to transfer the local I
396. lly monitors periodic utility usage production or other key performance indicators and assists with the early detection of production equipment problems such as leaks inefficiencies and production problems Consumption Report 8 31 2009 12 00AM to 9 1 2009 12 00 AM Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Air ID 22 Air Air Usage cf Air Flow _Meter 1 441 Total s 1 441 Electricity ID 23 Electric Real Energy Reactive Net kWh Energy Net kVARh Electric Main _Meter 23 910 7 076 Total s 23 910 7 076 Fuels ID 24 Demand Analysis Fuel Oil Fuel Oil Usage Gal Fuel Oil Meter 0 Total s 0 Demand analysis monitors the electrical Electrical Demand Analysis 7 1 2009 12 00 AM to 8 1 2009 12 00 AM demand of plant areas SO that you can make Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada energy saving production scheduling ordemand kw control decisions Peak Demand Summary Boiler House _Meter 665 5 kW 9 2 7 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Power House _Meter 352 0 kW 4 9 7 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Production 1_ Meter 1 787 9 kW 24 7 7 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Production 2_ Meter 1 224 6 kW 16 9 7 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Shipping Receiving _Meter 3 222 4 kW 44 4 7 22 2009 1 30 00 PM Total 7 252 3 kW 100 0 Worst Case Peak Demand Analysis Boiler House Meter 732 0 kW 9 8 7 29 2009 10 15 00 AM Power House Meter 388 2 kW 5 2 7 15 2009 10 30 00 AM Production 1_ Meter 1 851 8 kW 24 8 7 1 2009 3 45 00 PM Production 2
397. log_Value tag is the instantaneous energy flow value from the CompactLogix analog input To calculate total flow an instantaneous flow value is calculated every 250 ms and is stored as Buffered_Flow This value is then included in the Val_Total_xxx total consumption For very small instantaneous flows a comparison between the new Val_Total_xxx and the previous Val_ Total Temp_Buffer is performed by using the NEQ instruction If the two values are not equal the Buffer_Flow is cleared When the total value equals 10 million the rollover rung resets the total energy value Val_Total_xxx This AQI calculates the Total Flow and Avg Flow based upon a analog input These values are then mapped to Sts_ soo tags which are used to display the data in the Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates Instantaneous Flow Calculations These rungs calculate the additional totalized flow that can occur during a set 250m interval TON 0 Timer On Delay EN Timer Totalized_ Flow _Interval_Timer Preset 250 DN 3 Accum 0 Additional Totalized Flow Calculation Every 250mes the analog input is divided by 60sec added to the buffered flow previous intervals result and multiplied by 250mes Totalized_Flow_Interval_Timer DN CPT 1 Compute Dest Buffered_Flow 0 0 Expression Buffered_Flow Inp_Meter_Analog_Value 60 250 Val_Total total consumption is moved to temp buffer before being overwritten with the addition of the additional totalizd flow Bu
398. lt existing report name gt 178 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts Chapter 9 Create a Job to Run Report Automatically You can set up a report to run automatically by defining a report job Reports that run automatically are saved in the database and sent to one or more email addresses provided the STMP mail server is configured Follow these steps to create a job option to run a daily consumption report at 12 00 am for the previous day and email the report to several engineering managers 1 10 Navigate to and select a report on the Reports tab For this example select Consumption Report under the Engineering subdomain Click the Add a New R b link Auto run report jobs Report Job Ei Hame Hotes Schedule Add anew report job Make sure the report job is enabled Add Report Job Enter a name for the report job For this example enter Daily Consumption Report name Consumption Report Rep ort Report Job Information Enabled Name Daily Consumption Report Motes Select the time zone to run the report Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada lt ramargan ra rockwell com a Enter email addresses one per line foreach user Emai addresses scachmelzer ra rackwell com you want receive the scheduled report one per line You must configure the email SMTP server path in
399. lue Units Local a Set _ValueeUnits Local nE E Set_ValuesUnits Local High Flot o Set ValuedUnits Local Critical Flot Storage Local Decimal Monitor Tags AEdit Tags IE Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 345 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Create a Goto Button to Launch Faceplate Follow these steps to add a Goto Display button to launch the Equipment Status Faceplate from a display in your FactoryTalk View ME application 1 Adda Goto Display button to one of your existing ME 33 eee application displays Efficient Industries Plant 1 Energy Status 2 Double click the button to open its Properties op Tides DE ene R xl Equipment_Status_Faceplate and the Parameter file E Common to ME_Equipment_Parameter Appearance Border style Border width ja V Border uses back color MB Back color pica Pattern style WB Border color Solid v None L Pattern color Shape O siapan color Blink Rectangle Display setting Display Equipment_Status_Fac Parameter file ME_Equipment_Parameter CO Peenrrve tert g Display position Top position fo Left position a Touch margins r Horizontal margin Vertical margin fo fo Other Jv Audio cael 346 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 4 Click the Label tab and type the text
400. mand monitoring e other energy data points in close proximity to a PowerMonitor 1000 device that can provide a digital contact output for example an existing utility meter with a pulse contact output A maximum of two energy status inputs are provided on the PowerMonitor 1000 device PowerMonitor 3000 on EtherNet IP select this device class for e electricity data points requiring consumption demand and power quality monitoring e other energy data points in close proximity to a PowerMonitor 3000 device that can provide a digital contact output for example an existing utility meter with a pulse contact output A maximum of two energy status inputs are provided on the PowerMonitor 3000 device PowerMonitor W250 select this device class for electricity data points requiring consumption monitoring in a wireless communication network PowerMonitor 500 on Serial select this device class for electricity data points requiring consumption monitoring PowerMonitor 500 on EtherNet IP select this device class for e electricity data points requiring consumption monitoring e can also be used for demand monitoring PowerMonitor 5000 on Ethernet IP select this device class for e electricity data points requiring consumption demand and power quality monitoring e other energy data points in close proximity to a PowerMonitor 5000 device that can provide a digital contact output for example an existing utility meter with a pulse contact output
401. mation BF Information Import and Export SEE Information Messages aS Logic and Control gt FA pate x Select the operation to perform Export alarm configuration from application Import alam configuration into application Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 5 Choose Yes or No when prompted to backup your existing Do you want to backup your existing alam configuration alarm configuration and then click Next Ree No IMPORTANT When importing the alarm configuration the existing alarm configuration is lost When prompted to backup the existing alarm configuration you can choose to save It as an XML file 6 Browse to and open the ME Demand Control Faceplate Files folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image to import the Alarms xml file to your project C Program Files RA_Simplification EMAT Files Faceplate Files ME Demand Control Faceplate Files 7 Click Open P Choose alarm configuration file to import UE Lookin ME Demand Control Faceplate Files c EJ v Date modified _ Type 5 3 2011 1 26PM _ XML Er Se gt File name aam o Open Files of type Alarm Files xml Cancel 8 Click Finish Alarm Import Export Wizard e xj Select the alarm configuration file to import C Users Jabuser Desktop Energy System Project Files Faceplate Files ME E Demand Control Fa
402. mbal Comm Fault Comm Idle Remote Trip only in major revision 3 of E3 Plus Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 267 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates In this example the Overload Phase Loss and Comm Fault trips are enabled g Rockwell Automation Allen Bradley KESDI NS NEAT Identity Parameters IJH ome Advanced Setup 44 d4 122 gt M e Scan List Gl Configuration Go Scan List oa Node Commissioning Parameter Name DataType Value Unit 5 Advanced Not Used G 5 E3 EC5 1 5A Overload hase Loss H identity Ground Fault Parameters Stall Jam A Monitor Params 3 L Jnderl F Overload Setup 247 Trip Enable WORD TC E Reset Lock urrent Imbal Comm Fault Advanced Setup mm Idle F DNet Setup t Used sed F Output Setup ake E DeviceLogix ote Tri E Tripwarn History tart Inhibit e Trip Snapshot E Not Used Go Voltage Monitor Overload Fv it Sut Not Used sai an ates Ground Fault e Power Monitor Not Used D Power Setup Jam y Underload Data Links 25 Warning Enable WORD PTC Diagnostics Current Imbal nate p Comm Fault Cad Administrative Settings Boats F EDS File Not Used Not Used PM Starts PM Oner Hours Configure RSLogix5000 for the E3 Plus Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the 193 DNENCAT R Communication Module to your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing RSLogix 5000 file 2 Und
403. me Follow these steps to configure the date and time for the PowerMonitor 500 device 1 From the main programming menu use the Up and Down Arrows to scroll through the programming menu 2 Select the Clock menu item by pressing Enter These are the Clock configuration parameters Parameter Default FORMAT EU YEAR 2009 MONTH 1 DAY 1 31 1 MINUTE 0 SECOND 0 3 To change a parameter a Press Enter to select a menu item b Press the Up and Down arrows to change the value c When the desired value is displayed press Enter to confirm your selection d Press Esc to return to the main menu Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 71 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Configure a PowerMonitor 5000 Device This section shows you how to configure parameters of a PowerMonitor 5000 device by using the Web interface Certain settings are needed for the power monitor to meter accurately communicate correctly and work with FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software properly You will set the basic metering native Ethernet communication date and time and initial security configuration Your application may require additional configuration Setup Using the Web Interface For initial setup connect a personal computer to the PowerMonitor 5000 unit by using a USB cable Initial setup is usually performed by using the USB Web interface and initial security setup can only be performed by using the USB Web
404. me Date modified Type Size Gi Libraries _ PowerFlex_70_700_Faceplate_Energy gfx 4 29 2013 9 37 AM GFX File 149 KB F Documents PowerFlex_7005_70052_Faceplate_Energy 4 29 2013 9 39 4M GFX File 82 KB a Music _ PowerFlex_753_Faceplate_Energy gfx 4 29 2013 9 41 4M GFX File 178 KB Pictures _ PowerFlex_755_Faceplate_Energy gfx 4 29 2013 9 43 4M GFX File 180 KB amp videos jE passo amp Local Disk C ca Local Disk D ees RA_FILES F Siu Network x File name Graphic Displays gfx omea 7 Add a Parameter File 1 Right click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into Application amp actory alk View Studio Machine dition fie View Application Tools Window Help wt Oe Fe Explorer OMAT Energy Updates 032313 ey Loca USMAYMPLAPLCIL fla OMAT Energy Upadre 032313 HA OMAT Erang Updates 002717 ay Srn a Proact Settings amp Pistia Scoat Cy Dregrovics Lal Soup Gioball Conmectons Startup J HM Tag OLAGNOS TICS PNFORMATION 8 SMC_5 Facenlste Eray Global Ubrects Liens images a LocalMer New 2 Navigate to the ME PowerFlex Faceplate Files folder select the ME_PowerFlex_Parameter par file and click Open Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 261 Chapter 11 Factorylalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure a Parameter File 1 From the explorer window in Factorylalk View Studio in the Parameters folder right click the
405. me Notes For this example you should see Time zone this tag Access path Meter Tags ID Type 19 Device Name Click the Meter Data tab to verify that the meter data is being logged The data will not appear until the next logging interval has occurred Another way to check the data is to return to the Meter Setup tab and click the Read device tags link just above the list of meter tags You can click Current Date Time to refresh the data Real Energy Net Read device tags Add a new meter tag Units Log Rate Address kh 1 minute ramp ramp4 View Domain Meter Engineering Electricit Data Center _Meter Meter type Electric Meter Data trend Calendar Trend Meter Setup Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v Date Time 8 28 2009 12 01 PM GetDat CurrentDaterTime D EE Page Enter Data 15 Min Auto Data Reactive Real Energy Real Power Energy Het Het Demand Date Time kVARh kWh kW 8 28 2009 11 45 00 AM 494 6 2462 8 505 8 6 26 2009 11 30 00 AM 469 8 2336 3 4945 8 28 2009 11 15 00 AM 444 2 2212 6 489 5 8 28 2009 11 00 00 AM 417 1 2090 3 490 8 28 2009 10 45 00 AM 394 1 1967 8 508 2 8 28 2009 10 30 00 AM 371 5 1840 7 496 5 8 28 2009 10 15 00 AM 349 5 1716 6 499 9 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 Sharing and Moving Meters You can assign a meter to multiple groups move a meter from o
406. me in seconds that the load is allowed to be shed per hour Configure the individual loads and the demand control schedule 1 Click the configuration button on the toolbar TaN Load Load N 1 8 9 16 1 KW Demand Control 2 o M n Present Billing l 4 12 Demand 5s E o i x u Demand 7 EE s E Wsetpoint 35 s s 250 414 2012 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 377 Chapter 12 Demand Control 2 Enter your configured password ASSWORD 3 Configure the demand control schedule kW setpoint ji Sands He eo Load Load Load and billing end date BS Os os E p i Demand Control Predicted Billing For the Efficient Industries example the demand control denas Stoptime KW Demand ties i ie ae is on from 8 00 to 18 00 Monday through Friday Ea Es ee Sun Mon Tues Wed Kw pemand orr a aa ay Thurs Fri Sat Gea say KW Setpoint EAN 250 am472012 4 Click on the load config button to configure the individual loads W Demand Configuration x Load Load O E i Anaad Predicted Billi For the efficient industries example loads are configured aa E og WW Domend End Dato as follows Le jlo e Present Billing Demand Ec oeo KW Setpoint 17 30 56 4 11 2012 Air ope 1 C A fw ws _ CO N OD 0 A Wy N 378 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 5 10 Click on the load num
407. me_FP_MSG2 MESSAGE A _DeviceName_FP_MSG3 MESSAGE AE ManTask A MainFrograrn i FRO1_MyPH500_ Facep ar Errors aming es A Al l_DeviceName Create 2 _DeviceName_Inst101 REALDA Hl DeviceName Create _DeviceName_Instl 02 Him REAL 18 FS DeviceName Creste _DeviceName Insti J REALE as AE EE For the MyPM500 example the Final Names are renamed to the following Import Content MainT ask Configure Tag References E import Name Operation FinalName tf in D DeviceName Create MyPm500 FP BECP Dy A Tans E Devicetame Create MyPMS00_FF_AlamMSG MESSAGE E Data Types LF _DeviceName Create MyPMBO0 FPMSG1 MESSAGE Other Components _DeviceName Crese A MyPm500 FP_msa2 MESSAGE a Erosa Deviceame Create f A MypMsonFeMsG3 MESSAGE A E _DeviceName Create MyPMS500_Insti01 REAL 12 A E _DeviceName Create MpPM500_Inet102 REALNE FS _DeviceName Create Q MypMs0c_instio7 y ReaLna CE 6 In the Import Content organizer select Other Components The communication path can be set for all messages by selecting the device from the I O configuration drop down in the Component References 7 Click OK Import Content Configure Component References MainT ask 3 a ines 500_Facep Import Name Operation FinalName amp
408. mote position 5 Click Download The Download dialog box opens Click Download 6 From the Communications menu choose Run mode to switch the controller to Run mode ffe wno active ST iE enes Workstation USMAYPTGRIESMO9 gs Linx Gateways Ethernet G a AB_DF1 1 DF1 gs AB_ETHIP 1 Ethernet 192 168 1 107 PowerFlex 40 PowerFlex 40 1P 110 SOHP fa 192 168 1 125 PanelView Plus 600 PanelView Plus 192 168 1 126 1769 L23 QBFC1 Ethernet Port 1769 123E QBFC1 E Backplane CompactLogix System OO 17i 1 Compe a J 1 69 L22 Onrcl ftLogix Pro W Ol 1769 L23 QBFC1 Ethernet Port J 03 Local 1769 Bus Adapter VA1769 A Ge wee see a 2am amaa ae oo i Download offline project Timet ay to the controller Connected Controller Mame Type Path Serial Number Security TimeQiD ay 1769123 81 CompactLogi5323E 081 Conboler AB_ETHIP 14192 168 1126 Backplane d 00632421 No Protection A The controller is in Remote Run mode The mode will be changed to Remote Progra prior to download ny DANGER Unexpected hazardous motion of machinery may occur Some devices maintain independent configuration settings that are not loaded to the device during the download of the controller Verity these devices drives network devices 3rd party products have been properly loaded before placing the controller into run mode Failure to load proper configuration could result in m
409. n mece 80V_ substation _gubstation 1 m A80V Powerhouse ve substation Power House 480 V Pe eee S a E AA ae lt ie Cd a u u U y a S a S a a a a pe ie eer 4 12 47 kV ch A Distribution ih Boiler house San Main electrical incoming service a k f Vda m oa Switchgear Fuel Oil 4160 V Poe eh oe i Op Ne ee eg Boiler House ee a A RN Ta g Propane Y mecal A A Nie pret ee sy vow 5 g Sa E SEE ener eee 138 kV from utility Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 3 Gather or create other energy distribution plant layouts Efficient Industries Plant 1 Example Other Energy Distribution Plant Layouts 7 L Gas service meter __ Water service meter RATI Office and Plant HVAC z Steam piping TREY ET oe i Gas piping 3 l Production Area Shipping and Receiving Ld TORS f Compressed air piping aaa r Foie a Ts s SOO Dene So CO oC ictal aa bo D i i Water piping Production a E E E E TRER R y Sub2 TN l ie Air usage pulse Pe A transmitter l oa Steam j oe Flow Dee Transmitter Boiler house gas meter Sibeaion Propane Flow Transmitter Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 35 Chapter2 Sy
410. n 23 o0 2 Parameters and Local Tags 7 Repeat steps 1 7 to import each PowerMonitor and Ey Logic PowerMonitor Status Input Add On Instruction required for your project Configure PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 Faceplate AOlIs You will now configure the faceplate Add On Instructions for each PowerMonitor 1000 or 3000 device in your system l Open your program routine and create a new rung 2 Click the Add On tab then click the desired PowerMonitor Add On Instruction to add to the rung For this example the PM_3000 Add On Instruction was added 3 Click in the PowerMonitor tag name field and enter a tag comms fault Ref_Total_Real_Power New Electric_Main Ctrl Ww Val_Total_Real_Power name For this example Electric_Main is entered Ret_Avg_L_L Volts Cut Instruction Ctrl i Yal_Avg_L_L Volts B Copy Instruction Ctrl C 4 Right click the PowerMonitor tag name and choose the New Ref_Avg_ Current c de lag name Just entered Val_Avg_Current Delete Instruction Del 320 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 5 Click OK to accept the default setup for the new z PowerMonitor tag n The PowerMonitor Add On Instructions use E a Description Cancel explicit messaging to retrieve data from _ Caneel PowerMonitor devices You must configure an Help explicit message for each PowerMonitor data address Four message
411. n roenan fon 7 00 11 30 1 Boilert 1 2 3 4 Air Compressor 2 5 Air Compressor 3 6 Lighting Production Area 1 7 Lighting ighti 6 45 11 30 Production Area 2 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 9 Lighting Office Of 8 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 7 00 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 7 00 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 7 00 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 7 00 11 30 7 00 12 00 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 Off p ra fone feen peono ponm fr fo 60 45 23 15 6 45 23 15 6 45 23 15 6 45 23 15 6 45 23 15 6 45 11 15 6 45 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 6 45 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 6 45 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 6 45 11 30 6 45 11 30 12 00 7 00 7 30 11 00 7 00 23 00 7 00 23 00 7 00 23 00 7 00 23 00 7 00 23 00 7 00 12 00 Off Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 411 Chapter 13 Time of Day Control 2 Click on the load number to launch the numeric keypad Load Configuration D Load Description TS8Tontrol mi Off 99 99 ro Save a Undo e Reset bay j Changes Changes to Default m e Po Be 3 Select a load to configure by entering the load number then clicking Enter 4 Click on the load description as TAR peed ese to Fri sat J oz 5 Enter a description for the load and then click Enter The Save Day Changes button will turn yellow indicating changes have been made that
412. nd wiring drawings data collection and control logic and more With these tools and the built in best practices design you can focus on the design of your system and not on design overhead tasks IMPORTANT Before using this quick start and the CD read the Terms and Conditions on the CD The beginning of each chapter contains the following information Read these sections carefully before you begin work in each chapter o Before You Begin This section lists the steps that must be completed and decisions that must be made before starting that chapter The chapters in this quick start do not have to be completed in the order in which they appear but this section defines the minimum amount of preparation that is required before completing the current chapter e What You Need This section lists the tools that are required to complete the steps in the current chapter This includes but is not limited to hardware and software e Follow These Steps This illustrates the steps in the current chapter and identifies which steps are required to complete the examples Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 13 Preface Conventions The manual uses the following conventions Click Click the left mouse button once to initiate an action Assumes cursor is positioned GicBrowee on object or selection To initiate an action click the left mouse button twice in quick succession while the IA Double click curso
413. ne Mame R01 Motor 1 Faceplate fore Set Other SMC 50 Controller Parameters SMC 50 controller parameter settings are very specific to your application and need to be reviewed carefully before running your application 1 Double click on the SMC 50 Motor_1 in the I O Configuration tree 2 On the General tab click Change to configure any additional datalink parameters other than those configured in step 8 on page 294 that are required for your application In this example input parameter 17 and output parameter 189 were added odule Definition x Revision 2 l Datalink Input Data Output Data E re r LogicStatus LogicCommand Electronic Keying Compatible Module a PhaseACurrent NotUsed ra j Use Network Reference FARES CUT eanan _ free htrThermUsage 15 lt SlowSpeed 72 xj Faultt 138 StallPosition 189 wj 8 VoltsPhaseA_B 2 Undetined_B1 E ETER 65 ca Undefined _B2 wj Foer Factor 17 w Undefined_C1 xj A Undetined_c2 wj An T l 3 Click OK and Apply to accept any changes Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 297 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 Ifyou modify the datalink configuration you must also re configure tag data types in the SMC 50 AOL a In your RSLogix5000 Controller Organizer expand the Add On Instructions folder b Select the SMC_50 AOI and double click on Parameters and Local T
414. ne group to another or apportion a meter among different groups or domains Sharing Meters Between Groups and Domains You will now learn how to assign a meter to multiple groups so it is shared or apportion a meter among different groups or domains for running billing and cost allocation reports For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example meters in the Engineering subdomain will be shared by the Accounting subdomain 1 On the System tab navigate to a group or domain that will share the meter In this example navigate to and select Data Center in the Accounting subdomain 2 In Group Setup click Edit er Layout Save Restore Collapse Group Setup AGE Cetete Parent group ac counting 7 I This group is a domain m System Status Sie Groups ES Efficient Industries Plant1 E Accounting 7 vee ES Production 1 vee E Production 2 vee E Shipping Receiving Utilities Ea E Engineering a Devices a Roles and Users a Rate Schedules aE Multi Purpose Report Scripts A Al Alarm Setup ARE Unit Setup 3 oe JB Configuration LET Qvetarn Conficnratinn Rance Name Cata Center Motes Default log rate f 5 Reports title line 1 Eficient Industries Plant 1 Reports title line 2 Accounting Data Center Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor 4 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 153 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup 1
415. ned Ramp Ramp_ Float 63 5 10 38 01 447 Channel_O_User_Defined _System channel_O User_Defined Ramp Rampl Long 2867 10 38 01 447 See ea channel_O User Defined Ramp Ramp2 Long 3051 10 38 01 447 n A oa Po EChannel _0_User_Defined Ramp Ramp3 Long 3001 10 38 01 447 an ser Defined Random fair eee al A a te a Eis a a ere ae en re Channel_O User _Defined Random Syster ire polae eet eer ma ai PR a gChannel_0_User_Defined Ramp Rampxl1 Long 4 10 38 01 447 E Channel _0_User Defined Sine E Channel_0 User Defined Sine System Deore 0 Heer Petite Ramp Rampal Long 36 10 38 01 447 Sg Channel_O User Defined User channel_O User Defined Ramp Rampla Long 5076 10 38 01 447 E Channel_O User Defined User System 9 Channel_1 _System SQ Channel_1 Device_1 E Channel i Device 1 System 6 Exit from the Quick Client and the KepServerEx 5 configuration window You don t need to save changes Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 125 Chapter6 _FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Configure a PowerMonitor Device Follow these steps to configure a PowerMonitor device 1 10 126 Select the Devices folder on the System tab system J Meters Device Status Layout Save Restore Collapse Refresh Show all child devices Navigate to and select the e m x Online not full Online t r appropriate gro
416. nergyMetrix SQL database is created populated with stock values and updated to the current version d When prompted reboot the server to complete the installation After the server restarts log in as an administrator and then open the Windows Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Local Users and Groups a Select Users and right click the ASPNET user name option b Select Properties and select the Member Of tab c If Administrators does not appear in the list then click Add and then click Advanced d Click Find Now e Select Administrators and click OK f When finished reset IIS Start gt Run gt iisreset gt OK Install activations for Manager and all purchased options by using the Factory talk Activation Manager Launch Internet Explorer on the server Enter the server url universal resource locator into the Internet Explorer address field http localhost ftenergymetrix TIP To use Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software from a client workstation Substitute the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server name or IP address for localhost in the url Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 101 Chapter4 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation 14 When the login screen appears log in by using the default login credentials IMPORTANT fany errors are displayed when you try to log in or once you have logged in please refer to the Troubleshooting sect
417. nfigure Alarms Follow these steps to configure alarms 1 Expand the Alarms folder in the system tree ae INFORMATION ME_TOD_Faceplate Global Objects 3 Select Import alarm configuration into application i Ey Alarms E E Information Open Information Information Messages Logic and Control zl Macros 4 Click Next x Select the operation to perform 2 Right click Alarm Setup and choose Import and Export Export alam configuration from application mport alam configuration into application 402 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 5 Choose Yes or No when prompted to backup your existing alarm configuration and then click Next IMPORTANT When importing the alarm configuration the existing alarm configuration is lost When prompted to backup the existing alarm configuration you can choose to save It as an XML file 6 Browse to and open the ME TOD Control Faceplate Files folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image to import the Alarms xml file to your project Do you want to backup your existing alarm configuration Yes No lt Back ne gt Cancel Help C Program Files RA_Simplification EMAT Files Faceplate Files ME TOD Control Faceplate Files 7 Click Open 8 Click Finish zy Choose alarm configuration file to import A x Lookin ME TOD Facepla
418. ng DC PM 1000 area is equal to 100 of the Shipping Receiving 100 Fh sta Canter ORG Sener DC meter minus 100 of the Data Center meter Utilities Subdomain 100 Boiler House PM 1000 Power House PM 1000 Gas Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input Water Main MCC 2 PM 1000 Status Input Propane L2x Input Fuel Oil L2x Input Moving Meters Between Groups and Domains You will now learn how to move a meter and its data from one group to another This is useful if you need to reassign one or more meters after initial configuration The procedure is to assign the meter to the new target group then unassign the meter from its initial group TIP When moving a meter do not use the copy and delete meter functions The copy function will not copy meter data The delete function will delete the meter from all groups to which it is assigned and permanently remove all existing meter data Follow these steps to move a meter from one group to another Group Setup Layout Save Restore Collapse Delete 1 Click the System tab 2 system Status Groups Parent group 2 Open the Group folder and select the Efficient industries Plant 1 EE E Initial Meter Group target group or domain where you want Es Name to move the meter Devices H O Roles and Users For this example the New Meter Group Rate Schedules mole l d H Multi Purpose Report Scripts 1s selected All Alarm Setup a Unit Setup Default log 3 Cl
419. ng of the incorrect flag or data Choose Boolean as the Tag format Change the Unit to None Accept the defaults for other settings Click Save You should see the new meter tag listed on the Meter Setup tab 166 Add a Meter Tag Cancel Weter tag type Device Flag 3 Meter tag name voltage Sag Alarm Flag 3 Value type Mone Log rate Number of demand periods 1 Address 32 2 Tag format Boolean Unit Mone Mumber of decimals to display 0 Scale N Offset 0 Log delta reading Rollover value Trend log parameter 3 I hax consumption per hour Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Chapter 8 Create a Digital Alarm Follow these steps to create a digital alarm 1 Click the Meters tab and navigate to the meter you want to assign an alarm For this example assign the alarm to the Electric Main Meter under the Electricity group 2 Click the Meter Setup tab 3 Click the Add a new alarm link Eren veters Anore Domain Meter Engineering ElectricitwElectric Main Meter Meter type Electric Device class Poyeneonitor 3000 M6 Meter Data Calendar Tren Meter Setup D E E Efficient Industries Plant 1 Meter Setup A E Accounting Layout Save Restore Collapse E LJ Air oral sl SJ Boiler House Meter __ 8 SJ Power House Meter Device Electric
420. ng_Basic page under the open Configuration folder The page opens You can select other configuration pages by clicking the desired page in the tree or by clicking the corresponding tab in the page This page displays the existing basic metering configuration of the power monitor including the metering mode PT VT and CT ratios nominal voltage and frequency and demand To change the basic metering setup enter the desired values into the text boxes scroll down and click Apply Changes A dialog box appears to report the result of the setup change EXAMPLE This Metering_Basic page illustrates the setup for a 480V 3 phase system with 1000 5 current transformer CT ratios on all phases and the neutral Allen Bradley IESTI e mess 01 010 P amiei e Setpc Minimize x Home Ga MeteringResults Metering_Basic PowerQuality Metering_Mode Status Statistics V1_V2_V3_PT_Primary Calibration Copbisireticn V1_V2_V3_PT_Secondary 5 siiiesiita 11_12_13_CT_Primary Logging SystemGeneral 11_I2_13_CT_Secondary CommunicationsNative Message from webpage Go NetworkText VG_PT_Primary f Setpoints_1_5 Setpoints_6_10 A Setpoint_Outputs 14_CT_Primary O Data_Log 5 PTS d A Configuration saved successfully VG_PT_Secondary Metering_Basic 14_CT_Secondary 5 ad Command ioaningnenuits Nominal_System_LL_Voltage 480 Security Nominal_System_Frequency 60 Realtime_Update_Rate Single cycle averaged over 8 cycles
421. ngineering Manager has Admin privileges but only for the Engineering subdomain Refer to page 114 for a list of Admin privileges Click Save You should see the Engineering Manager role under the Engineering subdomain Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Role Setup Collapse Role Setup Case Parent group Engineering Role name Engineering Manager Fole notes Prmileges Assigned to Selected Role Prmileges Not Assigned to Selected Role View Groups Edit Groups View Users Edit Users Overwrite Passwords View Roles Edit Roles View Devices Edit Devices View Meters Edit Meters View Meter Tags Edit Meter Tags View Alarm Subscriptions Edit Alarm Subscriptions Purge Alarms Sorby Category Name Sorby Category Name h E Roles and Users H E Global Roles El E Efficient Industries Plant 1 HE E Accounting Er EE Engineering 115 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Ti Repeat steps 1 6 to add the Accounting Manager and Production 1 Manager roles e The Accounting Manager will have a subset o the Admin privileges but only for the Accounting subdomain e The Production 1 Manager will only have User or viewing privileges for the Production 1 subdomain Refer to the Roles and Privileges table on page 114 When done you should see three roles defined Create a User and Assign Roles
422. nitors and controllers Enter the communication path to the device Communications path AB_ETH 1 10 10 1014 For this example the communication Comm timeout seconds 5 path to the first PowerMonitor 1000 Comm retries 2 EM3 device is AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 1 Max messages f Modify other communication settings l Enable comm loss alarm as needed For details refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software help Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Chapter 6 11 Click Save Add Device You should see the Boiler House device under Seen Devires Electricity S ES Efficient Industries Plant 1 EI E Accounting E Engineering 12 Ifthe device is connected to the network click Test Connection to verify communication with the device Test Cognection Connection successful If you see connection failed try again If the test times out check that you entered the correct communication path in step 9 and that the device is on line Try to access the PowerMonitor s web page or try to ping it from the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 127 Chapter6 _FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Copy Devices Follow these steps to create additional devices by using the copy function For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will use the copy function to create five remainin
423. nonstandard energy device select the blank at the bottom of the list and enter the catalog number Device PowerMonitor 1000 on Ethernet 1408 EM2A ENT 1408 EM3A ENT 1404 M505x ENT PowerMonitor 3000 on Ethernet 1404 M605x ENTI219 1404 M805x ENT PowerMonitor W250 1408 EM1A ENT Provides kWh data energy log and status log only Provides kWh kVARh kVAHh data demand and projected demand values plus energy min max load factor and status log Ethernet Provides same parameters as catalog number 1408 EMZ2A ENT plus separate voltage current frequency and power factor parameters Provides full consumption and demand value parameters ten configurable setpoints THD and K factor harmonic analysis Provides same parameters as catalog number 1404 M505x ENT plus waveform capture capability and 41st order harmonic analysis Ethernet Provides same parameters as catalog number 1404 M605x ENT plus transient detection and capture and 63rd order harmonic analysis 1425 D1002 MOD PowerMonitor Wireless 100A 300V Delta Serial or Ethernet using a serial to Ethernet 42 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring Chapter 2 PowerMonitor 5000 Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Provides 16 DC inputs 16 DC outputs plus 4 analog inputs Ethernet CompactLogix L23 Controllers 2 analog outputs 4 high speed counters 1 The yin the catalog numb
424. ns J Seorch ME_CIPMoton_Gotobu J W Cepbon color TF O Caption back color Organize New folder Hl a Caption blink di PlantP x Process Demo Help Videos aj imee Date modified Type D I Word wrap amp PlanitPax Process Demo User Marwals l p ar j PlantPAx V5 0 to V5 1 Updates jee netis 0 ServoDirne B25 72014 3106 PM FEG mage image settings A Pump Cemo Image p R300 Upgrade Progam Kinetixb S00DriveF amily 8 25 2014 3 06 PM PEG mage Hoe J psteched2014 Sample C CO Image color a T s BB image back color 9 ese k db E300 Faceplate M I Image scaled oh Feceplstes di ME CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Files ME_CIPMotion_Goteauuttons a MMS 049188 fe 5_054613 axial ae i Kinetix 5500 5 To support additional Kinetix Servo Drives create a new Goto display navigation button assign the CIPMotion_Faceplate_EnergyOnly display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device 314 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 CIP Motion Energy Faceplate Overview F Resource Type Generated kVwhi AGH OS Total kWh Power OW a Table 1 Faceplate Status Control Buttons Configuration The Configuration button lets you edit the faceplate device name to be displayed at i the top of the faceplate Help The Help button provides information for the current view Base Energy Object Values Res
425. ns Energy use can be correlated with key production indicators to identify peak producers and opportunities for improvement Operations can be benchmarked within a plant or across an enterprise More cost saving opportunities are identified Historical data is used to accurately forecast energy use providing the basis for negotiating more favorable rates from energy providers The same data is used in justifying capital projects to improve efficiency and further reduce energy usage cost and waste Energy accountability grows Controlling Energy Use and Demand The volume and accuracy of energy use information gathered in the preceding phases is useful in determining the next steps Perhaps an automated demand control system would be effective in increasing energy efficiency and sustainability Opportunities for heat recovery and onsite generation may be identified Potential trouble spots might be avoided that would minimize unnecessary downtime Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 23 Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Monitoring Methods Rockwell Automation power monitors and controllers collect data from your plant floor that can be used by FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software for monitoring and analysis Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software provides monitoring and reporting tools to help you understand usage patterns optimize processes and reduce utility costs in your organization You can use th
426. nternal Storage box from the Destination storage type list Optionally check Run application at start up to start the application when the download finishes 5 Browse through the RSlinx Enterprise communication tree to select the destination PanelView Plus terminal for the download Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 375 Chapter12 Demand Control 6 Click Download 7 Click OK when the download completes successfully 8 Click Exit to close the File Transfer Utility intema Sig OARS D Anapiga slarup Trakea a Goto gira mocks button in sur apia d P au riral bo desert Lhe cinan make sarena Run Application on PanelView Plus Terminal Ickes a hukea butter in pour papita i pou waned Bs B abin hes shel dl cerry The mer runtime file is now stored in the PanelView Plus Fe on i 3 P E R 1759 417 Backplane terminal so you are ready to run the application on the terminal E peneem meon x 147 168 1 119 Panai Pie GOD Paeh tia H 192163 11235 1S EOC Beret Port 194 200 0 CL Ethemet Port 1 Press F1 Load Application You can skip this step if you checked Run application at Load Application o F1 start up when creating the runtime application ma The Load Application window opens 2 Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the list and select the application you want to load and run 3 Press Load F2 to load the application interna Storage
427. ntrol Configuration 0 cece ee eee eee ee 377 System Application Guide sssesnnuueseeeeennnunnreeeeenee 380 Faceplate Operation OvervieWrinniatyistaatoeeoit snide tos 380 Demand Controller Tags tasctaceeortieencaka ction a seuieaks 389 Chapter 13 LHEFOCUCTION cee titans bee Seine dalces a a EE 393 DelOfe Ol De o aea E A ay Rede ua OEA ET 393 Whey Om Need essere redie a Saas E dabeng aes 393 Follow INe SEP epa race E E ENNE ERETON 394 Control Hardware Selection and Wiring 0 cece eee ee 394 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 9 Table of Contents Custom Meter Types Custom Units and Value Types Energy Electric Add On Instructions Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions List Load Outputs and Inputs 00 cece eee eee eee ees 394 Create Control Panel Layout and Wiring 005 395 Logic nites ationn crste tence eat oun S EE EEE E A 396 Configure Controller Network and I O 004 396 Import and Configure Time of Day Program 398 Configure Load Inputs and Outputs 0 0c eee ee eee 399 Conner ACIS narre Raed e se seeduedse wa ues 401 Save tne Project Piles icc a becudteeoseseaiaoks outs 401 PIMI Intestate winced nines sna ae Gate ndwansanasese EES 402 Add TOD Faceplate to FactoryTalk View ME Application 402 Configure Alarms erac n e iss AOT onneeiees 402 Configure Communications eiserouia iki
428. o Machine Edition Demo Mode i File Edit View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window Help menu g uBio aw leE c Diagnostics Setup Explorer doc_test a Diagnostics Viewer P cot Bi renserumy E pep 2 Tag Import and Export Wizard roject Settings p amp Runtime Security Application Manager tf Diagnostics List Setup Firmware Upgrade Wizard Global Connections Languages W Startup a HMI Tags Options Tags 6 Graphics masaa a a Displays 200900005001 2 ALARM scecesd DIAGNOSTICS INFORMATION Main EA maasi rm Click the Download ixl ia sod compa comes J gt lick th j Exit Click the icon to Source file C Documents and Settings All Users Documents RSView Enterprise ME Runtime PM1K_FP mer locate the source e D load as runtime file gee eee Prestination storage type h l Internal Storage t WARNING Choose Interna 1 Run application at star up Include a goto configure mode button in your application if you Stor age box fr om the yhen application runs need to access the configuration mode screens r Replace communications lnchide AERA BENIN aR your application if you want to be Destination storage a Delete Log Files able to shut it down type list Select destination terminal Optionally check j RSLinx Enterprise SIMPL3 Run application
429. ode Run Mode Test Mode Lock Controller Clear Faults Go To Faults 374 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Configure and Download FactoryTalk Project to PanelView Plus Terminal Before you can download your application to a PanelView Plus terminal you must first create a runtime version of your FactoryIalk View application 1 Start FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition and open your application which contains the Demand Control faceplate 2 Choose Create Runtime Application from the Application menu ra FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition Communic afl File View Eeee Tools Window Help co el amp Test Application Create Runtime Application 3 Specify the target directory and the file name for the runtime application 4 In the Save as type box select the terminal firmware version on which the mer application will run 5 Click Save and wait for the progress bar to complete Graphics CLLCLCLCCI II S Download the PanelView Plus terminal Runtime File Follow these steps to download the runtime file just created to the PanelView Plus terminal hs _ Tag Import and Export Weard 1 Choose Transfer Utility from the Tools menu Aheng Firmware Upgrade Wizard 2 Click the Download tab 2 2 p EOE hee i Languages 3 Click the icon to locate the source runtime file Pag ia Options 4 Choose I
430. oftware uses FactoryTalk Activation If you are a new user you will need to activate your software by using Factorylalk Activation because FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software no longer ships with physical master disks for activating the base software and options If you are upgrading from FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software activated with EvRSI activation please contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales office or Technical Support for information to migrate your activations to FactoryTalk activations For Rockwell Automation Technical Support in the US call 1 440 646 3434 Outside the US see http www rockwellautomation com locations When you log in to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix web page the software checks for the activation file If the system fails to detect the activation file an error is displayed and logged to FactoryTalk Diagnostics For more information refer to the online help included with the Factorylalk Manager software 102 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Chapter 4 How to Activate Your Software To activate FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software perform the following steps 1 Install the FactoryTalk Manager software available from the Optional Steps screen of the Install program 2 Once FactoryTalk Manager is installed click Start gt Programs gt Rockwell Software gt FactoryTalk Activation gt FactoryTalk Manager to launch
431. oing basis Before You Begin Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 e Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 e Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Chapter 4 e Complete FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software chapters Chapter 5 through Chapter 9 What You Need e For Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software updates Updated Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE Downloaded software updates from the Rockwell Automation website at http www rockwellautomation com support e For FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software upgrades Product option license Activation master disks or FactoryTalk activation data e For PowerMonitor firmware updates RS 232 to RS 485 converter such as B amp B Electronics USOPTL4 Downloaded firmware update from the Rockwell Automation Knowledgebase at http www rockwellautomation com knowledgebase Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 199 Chapter 10 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Follow These Steps Follow this path for details on how to perform common maintenance tasks Not all tasks will be required at all times set Up Database Maintenance page 201 Automatic Data Repopulation page 204 Monitor Health of Data Logging page 206 Using the Windows Event
432. oint These names will be used later in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software configuration chapters 1 Click the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix tab on the Energy Data Worksheet 2 Enter a device name for each energy data point TIP It is recommended that you name the device with the same name as the energy data point when possible If a device collects multiple energy data points use a name related to the most significant data point or unique location For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the device names for the first six PowerMonitor devices and the data center are the same as the energy data point names Energy Energy Data Point Type Name Group Name Device Class Device Cat No Meter Name Meter Type Electricity Electric Main Powermonitor 3000 on 1404 M605x ENT Foe Electric Main Meter EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP Electricity __ DataCenter OPC Server on Ethernet ae o oo Natural Gas Gas Main Powermonitor 1000 on ae EM24 ENT Gas Main Meter PM Status Input EtherNet IP Natural Gas Boiler House Gas ae ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B oe Boiler House Gas Meter Fuel Oil Fuel Oil ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Fuel Oil Meter Propane Propane Controllogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Steam SteamFlow ControlLogix on Ethernet 1769 L23E QBFC1B Steam Flow Meter i a _ i EtherNet IP EO EA O EtherNet IP For the Efficient Industries
433. oller The controller converts predicted demand in excess of the setpoint into kWh to shed based on the time remaining in the demand interval and then sheds loads based on their priority and availability until the predicted demand is under the setpoint Loads are restored when the predicted demand is less than the demand setpoint by a hysteresis value Alarms are raised if the total sheddable kWh is less than the kWh to shed to satisfy the setpoint when there is only one sheddable load remaining or when a shed command fails to shed the load based on its status input Alarms are also used to prompt an operator to remove load override status Before You Begin e Complete an energy assessment and review monitoring methods in Chapter 1 P gy 8 e Complete other Energy Monitoring and Analysis chapters as applicable Chapter 2 through 9 What You Need e Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools e RSLogix 5000 software version 18 0 or later or Studio 5000 Logix Designer application version 21 00 or later e Factorylalk View Machine Edition Software version 5 1 or later e Logix controller and supporting hardware e PowerMonitor 1000 or 5000 unit Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 359 Chapter 12 Demand Control Follow These Steps The following steps are based on a CompactLogix 1769 L23E
434. ollow these steps to add the Equipment Status Faceplate display to your FactoryTalk View ME application The procedure uses the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example to demonstrate the configuration steps 1 Open the Factorylalk View ME application to which you want to add the Equipment Status Faceplate display TIP The default display size for the Equipment Status Faceplate is 640 x 480 and is compatible with PanelView Plus 700 or larger terminals 338 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 2 Right click Displays and choose Add Component into Application 3 Browse to the Faceplate Files folder on your Energy Management Toolkit CD image and select the ME Equipment Status Faceplate Files folder 4 Select the Equipment_Status_Faceplate gfx file and click Open 5 Verify the Equipment_Status_Faceplate display appears under Displays ME Equipment Status Summary Faceplate FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 x amp Local SIMPL3 fla Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 5 Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 3 8 System Project Settings amp Runtime Security tJ Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections W Startup HMI Tags Tags a Graphics D Global w Librarie E Images New Add Component Into Application Import and Export Add Component Into Project Look ir CO Faceplat
435. olor Alignment Caption back style WE Caption back color eee Transparent f ff Caption blink I Word wrap eee Image settings Image Image back style L Image color Alignment WB mage back color ees Image blink soe Image scaled ses Cancel Apply Help Create a Runtime Application File Before you can download your application to a PanelView Plus terminal you must first create a runtime version of your FactoryTalk View application 1 Choose Create Runtime FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition Demo Mode Application from the Application nn a ma SDs zje Test Appiication eats m doc_test Application Properties 3 8 System Project Settings amp Runtime Security tf Diagnostics List Setup My nw i ian a 354 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 2 Specify the target directory and file name for the runtime application You can accept the default application name 3 In the Save as type box select the terminal firmware version on which the mer application will run 4 Click Save and wait for the progress bar to complete Create Runtime Application FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 2 x 2jAnalog _ faceplates Set2 Save in Runtime e e Ely Jidoc_test gt fe 2 equip_faceplate My Recent 3 GuardPLC Messaging Documents 3 Motion E 3
436. omain Groups page 111 Configuring Security page 113 Create a Role and Assign Privileges page 115 Create a User and Assign Roles page 116 Windows Active Directory security page 118 106 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup Chapter 5 Creating Domains and Groups The first step in configuring an FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software project is to set up domains and groups based on your plant s departments production areas or energy types e Group A named collection of devices and meters that represent a subdivision of your enterprise such as a department or process e Domain A group that is assigned roles and users Users assigned to a domain may only access objects assigned to that domain This allows an administrator to restrict user access to specific parts of the system A typical setup is to organize meters into domain groups by energy type substation boiler room or other function A second domain is then set up to organize meters into energy accounting groups This quick start uses the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example on page 108 to set up groups and domains in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software It organizes the plant s energy data from the Energy Data Worksheet into two functional subdomains and groups e Engineering includes all of the energy data points and is subdivided into energy types for load profiling
437. omation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Configure a PowerMonitor Wireless 250 Device The PowerMonitor Wireless 250 monitors are factory configured Each PowerMonitor Wireless 250 device is assigned a Group ID and Device ID in the factory These should not be modified except under exceptional circumstances One such circumstance would be operating two or more independent PowerMonitor W250 networks in such close proximity that RF interference with each other occurs Please contact Rockwell Automation support services for more information or if assistance is required The PC Receiver can be configured for RS 232 or RS 485 data port use PC Receiver Connection This section describes the RS 232 and RS 485 connections RS 232 Data Port Use and Configuration DB 9 style connector RS 232 Data Port connector with standard DCE connections for transmit data receive data RTS input and CTS output The PC Receiver is factory configured with the following parameters e Communication Rate 115 200 e Data Bits 8 e Parity None e Stop Bits 1 PC Receiver RS 485 Data Port Use and Configuration The RS 485 mode of the PC Receiver requires special wiring for the DB9 connection In order to activate the RS 485 mode please connect the data port as follows PC Receiver RS 485 Wiring Diagram 5 es mmo nverting Signal 3 A gp e 5 _t C oND a mm Non inver
438. ommunication Parameters eee eee 69 Configure Basic Device Parameters 002cseus meee ates 70 Configure Advanced Parameters eers issa ini inie En Ta deata 70 Conieure the Dateand TING ceeperiuraraen ereere 71 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 5 Table of Contents FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Configure a PowerMonitor 5000 Device 0 cece eee eee 72 Setup Using the Web Interlaced der prina AE E a a eames T2 Obtaining Access to the Configuration Pages 065 72 How to Set Up the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit 73 Configure a CompactLogix Controller 0 ce cece eee eee 78 Chapter 4 IEPOCUCCION 2c bcduieaad e aa deen ode Neee 91 Before Vow Bebisen ad tienes ait cu een een es tenets 91 What You Need cc ii5i 55 eae ea hada Siudicanvesberaaoudos 9 Follow nese Steps nnee nen n E EE A E 92 Contents of Installation DVD 0 cece eee eee eee 93 Server Requilements ndunioiociinietede aeiietaetad E a 93 Server Software Requirements for Installing FactoryTalk Lacro y Me oni iin ara ET au aaee bn bu A EAEE 93 Hardware Requirements u 050 405 wstesstaelmenetaeaee tees 93 lent Regu reen Sireni See a a e sate 94 Mascali OD era ERREEN 95 Configure Windows 2008 Server 0 cece eee eee eee ee 95 Install SOL Server 2008
439. ommunication with the device Test Cognection Connection successful If you see connection failed try again If the test times out check that you entered the correct communication path in step 9 and that the device is on line Try to ping it from the Factory Talk EnergyMetrix server Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 131 Chapter 6 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Configure OPC Server Device Follow these steps to configure an OPC Server device 132 1 Select the Devices folder Navigate to and select he desired group or domain Layout Save Restore Device Status Add a device Refresh Show all child devices Collapse system Status a z Online not fully Online tag Not Groups Legend O O mone BB onic E j hi l l h Devices or this example select the f Efficient Industries Plant 1 Domain Electricity Electricity group under the Engineering subdomain Click the Add a device link Choose a subdomain or group from the Parent group list For this example choose Electricity Check the boxes as shown Choose a device from the Device class list For this example choose OPC Server on Ethernet Enter a device name For this example enter Data Center Enter the OPC server name For this example the name is Kepware KepServerEx v5 Click Save You should see Data Center under E
440. on The copied meter and its tags are created under the Electr icity group with the new TwefElectic S name Device Power House a Electricity 100 Name Power House Meter a Repeat steps 1 6 copy the rest of the PowerMonitor 1000 electric meters aes r Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 The Real Energy Net Reactive Energy Net and Real Power Demand tags are automatically copied with each device Change the device name and meter name as shown in the table shipping Receiving DC shipping Receiving DC shipping Receiving DC Meter For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the electric meter listing should look like this System eter Layout Save Restore Collapse E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E E Accounting E Engineering O Air Electricity Boiler House Meter J Data Center Meter SJ Electric Main Meter J Power House Meter J Production 1 Meter Copied meters J Production 2 Meter J Shipping Receiving DC Meter Fuels J Steam mT C E TIP Remember that the device class must be the same in the source and copied meters otherwise the meter tag addressing will be incorrect in the copied meter Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 139 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag
441. on Element Item Name 0 Password Value e Range 0 to 9999 Voltage Mode 0 Direct Delta 1 Open Delta 2 Wye 3 Single Phase 4 Demo 5 1PT1CT LL 6 1PT1CT LN PT Primary Range 1 to 50000 PT Secondary Range 1 to 600 480 CT Primary Range 5 to 50000 2 2 2 Low Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Configure Advanced Device Parameters Follow these steps to configure advanced demand parameters for the PowerMonitor 1000 device These settings include demand source demand period length and the number of demand periods to average for the demand calculation The Advanced Device Configuration Parameters table on page 65 shows the demand parameters and example settings 1 Choose Configure Options gt Advanced to access the Advanced Configuration page 2 Enter the default password Power and Energy Management Solutions Meeting the Changing Demands for Power and Energy Management Powermontor 1000 Depay and Configuration Ed Allen Bradley Display and Configuration Menu Ethernet Configuration Home r e Ee e information R Element ltem Name Value Display Status p Password Execute Gorm ands I 0 Rance 0 to 9999 be Gonfiqure Options H Analog Input Calalog Humber Breakdown Dale and Tine 3 Byte Go To ab com Advanced User Configurable Table KXLXXX communicati
442. on File Create a Runtime Application File page 354 Transfer Runtime File to PanelView Plus Terminal 6 page 35 Run Application on PanelView Plus Terminal 7 page 35 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure PowerMonitor 1000 Faceplates The PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate is a graphic display that you can add to your FactoryTalk View ME application The display provides real time data such as voltage current power and energy from a PowerMonitor 1000 meter Data is polled from a PowerMonitor 1000 meter via RSLinx Enterprise so a controller is not required Because parameter passing has been implemented you only have to maintain a single display for all PowerMonitor 1000 meters on a plant floor The PowerMonitor 1000 faceplate is compatible only with the PowerMonitor 1000 EM3 model over an Ethernet connection Configuration Display VIF Display Powermonitor 1000 X Powermonitor 1000 Ea VIF PWR E PH gt ve PWR E PH VOLTAGE CURRENT AMPS Device Name PFowermonitar 1000 Status 1 Count Name 1 Count Status 2 Count Name Status 2 Count FREQUENCY HZ PWR Display Renanesthe Device and the statusiand static i x Shows voltage current and frequency information for Powermonitor 1000 three phases counters JF MIE Pw E PH kW KVAR kVA 2 2 PH Display peat 39854 19853 f 44518 Powermonitor 1000 Powermonitor 1000 ve VIF pwr B PH p ve ewe D O
443. on k 255 192 Demand Source of 0 or another valid password to access Edit mode 0 intemal Taner 1 Status Input 2 TIP The password appears as asterisks iaia ay Canada If you don t know the password call 3 Ethernet Broadcast Rockwell Automation technical Demand Period Length minutes support for assistance Range 0 to 99 3 Set appropriate values for the demand parameters elements 14 15 and 16 Number of Demand Periods Range 1 to 15 For this example accept the default parameters as shown 4 Click Submit to send the parameter changes to the PowerMonitor 1000 device Advanced Device Configuration Parameters Parameter Password Demand Source Demand Period Length Number of Demand Periods Forced Demand Sync Delay Demand Broadcast Master Select Broadcast Port Number Ethernet Setup 0 0 Internal Timer 1 Status Input 2 2 Controller Command 3 Ethernet Demand Broadcast Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 65 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Configure the Date and Time Follow these steps to configure the date and time for the PowerMonitor 1000 device The Date and Time Setup Parameters table on page 66 shows the date and time parameters and example settings 1 Choose Configure Options gt Date and Time to access the Date and Time Configuration page amp Allen Bradley Home Display Metering Inform
444. onth v E O rr O Custom Start date 8 1 2009 Pick Ls ig Start time 12 00 AM on End date 9 1 2009 Pick he End time 12 00 AM Auto run report jobs Add a new report job i The report is generated and opened in a new browser window Efficient Industries Plant 1 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Electric Billing Report 8 1 2008 12 00AM to 9 1 2009 12 00 AM Time Zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada Rate Schedule WE General Primary Service TOU Cp1 Total Charge 175 405 72 Fixed Charges Description Quantity Rate Charge Facilites Charge 1 0 525 525 00 Subtotal 525 00 Demand Charges Description Quantity Rate Charge Demand On peak 7 400 7 kw 8 72 64 523 81 Demand Customer Maximum 7 815 1 kW 0 76 5 939 46 Subtotal 70 473 27 Energy Charges Description Quantity Rate Charge Energy On peak 1 585 749 1 kWh 0 03459 54 851 08 Energy Off peak 1 877 882 2 kWh 0 02152 40 412 02 Subtotal 95 263 08 Taxes and Fees Description Quantity Rate Charge Sales Tax 166 261 4 0 055 9 144 37 Subtotal 9 144 37 TIP If the report does not open in the browser window make sure the browser pop up blocker is not active 14 To print or save the report to the output file use the menu commands in the browser 15 Refer to Create a Job to Run Report Automatically on page 179 for details on how to configure a report job to automatically run the report 186 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P
445. or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence gt gt IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures ARC FLASH HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a moto
446. or 3000 unit trend log energy data is expressed with 7 digit precision while real time energy data is expressed with 15 digit precision For accurate reporting results when using ADR configure the PowerMonitor 3000 energy counters to roll over at 7 or 8 digits depending on your accuracy requirements This option is available with master module firmware version 1 12 or higher The rollover value in consumption meter tags must be adjusted to match the actual energy rollover value Allen Bradley PowerMonitor I Unit Remote I O Ethernet and serial communication are supported The PowerMonitor I must be at firmware version 3 00 or later and set up to use either the 16 parameter or 3 and 7 parameter snapshot log TIP Snapshot log energy data is expressed with 7 digit precision while real time energy data is expressed with 15 digit precision ADR used with the PowerMonitor II may result in inaccuracies in energy consumption and billing reports especially if the repopulated data occurs at the beginning or end of the reporting period Allen Bradley PowerMonitor Unit The power monitor s snapshot log holds up to 50 records Remote I O communication is supported Allen Bradley MicroLogix EEM 1803 EEM Module The MicroLogix EEM trend log contains an accumulated energy counter and a demand value for each configured meter Allen Bradley Programmable Controllers ControlLogix CompactLogix MicroLogix SLC 500 and PLC 5 controllers support ADR when programm
447. orts all consumption values for example kWh kVARh for selected meters for a specified time interval The report groups meters as they are organized in the Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software navigation tree with subtotals calculated for each group The report includes all meters that have Consumption enabled for the value type Demand Analysis Reports real power for example kW demand values for selected meters or groups for a specified time interval and itemizes each meter or group s contribution to the total It also reports the worst case peak demand that would have occurred had each meter or group s peak demand occurred in the same demand interval The report includes all meters that have Demand enabled for the value type Billing Generates a replication of a monthly bill shadow bill from your energy provider for comparative billing analysis and potential energy cost recovery The report is based on data from your energy meters and utility rate schedules The report is a list of line items and a total charge amount Each line item consists of a description quantity rate and charge Cost Allocation Runs a report that lists each meters contribution to the total energy cost based on a rate schedule that you configure Cost allocation reports are generated in Microsoft Excel output format Power Quality Runs a report that combines a graph and a grid display of power quality sag and swell events This report is used only for the PowerMonitor 30
448. ou intend to use the Equipment Status Faceplate The Equipment Status Faceplate displays a status summary of energy meter data on PanelView Plus terminals The Equipment Status Faceplate works in conjunction with energy and faceplate Add On Instructions You can display up to nine energy meters on a single Equipment Status Faceplate In addition you can configure the Equipment Status Faceplate to launch your faceplates by using preconfigured Goto Display buttons 330 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 This example shows the Boiler House energy meters for the Efficient Industries Plant 1 The faceplate is configured for five rows or five energy meters and provides overall status with up to four additional status values for each meter x lt Efficient Plant 1_ Boiler House Device State Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 9565 000 503 000 0 000 0 000 therms thenms hr 7654 000 395 000 0 000 0 000 therms thenms hr Gas Main Boiler House Gas n 43225 000 4 300 0 000 0 000 ih oe aren gal gpm pe ae 21653 000 5 900 0 000 0 000 desichath sal gpm a pe Boiler House Electric He 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 KV Volts Amps PF Follow these steps to modify the faceplate or energy Add On Instruction to set the number of rows for the Equipment Status Faceplate 1 Determine how many of the nine available rows you will use on the Equipment Stat
449. ource Type Indicates the type of energy resource being monitored Capabilities Indicates how the energy values are generated Ea e Measured indicates the values are directly measured by the device Resource Type e Derived indicates the values are derived from fixed nominal power values or some Capabaties other combination of values Consumed KW Generated kV n 000000000 000 Total kWh Power KW MyPM5500 x Configuration View 1 Click Configuration on the toolbar to launch the Configuration view 2 Click the string entry box to launch the QWERTY keyboard popup 3 Type the desired text and press Enter The text you enter is displayed at the top of the faceplate E SIE lt j Enter Key Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 315 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Help View Click Help on the toolbar to access the online help information 316 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure Device Logic for Equipment Status and Alarm History Faceplates Some logic is required in the CompactLogix controller for PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 devices to support the Equipment Status and Alarm History Faceplates TIP The faceplate logic required for the CompactLogix energy inputs is included in the Energy Add On Instructions that were configured in Configure CompactLogix Energy In
450. play position Top position yy Left position M Touch margins Horizontal margir Vertical margir 0 E Other W Audio OF Cancel Apply Help 304 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 4 Folow these steps to use a bitmap image with the button a Click the Label Tab and click the ellipse button next to the Image field b Click Add from File and select the SMC50 Bitmap Image located in the ME SMC 50 folder IMPORTANT You only need to add the image from File the first time you use the image Once added the image can be selected from the image list c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired Nommon Connections Po Se eo A SesSgASonmeasm Bae Image Browser x M Captid ts Er m Select image Preview DAEN Arow Down Add from Arrow Left N File Open x Font Or Js 1 Energy Management ME SMC 50 Faceplate Files 23 search ME smc 50 Faceplate 2 Arial ms gt Organize New folder Fil C Caption color PRT al Hl Caption back color E4 Recent Places Name Date modified Type Size 3 re blink GJ Libraries Z SMCS50 bmp 4 15 2013 8 24 AM Bitmap image ord wrap Documents m Image settings a hase i f Pictures Ct videos C Image color MM passo1 E Image back color Hi amp Local Disk C
451. port Routine Scope Ad SMC FM ator Tl Moto 1 0 Mel Controller Organizer B E Controller SMc50 e Controller Tags E3 Controller Fault Handler i Ea Power Up Handler E E Tasks al MainTask Bz New Routine MainPr og ram i BE Program Import Routine h E i i E MainRoub oo PEN PAAT K Cur Crits o E Unscheduled Prog 7 oe al Motion Groups Copy Ctrl C Ungrouped Axes je Paste TELE A Paste Erl E Add On Instructions 5 Delete Del a Data Types Lo User Defined i verify E E Strings E Add n Defined Cross Reference ctrl E Ot Predefined at Module Defined Browse Logic Ctrl 2 Navigate to the ME E300 Faceplate Files folder and select the ME_E300_Faceplate with Energy L5X file and click Import fa Import Routine Look in E ME E300 Faceplate Files oO F a i Date modified 6 16 2014 9 33 PM ME_E300_Faceplate with Energy Lox L5 File The Import Configuration dialog box opens x A Find JES Find Replace Find Within Final Mame Import Content Kainl ask Configure Routine Properties Import Hame Aas Device ame _ Faceplate Ez References Operation Create E Y oo g Tags Li References will be imported as Lig cae Add On Instruction configured in the References folders T i Data Types Ae p Ee Gib ariei Final Name RXX_DeviceNamel Faceplate Propertie
452. ps to create custom meter types 1 Launch SQL Server Manager Studio from the Start menu or Programs 2 Enter your SQL Server name and click Connect 3 Navigate to Databases gt EMMA and select Tables 4 Right click MeterTypes and choose Open Table x Microsoft ae Windows Server System SOL Server 2005 Server type DeabescErcne Server name thd Dk hat Authentication Windows Authentication k User name MRO CEWELLJN Administrator 7 Password T Remember password Eome Y Cancel Help Options gt Ex Microsoft SOL Server Management Studio File Edit View Tools Window Community Help Object Explorer Connects 32 m T D VM ROCEWELL JN SOL Server 9 0 1399 VM Ro El Databases System Databases Database Snapshots E gj Emma Database Diagrams Tables Views Tables VM ROCKWELL JIN Databases EMM a Tables EE DeviceTags Synonyms oe Prograrimability E cemeti Service Broker E iaaa na E Meters Security 5 Security a MeterTags Server Objects C MeterTagTypes le fMeterTypes Replication Management Notification Services Fh SQL Server 4gent E MultiPurpose Mew Table E old larmlog Modify E POEVents Open Table E Privileges Script Table as b ee a REES PE Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 423 AppendixA Custom Meter Types 5 Select the last row and enter a MeterTypeld and Name Table dbo Met
453. ption Data Source Type Device Memory Address _ PLC Current_Settings Melt_Time E Search For 13 Click the Duplicate Tag Folder icon in the Tag Database menu 14 Rename the folder to the shortcut x name PM1K_172_ 144 then click OK o From 9 FPMIK_FP_DEFAULT To FM K_172_1444 Help 224 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 15 Verify that the tag folder was duplicated 16 Click Close to close the HMI Tag database Create a Parameter File You will now create a parameter file to use when calling the faceplate display A parameter is used to replace the shortcut name in the tags referenced on the display This allows the use of one display for multiple PowerMonitor 1000 meters Follow these steps to create a parameter file 1 Right click Parameters in the Explorer window and choose New 2 Set the parameter 1 lt device shortcut gt to the shortcut name PM1K 172 144 3 Click X to save and close the Parameter file 4 Rename the file PM1K 172 144 Create a Display Navigation Button Follow these steps to create a Goto Display navigation button to launch the faceplate display FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 amp Tags My Project o x Tag Mame PMIK_17Z144iDeviceName Type String i Description o O Length ez Data Source Type Device Memory Initial value Fowermonitor 1000 Jw Retent
454. puts on page 86 TIP The equipment status faceplate logic required for the PowerMonitor 500 PowerMonitor 5000 PowerFlex Drives E3 Plus E300 SMC 50 and CIP Motion Drives is included in the faceplate routines that were configured in the previous sections Configure PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 Communication Follow these steps to add the PowerMonitor 1000 and 3000 devices to your Ethernet network in the CompactLogix I O Configuration 1 Browse to the CompactLogix Ethernet network in aa I O Configuration the I O Configuration CompactLogixS323E QBFC1 System 2 Right click Ethernet and choose New Module 4 Ba 1769 L23E QBFC1 Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 or 1769 L23E QBFC1 Ethernet Port LocalENB 3 Choose Communication See Cthernet CompactBus Local A E Embedded 0 i 1 Embedded IQ16F Discrete_Inputs 4 Scroll through the modules and choose the ee x ETHERNET MODULE Generic Ethernet T Module Dope aes i ne ee eee ee a 1769 L32E Ethernet P 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Port on CompactLogix5332E Allen Bradley 5 Click OK 1769 L35E Ethernet P 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Port on CompactLogix5335E Allen Bradley 1788 EN2DN A 1788 Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Allen Bradley 1788 ENBT A 1788 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley 1788 EWEB A 1788 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge w Enhanced Web Servic Allen Bradley 1794 AENT A 1794 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley 1794 AENT B 1
455. r Lets you set the communication fault time the accel decel times Shows basic energy data and rename the device for display at the top of the faceplate Trend Display Trend Configuration Display PowerFlex Drive PowerFlex Drive 60 je DC Bus Voltage Max DC Bus Voltage Min 30 Current Max 15l Current Min ol Speed Max 8 57 29 AM 9 09 29 AM Speed Min Voltage Current Press Next Pen to shift between the voltage current and speed trends Lets you set the minimum and maximum values of the trend scale 248 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure RSLogix5000 for the PowerFlex Drive Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add the PowerFlex Drive to your Ethernet Network 1 Create a new or open an existing RSLogix5000 file 2 Under I O Configuration right click the network communication module to be used for the intended drive IMPORTANT This step assumes you have already added and configured an Ethernet module to your I 0 tree 3 Select New Module 4 Expand the Drives folder and select the appropriate PowerFlex drive module and click OK E Select Module Module Description PowerFlex 40P E AC Drive via 22 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 70 EC E 4C Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 70 E AC Drive via 20 COMM E Allen Bradley PowerFlex 400 E AC Drive via 22 COMM E A
456. r If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation about us sustainability ethics product environmental compliance page Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A S Kar Plaza Is Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y Istanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Supersedes Publication ASIMP QS016B EN P August 2012 Copyright 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
457. r 12 8 9 10 Demand Control Click the ellipse icon next to Display select the ME_Demand_Faceplate and then click OK Click on the Label tab and enter a caption such as Demand Controller Click OK to close the Goto Display push button Properties dialog box If you do not already have a Shutdown or Goto Configure Mode button configured in your application you should add one to the main page as well This will provide a means of shutting down your application From the Objects gt Advanced menu select Goto Configure Mode or Shutdown Draw the button on your display and configure its properties Save your display Configure Alarms l1 A 3 4 370 Expand the Alarms folder in the system tree Right click Alarm Setup and choose Import and Export Select Import alarm configuration into application Click Next Goto Display Button Properties i x Generel Label Common Appearance Border enie Border with naat F fa ly Bondor weet back color WB Sack color Back stg Fratem style Border colar Saha T Hone O Patem color El Faghih colar Shand z sitini Blink Crepley aetings Display i Povameter hle al C P ameber list Top potion i Lof pasmon j Displey poston Touch margins Peavizerital mangi Yemen mangi Cancel Apply Help jei IODA WDJECTS H Libranes H E Images Fa Parameters EH Local Messages i ga Alarms ee Elam Setup en Infor
458. r Company GS 4 WE General Primary Service TOU Cp1 Desktop My Documents 59 My Computer a File name WE General Primary Service TOU Cp1 My Network Files of type All Files Rate Schedules Domain Utilities Add arate schedule CADocuments and Set TES Upload File You should see the imported rate schedule on the Rate Schedules Rate Schedules page and under the Utilities group Domain Utilities 8 Click the View link to open the Rate Schedule Add a rate schedule ID Name Notes 3 WE General Primary Service TOU Cp GiiewDelete Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 183 Chapter9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts 9 Click a tab containing the Rate Schedule Setup information you want to change then click Edit Cara Sa Rate schedule name VE General Primary Service TOU Cp1 For details on rate schedules refer to the online help Seasons Times Of Use Line Items 10 Click Save when done to save your Line Group Description rate schedule changes 4 FixedCharges Facilities Charge View 2 Demand Charges Peak Power Factor calculation vi 1 Charges Deman n neak 11 Repeat steps 1 9 to import rate JATIN VOaR O Demand Charges Demand Customer Maximum schedules for other billing reports 5 Energy Charges Energy On peak 6 Energy Charges Energy Of peak 7 OtherCharges Minimum Charge Adder View 8 TaxesandFees Sales
459. r Data Calendar Trend Meter Setup Time zone f OMT 05 00 Eastern Time US amp Canada to the Meter Setup tab and click the Read El Page gt Enter Data device tags link just above the list of meter tags You can click Current Date Time to refresh the data Reactive Real Energy Real Power Energy Het Het Demand Date Time kKVARh kh ki B 26 2009 2 45 00 PM 295999 9 987213 4 516 5 8 26 2009 2 30 00 PM 295963 4 957084 3 526 9 26 2009 2 15 00 PM 295925 4 956952 6 53r 8 26 2009 2 00 00 PM 2955685 5 156515 1 544 6 8 26 2009 1 45 00 PM 2956475 SBS 519 7 8 26 2009 1 30 00 PM 295509 956552 1 508 8 8 26 2009 1 15 00 PM 295769 6 956424 9 550 4 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Date Time e 26 2009 2 53 Phl Get DataC Current Date Time D n 15 Min Auto Data 137 Chapter7 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Copy Meters and Tags Meters with the same device class and tags can be copied It s a real time saver to create the first meter and its tags then use the copy function to create the rest of the meters For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the PowerMonitor 1000 electric meters all use the Real Energy Net Reactive Energy Net and Real Power Demand tags You will copy the Boiler House meter and tags to Electric Main PM 3000 create the Power House Production 1 Production 2 and Shipping Receiving DC electric meters The tag
460. r Digital folder and browse to the desired energy input file Choose a digital input file for meters with a Import Instruction pulse output representing consumption ick ae ek EEF Select an analog input file for meters with 7 Energy _Air_Digital L5x ar analog outp utr epr esenting flow rate ic Eneray_Electric_Digital L5 My pae Energy _Fuel_Oil_Digital L5 ocuments dk E sEnergy_Gas_Digital L5X The example shows a gas meter digital B E Energy _Propane_Digital L5x Energy_Steam_Digital L5 Inp ut sele cte d Desktop Energy_Water_Digital L5x 5 Click Import 2 File name Cancel My Network Files of type Places Files containing E Instruction v Help Into Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 79 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration 6 Click OK from the Import Configuration x ziz E an Rani dialog box to continue the Add On bel ee Instruction Import ee Conliquee Ade Chn Iretructos Proparins N mamana a a lae Pea E T f mip i aiana wil ba mponed ai E Gerona ernngs ner Furiani vid Verdor me Fandy a 7 Verify the imported file appears under Add On i Add On Instructions Instructions Bay Energy_Gas_Digital 8 Repeat steps 1 7 to import other required Add On Instruction files for your project For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the Add em Add On Instructions On Instruct
461. r control center to alert people to potential Arc Flash Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment PPE Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment PPE gt gt gt Allen Bradley CompactLogix ControlLogix FactoryTalk FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix PanelView Plus Kinetix PowerFlex PowerMonitor Studio 5000 Logix Designer RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Where to Start Follow this path to complete your energy management application Chapter 1 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods 4 Compressed Air System Two Gardner Denver 400e TS0scim 150 ho ar compressors operate around the Glock 7 days per week at ful ine pressure even he plant n n a down condition om week ends of hodas Several cos sangs ahemaives ae pene 4 1 Recommendation Reduce ine pressure when plant is m doen conden to mewnum Pressure required Dy mon gereing Greces salety oysters et assure 80 85 pe amp Savings 53 695 per year b Calculations operate 2 conrgresx Moy toa XIS 12 days oper wk X08 Stew 06 Siew 35 y 51 TSOtcomeressor yr 3 500 300 days SMSdan Gaven every 7 b reducton n pressure Pal seduces energy required by 4 Opersiing pressure 107 ps target pr
462. r is positioned on object or selection Double click the application icon Right click To initiate an action click the right mouse button once while the cursor is positioned p ght click the Ethernet port on object or selection Click and hold the left mouse button on an object move the cursor to where you Drag and drop want to move the object and release the mouse button Drag and drop a task into the blank plan Choose Choose an option from a list of options From the Tools menu choose Internet Options Select Click to highlight an item Select the Devices folder Check or uncheck Click to activate or deactivate a checkbox Check Enable device gt Shows nested menu selections as menu name followed by menu selection Choose File gt New gt Document Expand Click the to the left of a given item folder to show its contents Expand the Main Task Software Requirements You need the following software to use this toolkit Rockwell Automation Software Version Required For Studio 5000 Logix Designer application 21 00 or later Power and energy management applications RSLogix 5000 17 00 or later e ControlFlash e BOOTP DHCP utility RSLinx Classic FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition 5 0 or later PanelView Plus terminals FactoryTalk Services RSLinx Enterprise RSLinx Classic FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix CD 2 0 or later Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software cat no 9307 FTEMMENE Energy Management
463. r_Min Set_Calc_ Interval min Avg _Flow_Interval_PLC_Timer DN CPT Compute Dest Val_Air_Per_Calc_Interval 0 0 Expression Val Air Per_Min Set_Calc_Interval 442 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions Appendix D Equipment Status Faceplate Logic The following logic is included all digital and analog energy Add On Instructions to provide the Equipment Status Faceplate with energy consumption flow and device states The following rung moves the Val_Total_xxx and Val_xxx_Per_Min or Val_xxx_Per_Hr values to the predefined tags in the Equipment Status Faceplate Sts _Value1 and Sts_Value 2 Equipment Status Faceplate Rungs These rungs are used to provide data to the Equipment Status Faceplate This first rung maps the Air Total Consumption and Flow Rate to the Sts Value tags used in the Equipment Status Faceplate Mov MOW hove hove Source Wal_Total_Air Source Wal_Air_Per_hlin 0 0 0 0 Dest Sts Value Dest Sts Valuez 0 0 0 0 The next four rungs monitor and send device status information to the Equipment Status Faceplate including Active Fault High Flow and Critical Flow The Sts_DeviceState tag is a predefined tag mapped to a multistate indicator in the Equipment Status Faceplate Each device status state is triggered by a unique integer value preconfigured in the multistate indicator The Integer values in the MOW instructions
464. radley Drive 150 SMCDialogPlus EN1 Smart Motor Controller via 1203 EN1 Allen Bradley Drive 1557 1557 Medium Voltage AC Drive Allen Bradley SCANport Drives 1715 AENTR 1715 Ethemet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Allen Bradley Communication 1732E 12X4M12QCDR 12 Point Input 4 Point Output 24V DC Quick Connect Allen Bradley Digital 1732E 16CFGM12 EtherNet IP 16 Point Self configuring 24VDC Allen Bradley Digital 1732E 16CFGM12QCR 16 Point 24V DC Self Configuring Quick Connect 2 Port Allen Bradley Digital 1732E 16CFGM12QCWR 16 Point 24V DC Self Configuring Quick Connect Weld Allen Bradley Digital as s aC ICCM 1C Dnit ATES cK eat rimm Dart lm Drel Mina r 315 of 315 Module Types Found Add to Favorites Close on Create Create Close Help 5 Enter a distinct module name and the IP Address of your power monitor For example we use MyPM5000 for the module name throughout this document E New Module ox General Connection Module Info Configuration Parameters Intemet Protocol Port Configuration Type 1426 M5E A PowerMonitor 5000 Vendor Allen Bradley Parent EN2T Name MyPM5000 Ethemet Address Deedee Private Network 192 168 1 35 IP Address C Host Name Module Definition Revision 2 30 Electronic Keying Compatible Module Connections PM5000 Exclusive Owner Connection Change Status Creating Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2
465. re Collapse For this example select the Accounting iew generated reports subdomain View all report jobs 2 as E Global Reports Only users with access to the domain will be El EE Efficient Industries Plant 1 able to view the report Sa pe E Data Center Click Add pes E Production 1 wed E Production 2 fee E Shipping Receiving a BE Utilities Enter a Report name For this example enter Electric Cost Allocation Report Add a new report Choose the Cost Allocation report S C a Verify the Report parent group Report Information Select By Meters Groups Report name Electric Cost Allocation Report SelectAll Clear All For this example Accounting was selected E E T T fea 8s in ste 2 E Accounting P Report parent group Accounting v H E Data Center Choose a Rate schedule Rate schedule Electric Cost Allocation v A Production 1 a E Production 2 H Shipping Receivin For this example choose Electric Cost T its Allocation Ez Engineering Click the Meters or Groups link to determine the report selection criteria The Groups link is typically chosen to report energy costs by production areas groups that are derived from multiple meter allocations For this example groups were selected so a single cost allocation could be reported for the Shipping Receiving area based on the Shipping Receiving DC meter 100 minus the Data Center meter 100 Refer to page 153 for de
466. re Time and Date 1 From the TOD faceplate click the configuration button on the toolbar 2 Verify the current date and time If the current date and time are correct no action is required If the current date and time are not correct click the time and date configuration button on the toolbar 3 Enter the current time and date 4 Choose an option for Daylight Savings Time 5 Click on the box to toggle between Yes apply and No do not apply 6 Click Update PLC Clock Scope 23 T0D_Program Show all Tags Name Value ia Calendar SAR B H Clock E Holidays El H Index_CalendarDate Time Of Day Control Status x ars Load Load RPG tao O Load State Load State 1 9 2 10 3 11 OVR 4 12 OVR 5 13 OVR 6 14 OVR d oo 10 06 14 16 OVR 51412011 Load Configuration x 15 Sart pme Sep pme Save D Undo D Reset D i fe eT Thu Fri Sat Hot Holidays Enabled 1 Time and Date Configuration X TEGE O Hour Minute Second e e varc Clock ae Le coet is the Default ves Apply Daylight Savings Time Cl0ck Source PLC Clock Calibration Alarm Delay in days 10 11 03 5 4 2 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 409 Chapter 13 Time of Day Control Configure Holidays Click on the Calendar Configuration button on the toolbar Configure holidays by clicking the date on the calendar Days
467. re additional parameters for the E3 Plus 5 Home E Scan List Gal Configuration Scan List 6 Node Commissioning i Advanced G 5 E3 ECS 1 54 F Identity E Parameters Rockwell Automation Allen Bradley EK EAD NS NEEE DNet Setup Minimize 5 Monitor Params oa Overload Setup Reset Lock i Advanced Setup F DNet Setup Output Setup DeviceLogix m TripWarn History D Trip Snapshot Voltage Monitor Voltage Setup E Power Monitor Power Setup e Data Links Gi Diagnostics r Administrative Settings Parameter 56 59 Parameters Name AutoBaudEnable NonVol Baud Rate Mask Output Assembly Input Assembly Assy WordO Param Assy Wordi Param Assy Word2 Param sy Word3 Param Seconds between refresh hs Disable Refresh with 0 BOOL USINT WORD USINT USINT UINT UINT UINT UINT DataType Value Unit Copyright 2011 Rockwell Automation Inc All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 Refer to the E3 and E3 Plus Solid State Overload Relay User Manual publication 193 um002 Determine which trips warnings and corresponding parameter limits are to be enabled The E3 Plus Overload Relay faceplate is configured to support all the Trip and Warning Status as defined in the user manual Trip Status Overload Phase Loss Ground Fault Stall Jam Underload PTC Current Imbal Comm Fault Comm Idle Warning Status Overload Ground Fault Jam Underload PTC Current I
468. re offered as a starting point for determining server sizing for FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Other factors will affect the required size of a server A higher number of tags being logged a faster log rate a larger number of users and a larger number of reports being run will require a more powerful server than the guidelines specify These are the server guidelines e A low end server has up to 8 meters and logs up to 40 meter tags at a minimum 15 minute log rate e A mid range server has up to 64 meters and logs up to 320 meter tags at a minimum 15 minute log rate e A high end server has more than 64 meters and logs more than 500 meter tags at a minimum 15 minute log rate Database Size Guidelines Factorylalk EnergyMetrix writes 16 bytes of data to the database for each meter tag logged Over time the database can grow to become quite large Some examples include the following e A low end server logging 40 meter tags at 15 minute intervals will grow the database at a rate of 2 56 KB per hour or 22 MB per year e A mid level server logging 320 meter tags at 15 minute intervals will grow the database at a rate of 20 5 KB per hour or 180 MB per year e A high end server logging 1000 meter tags at 15 minute intervals will grow the database at a rate of 240 KB per hour or 2 1 GB per year Consider these guidelines when determining hard disk requirements for a server as well as database maintenance schedules Rockwell Automation Publi
469. re used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax replacement tagname Example 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 1 in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP For Example CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application DeviceName_BEQO gt Represents the tagname for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_EBEQ configured in your Logix application file l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 2 only applies lf using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 CLX DeviceName_BEQ 4 Replace the shortcut name CLX and DriveName in parameters 1 and 2 if applicable to match the tags configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the Motor_1 example the configuration looks like the following l Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 S gt gt gt Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Synta
470. ready opened open your RSLogix 5000 software project 398 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 i RSLogix 5000 TimeOfDay 1769 L23E QB File Edipe Search Logic Communications al selel fe Offline j M RUN I No Forces P oh No Edits a E vo Controller Organizer a E E Controller TimeOfDay a A a aE Start Page Quick Start gt Controller Projects Recent Projects un PE a Ss W et Q m Fi Open Project Fl New Project fi Open Sample Project Time of Day Control Chapter 13 2 Expand the Tasks folder in your Controller Organizer right click the Main Task Controler Organs Controller TimeOfDay folder and select Import Program Controler Tags Controller Fault Handler Power Up Handler Tasks Ba E cg New Program E Unset 8 New Equipment Phase E Motion G es a T CH Add On I Import Equipment Phas J amp T y ou Cp sn m o Ctri x Copy Ctrl C i Paste Ctrl V Del ER Strin ER Add E Cp Pred Delete ER Mod E Trends Cross Reference Ctrl E E 1 0 Confi Comp Print gt 1 Ie i Properties Alt Enter e Ethernet 8 CompactBus Local 3 Browse to and open the TOD Control Logic folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image C Program Files RA_Simplification EMAT Files TOD Control Logic 4 Sel
471. red input over a user defined interval e Provide the Equipment Status Faceplate total Val_Total_kWh Val_Demand_Electric and Demand_Interval_PLC_Timer ACC values with the predefined device status information e Provide the Alarm History Faceplate information needed to display predefined alarm messages based on the device status CompactLogix Digital Input Logic The following logic is included in the Energy_Electric_Digital Add On Instructions to calculate the total kWh electric consumption from a CompactLogix digital input The Inp_Pulse tag initiates a total kWh computation Every time a pulse is triggered the logic adds the value of the Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor tag to the Val_Total_kWh total consumption tag The Inp_Pulse tag is assigned to a CompactLogix digital input and the Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor is entered when the Add On Instruction is added to your program When the total kWh value reaches 10 million the rollover rung resets the Val_Total_kWh value Totalizer Rung This rung monitors for an input pulse and then adds the value of the Set_Meter_Pulse Factor to the Val_Total_kVVh tag to keep a running total KAh By default 1 pulse 1Kwh Use the Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor as a scale to adjust the value of 1 pulse Inp_Pulse Storage ADD 0 Fons Add Source A Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor 1 0 Source B Val_Total_kvvh 0 0 Dest Val_Total_kvvh 0 0 Rollover Rung When the total KAh value exceeds the rollover value of 10 000 000 subtract 10
472. rgy data points would look like this Energy Energy Data Point Type Name E Name Device Class Device Cat a a Name Meter Name Meter ace Electricity aes Main Powermonitor 3000 on ean cam Main Meter EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP EtherNet IP SSS Electricit Data Center E E Data Center Meter Ss Natural Gas Gas Main Powermonitor a en on Gas Main Meter EtherNet IP PM Status Input Natural Gas Boiler House Gas ae ControlLogix on Ethernet SSS a Boiler House Gas Meter ore L2x Input Fuel Oil Fuel Oil ControlLogix on Ethemet o J o y O Fuel Oil Meter Propane Propane ControlLogix on Ethemet Propane Meter L2x Input__ Steam Steam Flow Controllogix on Ethemet Stearn Flow Meter bao hie amp 3 amp amp EtherNet IP PM Status Input o o M EtherNet IP PM Status Input 10 Identify and list any energy data points to be collected from an OPC server For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example Data Center energy consumption will be collected by an OPC server in the office area The personal computer for the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server is also in this location All energy data collection devices and the FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix server are connected to an EtherNet IP network 40 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 OPC Serer RSEnergyMetrix Server system Configuration and Wiring
473. rgyMetrix software provides default roles and users to control access to parts of a project You can optionally set up special roles and users e Role A named collection of privileges assigned to a user to manage security Roles may be global where they apply to the entire Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software system or domain specific e User A named set of security credentials user name and password that permit a user to access privileges of an assigned role You can assign more than one role to a user Default Roles Default Password Admin admin Guest guest TIP It is recommended that you change the default password for the Admin user to prevent inadvertent changes to the database In addition to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software default roles the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example has three roles e Engineering Manager This role has Admin privileges that are limited to the Engineering subdomain Admin privileges allow a user to perform editing and viewing operations e Accounting Manager This role has a subset of the Admin privileges that are limited to the Accounting subdomain e Production 1 Manager This role has User privileges that are limited to the Production 1 subdomain User privileges allow a user to perform read only or viewing operations The Roles and Privileges table on page 114 provides a list of the roles and privileges assigned to each role Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014
474. rgyMetrix tab in your Energy Data Worksheet for meter information in your project including meter name meter type and meter tag names Meter configuration groups are based on the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example on page 108 Before You Begin e Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 e Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 e Install FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Chapter 4 e Configure groups and security in Chapter 5 e Configure FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix devices in Chapter 6 What You Need e Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software CD catalog number 9307 FTEMMENE e Factorylalk EnergyMetrix online help and user manual publication FTEM UM002 e Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 or visit the Integrated Architecture Tools and Resources website at http www ab com go iatools to download toolkit files Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 133 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Follow These Steps Follow these steps to create meters and meter tags Creating Electric Meters for PowerMonitor Devices Creating Energy Meters for Creating Energy Meters for OPC PowerMonitor Status Inputs Server Device Create a PowerMonitor Electric Meter Create Energy Meters Create Energy Meter Assign Meter Tags to a PowerMonitor Elect
475. ric Meter Verify Units and Value Types Assign Meter Tags to OPC Device Copy Meters and Tags Assign Meter Tags to Status Inputs Sharing and Moving Meters sharing Meters Between Creating Energy Meters for Groups and Domains CompactLogix Devices Moving Meters Between Create Energy Meter Groups and Domains Verify Units and Value Types Assign Meter Tags to CompactLogix Inputs Creating Electric Meters for PowerMonitor Devices You will now create a meter for a PowerMonitor device and assign tags to the meter Examples are based on the Efficient Industries Plant 1 groupings on Electricity Group page 108 Electric Main PM 3000 Boiler House PM 1000 Power House PM 1000 Production 1 PM 1000 Production 2 PM 1000 Shipping Receiving DC PM 1000 Data Center OPC Server 134 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 Create a PowerMonitor Electric Meter Follow these steps to create a PowerMonitor electric meter 10 Click the Meters tab Navigate to and select a group to assign the meter For this example select Electricity under the Engineering subdomain Click the Meters tab on the right Click the Add a new meter link Select the Parent group For this example select Electricity Choose the meter type For this example choose Electric Choose the device associated with the meter For th
476. ric and String Display Navigation Return To A Indicator Ei 4 Gauge and Graph Close boob Trending Y Display List Selector i RecipePlus Ha tog ona REY a Advanced a i Elle r F F0 F FEG T F lhl 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 245 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 3 Double click the new Goto rectangle to configure the button properties a Modify the appearance as desired for your application for example choose Transparent as the Back style if you are drawing the Goto button over an existing object on your display b Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the PowerMonitor5000_Faceplate display c Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the PowerMonitor parameter file you created earlier for this intended device Goto Display Button Properties aSa Appearance Border style Border width Raised se 4 V Border uses back color BB Back color Back style Pattern style Hl Border color Solid X None L Pattern color Shape 5 Highlight color Blink Rectangle hd Display settings Display PowerMonitor5000_F Parameter file MyPM5000 D Parameter list Display position Top position 0 Left position 0 Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin Oo 0 Other 4 Audio OK Cancel Apply H
477. ric_Analog or Energy_Electric Digital Add On Instructions described in Appendix C The Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions perform four functions A total consumption calculation for the metered input This value is stored in the output Val_Total_xxx A consumption rate calculation for the metered input over a predefined interval set by the user This value also known as Average Flow rate is stored in the output Val_x x _Per_Calc_Interval Equipment Status Faceplate update of the energy total Val_Total_xxx the flow rate Val_xxx_Per_Min or Val_xxx_Per_Hr and energy device status information Alarm History Faceplate update of information needed to display predefined alarm messages based on the energy device status CompactLogix Digital Input Logic Logic is provided in all Energy_xxx_Digital Add On Instructions to calculate energy consumption from CompactLogix digital inputs The Inp_ Pulse tag initiates an energy computation where 1 pulse 1 unit Energy Add On Instruction Unit Air_Flow cf Fuel_Oil gallons Propane gallons Steam_Flow Ibs Water_Flow gallons Every time a pulse is triggered the logic adds the value of the Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor tag to the Val_Total_xxx total consumption tag The Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor is set by default to 1 but can be user defined for scaling purposes Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 439 Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions
478. ritical Fault is set Table 6 Energy Add On Instruction Factors for Gas Propane Fuel Oil Steam Air and Water Inputs Energy Factor Tag Set_Calc_Interval Set_High_Flow Set_ Critical Flow Definitions The time interval in minutes used to calculate the average energy flow For example an interval value of 5 will calculate the average energy flow every 5 minutes When the flow rate value exceeds the Set_High_Flow value the High Flow Fault is set Energy Add On Instruction Default Flow Rate Unit Air cfm cubic feet per minute Fuel Oil Propane Water gpm gallons per minute Gas therms hr Steam lbs hr Example A value of 1000 will set the High Flow Fault in the Energy_Gas_PM_Status Add On Instruction when the gas flow rate exceeds 1000 therms hr When the flow rate value exceeds the Set_Critical_ Flow value the Critical Flow Fault is set Energy Add On Instruction Default Flow Rate Unit Air cfm cubic feet per minute Fuel Oil Propane Water gpm gallons per minute Gas therms hr Steam lbs hr Example A value of 1500 will set the Critical Flow Fault in the Energy_Gas_PM_Status Add On Instruction when the gas flow rate exceeds 1500 therms hr TIP The meter pulse factor consumption value of each input pulse is set within the PowerMonitor configuration Refer to Configure CompactLogix Energy Inputs on page 80 TIP For additional information on how these energy factors affect calculations refer to Append
479. rix Software Reports and Charts Billing Report A billing report generates a replication of a monthly bill shadow bill from your energy provider for comparative billing analysis and potential energy cost recovery The report is based on data from your energy meters and utility rate schedules Creating a billing report requires you to e add or import a rate schedule set up view and print the report using the selected rate schedule P P P g For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a billing report for the electric utility Import or Create a Rate Schedule A rate schedule defines a set of rules that FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software uses to convert energy usage data into usable billing or cost allocation information For details on how to configure rate schedules refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software online help For your convenience the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD provides sample rate schedules that you can import and modify for your needs Sample Rate Schedules Rate Schedule Description AEP Indiana Michigan Power Company Tariff IP Includes demand charges based on kVA power factor penalty if lt 0 85 secondary metering correction factor of 1 01 time of use on and off peak and no seasons or holidays Alliant Cg 2 TOD Includes summer and winter seasons with different rates time of use on and off peak and no holidays Alliant Cp 1 12 hr 10 10 Includes holidays summ
480. rompted to back up the existing alarm configuration you can choose to save it as a xml file 3 Choose Yes or No when prompted to back up application then click Next Alarm Import Export Wizard Create Backup Do vou want to backup your existing alarm configuration lt Back New gt Cancel Help 4 Browse to the ME Alarm History Faceplate Files folder on your Energy Management Toolkit CD image then select Alarms xml and click Open Choose alarm configuration file to import ES Look in O ME Alarm History Faceplate Files a c E E harms Mo Recent Documents Desktop Mo Documents 93 hy Computer 5 Choose Finish to complete the import J a gt _ a ebwork File name Alarms CL tem aces Files of type Alarm Files xr Cancel Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 349 Chapter 11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 Double click Alarm Setup in the Alarms folder to open the new configuration You will see the EnergyAlarmIrigger tag and other Rockwell Automation device triggers Explorer Efficient_Industries_Plant_1i Local USMEEJWNOVAE 3 Triggers Messages Advanced fa Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 Fe Efficient_Industries_Plant_1 select trigger Trigger settings System So eee Trigger type Trigger label Hal T Kinet Glarm Trigger vie B Labie SSS a SafelOdlarmTrigger Value x Labels ES Alarm
481. roup to which the meter Group Setup was assigned Layout Save Restore Collapse u For this example Initial Meter Group is one 5i a Groups Parent group selected Gl Ep Eficient Industries Plant 1 This group is a domain 7 Click Edit New Meter Oroup ai C Devices a Roles and Users C Rate Schedules Notes a Multi Purpose Report Scripts Al Alarm Setup AE Unit Setup Default lograte 15 a Configuration Reports title line i E System Configuration Report 1 My User Settings Reports title line LO About 2 Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor Electric Meter Example 100 TIP You cannot unassign a meter from a group if it is the only group to which the meter is assigned 156 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 8 Unassign the meter by clicking the left arrow to Edit Group move the meter to the Meters Not Assigned to 6 C me J a Group Parent group None v 9 Click Save This group is a domain Name Initial Meter Group Notes Default log rate 1 5 Reports title line Reports title line 2 Meters Not Assigned to Group Meters Assigned to Group Contribution factor Electric Meter Example 100 Contribution A m factor Air Flow _Meter Air Flow Meter Boiler House _Meter 100 Boiler House Gas _Meter ST Boi
482. ry Datalink parameters in the ASLogis 5000 project Actual data transter between controller and drive is determined by Datalink parameters If the revision of your drive is not listed click Create Database button below if drive is online click Web Update to download the database fram the web if drive is offline To match revision and upload the configuration of an online drive click Match Dive fou must download configuration to the drive to ensure that the controller dive and communication module configurations are consistent with each other CS OER 250 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 8 Enter the DataLink Module Definitions exactly as shown for your specific PowerFlex drive IMPORTANT Chapter 11 The datalinks listed must be configured exactly as shown for successful faceplate AOI import and operation If additional datalinks are required for your application modifications to the corresponding AOls are required See Set Other PowerFlex Drive Parameters for more information PowerFlex 70 70EC 700 amp 700H PowerFlex 700S amp 700S 2P Datalinks Datalinks Datalink input Data Output Data Datalink Input Data Output Data DriveStatus DriveLogicRst Logicstatus Logiccommand OutputFregq CommandedFreq SpeedFeedback SpeedReterence uC Use Network Reference see wv Use Network Reference v j
483. s on Ethernet You would make this Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada selection for CompactLogix or Time syne Daily ControlLogix Communications path AB_ETH 1 WO A10 10 7 7 Enter a device name For this example L2x is entered Comm timeout seconds 5 8 Enter the Time zone and Time sync Comm retries 2 interval Max messages f ADR interface file Devices with internal clocks may be time synched such as power monitors and controllers 130 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Chapter 6 9 Enter the communication path to the device Communications path AB_ETH 1 110 100 10 7 For this example the communication Comm timeout seconds 5 path to the CompactLogix device is Comm retries 2 AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 7 j For a ControlLogix device the path would also include a backplane address for example AB_ETH 1 10 10 10 7 Backplane 0 where the CPU is slot 0 10 Modify other communication settings as needed For details refer to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software online help 11 Click Save Add Device Save Cancel You should see the L2x device under Fuels Devices Notice that the icon is a controller E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E E Accounting EE Engineering SM Electricity Boiler House 12 Ifthe device is connected to the network click Test Connection to verify c
484. s a Errors arnings Description E300 Overload Relay ME Faceplate O1 with Energy Type Ladder Diagram In Program CE MainProgram Number of Runga 15 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 285 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field Import Content AE hainT ask AS MainPrograrn ae AX_DeviceName_Far BIBACES Operations Create bi E Configure Routine Properties Import Hame Aes Device ame Faceplate Y A Tags i References will be imported as Lig Add On Instruction ahah Deference folders r a Data Types K fifereSmncnadls Final Marne Properties AS Erors tamings Description Toad E O1 with Energy Type Ladder Diagram In Program Eg MainPragrarn Number of Rungs 15 4 In the Import Content organizer select tags The Configure Tag References dialog box opens 5 Replace _DeviceName in the Final Name with the name of your device Import Content MainT ask Configure Tag References import Name Operation _ Sep met ems Erai Data Type X I DeviceName l Undefined 1 DeviceNamel NL r DJ DeviceName 0 Undefinea _DeviceNameO Jol Ls L DeviceName Create _DeviceName_AlarmHistory Alermistory 0 d piane ete p Doete fone _ STRING L DeviceName Create _DeviceName EEO UDT_EEO AB iata 0 Sevis
485. s S8 MainTask 5 8 MainProgram A Program Tags E MainRoutine E Base_CIPEO iE A Faceplate E RXX_DeviceName_Faceplate 9 Unscheduled Programs Phases 8 Add a JSR to your main routine or other desired location to execute the new routine Powerhonitor 5000 Faceplate wo JSR Jump To Subroutine Routine Name R01_MyPMS000_Faceplate 242 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio software and create or open an existing application file 2 In the Graphics folder right click on Displays and choose Add Component Into Application G FactoryTalk View Studio Machine Edition Fie view Application Tools Window Help FB2 g rele Explores DMAT Eneroy Hndates 032313 3 Local USMAYMPCAPOZEL fia DMAT Energy Updates 032313 a DMAT Energy Updates 032313 SQ System Project Settings Runtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup Sy HMI Tags g Tags SQ Graphics rif Displays dd Component Into Application INF Import and Export i E SMC surraceprateve ta Global Objects 3 Navigate to the ME PowerMonitor 5000 Faceplate Files folder select the PowerMonitor5000_Facepla
486. s and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax l replacement tagname Example l 1 CLX _DeviceName_FP I 1 in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX _DeviceName_FP l For Example 1 CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in l RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup I l _DeviceName_FF gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application l SSS ESE ES a ES ESE a LES ESE LES LSS a SS LSE LES LEE LES l a LEE LE LES LSS LEE a LEC LEE LSE LEE LS LS LE LSS LE a LSE l LEE LEE LEE LEE LES LEE LEE LEE LEE LES a LSE LES LS ESE LS SS 1 CLX _DrivweName_FP 2 CLX _DriveName_BEO 4 For parameter 1 and 2 change the shortcut name CLX to match your communication setup and _DriveName to match the tag configured in your Studio 5000 project For the My5500 example the configuration looks like the following 7 PP EPR Be BP Ser Pee oP ee l _DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application 1 CLX My5500_FP 2 CLX My5500_BEO 5 Save your parameter file 6 To add parameter files for additional CIP Motion Servo Drives a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tags to match the associated device 312 Rockwell A
487. s Load F2 to load the application a e Cancel Fe 5 Press Yes F7 Replace Communications If you press No the communication settings from the previously run project will be used Do you want to replace the terminal s current communication configuration with the applications communication configuration Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 357 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 Wait for the application to load and 8 roctoryTalk Wew Studio Machine Cdition verify the application name appears under Current application Current application 7 Press Run F2 to run the application ED 8 Verify the functionality of the Load Application Aun Application Application Settings application F3 Delete Log Files Yes Ue hr aaa Before Running Exit FS 358 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 12 Demand Control Introduction ControlLogix and CompactLogix controllers with preconfigured demand logic can be used as demand controllers to control a maximum of 16 loads with the objective of maintaining total plant electrical real power demand below a threshold defined by the user during peak demand periods The power monitor calculates the predicted end of interval demand according to its demand configuration It also provides real time clock end of demand interval and demand period time remaining data to the contr
488. s PLC5 ee Name Meter eee Meter er Name Address Address Address SSS SSE aes Ben eee ee ee eee Local 3 Ch2Dala ergyMetrix CompactLogix List Data 4 Follow these steps to map the total energy Add On Instruction tags to PLC 5 type addresses 1 Open your program routine and C3 Controller L2x E MainProgram MainRoutine create a new rung om Tasks 48 MainTask i 5 cB MainProgram For this example a new rung is B Program Tags nergy _Steam_Analog H MainRoutine added after C3 Unscheduled Programs Phases Energy_steam_Analog Steam_Flow E a Motion Groups Inp_Meter_Analog_Yalue Local 3 Ch2Data the Energy Add On Instruction 9 Add On Instructions Set_Calc_Interval a4 ji C3 Data Types rung Trends Set_High_Flow 220 9 1 0 Configuration Set_Critical_Flow 245 Val_Total_Steam Val_Steam_Per_Calc_Interval MainRoutine f Logic 86 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 2 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 Add the MOV instruction to Ee gt Drive Salle Bie ala T TPO T clicking a prone nov HUH AND OR aOR SWPE HOT CLR ETO Logical tab in the Instruction iy pat bal feta Coverogiat s sdd On Alarms Bit Timer Counter InputAOutput Compare Compute wath amp Move Logical File shi toolbar then clicking the MOV instruction icon El MainProgram MainRoutine Move Source EE T Dest 77 T T O t T Mm mm
489. s are copied with the meter 138 1 Boiler House PM 1000 Power House PM 1000 Production 1 PM 1000 Production 2 PM 1000 Shipping Receiving DC PM 1000 Data Center OPC Server Select the meter to COpy For this example select Boiler House under Layout Save Restore Collapse the Electricity group m E _Efficient Industries Plant 1 3 E Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting E Engineering 4 2 Air 3 Electricity Click the Meter Setup tab Domain Meter Engineering ElectricitwBoiler House _Meter Meter type Electric Click Copy ie Data ena aaa reso Setup Meter Setup A copy of the meter is created i Eit Add cory Delete under the selected group with the name Copy of Boiler House Meter Information Meter nwo Ea Device one Electricity 100 Name Boiler House eter Notes Time zone GMT 05 00 Eastern Time US amp Canada Meter Tags Add a new meter tag ID Type Name Units Log Rate Address 44 Derived Real Energy Net kh 15 minutes View 45 Derived Real Power Demand kv 15 minutes View 49 Derived Reactive Energy Net kKVARh 15 minutes View Change the device to Power House Domain Meter Engineering ElectricitwCopy of Boiler House Meter Meter type Electric Device class Powermonitor 1000 EM3 Change the meter name to Power House Meter Setup Meter Edit Meter Click Save save Cancel Meter Informati
490. s for the Fuel Oil GA Steam and Propane meters Refer to Appendix A for a O Water details For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example create the Fuel Oil Propane and Steam Flow Meters Enter the data shown in the table for each meter Make sure to create the meter under the correct parent group Fuel Oil Meter Fuel Oil Meter Propane Meter Propane Meter Steam Flow Meter Steam Flow Meter Verify Units and Value Types To create tags for meters the appropriate base units and value types that will be used by the tags must be available Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software provides the most common value types and units Refer to Appendix B for details on how to check if the value types and base units you need are in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software default list and how to create them if necessary For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the natural gas fuel oil propane and steam meters require units and value types not in the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software default list The table shows the base units units and value types required Meter Meter Type Value Type Unit Boiler House Gas Meter Natural Gas Usage cf 1 Natural Gas units and value type was created earlier when the Gas Main meter was configured 146 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 Assign Meter lags to CompactLogix Inputs You will now assign meter ta
491. s sent to the specific drive Therefore it is very important to understand the limitations of the motor connected to the specific drive and set the appropriate PowerFlex drive parameters and add additional Program logic if necessary Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the PowerFlex Drive Unit Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add PowerFlex Drive Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio software and create or open an existing application file 2 In the Graphics folder right click on Displays and choose Add Component Into Application a Factorylalk View Studio Machine Edition File view Application Tools Window Help me SD oe ei amp lt 3 Local USMAYMPCAPOZEL7 fy DMAT Energy Updates 032313 iB DMAT Energy Updates 032313 54 System Project Settings Explorer DMAT Energy Updates 032313 Runtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup Sq HMI Tags g Tags i Global Objects 3 Navigate to the ME PowerFlex Faceplate Files folder select the applicable PowerFlex faceplate and click Open F Add Component Into Project x ex ys gt PASSOL RA_FILES F Energy Management ME PowerFlex Faceplate Files 5 Search ME PowerFlex Facepla Bad Organize New folder Fil E Recent Places Na
492. s will be configured to display l j Usage PowerMonitor device values on the Equipment Status and Alarm History faceplates The table lists the data and corresponding Add On Instruction ole E parameters tags and addresses to be configured for DataType Pm_a000 a each device Type Base ba Scope Ad Lex Style m Table 3 PowerMonitor Add On Instruction Tag References PowerMonitor Data Add On Instruction Message Tag PLC5 Address Message Destination Tag Parameter Tags PowerMonitor PowerMonitor 1000 3000 Real Power Ref_Total_ Real_ Power xu MsgTotalReal Power F22 7 F17 3 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _ TotalRealPowe Val_ Total Real_ Power r Average L L Volts Ref_Avg_L_L_Volts xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _MsgAvgLLVolts F21 11 F15 11 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _ AvgLLVolts Val_Avg_L_L_ Volts Average Current Ref_Avg_Current xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _MsgAvgCurrent F21 3 F15 3 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _ AvgCurrent Val_Avg_ Current True Power Factor Ref_True_Power_ Factor xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _MsglruePowerFa F22 3 F19 3 xxx lt Footnote gt 1 _ TruePowerFact Val_ True_Power_ Factor ctor or 1 xxx is the PowerMonitor device name For example the prefix Electric_Main in Electric_Main_MsgTotalRealPower is the message tag for the PM 3000 Electric_Main device 6 Select the message tag name field next to the Ref_Total_Real_Power parameter and type a tag name in the format xxx_MsgTotalRealPower PM_3000 Electric_Main
493. s_PM_Status z Ret_Status_Input the Gas Main meter connected to pe a Val Status Input the MCC 2 PowerMonitor status E MainTask Set_Calc_Interval Ea MainProgram input A Program Tags ERI MainF outine E3 Unscheduled Programs Phase Motion Groups Add On Instructions 5 Data Types CR User Defined Set_Critical_Flow Set_High_Flow Val_Total_Gas Val_Gas Per _Calc_Interval 3 Click in the PowerMonitor status input tag name field and enter a tag name Ret_Status_Input New Gas Main Erle yy Val_Steatus_ Input For this example Gas_Main is entered Cut Instruction Ctrl sak Set_Calc_Interval 4 Right click the tag name just entered and choose New eee ees tag_name from the list Set_Critical_Flow 5 Click OK to accept the default setup for the new PowerMonitor status input tag Hame The PowerMonitor status input Add on Instructions Description Cancel also use explicit messaging to retrieve data from the eer PowerMonitor devices You must configure an explicit Hep message for each PowerMonitor status input The table lists the data and corresponding Add On Instruction Usage parameters tags and addresses to be configured for each T bse m status input Aes Pat E Data Type E nergy Gas_PM_Status E Scope Ta Lx Style FP m Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 325 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Table 4 Power
494. scalability issue is related to processing of logged data for example report generation trending CPU speed number of CPUs RAM and RAID 5 for the database files are the main scalability factors in that order All hardware platforms require the following e Processor RAM and hard drive as noted below e DVD drive e One or more Ethernet network ports e Internet access Monitor keyboard pointing device mouse Low end Server Single 2 GHz Pentium 4 1 2 GB RAM 80 GB hard disk e Mid range Server 2or4 CPU 2 GHz Pentium 4 or better 2 4 GB RAM 160 GB hard disk with separate disks for operating system and log files and RAID 5 for main database files preferred e High end Server High end server requirements are very dependent upon the user s application requirements Please contact Rockwell Automation for assistance in specifying hardware for a high end server Client Requirements The following are the client requirements for compatibility with Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software e Microsoft Windows XP Professional Vista Professional Windows 7 Windows 2000 is not supported operating system e Internet Explorer 7 8 or 9 web browser 94 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Chapter 4 e Adobe Acrobat Reader 7 0 software or later is required to view reports e Microsoft NET Framework 3 5 SP1 is required to
495. se Folder C Program Files Microsoft SOL Server MSSQL 3 MSSQOL Backup Backup file extension bak C verify backup integrity 11 In the same way choose the EMMA database in the Shrink Database Task 202 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software and PowerMonitor Device Maintenance Chapter 10 12 Edit the Maintenance Cleanup Task Komamenance Oleh as x Connection Local server connection New a Select the backup folder used for the backups as the search target and enter the BAK file extension b Select to delete files older than 1 week 13 Click the browse icon next to the Schedule field Schedule 0b Schedule Hyg yajtja Ey Uyioje adya Name Schedule type 14 Set up a recurring schedule to occur daily at a convenient time then Click OK Name Schedule type Frequency Occurs Recurs every Daily frequency Occurs once at Occurs every Duration Start date Summary Description 15 Click the Save icon to save the maintenance plan If notified that the SQL Agent is not running follow the prompts to autostart the SQL Agent 16 When done close SQL Management Studio On Demand Not scheduled Recurring Se Joy sensduls Properes SEMA Scie GUE Delete Files of the following type Backup files Maintenance Plan text reports File location Delete specific file File name
496. se steps to set up and view a demand analysis report 1 Click the Reports tab 2 Navigate to and select a domain to create the report for se View all report jobs For this example select the Engineering C Global Repons G E Efficient Industries Flant 1 subdomain BA Only users with access to the domain will be 7 able to view the report i 3 Click Add 2 oe 4 Enter a Report name For this example enter Electrical Demand Analysis Report Choose the Demand Analysis Report template Accept the default Report file Verify the Report parent group Layout Save Restore a View generated reports Accounting E Production 1 Add a new report D Report Information Report name Electrical Demand Analysis Report template Demand Analysis v Report file DemandAnalysis rpx v E Production 2 EE Es Utilities Engineering No Report Selected Collapse Data Center Shipping Receiving Select By SelectAll Clear All Meters Group 1 rrre Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Accounting B Engineering Report parent group Engineering v H E Air For this example Engineering was SA Sco y P gt 8 8 aS Boiler House Meter selected n step 2 ORJ Data Center Meter O Electric Main Meter 8 Select the meters or groups to include in E Mele h MIEJ Production 1 Meter the report amp J Production 2 Meter i ME ShippingiReceiving Mete For this ex
497. sed while the SMC_50 is application and appropriate actions and safeguards are implemented 300 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Configure FactoryTalk View ME for the SMC 50 Controller Faceplate Follow these procedures to configure the faceplate Add SMC 50 Controller Faceplate to ME Application 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio software and create or open an existing application file 2 In the Graphics folder right click on Displays and choose Add Component Into Application Factorylalk View Studio Machine Edition File view Application Tools Window Help Mids Owe ex ES Explorer DMAT Energy Updates 032313 _ amp 3 Local USMAYMPCAPOZEL fla DMAT Energy Updates 032313 a DMAT Energy Updates 032313 SQ System Project Settings Runtime Security Diagnostics List Setup Global Connections Startup Sy HMI Tags g Tags S3 Gra INF Import and Export i SMCoSuvraceprate e ta Global Objects 3 Navigate to the ME SMC 50 Faceplate Files folder select the SMC_50_Faceplate_Energy gfx file and click Open ee LL foe gt gt ME SMC 50 Faceplate Files hi Search ME SMC 50 Faceplate 2 Fil Name Date modified Type L SMC_50_Faceplate_Energy gfx 412912013 9 45 AM GFX File Po E a Graphic Displays gfs Z Ee a Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 301 Chapter1
498. selecting Operating Mode status Indicators Environmental Information Mounting Clearances Cutout Dimensions Panel Mounting Instructions Product Dimensions Removing and Installing the Power Terminal Block DC Power Connections AC Power Connections Troubleshooting Battery Removal system Specifications Certifications PanelView Plus Installation Manual 2711P INO02 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 373 Chapter12 Demand Control Download RSLogix5000 Project Follow these steps to download your RSLogix 5000 project file to the Logix controller 1 Open your RSLogix 5000 project file 2 From the Communications menu choose Who Active a7 RSLopix 5000 DemnandContralier 7s en File Edit View Search Logic Kecut eee Tools Window The Who Active dialog box opens slal Sl y Saf qlL__ Who Active Bron OP ajeu 2 amp EN l Offline J F RUN E No Forces b a a No Edits 2 E o H rt Controller Organizer Program Mode E E Controller Demand A Controller Tags E Controller Fault i Power Up Handle Lock Controller Tasks S MainTask GR MainProgram i 23 DemandContro Program Tags E MainRoutine i 3 CMAN THA Bho wine Run Mode Test Mode Clear Faults Go To Faults 3 Browse to and select your Logix controller amp Who Active 4 Verify the key switch on your controller module is in i Autobrowse os Workstation
499. sgStatusInput1 is selected Set_High_Flow 8 Click OK to accept the default setup for the new message tag Name MCC2 MegStatuslnputt Description Usage Type Base Alias For Data Type MESSAGE P Scope fia Lex Style Open MESSAGE Configuration 326 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 10 11 12 1 Click the Browse icon next to the xxx_MsgStatusInputl tag to open the Message Configuration dialog box Choose PLCS Typed Read for Message Type Enter the associated PM1000 PM3000 or PM5000 PLCS address as the Source Element Refer to PowerMonitor Status Input Add on Instruction Tag References table on page 326 for the correct PLCS address For this example F11 12 is entered as the Status 1 Count x 1 PLCS5 address for the PM 1000 MCC 2 Set the Number of Elements to 1 Click New Tag to create a controller scoped tag for the Destination Element a Enter a name for the associated controller scoped tag FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 nergy Gas PM Status Energy as PM Status Gas Main Ret Status Input MCCS Megttatusinputt Val Status Input T TT a Message Configuration MCC2_MseStatusinput1 Configuration Communication Tag Message Type PLCS Typed Read Source Element FA liz Number Of Elements 1 Destination Element O Enable Enable Waiting
500. sing DeviceNtame FPmscs MESSAGE Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 241 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates For the MyPM5000 example the Final Names are renamed to the following E 7 Import Configuration x lt amp Find _DeviceName Find Within Final Name Import Content a MainTask ac MainProgram ban RO1_MyPM5000_Fac B ze ths nn Ds Tags i FP MyPM5000_FP_AlamMSG R Data Types J Devi FPI L MyPM5000_FP_EEO ba Other Components i i MyPM5000_FP_MSG1 Errors Warnings A Dew FP MyPM5000_FP_MSG2 MyPM5000_FP_MSG3 6 Inthe Import Content organizer select Other Components The communication path can be set for all messages by selecting the device from the I O configuration drop down in the Component References 7 Click OK na a a EG mnt poine aa Find Within Final Name Import Content fa MainTask Configure Com sia oy png m5000 Facey _ pimpotName___ Operation _ Final Name _4 Class Name _ ol eee IT MeMb000 MPR Module Da B A Tags E 1 0 Configuration iH Data Types 5 6 1756 Backplane 1756 A7 i Other Components 5 i 0 1756 EN2T EN2T Errors Warnings Eh as Ethemet i Ml 1426 M5E A _DeviceName S 1426 M5E A MyPM5000 i L 1756 EN2T EN2T f0 2 1756 L73 MyCLX The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer within the selected program 8 Task
501. splay Navigation k Ee A Indicator k Return To F Gauge and Graph close b oe Trending i i Y Display List Selector i RecipePlus j Ha key F ma Advanced b Elle 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle 3 Double click the new Goto rectangle to configure the button properties a Modify the appearance as desired for your application for example choose Transparent as the Back style if you are drawing the Goto button over an existing object on your display b Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the PowerFlex Faceplate display c Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the PowerFlex parameter file you created earlier for this intended device Goto Display Button Properties General Label Common Appearance Border style Border width Raised r E M Border uses back color WE Back color Back style Pattern style BB Border color Solid None C Patter color WW Highlight color Shape eae Blink Rectangle r Display settings Display PowerFlex_755_Fac E Parameter file Moot L Parameter list D fe T Display position Top position E Left position M Touch margins Horizontal margir Vertical margir 0 la Other M Audio OF Cancel Apply Help Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 263 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 4 Folow these steps to use a b
502. ssLoads SRO3_ EvaluateLoads SR04 Sort SRO5_Shed SRO6_Restore SRO7_ProcessAlarms 3 Tasks A MainTas E yF 8 DemandContral Program Tags Ey MainRoutine S5RO0_IO_Mapping SROL_ProcessPM1000 SROL ProcessPMS000 SRO2_ProcessLoads SRO3_EvaluateLoads SR04 Sort SR05_ Shed EI Description Performs the demand control calculations and processes the commands from the faceplate It also dispatches all of the subroutines Used to map the demand control inputs Load Inp_Status and outputs Load Out_Shed to the corresponding hardwired 1 0 point or device level control tag for each load This routine will need to be customized for each application as described on the next page Reads the PowerMonitor 1000 device data and writes the data to the PM tag UDT Reads the PowerMonitor 5000 device data and writes the data to the PM tag UDT Calculates the KWH_Sheddable processes the timers determines the inlerlock state output state and load status for the load Determines which loads are sheddable and copies the data for the sheddable loads into an array for sorting This routine is executed after each shed or restore event and periodically every 10 seconds sorts the sheddable loads first by priority and then by minutes since shed ascending and stores them in the sheddable_Load LIFO array This array presents the next load to shed as the last element in the array sets the shed status equal to S
503. stem Configuration and Wiring Create Metering Layout and Name Data Collection Hardware In this section you will create a metering layout then select and name your data collection hardware using the Energy Data Worksheet The information entered in the worksheet will be used later in the Factorylalk EnergyMetrix software configuration chapters Create a Metering Layout and Select Data Collection Device Classes Follow these steps to create a metering layout of your energy data collection devices 1 Add PowerMonitors to your Electrical Distribution Layout drawing based on the electricity energy data points listed in the Energy Data Worksheet For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example these devices are added to the drawing e One PowerMonitor 3000 for the Electric Main to monitor power quality e Five PowerMonitor 1000 devices to monitor electric consumption and demand for various plant departments as listed in the Energy Data Worksheet CHicn Data center MEC 2 MEC 4 UPS MCC 3 l i j 480 V ago w i 480 v MECT z i i i j i Aritmie nice g ahipprig and ee j aov o oa j i y I il F l 5 j o i Shipping Receiving jf 400Vi Substation Production f MCC 1 S Fi MCC 6 fa iz substation 2 me O rie aa i bA a Powerhouse J z _ substation Y beer _PSinvermoniter i oa 1000 typical ee i e i z r Y J SE ied 12 47 kV TNA Distribution Boiler house ppa eaaa A ESE Main
504. sting display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto i FactoryTalk iew Studio iew Machine Edition File Edit View Objects Arrange Animation Application Tools Window Select Rotate Drawing Push Button Numeric and String Display Navigation Return To Indicator Gauge and Graph Close Trendin a 3 Display List Selector RecipePlus l mii s 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle F a a k a a 3 Double click the new Goto rectangle to configure the button properties a Modify the appearance as desired for your application for example choose Transparent as the Back style if you are drawing the Goto button over an existing object on your display b Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the E3PLUS_Faceplate_Energy display c Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the E3PLUS parameter file you created earlier for this intended device Goto Display Button Properties General Label Common Appearance Border style Border width Raised x 3 V Border uses back color C Back color Back style Pattern style WB Border color Solid None C Pattern color Highlight color Shape 0O si Dink Rectangle v Display settings Display E3Plus_Faceplate_E w Parameter file Moot E Parameter list h SSS si et V Display position Top position 130 Left position 300 Touch margins Horizontal margin Vertical margin
505. sting view Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate Load Number The load currently being displayed configured To select a new load for configuration click on the load number to launch the numeric keypad input object Enter a load number from 1 16 then click Enter Load Description Click on the load description to launch the keypad input object and enter a description for the load When a description change is made the Save Day Changes button background will turn yellow indicating that a change has been made but has not been saved The description change will not take effect until it is saved Click on the Save Day Changes button to save the change TOD Control Mode Click on the Mode Selection button to toggle between TOD Control Override On and Override Off modes When a mode change is made the Save Day Changes button will turn yellow indicating a save is required The mode change will not take effect until saved Copy Paste To copy the schedule from the displayed day to another day click Copy Day Select a new day Commands and then click Paste Day Click Save Day Changes to download the changes to the controller save Command Save Da Click Save Day Changes anytime a change is made to the load configuration You must save your changes prior to selecting a new day or a new load to configure If you select a new day or new load prior to saving your changes the changes will be lost Undo Command To revert to the
506. stoy Create Moori FP J o Al n Create JA Motori msa jJ H ame Create Ni Moin msa pata A l H E A Motor1_BEOAlambistoy f l m E ule al RRR m Ig ji 19 E J0 _ TT pesectane I DeviceName Create eves _ J BeviceName J B al ee oe 296 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 6 Inthe Import Content organizer select Other Components The communication path can be set for all messages by selecting the device from the I O configuration drop down in the Component References Import Content a MainTask Configure Component References import Name DeviceName Use Existing TEES Module E E 1 0 Configuration i a 1756 Backplane 1756 A10 El 0 1756 EN2T Ethemet Ejay Bhemet ff SMC 5IKE SMC_1 in 1756 EN2T Ethemet JE A SMC 5 E Dereli inan fg 1 1756 L73 SampleCodeFacepaltes Bee T at cri Instructor a T Data Types Pa i Other Components B Errors Warnings 7 Click OK The new Routine appears in the Controller Organizer within the selected program Tasks Sal MainTask 23 MainProgram gA Program Tags EKI MainF outine B RO1 Motori Faceplate E 2 Unscheduled Programs Phases 8 Add a JSR to your main routine or other desired location to execute the new routine SMC 50 Faceplate Routine Jump To Subroutine Routi
507. sts by Parameter Name _ DANGER Unexpected hazardous motion of machinery may occur when improperly using software to configure a drive Parameter names selected for the Input and Output Data appear as member names in the dive Module Defined Data Types and defines necessary Datalink parameters in the ASLogis 5000 project Actual data transfer between controller and dive is determined by Datalink parameters If the revision of your drive is not lished click Create Database button below if drive is online click Web Update to download the database fram the web if drive is offline To match revision and upload the configuration of an online drive click Match Drive Create Database Web Update fou must download configuration to the drive to ensure that the controller drive and communication module configurations are consistent with each other 8 Enter the DataLink Module Definitions exactly as shown IMPORTANT The datalinks listed must be configured exactly as shown for successful faceplate AOI import and operation If additional datalinks are required for your application modifications to the corresponding AOls may be required Refer to step 4 of the Set Other SMC 50 Parameters section for more information on how to modify the AOI Datalink input Data Output Data LogicStatus LogicComm mand PiraseACurrent NotUsed Use Network Reference FJA MtrThermUsage 16 SlowSpeed 72 Faul 138 a Un
508. t system Meters Add Group group list b Clear the This group is a domain Layout Save Restore Collapse Cancel System Status checkbox a ores Parent group Engineering F Efficient Industries Plant 1 A i i In this example the groups under the E STE T This group is a domain Engineering subdomain do not Devices Name Electricity A Roles and Users a require security This is why the e checkbox is cleared Al Alarm Setup Notes Unit Setup c Enter a name for the group D connauraian a E System Configuration Report Default log rate 1 5 2 My User Settings For this example the group name is Baa Reports tite line FeFicjent Industries Plant 1 Flectricity d Enter the report titles as shown 4 Click Save You should see the new group under the subdomain Reports title ii Engineering Electricity System Layout Save Restore Collapse 5 2 System Status E Groups Efficient Industries Plant 1 E Es Engineerin a ctricity a Devices H E Roles and Users Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 111 Chapter 5 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Groups and Security Setup 5 Repeat steps 1 4 to add other groups to the a oe subdomain e Layout Save Restore Collapse For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example J aaa enter the groups dE System Status e Air lt Groups e Fuels E E P ewe Plant 1
509. t 1 example e Monitor electrical main power quality e Track electrical consumption of production 1 production 2 shipping receiving boiler house and data center e Monitor gas main boiler house gas fuel oil and propane fuel usage e Monitor steam air and water flow Enter Energy Data Points in Energy Data Worksheet Enter your energy data points in the Energy Data Worksheet The procedure demonstrates how to enter data points using the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example 1 Browse to the System Layout and amp C Documents and Settings jwnovakWesktop Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit Files w 1r Ing folder on the Ener Sy File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help a Management Accelerator Toolkit G D CD j 8 Back I T A Search Folders 7 Image 8 Address C C Documents and Settings jwnovak Desktop Energy Management Accelerator ToolkitiFiles v gt Go Name Size Type Date Modified File and Folder Tasks Energy Input Logic File Folder 11 3 2009 10 25 AM 7 7 Faceplate Files File Folder 11 3 2009 10 25 AM E Other Places Sample Rate Schedules File Folder 11 3 2009 10 25 AM File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 31 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring 32 2 Right click Energy Data Worksheet and open the file Name Size Type Date Modified IC CompactLogix File Folder 11 5 2009 10 04 AM When opening the spreadsheet select Enable Macros aPMi1000 Fil
510. t View Tools Runtime Help 1 eaka Maag A a amp xX amp 4 Channel_O_User_Defined Tag Name Address Data Type Scan Rate Scaling Description Ramp_Float RAMP C100 Float 100 None Ramps from 1 fm Random Rampi RAMP 10 Long 100 None Value Ramps F MA sine Ramp2 RAMP 100 Long 100 Mone Value Ramps f i H user Ramps RAMP 100 Long 100 Mone Value Ramps F Ramp RAMP 250 Long 100 None Value Ramps F a E Ramp li RAMP 50 Long 100 None value Ramps f E Channel 4 amp Ramp Lz RAMP 50 Long 100 None Value Ramps F i j Rampxl3 RAMP fSO Long 100 None Value Ramps F Later in this document you will set up a device meter and meter tag by using data from the tag Channel_0_User_Defined Ramp Ramp4 124 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 4 To view this data now launch the OPC Quick Client by clicking Quick Client in the toolbar FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Device Setup Chapter 6 To AEP SEVER GA kuntiime File Edit View Tools Runtime Help d e ee OT Gh eo amp Fa 4 Channel_O User_Defined Ramp 6 Ram re RAMP 100 fm Raheem E Rampl RAMP 10 m Sine E Ramp2 RAMP 100 5 When the Quick Client opens drill into the channel device and tags as shown Note the changing values of the data File Edit View Tools Help Owe es dt x RE Kepware KEPServerEs wo ad System 9Channel_O_User_Defi
511. ta Center Domain Fuels For this example select Fuels E Production 1 C Jada new mete under Engineering j Es Prea um a feres E Shipping Receiing m E Utilities 3 Click the Meters tab a E Engineering 4 Click Add anew meter 5 Choose the Parent group For this example choose Fuels Add a Meter If the meter type you want to use is not oe in the standard list of meter types you can create custom meters Refer to Meter Information Appendix A Parent group Fuels v 6 Choose the meter type to Ke Device L2x w Fuels 100 For this example choose Gas Name Boiler House Gas Meter 7 Choose the device associated with the Nates meter Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v For this example choose L2x 8 Enter ameter name For this example enter Boiler House Gas Meter 9 Click Save Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 145 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup 10 Confirm the meter was created in the correct Tae group Layout Save Restore Collapse Gi E Efficient Industries Plant 1 H E Accounting 11 Repeat steps 1 10 to create other energy meters for the L2x analog or digital inputs ei Engineering a2 Air If the meter type you want to use is not in the H E Electricity standard list of meter types you can create AS custom meters For this example you will have E to create custom meter type
512. tags link 15min autodata F H IG just above the list of meter tags emia ag Date Time thm You can click Current Date Time to refresh the data 8 28 2009 11 15 00 am 117 08 6 26 2009 11 00 00 4M 110 68 6 28 2009 10 45 00 4M 104 6 28 2009 10 30 00 4M 97 19 6 28 2009 10 15 00 4M 90 72 6 26 2009 10 00 00 4M 64 06 6 28 2009 9 45 00 AM 77 55 6 28 2009 9 30 00 AM Tale y 6 26 2009 9 15 00 4M 64 34 6 28 2009 9 00 00 4M 56 1 OA OA Oo Ar AM ha Far Repeat steps 1 14 to assign other energy meter tags to L2x analog or digital inputs Refer to the Energy Data Worksheet for the appropriate meter tag names For this Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will assign meter tags to the Fuel Oil Propane and Steam Flow meters by using the information in the table Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 149 Chapter 7 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Creating Energy Meters for OPC Server Device You are now ready to create an energy meter for the OPC Server device and assign tags to the meter For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will create a Data Center meter for the OPC Server Create Energy Meter 1 Click the Meters tab 2 Navigate to and select a group to assign the meter For this example select Flectricity under the Engineering subdomain 3 Click the Meters tab on the right 4 Click Add a new meter 5 Choose the Parent group
513. tails on how to assign contribution factors Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 189 Chapter9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts 9 Select the meters or groups to include in report Select By Groups Meters For this example cost allocation for the Data Center Production 1 Salectall Clear All Production 2 and the Shipping Receiving groups will be reported 10 Click Save stries Plant 1 Accounting l E Data Center The report appears under the Accounting domain a i i E Production 1 11 Verify the report is selected E Production 2 a E Shipping Receiving O E Utilities H O E Engineering 12 Edit the report parameters as needed 13 Click View Reports Layout Save Restore Collapse View generated reports CI Global Reports x S E Eficient Industries Plant 1 Report name Electric Cost Allocation Repon Gl EE Accounting Report template f E SHa 2 i Report parent group i i E Data Center sis bee E Production 1 Rate schedule Sost Allocatior j E Production 2 Report Parameters be E Shipping Receiving po e T E ese neat a a Pt on Utilities Time zone _ GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v 2 ce fs Engineering Predefined Previous Month v pots AEMET AOU Ocustom Start date 8 1 2009 Pick i E New Meter Group s Start time 12 00 AM End date 91112009 Pick End time 12 00 AM Auto run r
514. tall on your personal computer so that you can quickly access information on our products while in the office or on the go Product Selection System Configuration Product Drawings Build Validate A Catalog Number Build Verify and Get Information and CAD Drawings for Products To verify a catalog number acquire drawings and product information enter the complete number including dashes below Catalog Number You can also browse oud product directory for additional product information or to configure a part NOTE You must be logged in to correctly view Canadian dollar results If you Know the complete catalog number of your Allen Bradley product you can enter it here and click Submit However you need a complete catalog number string to get the configuration results 2 Ifyou don t know the complete catalog number click product directory to browse the configured Select and Configure Products Rockwell Automation products 3 Click Rockwell Automation and follow the prompts Rockwell Automation Allen Bradley Product Catalog Rockwell Automation Services Encompass Partner Library Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 51 Chapter2 System Configuration and Wiring Select Monitoring Software Use these tables to select the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software appropriate for your application requirements Every Factory Talk EnergyMetrix system must include a Manager lic
515. te and click Open pa Add Component inks Peogect GF m Face P ME Powerlvenitor Faceplate Files 7 z m Organite hea Folder 4s ET Pavonis Documents library Pe ee BE Deskicp MIE Perai Martii sO amp oe egilet e_Fobs jp Dewrdosds S U Recent Place Pewerienre S000 Faceplate ptt ag Libraries Distal a Flute k PRCHUNES H Widen E Computer amp Fawr LSL 1s E Graphic Disp lays gts Fil nimi Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 243 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Add a Parameter File 1 Right click on Parameters and choose Add Component Into Application G f actorytalk View Studio Machine dition fie Vew Application Tools Window Heb Explorer OMAT Energy Updates 032313 Loca USMAYMPCAPOZEL kh OMAT Energy Upeistes 032313 HA OMAT Erang Updates 022713 Globe Otyocts L t 2 Navigate to the ME PowerMonitor 5000 Faceplate Files folder select the ME_PowerMonitor5000_Parameter par file and click Open Configure a Parameter File 1 From the explorer window in FactoryTalk View Studio in the Parameters folder right click the ME_PowerMonitor5000_Parameter par file and choose Rename 2 Rename the parameter file with the name of the corresponding device in your RSLogix5000 application For example MyPM5000_ Parameter 4 Double click the parameter file to open it Par
516. te Files ec IK ES File name Alarms xml Fles oftype Aam Fies Cm xi Alarm Import Export Wizard Select File x Select the alam configuration file to import C Users abuser Desktop Energy System Project Files Faceplate Files ME TOD ei Faceplate Files Alarms xml a E Da Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 403 Chapter 13 Time of Day Control Configure Communication Follow these steps to configure communication 1 Double click Communication Setup under RSLinx Enterprise in the Explorer window You will see this dialog box if a communication setup does not exist 2 Select Create a new configuration and click Finish 3 Click Add under Device Shortcuts to create a new shortcut then rename the shortcut TOD 4 Click the Design Local tab 5 Expand the Ethernet network and select the controller containing the TOD program 6 Verify that the shortcut name is highlighted then click Apply 7 Click Yes to apply the changes when prompted 8 Click Copy from Design to Runtime to copy changes to the runtime communication setup 9 Click Yes when prompted to continue with the copy operation 10 Click OK at the bottom of the RSLinx Enterprise dialog box to save the communication setup changes i ESEE ou RecipePlus Setup dal RecipePlus Editor i RSLlirne Enterprise Zo P i Communication Setup FER Svetem A configurat
517. te_Energy L5 11 15 2013 2 52 L5x File 118 KB ZI Erwt inal Hara hopes Content irma Hl ven Foss Cuenghlenn Fatis BOR Dinha Facer paratis Crime m lt 4 ie Tage i Fediencas ll be imported aa fe Faden Liner O eiriypardn Ber Adrien bodes fey Dais Typa Finn pom RE Dinne F eol a Other Components bares EA RELE RE Pepee T EnerAWacmngs Denenpon Powerkien TES E ocepihe and Aum Miikan ADI wath Enang Morita Ay Typa E Ladder Diagon In Peograrrc OB Harbigin Humber of une 15 C Ceea Hee o Ferdy 252 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field Import Content p Sel MainT ask Configure Routine Properties a MainProgram Import Hame Aas Drive ame Faceplate i H AO Motor_1_Facepla References Operation Create j Lig r A Tags i References will be imported az ie Sodd On Instruction mimrer Prehenence folders i Data Types i Ej Other Components Errors arririgs Description cinal Name v Properties Power ee aceplate and Alarm History ADI with Energy Monitoring vO Type Ladder Diagram In Program Cg MainFrograrn Number of Runga 15 4 In the Import Content organizer select tags The Configure Tag References dialog box opens 5 Replace DeviceName in the Final Name with the name of your device Import Content
518. ten you will need to connect to the USB Web interface and log in with the usbadmin account to create new S i r ECUS admin Admin Security network security accounts Setting Up Remaining Functions of the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit The remaining functions are set up in the same way as the examples discussed in this section For additional details on configuring the PowerMonitor 5000 unit refer to the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit user manual publication 1426 UM 001 Optionally the PowerMonitor 5000 device can be configured using the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software Refer to the Factory Talk EnergyMetrix software user manual publication FTEM UM002 for details Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 77 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Configure a CompactLogix Controller In this section you set up a CompactLogix controller as a FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix data collector and interface to local HMI faceplates You configure controller properties digital and analog energy inputs and energy Add On Instructions for each controller in your system Refer to the CompactLogix tab in the Energy Data Worksheet created in Chapter 2 for CompactLogix and PLC 5 address assignments Create a Project and Set Up Controller Properties 1 Open RSLogix 5000 software to create a new tee project Vendor Allen Bradley 2 Choose your first controller and choose Type i fevision orhe 1
519. ter press Escape 6 for at least 2 seconds Follow these steps to configure PowerMonitor 500 device parameters Access the Programming Menu 1 Press and hold Enter 2 for at least 2 seconds to access the programming menu 2 Enter the default password of 0 or another valid password 3 Press Enter to access programming mode Configure Communication Parameters 1 Press the Up Arrow until you reach the RS232 485 or Ethernet menu 2 Press Enter to select the menu item 3 Press the Up and Down arrows to scroll through the communication parameters The Serial communication parameters are listed in this table Parameter Default Communication Rate 9600 Parity none Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 3 69 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration The Ethernet communication parameters are listed in this table Parameter Range Default IP Address WWW XXX VVY ZZZ N A subnet WWW XXX VVY ZZZ N A Gateway WWW XXX VVY ZZZ N A TCP IP Port 1 9999 502 ACD Yes or No No 4 To change a parameter a Press Enter to select a menu item b Press the Up and Down arrows to change the value c When the desired value is displayed press Enter to confirm your selection 5 Press Esc to return to the main menu Configure Basic Device Parameters 1 From the main programming menu use the Up and Down Arrows to scroll through the programming menu and view the configuration for the bas
520. ter steam air and other fuels e Production equipment layout e Electric power equipment list e Other energy equipment documentation including boilers air compressors HVAC equipment and process cooling equipment e Energy meters and monitoring equipment Sy g Plant walk through steps include 1 Listing large energy consuming equipment and processes 2 Listing typical time of use or duty cycle 3 Listing operational or production dependencies 4 Identifying applications using variable speed drives 5 Reviewing operation of air compressors boilers and chillers 18 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Assessment and Monitoring Methods Chapter 1 Energy Assessment The assessment process is a detailed analysis of the data collected during the walk through Identifying opportunities for energy savings and developing the return on investment for these projects is critical Energy assessments should identify not only opportunities but savings project costs and payback calculations Projects should also be categorized as awareness or behavior changes minor cost and capital This approach will help prioritize the steps in the energy savings plan Collect and Analyze Utility Bills and Rate Schedules An important part of the energy assessment is to collect and analyze your current utility rate schedules and bills This typically includes electric natural gas water and sewer Other fuels cons
521. ter List SMC 50 Motor_1 148 Mask L A ie poooo00000000000 0111111111111111 149 Logic Mask Act popgogoooaooo00o o poogoooooo0o0000 4111111111111111 150 Write Mask Cfg 0111111111111111 32767 oooo0ooo0oo00000 0111111111111111 151 Write Mask Act oooooaoooaoogaoo 0 oooooaoooaoooa0o 1111111111111111 8 Close the Parameter List window 9 Download your parameters to the SMC 50 controller by choosing the download icon from the toolbar Follow prompts to complete the download process Import Program Control Rungs Example logic is provided for configuring program commands To import this configuration follow these steps 1 Choose a routine for importing the new rungs 2 On a new rung right click and select Import Rungs 3 From the ME SMC 50 Faceplate Files folder select SMC_50_Control_Rungs L5X and click Import 4 Click Tags in the Import Content organizer Import Content fs Configure Tag References EJ MainTask Configure Tag References eee ly baa ier Rungs a Import Name Operation 4 Firval N Name E a Data Type g ili P eleehfEs a Cmd_ SMCN ame _OperCntdl Use Existing Ermd_ SMCHame_OperCrtrl E BOOL i All a j Cmd_ SMCHame_ Reset Use Existing Cmc_SMCName_Reset E o kdd On Instruction Crid_SMCN ame Start Use Existing Crid_SMCN ame_ Start BOOL B m 5 Cmd _5MCHame_stop Use Existing Cmd_SMCName_Stop EE BOOL SMECHame_FF _ Use Existing JSMCName_FP
522. ter tag i D Type Name Units Log Rate Address see this tag 20 Device Natural Gas Usage thm 15 minutes 16 0 View Click the Meter Data tab to verify that the Domain Meter Engineering FuelsiGas Main Meter meter data is being logged Meter tyne Gas meter Data trend Meter Setup yirend Meter Setup The data will not appear until the next Time zone GMT O6 00 Central Time US amp Canada logging interval has occurred Date Time 8 28 2009 11 29AM GetDat Current Date Time _ Another way to check the data is to return to the Meter Setup tab and click the Read device 15 Min Auto Data tags link just above the list of meter tags Natural Gas Usage You can click Current Date Time to refresh ee thm hedata 5 28 2009 11 15 00 AM 1475 8 28 2009 11 00 00 AM 139 05 8 28 2009 10 45 00 AM 130 36 8 28 2009 10 30 00 AM 124 55 8 28 2000 10 15 00 AM 113 05 8 28 2000 10 00 00 AM 104 38 8 28 2009 9 45 00 AM 95 84 8 28 2009 9 30 00 AM 57 62 Repeat steps 1 12 to assign other energy meter tags to PowerMonitor status inputs Refer to the Energy Data Worksheet for the appropriate meter tag names For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will assign meter tags to the Air Flow and Water Main meters by using the information in the table Meter Name Meter Tag Name Value Type Air Flow Meter Status Input 1 Counter Air Usage Water Main Meter Status Input 2 Counter Water Usage TIP If you use a PowerMonitor
523. the image list c Click Open to add the image then OK to close the Image Browser window d Add text in the Caption field if desired H Goto Displa tton Properties LI MSHMmEUDAaQgugge ROABrcO c vivsooree m Captic J o x MyPM500 a Z x Select image Preview N Add from f File Launch Library Font Arial BB Caption color x CL Caption back color gt PASSOL RA_FILES F Sample Code PMSO0 Faceplate ME_PowerMonitorS00_GotoButtons Search ME_PowerMoritorS00_ E9 I Caption blink F oan f Organize New folder oe fi F Image settings WY Favorites Name Date modified Type EE Desktop Fy PowerMonitor500 bmp 5 27 2014 10 45 AM Bitmap image Image 1 PowerMonitor5fl a a Recent Places C Image color BB image back color cop Librari T Image blink g ies IV Image scaled eS i ES I a Music b Pictures E videos OK jE passo amp Local Disk C fa Libraries ca Local Disk D ig Images ees RA_FILES F Parameters _MyPM500_Param ti Network _MyPM5000_Parat Jil sas pc E300_Parameter EquipmentStatus_F Jei 2 ME_E300_P A MyE 300 Saai File name PowerMonitor500 bmp v Bitpas kagges bmp MyPM500_Parame Cancel cal Messages open H amp R Alarma OO S y e Click OK to close the Goto button properties window This is an example of a final goto button on your display 5 To support addi
524. the FactoryTalk Manager 3 Click Get Activations 4 Follow the instructions to select an activation method enter activation information validate the activation and download the activation to your computer 5 Refer to the Activation Manager Help topics for additional information FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software does not provide a grace period The software will not permit users to log in if a valid activation is not available A Host ID is an internal code that uniquely identifies a hardware device FactoryTalk Activation uses the Host ID to lock each software activation file to a specific hardware device To prevent activations from failing unexpectedly at runtime do not lock activations to virtual network adapters such as those used for virtual private networks VPN or virtual machines Instead lock activations to the Host IDs of fixed devices such as hardware network adapters or hard disk serial numbers If you need help determining which network adapters are virtual adapters contact your Information Technology department For help at any point click the Help link on FactoryTalk Manager software or click the Help link on the Rockwell Software Activation website https activate rockwellautomation com For Rockwell Automation Technical Support in the US call 1 440 646 3434 Outside the US see http www rockwellautomation com locations Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 103
525. the IP address of the unit Obtaining Access to the Configuration Pages The PowerMonitor 5000 unit initially has security disabled by default If your power monitor s security is disabled you can continue setting up the unit without logging in 72 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 If Security is Enabled If security is enabled the web page header displays Logged in as and a Log in link Allen Bradley Wi Ysnr 1a ytelalice auuee 0 00 Mee Automation If security is enabled you will need to log in as an administrator to configure setup parameters If not logged in as an administrator you will be able to view but not change configuration parameters If you need to log in click the Log in link The USB connection has a special administrator account Follow these steps to log in with this account 1 Type in the user name usbadmin 2 Type in the password usbadmin 3 Click Log In A dialog box reports the result To log in from the network Web i l i s Rockwell interface select a previously configured Allen Bradley HoT AKTO co dadis 1010 0 adi Automation administrator account user name and Ta os Security password The PowerMonitor 5000 unit Seas login owerQuality UserName usbadmin does not permit logging in with the Gi status Statistics Password eecccece USB administrator login from the oes RR Configura
526. the energy data point is wired Digital Input addresses are Local 1 1 Data 0 through Local 1 I Data 15 Analog Input addresses are Local 3 1 CH0 through Local 3 1 CH3 CompactLogix Tag and AOI Naming L2x Input Group Name Device Name Meter Type Meter Tag Name Address ee ee eee _ es iia iii ieee eee nee Boiler House Gas Boiler House Natural Gas Usage Boiler House_Gas R d ED Fuel Oil Meter Fuel Oil Usage Fuel_Oil eae Hume ocal t Data Steam Flow Meter poems eee ieee eee ne Saas Local 1 Data 4 ee Loot Data ff Hatt Datars 46 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 system Configuration and Wiring 3 Select the corresponding PLC 5 mapped address for the energy data point a Select a cell in the PLC 5 Address column and click the pull down list icon b Choose a PLC 5 File 10 address to which the energy data point will be mapped for communicating with FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software TIP It is recommended that you assign consecutive PLC 5 addresses in a single file to simplify mapping Refer to page 86 for details on mapped PLC 5 addresses L2x a EnergyTotals PLC 5 Device Name Meter Name Meter Type Meter Tag Name AOI Name Address Address Address E2 L2x L2x L2x Boer Hause Gar House Gas Boiler House Natural Gas aor House Waal Gas Uses EE House_Gas Local 1 Data 0 EE A Fuel Oil Meter Fuel Oil Usage Fuel_Oil Local 3 ChOData SFL Propane Usa
527. the unused I O mapping rungs or leave them as is 400 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Time of Day Control Chapter 13 Configure Alarms Each load is configured to generate a feedback alarm if the load input sy Tasks status does not match the commanded state If the load input status is 5 not available the feedback alarm can be disabled Perform the following steps to disable the alarm 1 Expand the TOD_Program folder and double click Program Tags 2 Expand the Loads tag 3 Select the Monitor Tags tab and expand the load instance Loads where equals the load number for the alarm that is being disabled In the Efficient Industries example load number 9 does not have an input status so we would want to disable the feedback alarm for that load 4 Set the Loads Cfg_AlarmDisable tag to 1 5 Repeat for any loads that do not have a feedback status Save the Project File Click save to save your RSLogix 5000 application file fa MainTask Mo Edits a am 3 MainProgram TOD_Program Program Tags Tags MainRoutine A FaultRoutine B R01_Clock_and_Calendar B RO2_ Time of _Day_Contro H Loads 9 5ts_Indication F Loads 9 5ts_Text oads 9 lm_Feedback H Loads 10 H Loads 11 Monitor Tags TLUJ Hhoadst3Inp_Status
528. through August 31 2009 is selected 7 Optionally choose another meter tag from the list You can view up to five tags in a standard trend chart Trend selections are active until you log out or remove from the chart TIP To add a tag from another meter navigate to and select the other meter on the meters tab then choose a tag from Its list Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 195 Chapter9 Factorylalk EnergyMetrix Software Reports and Charts For this example electric consumption from three other production areas is selected and viewed relative to the Electric Main consumption data Meter Data Trend Time zone UTC 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada 200 000 180 000 160 000 140 000 120 000 E S 100 000 60 000 60 000 40 000 20 000 0 8 1720 Aul August 2009 2 2 2 3 2 10 11 12 16 1 18 13 23 24 25 26 30 31 Sep Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat k fe le FS co oly iT ka le or Pa Calendar Trend A Meter Setup M Show grid lines Export Data Hl 8 15 2000 22 2003 8292009 Jul August 2009 Sep Selecta meter tag to display on graph Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Units DomainisYMeterTag t 4 gt fee EnginseringElectricitwElectric Main Meter Real iguh eF Bar Hide Remove eh Enem Mek z a E are ee PME Cogineering Electricty Shipping Receving DC q WW 2 eRe BSS Eee _Remove de Meter Real Energy Net 1 At 18 19 20
529. tiene ceas DevceNane ceo vec a MEssage E gee b _DeviceN ame _Energy_AlarmHistory E a AlarmHistory_ A0 E Devicetame Create A _DeviceName FP E300 revo ani O f E300amHan Create 2 E3004lamHandshake BOOL O f E300AaminPr Create O E3004lamInProcess BOOL 8 E300AlarmName Create E3004larmName i STRING J Eaonlaimtiig Create E300AlamTrigge DINT E ModuleslamH Use Existing es ModuletlamHandshake BOL tet eo ina L Mote amosse si BOOL mi Use Existing y ModuletlamName STRING Al kiah Lee Te Plame Cab ba Le lee T ee eee oma MIRIT For the MyE300 example the Final Names are renamed to the following Import Content MainT ask Configure Tag References importName Operation fa Final Name UN 8 tl Data Type _ E _DeviceName Use Existfg a MyE300 Hee AB E300 1 0 f _DeviceName 0 Use Existha 9 MyE300 0 AB E300 0 0 L DeviceName Create MyE300_AlamHistoy Alamhisto AnI O C EA MyeE300_EEO UDT_EEO _DeviceName Create MyE300 EEO_MSG MESSAGE A MyE300_Energy AlamHistory __ AlarmHistony_ AI ar Errors aming La mese E900 peta E200AlamHan Create O E300AlarmHandshake J pooL Ea00AlarmlnFr Create ES00Alarn nProcess S E BOOL E200AlanmName Create STRING 286 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy F
530. ting Signal C 8 Te _ C me Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 67 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration As soon as power is applied to the PC Receiver unit the PC Receiver unit chooses the serial mode RS 232 or RS 485 according to the DB9 wiring This mode remains until the PC Receiver is power cycled just removing the DB9 connector does not change the serial mode RS 485 mode is available on the PC Receiver unit with the date code 10267 or later with firmware revision or later 1 5 15 100 and 200 node or 1 7 5 15 10 node Upgrade of an older PC Receiver before date code 10267 is not possible as it is a different hardware revision RS 485 mode sets the device Modbus address to 247 The address cannot be changed Only point to point communication is supported Refer to the PowerMonitor Wireless 250 Monitor User Manual publication 1425 UM001 for more information on installing and commissioning your wireless network Configure a PowerMonitor 500 Device This section shows you how to configure parameters of a PowerMonitor 500 device by using its front panel display Certain settings are needed for the power monitor to meter accurately communicate correctly and work with FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software properly You set the communication parameters system type PT and CT ratios demand values and the date and time Your application may require additional
531. tion Increase air leak detection program from time per year to 3 times per year to sustain gains Utilize ultrasonic tools to provide most reliable results a Savings estimated at 10 700 yr b Calculations Opening dia 1 64 1 32 1 16 1 8 air escaping at each leak cfm 5 cfm 1 5 cfm 6 5 cfm 26 cfm annual kwh 6 5day wk 4 hr day X 50 wkiyr 64T 1940 6405 33620 annual cost leak 08 kwh 51 155 672 2 669 23 567 assume 12leaks yr in uniform dist 12 4 X 3 567 10 701 4 5 Recommendation Improve metering and recording of data on air compressor system Complete program to install instruments and trend charts to track air consumption and peak usage To further reduce air use and improve the overall efficiency of the existing compressors correlate spikes in demand with activities at the bag house scales silos and waste treatment plant All are major air users and have multiple devices pulsing at full line pressure Further study may show installation of an air buffer tank or added storage tanks may reduce peak loads and therefore reduce overall load and cycling of the compressors How Rockwell Can Help Rockwell Automation has a team of engineers that are experienced in conducting energy assessments for energy sources including but not limited to electricity gas water air and steam To help you identify energy cost savings opportunities Rockwell Automation can perform a general energy assessment that will help you
532. tion k Command User Name networ fod LoggingResults usbadmin Security You will remain logged in until you log Current User User Type out or until 30 minutes have passed NoU Message from webpage p since configuration changes have been saal A Aamin user logn sucess applied Reset Security IMPORTANT NOTICE Reset will remove all created accounts and return default status How to Set Up the PowerMonitor 5000 Unit From any power monitor web page click the Configuration folder A list of available configuration pages is displayed in the tree The steps for entering editing and applying configuration parameters are similar for each configuration page The configuration pages contain text boxes for entering parameter l 5 pag 5P Message from webpage Message from webpage values pull down menus for selecting enumerated parameter values and an Apply Changes button for committing changes to dd ESA eS SAS ORY A Invalid number was found the power monitor The power monitor checks that parameter values are within their valid range before applying them A dialog box appears to report the success or reason for failure of an attempt to apply new parameters Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 73 Chapter3 Energy Data Collector Configuration Basic Metering Setup We will begin with configuring the basic metering parameters Click the Meteri
533. tion The description currently assigned to the load Load 1 384 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 Alarm View Click on the alarm bell button to display the Alarm Status view Alarm Status a Load Load Faceplate Toolbar p gt ve TE 48 9 46 Current Alarm Current Alarm B gt Indication insufficient Sheddable Load 04 23 40 12 6 2011 Button Icons Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Configuration A The Configuration button displays the main demand control configuration screen upon entering the correct password Home The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads Load 1 8 FE The Load 1 8 button lets you view the load status rated kW priority and descriptive name for loads 1 8 14 Load 9 16 fer The Load 9 16 button lets you view the load status rated kW priority and descriptive name for loads 9 16 9 16 Help Press the Help button to access a more detailed alarm description and recommended actions Current Alarm Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate x Indicates the highest priority active alarm in the demand controller Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 385 Chapter 12 Demand Control
534. tional PowerMonitor 500 devices create a new Goto display navigation button assign the PowerMonitor500 faceplate display and assign a unique parameter file associated with the additional device Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 237 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Configure PowerMonitor 5000 Unit Faceplates The ME PowerMonitor 5000 Faceplate files lets you quickly load configure and use a preconfigured status display or faceplate for the PowerMonitor 5000 using FactoryTalk View Machine Edition These instructions are for PowerMonitor 5000 units communicating over the EtherNet IP network only VIF Display MyPM5000 TX PWR E VOLTAGE VOLTS Li L2 L2 L3 L3 L4 L1 H L2 N Shows voltage current and frequency status Energy Display MyP M5000 A VIF PWR kWh Consumed 000000595 242 kWh Generated 000000000 000 kWh Net 000000595 240 KVWVARh Consumed 000000259 782 KWARh Generated O00000000 000 KVARH Net 000000259 7a2 KVA Net OOOO00 Fa T0 Device Name MyP M5000 Shows real reactive and apparent energy odometers Also lets the operator configure the device name for display at the top of the faceplate 238 PWR Display MyPM5000 Shows the power status Alarm Display MyPM5000 X VIF PWR E n Loss of V2 metering voltage Power Over lt Quality Range gt Only the most critical alarms
535. to the ME E3 PLUS Faceplate Files folder select the RX X_E3Plus_Faceplate_Energy L5X file and click Import fa Import Routine Look ir ME E3 Plus Faceplate Files G rF HE Name Date modified Type Size k kc 2 E3Plus_Control_Rungs L5 11 14 2013 10 0 L5 File 48 KB Recent Places Raa _ES3Plus_Faceplate_Energy L5X 11 14 2013 11 1 L5 File 91 KE The Import Configuration dialog box opens X A Find 2g Find Replace Find Within Final Mame Import Content Kain ask Configure Routine Properties Import Name Fevs_DeviceName_Faceplate a References Operation Create i x 3a Tags i References will be imported az Lig ihe Add On Instruction configured in the References folders i Data Types Fa Other Campanaag Final Name RXX_DeviceName_Faceplatd Properties E Errors wamings Description E3 Plus with Comms Aus Faceplate and Alarm History AOI with Energy Monitorning O1 Type Ladder Diagram In Prograrn Cg MainFrograrn Number of Rungs 14 3 Enter the name for your routine in the Final Name field x y Find FJES Find Replace Find Within Final Hame Import Content MainT ask Configure Routine Properties AS MainPrograrn ipsa i Import Hame Aas Device ame _ Faceplate Prene Ras _DeviceMame_ Fai a ez References Operation Create Li i i References will be imported as eet References Folders Final Mame
536. tober 2014 381 Chapter 12 Demand Control Main Demand Configuration View Click on the wrench button from the toolbar to display the load configuration view Main Demand Configuration yS gt Load Load Load Faceplate Toolbar __ gt A gp da 1 8 9 16 Demand Control Predicted Biling Peak Demand StartTime StopTime KW Demand End Date Start Stop Time p gt ofo a Li Present Billing Sun Mon Tues Wed KW Demand Peak Demand Days _ gt a Thurs Fri Demand on on za FF KW Setpoint 55 47 36 a 49 2012 Button Icons Description Alarm The alarm button indicates an alarm condition and activates alarm diagnostic views A grey bell indicates normal status with no alarms A red flashing bell indicates an alarm condition Load Configuration Load The Load Configuration button displays the load configuration screen The load configuration screen can also be displayed by clicking a load number from any of the status screens and entering the correct password Home The Home button lets you view the status of all 16 loads Help O The Help button provides information for the existing view Close Click the Close button to close the faceplate Days of the Week sun Click on a day of the week to toggle demand control on off for that day Demand Control Click on the Start Time or Stop Time Hour or Minute to launch the keypad input object and enter a time Sch
537. torylalk EnergyMetrix Software Alarm Setup Configure Email Alarm Subscriptions You can configure one or more email subscriptions for an alarm A subscription supports three email addresses and a schedule that determines when each email address is active Alarm subscriptions are assigned to a specific domain or all domains Follow these steps to set up an email subscription for an alarm 1 Select My User Settings on the System tab then click the Edit visor name GE ee e gt E Firstname Administrator 2 Check Enable alarm notifications then Lastname click Save Email address tt ries Plant Ee Accounting E Not A Be Accounting Manager 3 Click the Add a new alarm subscription ai 3 E breue A Password gt H E Production 1 link Password eS EE Production 2 confirmation E Shipping Receiving Select the group or domain to which you tae aim eee Home phone i i ititsCSrY E Be Engineering Manager want to subscribe ee To subscribe to all domains select the sat default of All Time zone GMT 12 00 Language English fUs IZ Enable alarm notifications a UU T Alarm Subscriptions Add a new alarm subscription ID Group Email Address 1 Email Address 2 Email Adira 5 Enter up to three email Edit Alarm Subscription addresses a acces 6 Click the Add new notification croup FA Email address 1 framorgan rarockwellcom Email address 2 scschmelzer ra rockwell com period
538. tsts r Configuration Communication Tag t i Path Motor_1 3 5 Browse Motor 1 3 5 Broadcast of Eommunication Method w OP pH Channel fa z Deian arc fa Base Energy Object x oy CIRA Source Link a Destination Node JU zj ctal SPECTER HE Source accuracy of power Import Program Control Rungs Example logic is provided for configuring program commands Follow these steps to import this configuration 1 Choose a routine for importing the new rungs On a new rung right click and select Import Rungs From the ME E3 Plus Faceplate Files folder select E3Plus_Control_Rungs L5X Click Import Click Tags within the Import Content organizer Replace _DeviceName in the Final Name field with the name of your E3 Plus device Click OK Woo YON Import Content Main ask Configure Tag References fimportName Operation tj FinalName Ai Data Type SE _DeviceName Create i Motor 1G ssl ESPlus Commacus rev6 ADI BOOL Dy E Tags fowardomd Create forward cmd ce Add On Instruction 0 gnd_fault_indic Create J gnd_fault_indication BOOL Erama 19 reversecmd Create jreverseomd BOL 274 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Important Program and Operator Control Transfer Considerations The first two rungs of the E3Plus_CommsAux AOI handle the transfer of
539. tups wun aciece engeeenwseuser wise coveues 169 Configure Communication Alanis discus ateoiieeevtenid awa 169 Configure Email Alarm Subscriptions 0 cece eee ee ees 170 Contioure 5 MIP Server seure iE otis anomie hag Satake ena 171 View Active Alarms and Alarm LOg 4 3 04c3 sauuaen bee taaseee aes 172 Chapter 9 Pin CCCI hase 3 oes Spares eee See se on oe settee es as wares a 173 What You Necd creierii eier a a te sdecwiwestaraneidn 173 Folow These Stepspedrra tet erar E a A ewes 174 Standard REPOS rers eai T E E E E ARRARIR 175 Consumption Repottnsseintetedtacauttoavaxeohaetidsameniaesis 176 Demand Analysis Report cans SaveG dr hone hau aus eae ek vere 180 Billine Reporte 44 0nce saci A A Gch TE E 182 Cost Allocation Report samosas anaes ae Eur I ECET oea ates 187 Power Ouality Report lt icciscedin ER EA EEEE 192 Stand ard Cares nat cae coe ttt ae a elae buds E 194 Chapter 10 Miodu omiaa we cache ne cesiehs T eaaa 199 Delle YouPorn eaa oseoe R e TRAE te 199 Wha Vou Neca aorrarnire adata nae aAA sense r rA 199 Follow nese Sepse e EE e ENEE 200 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 7 Table of Contents FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Set Up Database Maintenances y 342i u8ice ne aiee EEE eee Automatic Data Repo pulationten4 35 eicierdatereetaree seats Devices that Support ADR ceca peter naan RER eens E Monitor Healthot Data LOeeine 56 issnsnancw ewer ianiai Using the Win
540. tus Add On Instruction for all other energy inputs Set Critical Flow Set High _ Flow Val_Total_Gas Val_Gas Per Calc Interval Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 Table 5 Energy Add On Instruction Factors for Electric Inputs Energy Factor Tag Set_Demand_ Interval Set_Demand_Delay Set_End_of_Demand_Interval_Type Set_High_Demand Set_ Critical Demand Description The value in minutes used to calculate the End of Demand Interval EOI This value is used only if the Val_End_of Demand _Type is 2 The time value used to reset the end of interval after the Set_Demand_Interval value has been exceeded without a utility contact or master end of demand contact closure The value must be between 0 90 seconds The value that defines how the End of Demand Interval EOI is triggered 1 A local digital input connected to an electric utility meter EOI contact Inp_End_of_Demand_Utility_ Contact 2 An internal PLC timer Demand_Interval _ PLC Timer that is typically used when an electric utility meter EOI contact is not available 3 A master command input CMD_Master_End_Of_Demand_lInterval typically from a central controller that is used to synchronize multiple electric meter EOIs When the demand kW value exceeds the Set_High_Demand the High Demand Fault is set When the demand kW value exceeds the Set_Critical_ Demand the High C
541. umed may include fuel oil propane or steam Understanding your bill is crucial in executing an appropriate energy management plan to maximize your energy savings investment Energy rate schedules from your local utilities can include but are not limited to line item charges such as e Demand Charges A variable monthly or yearly charge for the highest amount of energy consumed over a fixed period typically 15 minutes This charge can contribute significantly to overall energy costs e Energy Charge A variable monthly charge for the total energy that is consumed This charge typically includes on peak and off peak rates contracted minimums alternative charges ratchet demand penalties or other special terms Here is an example of an electric bill and electric rate schedule You can see that time of use and on peak demand needs can significantly increase your overall energy costs Sample Electric Bill we energies A Electric Billing Period 06 05 07 to 07 04 07 42 Heating Degree Days 173 Cooling Degree Days 10am to 10pm Actual Reading on 07 04 07 13994 Actual Reading on 06 05 07 13779 Meter Multiplier 4800 i Total Consumption 1 033 829 kWhrs Total On Paak Consumption 413 729 kWhrs Total Off Peak Consumption 620 100 kWhrs Actual On Peak Demand 06 0 7 07 13 45 2770 500 kw Actual Off Peak Demand 06 18 07 08 30 2676 400 kw Actual Reactive Demang 06 07 07 13 45 1537 900 kvar O A Total Usage Period 0
542. up or domain E arange i O ee i ee Be J A Devices In this example select the Electricity SE eee Bole Domain Electricity x H Fe Accounting Electric Mai group under the Engineering E Engineering subdomain mA 3 AE f E Electric Main Click the Add a device link a I Steam C water Choose a subdomain or group from Add Device the Parent group list For this example choose Electricity se Check the boxes as shown M Enable device The checkboxes vary by device type M Enable real time logging IY Enable auto data repopulation Parent group Electricity Device class Powermonitar 1000 EMS on EtherNetiP device checkbox to avoid timeout Hame Boiler House errors Motes Choose a device from the Device class l Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada list Time sync Daily For this example pee Device password Device password applies only to the power monitors 3 The default of zero matches the default power monitor PowerMonitor 1000 EM3 on Devico Commumioatons A EtherNet IP Communications path 4B _ETH 1110 10 10 4 If the device will not be connected during configuration clear the Enable Enter a name for the device Comm timeout seconds 5 Comm retries 2 For this example enter Boiler House emessa Enter the Time zone and Time sync CK Enable comm loss alarm interval Devices with internal clocks may be time synched such as power mo
543. ur For this example the scale is 1 and the offset is 0 because the energy Add On Instruction has already scaled the tag units Enter appropriate rollover value which is 10 million when using the energy Add On Instructions Click Save When done click the Return to meter screens link or the meter tag Return to meter screens Save E Cancel Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 14 15 Factory Talk EnergyMetrix Software Meter and Tag Setup Chapter 7 The tag just entered should Domain Meter Engineering Fuels Boiler House Gas Meter Meter type Gas Device class ControlLogix appear on the Meter Setup caer Te weter Set tab Meter Setup Type Assigned to Groups Contribution factor Device Fuels 100 Name Notes Time zone For this example you should Meter Tags Read device tags Add a new meter tag see these tags ID Type Name Units Log Rate Address 56 Device Boiler House Natural Gas Usage thm 15 minutes F10 0 View Click the Meter Data tab to verify that the meter data Domain Meter Engineering Fuels Boiler House Gas _Meter is being logged Meter type Gas Meter Data rend The data will not appear until the Next logging Time zone GMT 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada v interval has occurred Date Time 8 28 2009 11 29AM GetData Current Datetime D Aarne Another way to check the data is to return to the Page Meter Setup tab and click the Read device
544. us Faceplate and which energy meter you will assign to each row For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example you will use five rows to display data from five meters Row Number Faceplate or Energy Add On Instruction 2 Boiler_House_Gas 5 Boiler House Electric Boiler_ House 2 In your RSLogix 5000 project set the Inp_NumRowsVis tag of the energy p meter Add On Instruction that is alsa a e o o po i a al vie Ael assigned to row 1 a Hlal aeo ah A a Select Controller Tags under the Scope fa L2x Name o Boiler_House_Meter Boiler_House_PM1000 C Lee Controller folder for your project then ontroner Fault Handler Z Power Up Handler J Tasks Filter On click Show to open the Define Tag P J Motion Groups Boiler_House_PM1000 eais i l r Filter dialog box EJ Add On Instructions Boiler House Total Gas an Cancel Data Types E F Electric Main Include Data Types ead d b Check the Add On D efined filter and ee Oe a Electric_Main_AvgCurrent Clear Filter im Electric_Main_AvgLLVolts Add On Defined click OK Electric Main_PM3000 C ure i a amp Module Defined i aY sais et cae peon Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 331 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates c Choose the Faceplate or Energy Add O I l d h h Contro
545. us Terminal 357 Chapter 12 TEFOC CLIO Min os th Seetan tea tin Ga tiated es tee oe ees 359 Before VOU DEOMis 2 is 6 tae Ween ane ein ceed EEE 359 MWY hat Y Ot NGCd te actestnacdnid anand ties eceameoe N eE 359 Follow Liese StEDS 14 210 sve ran inaenea asak oan ee a Du 360 Control Hardware Selection and Wiring 0 eee eee 360 List Load Outputs and Inputs 0 cece eee eee ees 360 Create Control Panel Layout and Wiring 005 361 logic ntesa neer taint teat steicad sak erendeenees etal 362 Configure Controller Network and I O 0 085 362 Import and Configure Demand Control Program 364 Configure Load Inputs and Outputs 0 ce cece ee ee 366 Configure PowerMonitor Messages 0 0 cece eee eee eee 367 COnMoUre Pasw enese STEER staat 368 Savet he Pro ect Tile arensietu ee Peeper a a a sya 368 PANU ite Sa Dea a a a E 369 Add Demand Faceplate to Factory Talk View ME Application 369 Create a Display Navigation BUttOtiwicccceccctertcgerantadess 369 Con neure ALIS toh sata a E AAEE ETTR 370 Configure Communication ciated a a EE RA TA 372 SysteMP COMMISSIONING as aobetiten EON a 373 lastalliSvsteni llardwate 224 000 ftonb te u ree he eee 373 Download RSLogix5000 Project 0 ce cece cece eee ee eee 374 Configure and Download FactoryTalk Project to PanelView Plus Terminal 00 cece ccc eee e eee e ee ees 375 Demand Co
546. us and Alarm History faceplates This rung uses an Explicit message to read the PowerMonitors Status Input which is a totalized counter value The Destination tag of this message must be used for the Inp_Status_Input Parameter on the AOI MSG 0 Wessage EN Message Control Ref_Status_Input m DN3 ER This rung moves the totalized counter value of the Powellonitor Status input to Val_Total kWh Total consumption MoV 1 howe Source Inp_Status_Input 0 0 Dest Val_Total_ Kh 0 0 432 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Electric Add On Instructions Appendix C CompactLogix Analog Input Logic The following logic is included in the Energy_Electric_Analog Add On Instructions to calculate the total kWh electric consumption froma CompactLogix analog input The Inp_Meter_Analog_Value tag is the instantaneous electric value from the CompactLogix analog input To calculate total kWh the instantaneous electric value is calculated every 250 ms and stored as Buffered_Flow This value is then included in the Val_Total_kWh total consumption For very small instantaneous values a comparison between the new Val_Total_kWh and the previous Val_Total_kWh Temp_Buffer is performed by using the NEQ instruction If the two values are not equal the Buffer_Flow is cleared When the total value equals 10 million the rollover rung resets the Val_Total_kWh value om This AOI calculates the total electric
547. use RT and Charts Plus options NET Framework 3 5 SP 1 is included on the installation DVD or can be downloaded at no charge from Microsoft Your client workstation must also be permitted Intranet Internet or dial in access to the FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix server Contact your IT support personnel for assistance TIP Your browser should be set to check for newer versions of stored pages automatically not every visit to the page Installation 64 bit Perform the following steps while logged in as a Machine Administrator Configure Windows 2008 Server IMPORTANT Start with a clean Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 1 Ifit hasn t launched automatically launch Server Manager Wait until Server Manager has finished collecting data DHCP Server Click Web Services IIS Support Click Add Required Role Services _ Fax Server 2 Right click Roles and select Add Roles 3 Click Next on Before You Begin page a x4 4 Select Application Server aS Seinct Server Roles 5 Click Add Required Features Before You Begin Stare or een nie ie ikea wilh Server Roles Roles Description Confirmation ctive Directory Certificata Services Application Server provides central 6 Click Next cit E Aivo Dieter Demat Saree sence oe Tei Oa Results a ap cabal saan teak Se E bs ce pre OTETI LNE yy irector ryices qs Click Next FT active Directory Righi a Sali Framework 3 5 1 8 9 LJ Hyper _ Network
548. ut Add On Instruction tag that you want to include in the Alarm History Faceplate Cancel Heb Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 335 Chapter11 _ FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 336 8 For this example the Gas_Main PowerMonitor status input tag is selected E import Configuration Ki Find as Find Replace Find Within Final Name Import Content a MainT ask Program Control SB MainProgram EE MainRoutine Rungs amp References Tags Add On Instructions B Erors Warnings Local 1 1 Use Existing I Locat 1 1 AB Embedded_IQ16F 1 0 Locak2C Use Existing Locat2 C E AB Embedded_0OB16 C 0 Local 2 1 Use Existing Local 2 1 AB Embedded_0B16 1 0 Local 2 0 Use Existing _Local 2 0 E ABE Embedded_0616 0 0 Local 3 C Use Existing Local 3 C So AB Embedded_IF4XOF2 C 0 s Water_Main im FEEST tT P_MsgStatusinput2 E Local 3 Use Existing Locat 31 AB Embedded_IF4X0F2 1 0 C2 Status2Count Local 3 0 _ Use Existing a Local 3 0 AB Embedded_IF4X0F2 0 0 7 00e Local 4 C Use Existing l mal 4 AB Embedded_HSC C 0 1 Local4 Use Existing 4 pea AB Embedded_HSC 1 0 55 Local 4 0 Use Existing 4 AB Embedded_HSC 0 0 MeterName Use Existing F cd Energy_Gas_PM_Status MeterName_AlarmN ame TR CR he a U r 50 Energy_Gas_PM_Status REAL 4 Local 1
549. utomation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Create Display Navigation Button FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates Chapter 11 A display navigation button must be created to launch the CIP Motion Energy Faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitmap image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an existing display choose Objects gt Display Navigation gt Goto EA File gdt view eeer ASD tles 4 Bl RO Ao Push Button m sa E LE Numeric and String j pem a En Display Navigation Indicator d R Gauge and Graph Trending RecipePlus j key i 2 Draw the Goto button rectangle 3 Double click the Goto button to configure its properties a Return To l Close Display List Selector Aj eH a GVH ye By am JE y Modify the appearance as desired for your application choose Transparent as the Back style if you are drawing the goto button over an existing object on your display Click the ellipse next to the Display field and assign the CIPMotion_Faceplate_EnergyOnly display Click the ellipse next to the Parameter file field and assign the CIPMotion parameter file you created earlier for this intended device Goto Display Button Properties Appearance Bor
550. utomation and follow the prompts Logic Integration You will need to configure the controller import the Demand program configure the load inputs and outputs and configure messages Configure Controller Network and 1 0 These next sections will show you how to configure the controller network and I O 362 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Demand Control Chapter 12 hy Hrani Sie di Hron KA eme 3G i Hirap iaa foots A Create or Open a Project in RSLogix 5000 Software Follow these steps to create or open a project in RSLogix 5000 software 1 Open RSLogix 5000 software by clicking Start gt Programs gt Rockwell Software gt RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series gt RSLogix 5000 The Quick Start window displays in the RSLogix workspace 2 Click Open Project to open an existing project or click New Project 3 Ifyou are creating a new project configure the controller a Choose your controller and revision number Quick Start gt Controller Projects Recent Projects b Enter a unique controller name c Click OK Fi Open Project Fi New Project Fi Open Sample Project DAS og SUD pect Configure the PowerMonitor Unit 5 10 Configuration WA fr 760423 QFC Doendonole EES a Follow these steps to configure a PowerMonitor unit Poun a Embedded 1 0 i Ae Embedded i copi 2 Embedded q Past
551. vers remain the same for static or DHCP obtained addresses verify if this is true in your case with your network adminis trator Allen Bradley EINA letalis e aLa Minimize 5 Home ad MeteringResults CommunicationsNative Eapreercoea lity IP_Address_Obtain Status Statistics IP_Address_A Calibration P_Address_B Configuration IP_Address _ DateTime IP_Address_C Logging SystemGeneral IP_Address_D CommunicationsNative NetworkText Setpoints_1_5 Setpoints_6_10 Setpoint_Outputs Subnet_Mask_A Subnet_Mask_B Subnet_Mask_C Data_Log Metering Basic Subnet_Mask_D ad Command A Vi LoggingResults Gateway_Address_A Security Gateway_Address_B Gateway_Address_C Gateway_Address_ D DNS Fnahle Logging N SystemGeneral DHCP x Nisahle vl CommunicationsNative Rockwell Automation NetworkText Setpoints_1 5 To change to the new address from the IP_Address_ Obtain pull down menu choose Static type in the new IP address and click Apply Changes Allen Bradley E a eale aL 0100 Minimize E Home oad MeteringResults CommunicationsNative PowarQuality IP_Address_ Obtain Status Statistics IP_Address_A Calibration IP_Address_B Configuration Add a DateTime IP_Address_C Logging SystemGeneral IP_Address_D CommunicationsNative NetworkText Setpoints_i_5 Setpoints_6_10 Setpoint_Outputs Subnet_Mask_A Subnet_Mask_B Subnet_Mask_C Data_Log sienna Mie om Subnet_Mask_D aad
552. vice Import Content AE MainTask Configure Tag References yyy mE nanea import Name Operation fa Final Name NN ins For __ Data Type k ia aceta fN DESENE us Eein gl DevccNared __ e _ 9 deoeNiane Use Eich Device l ASW eoa O DeviceName Create 1 DeviceName AiamName e STRING D DeviceName Create DeviceName BEO ss UDT_BEO Fhe components __ DeviceName Create DeviceName BEO_Alambistoy i larmHistory_ A Sie O DeviceName Create DeviceName BEOmsgGetKW MESSAGE O DeviceName Create DeviceName BEOmsgGetKWh MESSAGE DeviceName Create _DeviceName_DeviceAamHistoy Alarmbtistory_ A O DeviceName Create A DeviceName FP _ lal SIC AO E DeviceName Create A DeviceName MSG MESSAGE ee mep J DINT E ModuisAiam pet p y O ant al C SSS For the Motor_1 example the Final Names are renamed to the omg Im mpat Content T PERI Configure Tag References F ot motor 1 racepia Trost ane penton inane TA x E References DeviceName l Uss Existing a Moto Ql we 86 E Teos DevceNameO Use Exsing mooto V A E Add On Instructior o m A Motor_1_AamName f i A Data Types o O Td Bases Other Components 5 Errors Warnings A a aR m 3 T J Motor_1_BEOmsgGetkw M A Motor_1_BEOmsgGetkwh M DeviceName Create 1 Motor_1_DeviceAamHi
553. werMonitor 3000 setpoints Setpoint Configuration setpoint Number The number of the setpoint being 1 10 M4 M5 N A 1 configured 1 20 M6 M8 Setpoint Type The parameter value to be evaluated by 0 52 VOLTAGE SAG the setpoint Setpoint Evaluation The operator used to evaluate the 0 Over forward U FWD Condition parameter value 1 Over reverse 2 Under forward 3 Under reverse 4 Equal 5 Not equal lt gt setpoint High Limit The value being used as a reference to 0 10 000 000 Depends on type 249 activate the setpoint for over comparisons or to deactivate the setpoint for under comparisons Note This parameter is non numeric when viewed via the display module and the Setpoint Type is Phase Rotation or Status input setpoint Low Limit The value being used as a reference to 0 10 000 000 Depends on type 24912 deactivate the setpoint for over comparisons or to activate the setpoint for under comparisons Setpoint Action Delay The minimum time in seconds that the 0 3600 Sec M4 M5 setpoint limit must be exceeded Pickup Delay continuously before the setpoint will 0 30 000 0 1 Sec M6 M8 trigger Setpoint Release Delay The minimum time in seconds that the 0 3600 Sec M4 M5 setpoint limit must not be exceeded Dropout Delay continuously before the setpoint releases 0 30 000 0 1 Sec M6 M8 setpoint Action Type The action that occurs when the setpoint 0
554. wg oads 9 Set_lgnoreHolidays dt Set cone ay aoe Er F Loads 3 Val PTA hoads 9 Val_TODDesiredState ELoads 9 Sts_Indication EhLoads 3 Sts_Tet mie Feedbecs __ 2 Loads 11 Monitor Tags Controller Organizer ai a Controller TimeOfDay iT Ty Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 401 Chapter13 Time of Day Control HMI Integration These next sections show you how to integrate the HMI into your system Add TOD Faceplate to FactoryTalk View ME Application AG ses comet Y0 Startup H 6 HMI Tags Lge TF Follow these steps to add a Time of Day TOD faceplate to a L laira FactoryTalk View ME application ea ae 1 Launch FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition i SS Objects mri FF ikea 2 Create a new or open an existing application to which you want zi to add the Time of Day Control faceplate Lookin Ji ME TOD Faceplate Fies e adm 3 Expand the graphics folder in the explorer window right click on the displays folder and choose Add Component into Application 4 Browse to and open the ME TOD Control Faceplate Files folder on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD image C Program Files RA_Simplification EMAT Files Faceplate J il Filename ME_TOD Faceplate vi Lon J Files ME TOD Control Faceplate Files e ee c 5 Choose the ME_TOD_Faceplate gfx file and click Open Co
555. x replacement tagname Example 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 1 in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP For Example CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application DeviceName_BEO gt Represents the tagname for the Base Energy Object tag UDT_BEQ configured in your Logi application file This only applies when using the faceplate with the energy tab 1 CLX Motor_1_FP 2 only applies lf using the faceplate with the energy tab 2 CLX Motor_1_BEQ 5 Save your parameter file Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 277 Chapter11 _FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 6 To add parameter files for additional E3 Plus modules a Right click on the parameter file that you just created and choose Duplicate b Rename the file with the new device name c Open the parameter file and configure the tag to match the associated device Create a Display Navigation Button A display navigation button must be created to launch the E3 Plus faceplate at runtime This can be drawn over an existing graphic object that represents the device you intend to monitor control or it can be configured to use a bitmap image as the display 1 From the display where you want to launch the faceplate can be a new or an exi
556. xceeds 500 cfm When the flow rate value exceeds the Set_Critical_ Flow value the Critical Flow Fault is set Energy Add On Instruction Default Flow Rate Unit Air cfm cubic feet per min Fuel Oil Propane Water gpm gallons per min Gas therms hr Steam lbs hr Example 1 A value of 750 will set the Critical Flow Fault in the Energy_Gas_Digital Add On Instruction when the gas flow rate exceeds 750 therms hr Example 2 A value of 750 will set the Critical Flow Fault in the Energy_Air_Analog Add On Instruction when the air flow rate exceeds 750 cfm 1 The Set_Meter_Pulse_Factor applies only to Energy_xxx_Digital Add On Instructions Analog inputs must be scaled to represent flow by using the engineering units in the table 84 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration 11 Repeat steps 1 10 to program other digital and analog energy inputs in your project For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the completed energy input logic would look similar to this Energy Gas Digita Energy Gas Digital Inp Pulse Boiler House Gas Local 1 Data 0 0 Set Meter Pulse Factor 1 5 Set _Calc_Interval Set_ High _ Flow Set_ Critical Flow Val_ Total_ Gas 1 500 T0 0 0 Val_Gas Per Calc Interval 0 0 Energy Fuel Oil_ Analog Energy Fuel Oil Analog Fuel Ol _ Inp_Meter Analog Value Local 3 ChOData set_Calc_Interval Set High _ Flow set_ Crit
557. xes Please see the Help for details Syntax I replacement tagname Example I 1 CLX DeviceName_FP I in any expression is replaced by the tag CLX DeviceName_FP I l For Example CLX gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in RSLinx Enterprise Communication Setup I DevwiceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application 1 CLX DeviceName_FP 4 For parameter 1 change the shortcut name CLX to match your communication setup and DeviceName to match the tag configured in your RSLogix5000 project For the MyPM500 example the configuration looks like the following Ei MyPM500_Parameter DMAT Parameters l Parameter File Created 2013 05 13 I Parameter files are used with graphic displays to specify the tags a display uses at run time You assign parameter files in certain application components and object properties dialog boxes Please see the Help for details Syntax ffrreplacement tagname Example 1 CL _DeviceName_FP 71 in any expression is replaced by the tag CL _DeviceName_FP For Example CL gt Represents the Device Shortcut name of Logix controller you configured in ESLinx Enterprise Communication Setup _DeviceName_FP gt Represents the AOI name for the device configured in your Logix application 1 MyCLX MyPM500LFP 5 Save your parameter fil
558. y Metering Information Element Item Name Value gt isplay Status b xecute Commands I Password n onfigure Options p Analog Input Range 0 to 9999 ee atalog Number Breakdown Date and Time oltage Mode Direct Delta Open Delta Wye 3 Single Phase 4 Demo 5 1PTICT LL 6 1PTICT LN 2 PT Primary Range 1 to 50000 480 i o To ab com Advanced User Configurable Table Communication ia Z PT Secondary Range 1 to 600 480 CT Primary Range 5 to 50000 600 System PF Setting 5 0 Leading 97 to 89 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 63 Chapter 3 64 Energy Data Collector Configuration Enter the default password of 0 or another valid password to access Edit mode TIP The password appears as asterisks If you don t know the password call Rockwell Automation technical Support for assistance 3 Enter the value of the Voltage Mode you are using Set elements 2 3 and 4 to configure the PT and CT parameters Click Submit to send the parameter changes to the PowerMonitor 1000 device Analog Input Setup Parameters Parameter Password Voltage Mode oat 0 Direct Delta 1 Open Delta 2 Wye 3 Single Phase Demo simulated results 1PT1CT LL 1PT1CT LN PT Primary PT Secondary CT Primary System PF Setting 0 Lead 97 89 1 High 85 98 2 Low 52 95 Analog Input Configurati
559. y Timer On Delay EN Source A S t_Calc_Interval Timer Avg _Flow_Interval_PLC_Timer 0 0 Preset 0 DN 3 Source B 60000 Accum 0 Dest Avg_Flow_Interval_PLC_Timer PRE 0 End of Flow Interval Rungs and Flow Calculations The flow rate is calculated every minute Val_Air_Per_Min tis determined by comparing the current total consumption to the previous intervals total consumption lf the value is greater than the previous total then the previous total is subtracted from the current total If the previous total is greater than the current total then the rollover is taken into account and 10 000 000 is subtracted from the previous total and added to the current total Avg Flow _Interval_PLC_Timer DN Storage _ ___ ons GRT CPT Greater Than A B Compute Source A Val Total_Air Previous Dest Val_Air_Per_Min 0 0 0 0 Source B Val_Total_Air Expression Val_Total_Air_Previous 10000000 Val_Total_Air 0 0 GEQ Grir Than or Egl A gt B Subtract Source A VWal_Total_Air Source Wal_Total_Air 0 0 0 0 Source B Val Total_Air_Previous Source B Val_Total_Air_ Previous 0 0 0 0 Dest Wal_Air_Per_Min 0 0 The average flow rate Val_xxx_Per_Calc_Interval is calculated by dividing the flow rate in minutes by the Set_Calc_Interval which you previously entered The avg flow rate Val Air Per Calc Interval is calculated by dividing the Air flow rate by the Set_Cale_ Interval VWal_Air_Pe
560. y ace wate 44 Equipment Status Faceplate Logic stinccuncndueteueeoeneSaare da tese 443 10 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Update Add on Profiles Table of Contents lator History Faceplate LOG cust iutcrodedntdmedwneiecanwe sie 444 Appendix E Update the ESPLUS Add On Profiles stestawawseewernd vesereews 447 Update the SMC 50 Add On Profiles ci icas cs ceeioiveestecvad es 448 Update the PowerFlex Add On Profiles 00 c eee aee 449 Update the E300 Add On Profiles s12xceceduicswinsseeeiawsaseded 450 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 11 Table of Contents Notes 12 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Preface About This Publication This quick start is designed to provide a framework for developing an energy management monitoring analysis and control application for your facility Each section guides you through the tasks you need to plan configure program and use your Rockwell Automation energy data collection and control devices and analysis software An example application named Efficient Industries Plant 1 is referenced throughout this quick start to guide you through these tasks To help in the design and installation of your system application files and other information is provided on the Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit CD publication IASIMP SP014 The CD provides an energy data worksheet layout a
561. y their PLC 5 equivalent addresses F10 0 through F10 3 88 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Energy Data Collector Configuration Chapter 3 For the Efficient Industries Plant 1 example the completed energy Add On Instruction tag mapping logic would look similar to this OV Move Source Boiler House Gas Val_Total_ Gas Dest L2x_EnergyTotals 0 0 0 MOV Move Source Fuel Oil Val Total Fuel Oil 0 0 L2x_EnergyTotals 1 0 0 Source Propane Val_Total_ Propane 0 0 Dest L2x EnergyTotals 2 0 0 Vlove Source Steam_Flow Val_ Total Steam 0 0 Dest L2x_ Energy T otals 3 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 89 Chapter 3 Notes 90 Energy Data Collector Configuration Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Chapter 4 FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix Software Installation Introduction In this chapter you will install server software and FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software on your computer and launch FactoryIalk EnergyMetrix software from your web browser Before You Begin Determine business goals complete energy assessment and determine monitoring methods Chapter 1 Select hardware and wire devices Chapter 2 e Configure data collection devices Chapter 3 What You Need e Personal computer with internet access for launching and using FactoryTalk EnergyMetrix software e
562. yAlarmName Length 1 cmd_Application_Alarm_Reset MoV Move Source 0 Dest EnergyAlarmTrigger 0 MeterName Cmd_AlarmRe et Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 445 Appendix D Digital and Analog Energy Add On Instructions Notes 446 Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 Update Add on Profiles Update the E3PLUS Add On Profiles Appendix E The E3 Plus Add On Profiles are independent of RSLogix 5000 software releases Update your E3 Plus Add On Profiles to make sure your application runs correctly Add On Profiles are available for download at the RSLogix 5000 Add On Profiles website https download rockwellautomation com esd download aspx downloadid addonprofiles e Select the AOP for RA E3 Plus 193 DNENCAT R profile L L LI LI wi L SARF_IN MultiSight RFID Interface 42E Ethemet IP Encoders RA ET Plus RA E3 Plus via 2100 ENET RA E3 Plus 193 DNETCAT R 1736 18 LS OB Apex VO Dives PowerFlex SCANport 1 02 05 2 01 26 1 01 00 1 01 02 1 01 04 4 04 01 Click the Download Now button and follow instructions 2012 08 20 2012 03 20 201208720 20120620 20120620 20120021 201270905 B B A I J B B 6 48 MB 28 73 MB 27 66 MB 70 71 MEB 27 85 MEB 65 1 ME 247 ME 15 00 00 Minimum RSLogr 5000 Software Revision 18 00 00 Minimum RSLogix 5000 Sofhware Revision 1
563. ype you select within the AOI to the Data Type of the intended PowerFlex module definition 6 Select the Drive tab of the PowerFlex Module Properties General Connection Module Info Port Configuration Drive l Bas i X Drive Not Connected z B Motor_1 BJ 0 PowerFlex 755 PF755C Diagrams LS Parameter List PowerFlex 755 SiS 13 EtherNet IP E fla 14 DeviceLogix 200V 4 8A Compact ronse Port 0 Revision 7 001 Status Offline i Rockwell Automation Publication IASIMP QS016C EN P October 2014 255 Chapter11 FactoryTalk View ME Energy Faceplates 7 Open the Parameter List and modify as your application requires In addition to application required parameters the following parameter settings must be applied for general Ethernet IP network communication for the PowerFlex drive faceplates to operate correctly a For the PowerFlex 70 70EC 700 700VC and 700H drives set parameter 90 to DPI Port 5 22 W Parameter List PowerFlex 70 Parameter Group gt Elie Parameters 37 Skip Freq Band 1 0 0 Hz oI 0 0 90 SpeedRefASel see iL F T AnalogIni Re 91 Speed Ref Hi 60 0 He 600 400 07 E E Parameter List PowerFlex 7005 E Parameter List PowerFlex 7005 _ 673 Hip GndFit Diy 20o msec 20 if 691 DPI Ref Select Ball 5 Local HIM In 692 DPTBaudRabe
564. ystem tab then selecting either the Active Alarms tab or the Alarm Log tab On activation an alarm displays on the Active Alarms and Alarm Log tab When the alarm clears it is removed from Active Alarms but remains in the Alarm Log until purged System Status Soe m Time none UTC 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada ie cr cr r r Purge All ji r 4 1 ui 4 fu ij imo 3 in i a 1 1 a T w u u ti a z i a r 7 IRT Wre et e e wo wu a u i T ii i in Status Severity Name Meter Value Triggered Message test P2000 M6 on EthemetIP 10 90 172 84 1033 CORI 12 30 PM Purge View Test 55 PMID BOG TERE 5 ISA 12 20 FPH To test Aarm Setup Purge View Bud iT Apparent Power Demand Alarm PMSORD M5 on Ethemet P 1090 172757 4 5 DOUAI 12 22 PM Test Purge View The Alarm Log tab lists the alarm history You can view or purge individual alarms by clicking the appropriate link You can view Device communication errors by selecting the Device Comm Errors tab Active Alarms Alarm Log Alarm Log Status Severity Name Meter Value Triggered Cleared Message gt Of Of Of Of 172 Info Info Info Info alarm HE Ahl Ahl than 50 amps e ee Mii ale A mtd TAA As Ia A mtd a ee Mii ele i ir m mbia High current Richs 69 70289113769521 TOM 72005 04 04 Richs Me Average current greater C Purne aw alarm hie Phi than 50 amps

Energy Management Accelerator Toolkit

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents